As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2015
Registration No. 333-205278
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Bermuda | 2759 | 98-1249740 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
Clarendon House, 2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
(441) 295-5950
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrants principal executive offices)
William H. Hogan
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
150 E 52nd St, 28th Floor
New York, New York 10022
(646) 885-0005
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Patrick H. Shannon Jason M. Licht Latham & Watkins LLP 555 Eleventh Street, NW Washington, D.C. 20004 (202) 637-2200 |
Marko Zatylny Ropes & Gray LLP 800 Boylston Street Boston, MA 02199-3600 (617) 951-7000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ | |||
Non-accelerated filer | x | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
|
||||
Title of Securities to be registered |
Proposed maximum aggregate offering price(a)(b) |
Amount of registration fee(c) |
||
Common shares, $1.00 par value per share |
$366,562,500 | $38,462.84 | ||
|
||||
|
(a) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(b) | Includes offering price of additional common shares that may be purchased by the underwriters. |
(c) | Of this amount, $11,620 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement on June 26, 2015. |
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated October 9, 2015
PROSPECTUS
18,750,000 Shares
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
Common Shares
This is Multi Packaging Solutions International Limiteds initial public offering. We are selling 12,500,000 common shares in this offering. The selling shareholders named in this prospectus, including investment funds controlled by The Carlyle Group (Carlyle) and Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (Madison Dearborn and, together with Carlyle, the Sponsors), are selling 6,250,000 common shares in this offering.
We expect the public offering price to be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common shares. Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol MPSX.
We are an emerging growth company as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
Investing in the common shares involves risks that are described in the Risk Factors section beginning on page 25 of this prospectus.
Per
Share |
Total | |||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | ||||||
Underwriting discount (1) |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | ||||||
Proceeds to selling shareholders |
$ | $ |
(1) | We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See the section entitled Underwriting for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. |
The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional 2,812,500 common shares from certain of the selling shareholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders in this offering, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common shares.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about , 2015.
BofA Merrill Lynch |
Barclays |
Citigroup
Credit Suisse | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | UBS Investment Bank |
Baird | BMO Capital Markets |
The date of this prospectus is , 2015.
Page | ||||
1 | ||||
25 | ||||
47 | ||||
49 | ||||
50 | ||||
51 | ||||
53 | ||||
55 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
57 | |||
83 | ||||
86 | ||||
102 | ||||
107 | ||||
115 | ||||
117 | ||||
120 | ||||
127 | ||||
129 | ||||
135 | ||||
139 | ||||
147 | ||||
147 | ||||
147 | ||||
148 | ||||
F-1 |
We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We and the selling shareholders have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we and the selling shareholders take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We and the selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.
Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 1998, which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Further, the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the BMA) must approve all issues and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company under the Exchange Control Act, 1972 and regulations made thereunder. The BMA has given general permission which will permit the issue of the common shares by Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited and the transfer of such common shares among non-residents for Bermuda exchange control purposes so long as voting securities of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited are admitted for trading on the NYSE or any other appointed stock exchange. In giving such permission, the BMA accepts no responsibility for the financial soundness of any proposal or for the correctness of any statements made or opinions expressed herein.
i
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND OTHER INFORMATION
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to MPS Limited, the Company, we, us and our refer to Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited, a Bermuda exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on June 19, 2015, together with the entities that became its consolidated subsidiaries on October 7, 2015. The entities that became the consolidated subsidiaries of MPS Limited consist of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited, which we refer to as MPS Holdings, and its subsidiaries. On October 7, 2015, MPS Limited became the direct parent company of MPS Holdings through a series of internal reorganizational transactions. These reorganizational transactions included the exchanging of shares of MPS Holdings held by investment funds controlled by Madison Dearborn and Carlyle for new shares in MPS Limited. Upon pricing of the offering contemplated hereby, the investment fund controlled by Carlyle that currently directly holds the shares of MPS Limited will be liquidated and the ultimate holder of those shares (after a series of additional upstream liquidations) will be CEP III Chase S.à r.l., Chase Manco, L.P. and certain employees of the Company. We collectively refer to these reorganizational transactions as the Reorg Transactions. In connection with the Reorg Transactions, we (through one of our subsidiaries) plan to acquire the noncontrolling interests in one of our German subsidiaries from related parties and we will be required to pay approximately $1.2 million related to German real estate transfer taxes.
Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited
On August 15, 2013, Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. and its primary shareholder, IPC/Packaging LLC, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger to be purchased by Mustang Parent Corp. (Mustang), an entity controlled by funds advised by Madison Dearborn. The acquisition of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. by Madison Dearborn is referred to as the Madison Dearborn Transaction. On November 18, 2013, an investment fund controlled by Madison Dearborn and an investment fund controlled by Carlyle entered into a Combination Agreement, whereby Madison Dearborn contributed 100% of the outstanding equity of Mustang to Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited (Chesapeake), in exchange for a 50% equity interest in Chesapeake. The other 50% equity interest in Chesapeake is held by funds advised by Carlyle. The combination transaction between Chesapeake and Mustang was consummated on February 14, 2014 and was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with Chesapeake as the legal acquiror and new parent entity, and Mustang as the legal subsidiary but the accounting acquiror. Subsequently, Chesapeake changed its name to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited.
The financial information prior to the February 14, 2014 completion of the combination reflects that of Mustang and its predecessor.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
The market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some market data and statistical information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from managements knowledge of our industry and such independent sources referred to above. Certain market, ranking and industry data included in this prospectus, including the size of certain markets, the market opportunity across our primary addressable markets, and our size or position and the positions of our competitors within these markets, including our services relative to our competitors, are based on estimates of our management. These estimates have been derived from our managements knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, as well as information obtained from surveys, reports by market research firms, our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Unless otherwise noted, all of our market share, market opportunity and market position information presented in this prospectus is an approximation based on managements knowledge. Our market share and market position in each of our businesses and product groups, unless otherwise noted, is based on our sales relative to the estimated sales in the
ii
markets we serve. References herein to our being a leader in a market or product category refer to our belief that we have a leading market share position in each specified market, unless the context otherwise requires. In addition, the discussion herein regarding our various markets is based on how we define the markets for our products, which products may be either part of larger overall markets or markets that include other types of products and services.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.
TRADEMARKS
We own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names, including those mentioned in this prospectus, used in conjunction with the marketing and sale of our products and services. This prospectus includes trademarks, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property and the property of our subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® , or © symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.
iii
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth under Risk Factors, Selected Historical Financial Information and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and our financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making your investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires or otherwise provided herein, references herein to the Company, we, us, our and our company refer to MPS Limited, together with the entities that became its consolidated subsidiaries on October 7, 2015. See Basis of Presentation and Other Information. References herein to fiscal year refer to our fiscal years, which end on June 30. See Summary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information. References herein to the financial measures EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA refer to financial measures that do not comply with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). For information about how we calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, see footnote 4 to the table under the heading Summary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information. References to pro forma reflect numbers giving effect to all acquisitions that have been completed through June 30, 2015 as if the relevant acquisitions occurred as of the beginning of the period referenced. References to acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales and acquisition adjusted pro forma Adjusted EBITDA give effect to net sales and EBITDA, respectively, for BP Media Limited, which was acquired on July 1, 2015. See footnotes 2 and 5 to the table under the heading Summary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information for further detail on these metrics.
Company Overview
We are a leading, global provider of value-added specialty packaging solutions, based on sales, focused on high complexity products for the consumer, healthcare and multi-media markets. We provide our customers with an extensive array of print-based specialty packaging solutions, including premium folding cartons, inserts, labels and rigid packaging across a variety of substrates and finishes, which are complemented by value-added services, including creative design, new product development and customized supply chain solutions. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, approximately 47%, 47% and 6% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales came from our North American, European and Asian segments, respectively. We believe that our core addressable consumer and healthcare end markets, which account for approximately 87% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales, encompass attractive, resilient and growing packaging categories, and we believe we are a leader in these end markets across North America and Europe based on sales. Additionally, we believe we have a market-leading position in the multi-media specialty packaging sector based on sales, which accounts for 13% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma global net sales. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales and acquisition adjusted pro forma Adjusted EBITDA were $1,830.4 million and $246.1 million, respectively.
Based on management estimates, we believe the market opportunity across our primary addressable markets is currently in excess of $17 billion of annual sales. We believe we are market leaders in a fragmented industry as we are one of the few large scale participants serving our addressable markets on a global basis. Our competitive position in our addressable markets is bolstered by our ability to provide comprehensive product solutions, which often include combination or bundled products, across our global platform driving new customer wins and strengthening our existing customer relationships through product and geographic cross-selling opportunities. Furthermore, the highly fragmented nature of our industry presents numerous acquisition opportunities as we continue to lead consolidation within our core businesses.
1
We have long-term relationships with our blue chip customer base, who are leaders in our target end markets and include AstraZeneca, Coty, Diageo, Estée Lauder, GlaxoSmithKline, LOréal, Mondelēz International, Nestlé, Pernod Ricard, Pfizer and Sony. Our relationships with our top 20 customers average 34 years, with many of our customers operating under multi-year contracts. Servicing our customers requires us to meet stringent quality specifications, a high level of customer service and meaningful investment requirements. Our healthcare customers, for example, require exacting standards of manufacturing in order to meet their regulatory requirements, and we are at the front end of our consumer customers branding and marketing strategy, enhancing the visual impact at the shelf while also ensuring product integrity and regulatory compliance.
We believe we are one of the few companies in our addressable markets which offers a full range of products across multiple geographies. This unique capability presents a compelling value proposition to our customers as they continue to rationalize their supply chain and seek to partner with global suppliers. Our global manufacturing footprint consists of 59 manufacturing sites and nine sales offices across North America, Europe and Asia. Our strategically located facilities have enabled us to grow our business by leveraging our customer relationships across multiple geographies and products, and drive incremental growth through our ability to integrate and improve our customers supply chains.
Since 2005, we have evolved from our initial U.S. platform of five facilities into a global specialty packaging leader, based on sales, through completing a total of 15 transactions. Our acquisitions expanded our core end markets and added complementary products and locations. In 2014, we entered into a transformational merger with Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited (Chesapeake), acquired the North American and Asian print businesses of AGI-Shorewood Group (ASG) and completed five additional acquisitions, which further expanded our global footprint and significantly diversified our product and end market profile. We are in the early stages of leveraging the benefits of these combinations. For example, we believe there is untapped cross-sell potential through opportunities from the MPS and Chesapeake combination in terms of increasing sales to existing customers in new product areas and geographies. Additionally, we estimate that as of June 30, 2015 we have realized a total of approximately $28 million of synergies from the Chesapeake and ASG transactions, which is expected to result in an annualized run-rate as of the same date of approximately $36 million. We believe that these targeted savings and synergy programs will eventually achieve an annualized run-rate of approximately $40 million, although we cannot make any assurances that such an annualized run-rate will be achieved.
The charts below illustrate our diversification by geographic region, end market and product offering as a percentage of acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.
By Geography |
By End Market |
By Product Offering |
||
|
|
|
2
Our Products
We provide our customers a comprehensive suite of value-added specialty packaging solutions, including premium folding cartons, inserts, labels and rigid packaging, which utilize a wide variety of substrates (e.g., paper and paperboard, pressure sensitive labels, plastic, foil) and finishes (e.g., UV coatings, film lamination, stamping, embossing). We also employ an array of value-add decorative technologies to create iridescent, holographic, textured and dimensional effects to provide differentiated specialty packaging products to our customers.
The table below outlines our key product offerings and their competitive advantages.
Premium Folding
|
Inserts |
Labels |
Rigid Packaging |
Other Consumer
|
||||||
Fiscal Year
2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales |
$1,138 million 62% of total |
$260 million 14% of total |
$126 million 7% of total |
$97 million 5% of total |
$209 million 12% of total |
|||||
Products |
Paperboard cartons |
Healthcare inserts, outserts Booklets Folders Slipsheets |
Pressure sensitive Extended content Cut & stack |
Rigid boxes Tubes |
Transaction cards Grower tags Brochures Product literature |
|||||
Key Competitive
Advantages |
Breadth of product offering Geographic proximity to customers Advanced and innovative technology |
Design and manufacturing capability Breadth of folding technologies Global presence |
Wide variety of product and service capabilities Product quality and consistency Ability to handle the increasing complexity |
Creative product solutions Geographic proximity to customers Significant manufacturing capabilities in our key geographies Dedicated sourcing team focused on supplementing the key offerings to our customers |
Unique end-to-end ability to service open and closed loop transaction cards Provide multiple value-added print solutions |
|||||
Product
Examples |
|
|
|
|
|
3
Premium Folding Cartons
Premium folding cartons are widely used, versatile forms of secondary packaging, which play an important role in our customers branding and marketing strategy by influencing purchase decisions at the point-of-sale by conveying an exceptional appearance, shelf presence and impact through the use of specialty graphics, a variety of printed finishes and other creative designs. Our folding carton offering competes at the premium end of the market, utilizes quality inputs such as solid bleached sulfate, and is manufactured with various features and finishes.
Additionally, our premium folding cartons offering must adhere to stringent regulatory requirements by playing a key role in our customers product safety as well as ensuring product authenticity, accurate product information and product compliance to the end customer.
Inserts
We provide inserts for all the end markets we serve, with the majority of our sales in this category being to the healthcare end market. Inserts are of particular importance in the healthcare end market given stringent regulations to ensure the accuracy of product information. Numerous regulatory bodies require an increasing level of product information to be made available to the consumer. Providing this increasing amount of information requires larger and, in many instances, more complex inserts. Regulations evolve and consequently, product disclosure requirements change, oftentimes on short notice, which requires the need for a flexible manufacturing footprint and process capabilities, as well as quick reaction and turn-around of insert production.
Labels
Labels are one of the most visible and recognizable packaging components and are used in a wide variety of applications serving as the primary means of identifying products to consumers, while creating shelf appeal and brand recognition for products. Labels also function as a conduit for fulfilling regulatory requirements, communicating product-related information to consumers and contributing to product integrity and security. We supply a broad range of pressure sensitive labels, including single-panel, multi-panel, multi-ply and extended content labels, as well as cut and stack labels through the application of multiple print technologies.
The majority of our sales in this category are pressure sensitive labels sold primarily into the healthcare market which, like our inserts, are subject to stringent regulations to ensure the accuracy of product information. Additionally, we supply both pressure sensitive and cut and stack labels to the consumer products markets.
Rigid Packaging
Our rigid packaging offering is comprised of rigid boxes, which are commonly used to present ultra-premium products for the high-end spirits, perfume and other luxury product markets. We recently completed two strategic acquisitions which added to our internal manufacturing capability for rigid boxes. We believe our rigid packaging offering presents a meaningful growth opportunity in the future.
Other Consumer Products Packaging
We offer a number of additional print-based specialty packaging products, including transaction cards, point-of-purchase displays, brochures, product literature, marketing materials and grower tags and plant stakes for the horticultural market. Our transaction cards and card services offerings are of a particular focus. Our integrated supply chain for these products greatly simplifies the development and execution of card programs and drives competitive differentiation.
4
Value-Added Services
We complement our broad product offering with several value-added services, such as creative design and new product development for which we have a team of more than 115 structural designers and graphic designers across a number of key locations. We also provide our customers with customized supply chain solutions, including vendor managed inventory (VMI) programs. VMI solutions help customers manage production based on actual demand to reduce lead times, minimize inventory, eliminate waste and enhance supply chain security. Our value-added services build entrenched partnerships with customers and allow us to become a more critical part of the supply chain by helping to improve workflow efficiencies and reduce our customers total cost of ownership for packaging materials.
5
Our End Markets
The following table illustrates our sales, key drivers, end use, customers and competitors for each of our end markets. Additionally, the table reflects our estimates of our addressable market size and growth.
Consumer |
Healthcare |
Multi-Media |
||||
Fiscal Year
2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales |
$920 million 50% of total |
$673 million 37% of total |
$237 million 13% of total |
|||
Key Drivers |
Brand differentiation Enhanced design attributes Product innovation Rapid refresh cycles |
Population demographics Proliferation of pharmaceutical products Regulatory requirements |
Commemorative, special editions Games and gaming platforms |
|||
2015 Addressable Market (1) |
$8+ billion |
$8+ billion |
$0.3 billion |
|||
Market Growth
2015E 2020E CAGR (1) |
2.0% |
6.0% |
(7.0)% |
|||
End Use |
Personal care Spirits Cosmetics Confectionary |
Over-the-counter and ethical pharmaceuticals Medical devices Nutritional and dietary supplements, vitamins and minerals |
Home video Recorded music Video games Software |
|||
Representative
Customers |
Coty Diageo Estée Lauder Henkel LOréal Mondelēz International Nestlé Pernod Ricard |
AstraZeneca GlaxoSmithKline Merck Pfizer |
Electronic Arts Paramount Pictures Sony Universal Pictures Home Entertainment Universal Music Warner Home Video |
|||
Select Competitors |
Arkay Packaging Autajon CCL Industries Edelmann Group Multi-Color Corporation |
CCL Industries Essentra Jones Packaging Nosco |
ASG Europe Bert-Co Industries Wynalda Packaging |
(1) | Based on management estimates of annual sales. |
6
Consumer (50% of Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales)
We focus on the premium end of the personal care, spirits, cosmetics and confectionary markets where high-impact graphics and innovative designs and finishes help brands drive top-of-mind positioning at the point-of-purchase. Our multinational customers not only require innovative product solutions, which our leading global design division has positioned us well to deliver, but they have also increasingly centralized their procurement functions seeking fewer, more strategic partners capable of meeting their packaging needs across a range of products, services and geographies. We are well-positioned to benefit from this trend in vendor rationalization by leveraging our ability to deliver a broad range of solutions on a local basis while simultaneously providing global coverage to our multinational customers.
Healthcare (37% of Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales)
Our healthcare packaging offering is used in a wide variety of applications. The healthcare packaging market is characterized by significant technical requirements, recession-resilient demand characteristics and numerous growth opportunities. Healthcare packaging has stringent quality specifications, prerequisite manufacturing standards and compliance with ever-increasing regulatory requirements. Product innovation also plays a key role in the industry as pharmaceutical manufacturers increasingly incorporate authentication features into packaging to assist in the prevention of counterfeiting. We have developed strong relationships with leading healthcare companies as a result of our high-quality products, expertise in print technologies, excellent customer service and customized supply solutions, which we believe positions us well as the healthcare sector continues to consolidate its packaging spend to those suppliers who can provide consistent high-quality service on a multi-country basis.
Multi-Media (13% of Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales)
Our multi-media end market sales are focused on high quality specialty packaging, which often requires quick response, including commemorative and special editions for home videos, recorded music, video games and software. The production of packaging for multi-media customers requires dedicated equipment, order volumes, enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems and customer relationships, all of which are significant competitive advantages over any new market entrants.
Our Competitive Strengths
Industry leader focused on attractive end markets
We believe that we are a leading supplier, based on sales, in our core addressable consumer and healthcare end markets, which account for approximately 87% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma global net sales. We believe the global markets for consumer and healthcare packaging have generally proven to be recession resistant over time, experiencing steady growth in excess of gross domestic product (GDP), which is expected to continue. For example, based on management estimates, we estimate that the annual sales for the healthcare packaging market grew at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.4% from 2010 to 2015. Over the same period, based on management estimates, we believe annual sales for the remainder of our addressable market in the consumer end market grew at a CAGR of approximately 2.9%.
Scale benefits in a fragmented industry
As one of the leading global providers, based on sales, of value-added specialty packaging solutions in a highly fragmented industry, our scale provides us with competitive advantages including: innovative design and new product development, purchasing leverage, value-added supply chain solutions (e.g., VMI) and redundant manufacturing capacity from our global footprint. Further, our global scale enables us to reliably serve our multinational customers intent on consolidating their supplier bases across multiple geographies. This is a
7
significant competitive advantage as most other market participants lack the financial resources to replicate our enterprise capabilities. Additionally, our scale provides us with the financial flexibility to selectively pursue and integrate bolt-on acquisition opportunities in this highly fragmented industry.
Long-term relationships with a diverse, blue chip customer base
We have long-term customer relationships driven by our local and global presence, breadth of products, value-added service offering and innovative packaging solutions. Our relationships with our top 20 customers average 34 years, with no one customer accounting for more than 5% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2015 and our top ten customers accounting for less than 26% of acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales for the same time period.
Strategically located global manufacturing footprint and high quality asset base
Our global packaging footprint provides us with the ability to serve our customers across North America, Europe and Asia. We believe this is a key competitive differentiator in a fragmented industry that has predominantly regional and locally focused peers. Our global sales, design and manufacturing capabilities enable us to simplify and economize our global customers supply chains through executing global supply contracts with key multinational customers. We believe our global production management capabilities and technologically advanced asset base positions us as a provider-of-choice for customers looking for product quality in emerging markets. We continually invest in our asset base to ensure we have state-of-the-art technology and high-performing equipment and implement operating best practices across our sites.
Product innovation capabilities and complementary service offering
We believe our new product development capabilities result in products with unique performance characteristics that add value for our customers, drive customer loyalty and support our overall profitability. Furthermore, as design and regulations continue to evolve, we believe it is imperative to constantly innovate in order to comprehensively address customer needs.
Our innovative product offering is complemented with several value-added services and technologies that our larger customers demand, including creative design, new product development and bespoke supply chain solutions. We believe our sales and design capabilities, in tandem with our global footprint, facilitate a superior speed-to-market versus our competitors, which enables us to provide customers with faster product turnaround that leads to reduced inventory and product obsolescence when introducing new and redesigned products. Our value-added services, such as on-demand printing and customer-dedicated presses and facilities, allow us to build entrenched partnerships with customers. In this fragmented industry, our size and financial resources enable us to continuously innovate, which we believe is a significant competitive advantage.
Proven acquisition track record
We have a successful track record of acquiring strategically relevant companies, establishing and realizing savings and synergy programs and integrating acquired operations and customers into our global platform. Through successful execution and integration of acquired businesses, we have expanded our geographic reach and product and service offering, which has enabled us to better serve our large multinational customers, as well as penetrate new regional and local customers in our key end markets. We have expanded the operating margins of companies we have acquired, achieving our synergy targets and leveraging our platform as evidenced by our accreting EBITDA margins subsequent to each acquisition.
8
Strong earnings growth, margin improvement and free cash flow generation
We have a successful track record of creating shareholder value since our inception. We have consistently delivered growth through a focus on attractive products and end markets, operational excellence and executing value accretive acquisitions. Adjusted EBITDA has grown at a CAGR of 22.9% from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2013. Over the same period we have increased Adjusted EBITDA margins from 9.8% to 15.0%. The chart below illustrates our growth in Adjusted EBITDA and related margin. The pro forma results below reflect the acquisitions we made through June 30, 2015 as if they occurred on July 1, 2013. The pro forma Adjusted EBITDA margin is lower than historical periods primarily due to the lower historical Adjusted EBITDA margin for the acquired ASG businesses and is reflective of the potential accretion opportunity available to us.
Adjusted EBITDA ($ in millions)
Note: | Our fiscal year ends June 30 th . See footnote 4 set forth in Summary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. |
We have also consistently demonstrated our ability to generate strong cash flows driven by efficient investment of capital, good working capital control and operational discipline throughout the Company. Our capital investment requirements have generally been in the range of 3.5 to 3.9% of net sales, achieving strong free cash flow conversion relative to our Adjusted EBITDA margin. Our free cash flow conversion (defined as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures) has averaged over 70% over the last seven years.
Free Cash Flow Conversion
Note: | Free cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. Free cash flow conversion is defined as free cash flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA. See footnote 4 set forth in Summary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. Pro forma FY 2015 is calculated using acquisition adjusted pro forma Adjusted EBITDA. |
Experienced management team with strong track record of execution
Our seasoned and capable senior management team consisting of 30 individuals averages more than 20 years of direct industry experience and brings an impressive track record of both operating businesses and sourcing and integrating acquisitions. We are led by our Chief Executive Officer, Marc Shore, the former Chairman and CEO of Shorewood Packaging Corporation (Shorewood), which completed an initial public offering in October
9
1986 and was eventually sold to International Paper in February 2000, resulting in a total return of 22% on a compounded annual basis over that period. At MPS, Mr. Shore and the management team are responsible for taking us from $209 million of net sales in 2006 to $1.8 billion in pro forma net sales for the twelve months ended June 30, 2015. Mr. Shore is joined by Dennis Kaltman, our President, and William Hogan, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, both of whom helped build Shorewood alongside Mr. Shore. Mr. Kaltman and Mr. Hogan joined MPS in July 2005 and February 2006, respectively, and have more than 50 years of combined experience in the print-based specialty packaging industry. This management team is supported by a large number of seasoned employees, many who have joined from acquired businesses and have extensive operational experience and strong customer relationships.
Our Strategies
We seek to continue to take advantage of our competitive strengths by pursuing the following business strategies:
Position for organic growth in core markets
We seek to further develop our product capabilities and geographic reach in order to: enhance our existing customer relationships; take advantage of positive growth dynamics within our core consumer and healthcare markets; and focus on market segments where we have sustainable, competitive advantages. Additionally, our footprint in Asia and Eastern Europe gives us access to higher growth emerging markets.
| Consumer : As traditional forms of advertising media have continued to fragment, it is becoming increasingly important to have high quality packaging in order to capture consumers attention at point-of-sale. Security and safety concerns are resulting in the growth of tamper-proof packaging. Additionally, increasing focus on environmental issues and recyclability of materials represents an opportunity for us to further strengthen our market position. Finally, continued compression in the product life cycle of consumer goods and a rapid refresh cycle have led to a growing need for new and differentiated packaging products. Our strength in new product development positions us to benefit from this trend. |
| Healthcare : An aging population demographic, increasing consumer awareness regarding health and wellness, generic pharmaceutical SKU proliferation and evolving regulatory standards are expected to be key drivers of continued growth. The growing global population has increased the market for pharmaceuticals, an effect that is amplified by demographic shifts as the universe for pharmaceuticals targeting chronic diseases has expanded. We believe that we have a market leading position in the healthcare end market based on sales, which coupled with our multinational presence, give us global scale and a significant opportunity to follow customers looking to consolidate their supply chains. |
Leverage our scale and differentiated approach to market to increase market share
We believe our ability to serve our customers through our global presence, breadth of products, value-added service offering and innovative packaging solutions is a competitive advantage. Our ability to be a one-stop shop on a global basis for our customers simplifies and optimizes their supply chains and represents a significant opportunity to take market share from smaller, local and regionally focused specialty packaging providers. Our extensive range of complementary high value-added products and solutions supports our value proposition to our customers and creates a stickiness to our customer relationships.
Continue to leverage cross-sell potential opportunities
We believe we can continue to increase our share of specialty packaging sales to our existing customers through meaningful geographic and product cross-selling opportunities related to our merger with Chesapeake and
10
purchase of ASG. Our ability to provide multiple products across numerous locations enables us to maximize cross-selling opportunities to our existing customers. For example, Chesapeake brought European spirits and confectionary capability which we can leverage into the United States, while we brought a broader personal care and healthcare customer base seeking suppliers with capabilities in Europe. We are only beginning to realize new sales opportunities as a consequence of bringing MPS, Chesapeake and ASG together.
Continue pursuit of operational excellence
Continuous operational improvement is core to our strategy. We consistently benchmark our sites against each other in terms of profitability metrics and key performance indicators across our equipment to optimize our processes. We continue to develop and implement operating best practices and remediate underperforming sites through utilization improvement, expense management and facility rationalizations. Over the last five years we have invested over $330 million in our manufacturing network to provide and improve scale and geographic coverage, operational flexibility, security of redundant capacity and ensure site accreditation. Our key cost savings initiatives include improving our productivity and asset utilization, optimizing our industrial footprint and investing capital efficiently. Through these initiatives as well as our global lean manufacturing efforts, we believe we will continue to drive operational excellence in order to further improve our operating margins.
Continue disciplined acquisition strategy
We have established a track record of successfully sourcing, executing and integrating strategic, value accretive acquisitions in the fragmented specialty packaging industry. We maintain and monitor a list of potential acquisition targets and we believe we will continue to be able to achieve and execute acquisitions at attractive post-synergy valuations. Since 2005, we have completed 15 acquisitions at what we believe were attractive pre-synergy and post-synergy multiples. As a result of our managements tenure in the industry, most of our acquisitions have been identified and initiated by our management team outside of formal sale processes.
Drive margin expansion and synergy benefits from recent acquisitions
We are focused on continuing to drive synergies from recent acquisitions to reduce costs and increase our Adjusted EBITDA margins. We are in the process of executing synergies related to the Chesapeake merger and ASG acquisition, both of which were completed in calendar year 2014. Specifically, we estimate that as of June 30, 2015 we have realized a total of approximately $28 million of synergies from the Chesapeake and ASG transactions, which is expected to result in an annualized run-rate as of the same date of approximately $36 million. We believe that these targeted savings and synergy programs will eventually achieve an annualized run-rate of approximately $40 million, although we cannot make any assurances that such an annualized run-rate will be achieved. These savings come from procurement, leveraging our existing selling, general and administrative functions, optimizing workflow within and across sites and driving strong operational performance through close monitoring and management.
Maximize free cash flow generation
Free cash flow generation continues to be a focus of our business, and our consistent free cash flow generation is a result of: (i) a stable gross margin profile that reflects the value of the products and services we provide; (ii) managements focus on operational efficiency; (iii) disciplined capital expenditures focused on attractive, high return on investment projects and the ability to repurpose machinery; and (iv) the optimization of operations and realization of synergies from acquisitions, including leveraging our fixed-cost base. We believe our execution of operational improvements and acquisition integration, supplemented with modest capital expenditure requirements, will continue to drive our free cash flow in the future.
11
Risks Related to Our Business
Investing in our common shares involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common shares. There are several risks related to our business and our ability to leverage our strengths that are described under Risk Factors elsewhere in this prospectus. Among these important risks are the following:
| our ability to compete against competitors with greater resources or lower operating costs; |
| adverse developments in economic conditions, including downturns in the geographies and target markets that we serve; |
| difficulties in restructuring operations, closing facilities or disposing of assets; |
| our ability to successfully integrate our acquisitions and identify and integrate future acquisitions; |
| our ability to realize the growth opportunities and cost savings and synergies we anticipate from the initiatives that we undertake; |
| changes in technology trends and our ability to develop and market new products to respond to changing customer preferences and regulatory environment; |
| the impact of electronic media and similar technological changes, including the substitution of physical products for digital content; |
| seasonal fluctuations; |
| the impact of significant regulations and compliance expenditures as a result of environmental, health and safety laws; |
| risks associated with our non-U.S. operations; |
| exposure to foreign currency exchange rate volatility; |
| the loss of, or reduced purchases by, one or more of our large customers; |
| failure to attract and retain key personnel; |
| increased information technology security threats and targeted cybercrime; |
| changes in the cost and availability of raw materials; |
| operational problems at our facilities; |
| the impact of any labor disputes or increased labor costs; |
| the failure of quality control measures and systems resulting in faulty or contaminated products; |
| the occurrence or threat of extraordinary events, including natural disasters and domestic and international terrorist attacks; |
| increased energy or transportation costs; |
| our ability to develop product innovations and improve production technology and expertise; |
| the impact of litigation, uninsured judgments or increased insurance premiums; |
| an impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets; |
| our ability to comply with all applicable export control laws and regulations of the United States and other countries and restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; |
| the impact of regulations to address climate change; |
12
| risks associated with the funding of our pension plans, including actions by governmental authorities; |
| the impact of regulations related to conflict minerals; |
| our ability to acquire and protect our intellectual property rights and avoid claims of intellectual property infringement; |
| risks related to our substantial indebtedness; |
| failure of internal controls over financial reporting; and |
| the ability of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn to control us. |
Our Anticipated Corporate Structure After the Offering
(1) | On October 7, 2015, the Issuer became the direct parent company of MPS Holdings as a result of the investment vehicles controlled by Madison Dearborn and Carlyle exchanging their shares in MPS Holdings for new shares in the Issuer. |
13
Our Principal Shareholders
On August 15, 2013, Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. and its primary shareholder, IPC/Packaging LLC, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger to be purchased by Mustang, an entity controlled by funds advised by Madison Dearborn. On November 18, 2013, an investment fund controlled by Madison Dearborn and an investment fund controlled by Carlyle entered into a Combination Agreement and the combination was consummated on February 14, 2014. Pursuant to the Combination Agreement, Madison Dearborn contributed 100% of the outstanding equity of Mustang to Chesapeake, in exchange for a 50% equity interest in Chesapeake. The other 50% equity interest in Chesapeake is held by funds advised by Carlyle. The transaction between Chesapeake and Mustang was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with Chesapeake as the legal acquiror and new parent entity, and Mustang as the legal subsidiary but the accounting acquiror. Subsequently, Chesapeake changed its name to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited. On June 19, 2015, Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited, the registrant, was formed in Bermuda. Affiliates of Madison Dearborn and Carlyle collectively currently beneficially own all of our common shares, as well as the ordinary shares of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited. See Basis of Presentation and Other InformationMulti Packaging Solutions International Limited. Following consummation of this offering affiliates of Madison Dearborn and Carlyle will continue to be controlling shareholders and will have the right to designate a number of directors to our board pursuant to a shareholders agreement. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsShareholders Agreement.
Carlyle
Founded in 1987, Carlyle is a global alternative asset manager and one of the worlds largest global private equity firms with approximately $193 billion of assets under management across 130 funds and 156 fund of funds vehicles as of June 30, 2015. Carlyle invests across four segments Corporate Private Equity, Real Assets, Global Market Strategies and Investment Solutions in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, the Middle East, North America and South America. Carlyle has expertise in various industries, including aerospace, defense & government services, consumer & retail, energy, financial services, healthcare, industrial, real estate, technology & business services, telecommunications & media and transportation. Carlyle employs more than 1,650 employees, including more than 700 investment professionals, in 40 offices across six continents.
Madison Dearborn
Madison Dearborn, based in Chicago, is an experienced private equity investment firm that has raised over $18 billion of capital. Since its formation in 1992, Madison Dearborns investment funds have invested in approximately 130 companies across a broad spectrum of industries, including basic industries; business and government services; consumer; financial and transaction services; healthcare; and telecom, media and technology services. Madison Dearborns objective is to invest in companies with strong competitive characteristics that it believes have the potential for significant long-term equity appreciation. To achieve this objective, Madison Dearborn seeks to partner with outstanding management teams that have a solid understanding of their businesses as well as track records of building shareholder value.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
As a company with less than $1.0 billion in gross revenue during our last fiscal year before our first public filing, we qualified as an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:
| being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related results of operations in the Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section in this prospectus; |
14
| being permitted to adopt any new or revised accounting standards using the same timeframe as private companies (if such standard applies to private companies); |
| not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); |
| reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and |
| exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. |
We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2021. However, if specified events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a large accelerated filer, our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.
We have elected to take advantage of some of the reduced disclosure obligations listed above in this prospectus, and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.
Company Information
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited was incorporated pursuant to the laws of Bermuda on June 19, 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 150 E 52nd St., 28th Floor, New York, New York, 10022, and our telephone number is (646) 885-0005. Our website address is www.multipkg.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, nor is such content incorporated by reference herein. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus when making a decision as to whether to invest in our common shares.
We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. The telephone number of our registered office is (441) 295-5950.
15
The Offering
Common shares offered by us |
12,500.000 shares. |
Common shares offered by the selling shareholders |
6,250,000 shares. |
Total common shares offered |
18,750,000 shares. |
Selling shareholders |
The selling shareholders identified in Principal and Selling Shareholders. |
Common shares outstanding after this offering |
74,439,432 shares. |
Option to purchase additional common shares |
Certain of the selling shareholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 2,812,500 common shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $180.0 million, based on an assumed public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain indebtedness and to pay related premiums, accrued and unpaid interest and to pay expenses related to this offering. See Use of Proceeds for additional information. To the extent that the public offering price is lower than $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our cash proceeds are lower than we have estimated, or our offering expenses are greater than we have estimated, the amount of the indebtedness that we will repay will be reduced. To the extent that the public offering price is higher than $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our cash proceeds are higher than we have estimated, or our offering expenses are less than we have estimated, the amount of the indebtedness that we will repay will be increased. We will not receive any net proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common shares. For more information about the selling shareholders, see Principal and Selling Shareholders. See Use of Proceeds for additional information. |
Dividend policy |
We do not currently pay and do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common shares following this offering. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our |
16
common shares may be limited by restrictive covenants in our debt agreements, and will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of MPS Limited (our Board of Directors) and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, Bermuda law imposes requirements that may restrict our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common shares. Under the Companies Act, 1981, we may declare and pay a dividend only if we have reasonable grounds to believe that we are, or would be after the payment, able to pay our liabilities as they become due and if the realizable value of our assets would thereby not be less than our liabilities. See Dividend Policy, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources and Description of Share Capital. |
Reserved Share Program |
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the common shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons through a Reserved Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved common shares it will reduce the number of common shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved common shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other common shares offered by this prospectus. |
NYSE symbol |
MPSX. |
Risk factors |
See Risk Factors beginning on page 25 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common shares. |
The number of common shares to be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on 61,939,432 common shares outstanding as of October 8, 2015, which includes 6,250,000 common shares to be sold by the selling shareholders, and excludes 9,000,000 common shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan), which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering.
Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:
| no exercise of the option to purchase additional common shares by the underwriters; |
| an initial offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| the completion of a 5.08415-for-1 split of our common shares (the common share split), which will occur prior to the closing of this offering; and |
| the adoption of our amended and restated bye-laws immediately prior to the closing of this offering. |
17
Summary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information
The following table sets forth our summary historical audited consolidated and unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the periods and dates indicated.
The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the statements of operations and cash flow data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of MPS Limited appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of MPS Limited not included in this prospectus.
The statements of operations and cash flow data are presented for the Predecessor period, which relates to the period preceding the Madison Dearborn Transaction, and the Successor period, which relates the period succeeding the Madison Dearborn Transaction.
We have derived the summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data for the year ended June 30, 2015 from our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial data for the year ended June 30, 2015 give effect to the following transactions as if they had occurred on July 1, 2014:
| the acquisition of Armstrong Packaging Limited on July 8, 2014; |
| the acquisitions of the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and the U.S. Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC on November 21, 2014; and |
| the acquisition of Presentation Products Group on February 28, 2015. |
We refer to the foregoing collectively as the Transactions. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Transactions.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial data for the year ended June 30, 2015 do not give effect to the acquisition of BP Media Limited on July 1, 2015, the impact of which is not material to the Companys financial results.
The summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data is for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if the Transactions had occurred as of those dates or what those results will be for future periods. We cannot assure you that the assumptions used by our management, which they believe are reasonable, for preparation of the summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data will prove to be correct.
Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following data together with the more detailed information contained in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto and our unaudited pro forma combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
18
Statement of Operations
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period
from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Twelve
months ended June 30, 2014(1) |
Twelve
months ended June 30, 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 579,401 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 1,617,640 | $ | 1,902,429 | $ | 1,807,513 | (2) | |||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
456,958 | 58,054 | 668,441 | 1,285,673 |
|
1,517,731 |
|
1,447,787 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Gross margin |
122,443 | 16,027 | 145,772 | 331,967 |
|
384,698 |
|
359,726 | ||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
76,260 | 9,729 | 135,212 | 247,360 | 366,055 | 271,373 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees and expenses |
2,315 | 264 | | | 4,882 | 236 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction and other related expenses |
3,080 | 28,370 | 38,844 | 13,630 |
|
85,224 |
|
2,203 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
81,655 | 38,363 | 174,056 | 260,990 |
|
456,161 |
|
273,812 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
40,788 | (22,336 | ) | (28,284 | ) | 70,977 |
|
(71,463 |
) |
85,914 | ||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income, net |
1,426 | 1,063 | 370 | 10,625 | 4,643 | 14,612 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment charges |
(4,140 | ) | (14,042 | ) | | (1,019 | ) | (14,042 | ) | (1,019) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(24,546 | ) | (3,991 | ) | (43,215 | ) | (75,437 | ) |
|
(84,983 |
) |
(77,936) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Total other expense, net |
(27,260 | ) | (16,970 | ) | (42,845 | ) | (65,831 | ) |
|
(94,382 |
) |
(64,343) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
13,528 | (39,306 | ) | (71,129 | ) | 5,146 |
|
(165,845 |
) |
21,571 | ||||||||||||||||
Income taxes (benefit) expense |
4,195 | (15,621 | ) | (19,481 | ) | (1,880) |
|
(45,425 |
) |
7,399 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
9,333 | (23,685 | ) | (51,648 | ) | 7,026 |
|
(120,420 |
) |
14,172 | ||||||||||||||||
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
| | 216 | 527 |
|
(853 |
) |
527 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to the Company |
$ | 9,333 | $ | (23,685 | ) | $ | (51,864 | ) | $ | 6,499 |
$ |
(119,567 |
) |
13,645 | ||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividends |
(9,275 | ) | (25 | ) | | |
|
|
|
| ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Income available (loss attributable) to common shareholders |
$ | 58 | $ | (23,710 | ) | $ | (51,864 | ) | $ | 6,499 |
$ |
(119,567 |
) |
$ | 13,645 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | .50 | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | .10 | $ | (1.94 | ) | $ | .22 | |||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | .49 | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | .10 | $ | (1.94 | ) | $ | .22 | |||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
116,110 | 116,373 | 44,228,626 | 61,939,432 | 61,939,432 | 61,939,432 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
119,073 | 116,373 | 44,228,626 | 61,939,432 | 61,939,432 | 61,939,432 |
Balance Sheet Data
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
As of
June 30, 2013 |
As of
June 30, 2014 |
As of
June 30, 2015 |
|||||||||||
Total debt |
$ | 389,198 | $ | 1,133,202 | $ | 1,188,389 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
27,123 | 27,533 | 55,675 | |||||||||||
Net debt (3) |
362,075 | 1,105,669 | 1,132,714 |
19
Other Financial Data
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | Successor | Pro forma | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Twelve
months ended June 30, 2014 |
Twelve
months ended June 30, 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA (4) |
$ | 74,734 | $ | (31,543 | ) | $ | 45,292 | $ | 212,286 | $ | 61,604 | $ | 235,275 | |||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (4) |
86,675 | 10,471 | 118,790 | 230,962 | 221,226 | 244,068 | (5) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA margin (6) |
15.0 | % | 14.1 | % | 14.6 | % | 14.3 | % | 11.6 | % | 13.5 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
22,433 | 2,741 | 39,888 | 59,535 | 72,354 | 62,483 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Free cash flow (7) |
64,242 | 7,730 | 78,902 | 171,427 | 148,872 | 181,585 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
24,546 | 3,991 | 43,215 | 75,437 | 84,983 | 77,936 |
(1) | The unaudited pro forma financial data for the year ended June 30, 2014 give effect to the following transactions as if they had occurred on July 1, 2013: (i) the merger with Chesapeake on February 14, 2014, accounted for as a reverse acquisition, whereby MPS Holdings was the accounting acquirer; (ii) the acquisition of Integrated Print Solutions, LLC on April 4, 2014; (iii) the acquisition of JLI Acquisition, Inc. on April 4, 2014; (iv) the acquisition of Armstrong Packaging Limited on July 8, 2014; (v) the acquisitions of the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and the U.S. Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC on November 21, 2014; and (vi) the acquisition of Presentation Products Group on February 28, 2015. The primary adjustments compared to the audited results presented elsewhere in this prospectus are associated with net sales adjustments of approximately $20.1 million, cost of goods sold adjustments related to depreciation and carve-out of $39.1 million, cost of goods sold adjustments related to inventory valuation of $3.7 million, selling general and administrative expenses of $7.9 million, transaction costs of $37.0 million, adjustments to other income of $(16.7) million, increased interest expense of $3.6 million and adjustments for income tax at the effective rate of $(12.1) million. |
(2) | Does not include $23.0 million of net sales for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2015 for BP Media Limited (BP Media), which we acquired on July 1, 2015. |
(3) | Net debt represents total debt less cash and cash equivalents. |
(4) | To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we use the following additional non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to clarify and enhance an understanding of past performance: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow. We believe that the presentation of these financial measures enhances an investors understanding of our financial performance. We further believe that these financial measures are useful financial metrics to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We also believe that these financial measures provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. We use certain of these financial measures for business planning purposes and in measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors. |
EBITDA consists of net income (loss) attributable to MPS Limited before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA adjusted for transaction costs, management fees, stock based and deferred compensation, multi-employer plan exits, debt extinguishment costs, amortization of inventory step-up, restructuring charges, (gain)/loss on sale of fixed assets, contract start-up costs and amortization costs, legal settlements, impairment charges and items that form part of other income/(expense). In the case of Adjusted EBITDA, we believe that making such adjustments provides investors meaningful information to understand our operating results and ability to analyze financial and business trends on a period to period basis.
20
We believe these financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors. However, our use of the terms EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow may vary from that of others in our industry. These financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to operating income (loss), net income (loss), earnings per share or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of operating performance or operating cash flows or as measures of liquidity.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
| EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow: |
| exclude certain tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; |
| exclude certain impairments and adjustments for purchase accounting; |
| do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; |
| do not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; and |
| additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements, for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; |
| although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and |
| other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures. |
Because of these limitations, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our U.S. GAAP results and using these financial measures only supplementally.
In calculating EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow, we add back certain non-cash, nonrecurring and other items and make certain adjustments that are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to have been inaccurate. In addition, in evaluating these financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.
21
The following tables reconcile net income (loss) attributable to MPS Limited to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:
Twelve months ended
June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | Pro forma | ||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period
from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period
from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Twelve
months ended June 30, 2014 |
Twelve
months ended June 30, 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 9,333 | $ | (23,685 | ) | $ | (51,648 | ) | $ | 7,026 | $ | (120,420 | ) | $ | 14,172 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
36,660 | 3,772 | 73,206 | 131,703 | 142,466 | 135,768 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
24,546 | 3,991 | 43,215 | 75,437 | 84,983 | 77,936 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
4,195 | (15,621 | ) | (19,481 | ) | (1,880 | ) | (45,425 | ) | 7,399 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
EBITDA |
74,734 | (31,543 | ) | 45,292 | 212,286 | 61,604 | 235,275 | |||||||||||||||||
Transaction costs (a) |
3,080 | 28,370 | 38,844 | 13,630 | 85,224 | 2,203 | ||||||||||||||||||
Management fees (b) |
2,315 | 264 | | | 4,882 | 236 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock based and deferred compensation (c) |
2,578 | 125 | 1,534 | 5,722 | 1,618 | 5,722 | ||||||||||||||||||
Multi-employer plan exits (d) |
| (676 | ) | 9,250 | | 8,574 | | |||||||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment costs (e) |
4,140 | 14,042 | | 1,019 | 14,042 | 1,019 | ||||||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments (f) |
| | 10,836 | 3,094 | 6,415 | 3,094 | ||||||||||||||||||
Restructuring charges (g) |
736 | 3 | 10,037 | 6,419 | 30,542 | 7,307 | ||||||||||||||||||
(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets (h) |
(853 | ) | (96 | ) | 2,278 | 584 | 3,221 | 428 | ||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges (i) |
2,112 | | 1,006 | | 3,348 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency (gains) losses |
220 | (364 | ) | (777 | ) | (12,171 | ) | | (12,171 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other adjustments to EBITDA (k) |
(2,387 | ) | 346 | 490 | 379 | 1,756 | 955 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 86,675 | $ | 10,471 | $ | 118,790 | $ | 230,962 | $ | 221,226 | $ | 244,068 | (5) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
Year ended June 30, |
Pro forma
year ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (12,564 | ) | $ | 2,101 | $ | 1,285 | $ | (2,088 | ) | $ | 4,677 | $ | 3,195 | $ | 4,136 | $ | 9,333 | $ | (120,420 | ) | $ | 14,172 | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
15,302 | 21,055 | 22,888 | 27,868 | 31,674 | 32,699 | 38,841 | 36,660 | 142,466 | 135,768 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
10,296 | 12,710 | 13,396 | 17,534 | 15,902 | 17,515 | 19,490 | 24,546 | 84,983 | 77,936 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
1,080 | (5,778 | ) | 2,382 | 299 | 4,248 | 6,589 | 1,260 | 4,195 | (45,425 | ) | 7,399 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
EBITDA |
14,114 | 30,088 | 39,951 | 43,613 | 56,501 | 59,998 | 63,727 | 74,734 | 61,604 | 235,275 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction costs (a) |
711 | | 969 | 388 | | 8,642 | | 3,080 | 85,224 | 2,203 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees (b) |
814 | 1,049 | 990 | 1,373 | 1,521 | 1,730 | 1,984 | 2,315 | 4,882 | 236 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity based and deferred compensation (c) |
1,520 | 1,520 | 1,520 | 1,564 | 578 | 197 | 600 | 2,578 | 1,618 | 5,722 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-employer plan exits (d) |
| | | | | | 4,591 | | 8,574 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment costs (e) |
| | | | | | | 4,140 | 14,042 | 1,019 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments (f) |
3,250 | | | | | 251 | 1,310 | | 6,415 | 3,094 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Restructuring charges (g) |
| | | 1,562 | 563 | 1,444 | 3,717 | 736 | 30,542 | 7,307 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets (h) |
| | | 107 | (257 | ) | 260 | (359 | ) | (853 | ) | 3,221 | 428 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges (i) |
| | | | | | 7,705 | 2,112 | 3,348 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Legal settlement (j) |
| | 300 | 99 | | (1,620 | ) | 120 | | |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency (gains) losses |
| | | | | | | 220 | | (12,171 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other adjustments to EBITDA (k) |
| | 173 | 527 | 309 | 19 | 3,140 | (2,387 | ) | 1,756 | 955 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 20,409 | $ | 32,657 | $ | 43,903 | $ | 49,233 | $ | 59,215 | $ | 70,921 | $ | 86,535 | $ | 86,675 | $ | 221,226 | $ | 244,068 | (5) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | Fees related to change in equity ownership, mergers and acquisitions. |
(b) | We entered into a management agreement with an affiliate which required quarterly payments equal to the greater of a fixed annual fee or a percentage of our annual EBITDA. The successor sponsors do not have an annual management fee. |
(c) | We record expense related to equity compensation, contingent compensation based on performance targets of CD Cartondruck AG (which we acquired in 2011), as well as deferred compensation agreements from certain acquisitions. |
(d) | We participated in three multi employer pension plans and recorded a liability for all three plans. In 2014, we exited one of the plans which resulted in a gain. |
(e) | We settled the remaining principal balance of the Predecessor debt which resulted in fees as well as a write-off of old deferred finance fees. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, we recorded extinguishment of debt in the amount of $1,019 for the pro rata share of deferred financing fees and original issue discount that was extinguished. |
(f) | Relates to amortization of purchase price/inventory adjustments in connection with purchase accounting fair valuation, amortization of deferred revenue related to government grants and fair value lease amortization as of the applicable opening balance sheet date. |
(g) | Costs relating to reorganization. |
(h) | Gains or losses incurred due to the sale of fixed assets. |
(i) | Includes impairment charges associated with the write-off of non-consolidated investments, and a non-cash trade name impairment which was the result of managements decision to discontinue investment in a legacy trade name. |
23
(j) | Costs associated with a non-operating legal settlement. |
(k) | Comprised of: (i) currency gains and losses, (ii) gain on settlement of Series C shares, (iii) gains on derivatives, (iv) other interest costs and (v) contract amortization cost. |
(5) | Does not include $2.0 million of EBITDA and net income for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2015 for BP Media, which we acquired on July 1, 2015. |
(6) | Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA for the relevant period divided by net sales. The table below sets forth the calculation of our Adjusted EBITDA margin. |
(a) | Reflects the acquisitions we made through June 30, 2015 as if they occurred on July 1, 2013. The pro forma Adjusted EBITDA margin is lower than historical periods primarily due to the lower historical Adjusted EBITDA margin for the acquired ASG businesses and is reflective of the potential accretion opportunity available to us. |
(7) | Free cash flow represents Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. Free cash flow conversion represents free cash flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA. The table below sets forth our free cash flow and free cash flow conversion. |
Year ended June 30, |
Pro forma
year ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 20,409 | $ | 32,657 | $ | 43,903 | $ | 49,233 | $ | 59,215 | $ | 70,921 | $ | 86,535 | $ | 86,675 | $ | 221,226 | $ | 244,068 | (5) | |||||||||||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
(14,939 | ) | (15,280 | ) | (12,214 | ) | (11,662 | ) | (13,732 | ) | (12,671 | ) | (24,345 | ) | (22,433 | ) | (72,354 | ) | (62,483) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Free Cash Flow |
$ | 5,470 | $ | 17,377 | $ | 31,689 | $ | 37,571 | $ | 45,483 | $ | 58,250 | $ | 62,190 | $ | 64,242 | $ | 148,872 | $ | 181,585 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Free Cash Flow Conversion |
27% | 53% | 72% | 76% | 77% | 82% | 72% | 74% | 67% | 74% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide whether to buy our common shares. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could suffer significantly. As a result, the market price of our common shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common shares. The following is a summary of all the material risks known to us.
Risks Related to Our Business
We face competition in our markets, which may harm our financial performance and growth prospects.
We operate in a competitive market in which we face competition in each of our product lines from numerous competitors. We compete on the basis of product quality and reliability, breadth of product offering, manufacturing capability and flexibility, delivery times and range, technical capability, product innovation, customer service, price and completeness of order fulfillment. Certain of our competitors may have lower operating costs, greater operational flexibility, greater productive capacity, more financial flexibility and other resources that are greater than ours. We also face competition to a certain extent from companies that produce alternative products including plastic, board, paper, foil-based and other products that we do not currently offer. In addition, changes within the packaging industries, including the consolidation of our competitors, and consolidation of our customers, have occurred and may continue to occur. As a result of the foregoing factors, we may lose customers or be forced to reduce prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, because of the level of fixed costs in our specialty print-based packaging business, our profitability is sensitive to changes in the balance between supply and demand in the specialty print-based packaging market. Competitors with lower operating costs than ours will have a competitive advantage over us with respect to products that are particularly price-sensitive. Increased production capacity within the industry could cause an oversupply resulting in lower prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our business performance may be impacted by general economic conditions, including downturns in the geographies and target markets that we serve.
The growth of our business and demand for our products is affected by changes in the health of the overall global economy and regional economies. Demand for our products is principally driven by consumer consumption of the products sold in the packages or with the inserts and labels we produce, which is affected by general economic conditions and changes in consumer preferences. Our primary end markets are consumer products, such as personal care, spirits, cosmetics and confectionary products, healthcare products, such as pharmaceuticals, medical devices, nutritional supplements and vitamins, and multi-media products, such as home videos, video games and software. Downturns or periods of economic weakness in these markets could result in decreased demand for our products. In general, our business may be adversely affected by decreases in the overall level of global economic activity, such as decreases in business and consumer spending. In particular, our business could be adversely affected by any economic downturn that results in difficulties for any of our major customers.
We may encounter difficulties in restructuring operations, closing facilities and disposing of assets and facilities.
We have closed facilities, sold assets and otherwise restructured operations in an effort to improve our cost competitiveness and profitability. Some of these activities are ongoing, and there is no guarantee that any such activities will not divert the attention of management or disrupt our operations or achieve the intended cost and operations improvements. These activities, and any future activities we may undertake, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
25
If we are unable to successfully integrate our acquisitions and identify and integrate future acquisitions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
We have completed a number of acquisitions, including the transformative combination with Chesapeake. We continue to integrate acquisitions into our business, but may not be able to do so successfully. Furthermore, we may seek to identify and complete additional acquisitions that meet our strategic and financial return criteria. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to locate suitable targets or acquire them on acceptable terms or, because of limitations imposed by the agreements governing our indebtedness, that we will be able to finance future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including risks related to:
| the diversion of managements attention and resources to the assimilation of the acquired companies and their employees and to the management of expanding operations; |
| increased costs of integration activities; |
| disruption of our existing business operations; |
| the incorporation of acquired products into our current offerings; |
| problems associated with maintaining relationships with employees and customers of acquired businesses as a result of changes in ownership and management; |
| the increasing demands on our operational systems resulting from integration of the systems of acquired businesses; |
| the ability to integrate and implement effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting within the allowable timeframe; |
| possible adverse effects on our reported operating results, particularly during the first several reporting periods after such acquisitions are completed; and |
| the difficulty of converting acquired companies to our corporate culture and brands. |
We may become responsible for unanticipated liabilities and contingencies that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence in connection with historical acquisitions or any future acquisitions. We have typically required sellers to indemnify us against certain undisclosed liabilities. However, we cannot assure you that indemnification rights we have obtained, or will in the future obtain, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or property acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate future acquisitions without substantial costs, delays or other problems. The costs of such integration could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Although we conduct what we believe to be a prudent level of investigation regarding the businesses we purchase, in light of the circumstances of each transaction, an unavoidable level of risk remains regarding the actual condition of these businesses. Until we actually assume operating control of such businesses and their assets and operations, we may not be able to ascertain the actual value or understand the potential liabilities of the acquired entities and their operations.
We may not realize the growth opportunities and cost savings and synergies that are anticipated from our acquisitions and the other initiatives that we undertake.
The benefits that we expect to achieve as a result of our acquisitions will depend in part on our ability to realize anticipated growth opportunities and cost savings and synergies. Our success in realizing these opportunities and synergies and the timing of this realization depend on the successful integration of the acquired businesses and operations with our business and operations and the adoption of best practices. Even if we are able to integrate these businesses and operations successfully, this integration may not result in the realization of the full benefits
26
of the growth opportunities and synergies we currently expect from this integration within the anticipated timeframe or at all. Accordingly, the benefits from these acquisitions may be offset by unanticipated costs or delays in integrating the companies.
Furthermore, we may not realize all of the cost savings and synergies we expect to achieve from our current strategic initiatives due to a variety of risks, including, but not limited to, difficulties in integrating shared services within our business, higher than expected employee severance or retention costs, higher than expected overhead expenses, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings plans and other unexpected costs associated with operating our business. If we are unable to achieve the cost savings or synergies that we expect to achieve from our strategic initiatives, or if the implementation of these initiatives adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we cannot effectively anticipate technology trends and develop and market new products to respond to changing customer preferences and regulatory environment, our revenue, earnings and cash flow could be adversely affected.
We are a specialty packaging company serving the consumer, healthcare and multi-media markets. Our success in these markets depends on our ability to offer differentiated solutions to capture market share and grow scale. To enable this, we must continually develop and introduce new products and services in a timely manner to keep pace with technological and regulatory developments and achieve customer acceptance. In addition, the services and products that we provide to customers may not meet the needs of our customers as the business models of our customers evolve. Our customers may decide to decrease their product packaging or forego the packaging of certain products entirely. Regulatory developments can also significantly alter the market for our solutions. For example, a move to electronic distribution of disclaimers and other paperless regimes could negatively impact our healthcare inserts and labels businesses. In addition, it is difficult to successfully predict the products and services our customers will demand. The success of our business depends in part on our ability to identify and respond promptly to changes in customer preferences, expectations and needs. If we do not timely assess and respond to changing customer expectations, preferences and needs, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.
The impact of electronic media and similar technological changes, including the substitution of physical products for digital content, may continue to adversely affect sales in the multi-media end market.
The multi-media landscape is experiencing rapid change due to the impact of electronic media and digital content delivery on the demand for physical products. Improvements in the accessibility and quality of digital media through the online distribution and hosting of media content, pay-per-view and on-demand entertainment services and mobile technologies has resulted, and will likely continue to result, in increased digital substitution by consumers. Ongoing consumer acceptance of such digital media will result in a decrease in demand for physical music, video game and home video units. This will likely in turn decrease the demand for certain of our multi-media packaging solutions and consequently result in reduced pricing for our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, our multi-media sales in Europe have declined in each of the two most recent fiscal years and would have declined in North America over the same period if not for the increased sales that resulted from the ASG acquisition.
We are affected by seasonality.
Historically, our business experiences some seasonal fluctuations, with a greater portion of our consumer and multi-media sales occurring in the first and second fiscal quarters, reflecting increased demand for our customers products during the holiday selling seasons. As a result of this seasonality, any factors negatively affecting us during these periods of any year, including unfavorable economic conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations for the entire year.
27
Our operations could expose us to significant regulations and compliance expenditures as a result of environmental, health and safety laws.
Our business and facilities are subject to a wide range of federal, state, local and foreign general and industry-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, management and disposal of regulated materials and site remediation. Certain of our operations require environmental permits or other approvals from governmental authorities, and certain of these permits and approvals are subject to expiration, denial, revocation or modification under various circumstances. We are also subject to frequent inspections and monitoring by government enforcement authorities. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits and approvals is a significant factor in our business. From time to time we incur, and may in the future incur, significant capital and operating expenditures to achieve and maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations, permits and approvals. Our failure to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations or permit or approval requirements could result in substantial civil or criminal fines or penalties or enforcement actions, including regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring remedial or corrective measures, installation of pollution control equipment or other actions or costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
In addition, as an owner and operator of real estate, we may be responsible under environmental laws and regulations for the investigation, remediation and monitoring, as well as associated costs, expenses and third-party damages, including tort liability and natural resource damages, relating to past or present releases or threats of releases of regulated materials at, on, under or from our properties. Liability under these laws may be imposed without regard to whether we knew of or were responsible for the presence of those materials on our property; may be joint and several, meaning that the entire liability may be imposed on each party without regard to contribution; and may be retroactive and may not be limited to the value of the property. In addition, we or others may discover new material environmental liabilities, including liabilities related to third-party owned properties that we or our predecessors formerly owned or operated, or at which we or our predecessors have disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, certain regulated materials. We may be involved in administrative or judicial proceedings and inquiries in the future relating to such environmental matters, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
New environmental laws or regulations (or changes in existing laws or regulations or their enforcement) may be enacted that require significant expenditures by us. If the resulting expenses significantly exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
We are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign requirements concerning safety and health conditions at our manufacturing facilities. The operation of manufacturing facilities involves many risks, including the failure or substandard performance of equipment, suspension of operations and new governmental statutes, regulations, guidelines and policies. Our and our customers operations are also subject to various hazards incidental to the production, use, handling, processing, storage and transportation of certain hazardous materials. These hazards can cause personal injury, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment and environmental damage. Furthermore, we may become subject to claims with respect to workplace exposure, workers compensation and other matters. We may be subject to material financial penalties or liabilities for noncompliance with safety and health requirements, as well as potential business disruption, if any of our facilities or a portion of any facility is required to be temporarily closed as a result of any significant injury or any noncompliance with applicable requirements.
The occurrence of material operational problems, including, but not limited to, the above events, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
28
A significant part of our business is conducted outside of the United States, exposing us to additional risks that may not exist in the United States, which in turn could cause our business and operating results to suffer.
We have material operations outside of the United States. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2015, approximately 58% of our total net sales, on an acquisition adjusted pro forma basis, were generated from sales outside of the United States. Our international operations are subject to risks, including risks related to:
| foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, including devaluations; |
| local political or economic instability, including local inflationary pressures; |
| restrictive government regulation, including changes in governmental regulation; |
| changes in import/export duties; |
| changes in laws and policies, including the laws and policies of the United States, affecting trade and foreign investment; |
| lack of experience in certain foreign markets; |
| difficulties and costs of staffing and managing operations in certain foreign countries; |
| work stoppages or other changes in labor conditions in foreign jurisdictions, which tend to have more expansive legal rights for labor unions and works councils; |
| difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting accounts receivables on a timely basis or at all; and |
| adverse tax consequences or overlapping tax structures. |
We plan to continue to market and sell our products internationally to respond to customer requirements and market opportunities. Establishing operations in any foreign country or region presents risks such as those described above as well as risks specific to the particular country or region. In addition, until a payment history is established over time with customers in a new geographic area or region, the likelihood of collecting receivables generated by such operations could be less than our expectations. As a result, there is a greater risk that the reserves set with respect to the collection of such receivables may be inadequate. If our operations in any foreign country are unsuccessful, we could incur significant losses and we may not be profitable.
In addition, changes in policies or laws of the United States or foreign governments resulting in, among other things, changes in regulations and the approval process, higher taxation, currency conversion limitations, restrictions on fund transfers or the expropriation of private enterprises, could reduce the anticipated benefits of our international expansion. If we fail to realize the anticipated revenue growth of our future international operations, our business and operating results could suffer.
Currency risk may adversely affect our financial condition and cash flows.
A substantial portion of our revenues are derived from outside the United States. We anticipate that revenues from international customers will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Because we generate revenues in foreign currencies, we are subject to the effects of exchange rate fluctuations. For the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, the financial results of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates during the applicable period. If the U.S. dollar appreciates against the foreign currencies, as has occurred in recent months, the revenues we recognize from sales by certain of our subsidiaries and the value of balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies will be adversely impacted.
Furthermore, many of our foreign operations import or buy raw materials in a currency other than their functional currency, which can impact the operating results for these operations if we are unable to mitigate the impact of the currency exchange fluctuations. We may not be successful in achieving natural balances in currencies
29
throughout our international operations. In addition, if the effective price of our products were to increase as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, demand for our products could decline and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We cannot accurately predict the effects of exchange rate fluctuations upon our future operating results because of the number of currencies involved, the variability of currency exposures and the potential volatility of currency exchange rates. Accordingly, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows.
Our largest customers together have historically accounted for a significant portion of our net sales volume. Accordingly, our business may be adversely affected by the loss of, or reduced purchases by, one or more of our large customers.
For the twelve months ended June 30, 2015, our largest single customer accounted for 5% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales and our top ten customers accounted for approximately 26% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales. On occasion, a customer may relocate where certain of its products are manufactured to a location which we are not able to serve, resulting in the loss of business. If, for this or any other reason, one of our key customers were to purchase significantly less of our products in the future or were to terminate its purchases from us, and we are not able to sell our products to new customers at comparable or greater levels, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business may suffer if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel.
We depend on the members of our management team and other key personnel. These employees have industry experience and relationships that we rely on to successfully implement our business plan. The loss of the services of our management team and/or other key personnel or the lack of success in attracting or retaining new and/or replacement personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
Increased information technology security threats and more sophisticated and targeted cybercrime could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.
Increased global security threats and more sophisticated and targeted cybercrime pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of our data. While we attempt to mitigate these risks by employing a number of measures, including employee training, comprehensive monitoring of our networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective systems, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to advanced persistent threats. Depending on their nature and scope, such threats could potentially lead to the compromise of confidential information, improper use of our systems and networks, manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and operational disruptions, which in turn could adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness and results of operations.
Our business and financial performance may be harmed by future increases in raw material costs.
Our business requires various raw materials which are purchased from third-party suppliers. These materials include paperboard, foils, inks, adhesives, coatings, resins, films, waxes, other chemicals and packaging supplies. The costs of these materials are subject to market fluctuations that are beyond our control. Future market conditions and/or the terms of our contracts with customers may prevent us from passing on raw material cost increases to our customers through selling price increases. In addition, we may not be able to achieve manufacturing productivity gains or other cost reductions to offset the impact of rising raw material cost. As a result, higher raw material costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
30
Unforeseen or recurring operational problems at any of our facilities may cause significant lost production.
Our manufacturing process could be affected by operational problems that could impair our production capability. Each of our facilities contains complex and sophisticated machines that are used in our manufacturing process. Disruptions or shutdowns at any of our facilities could be caused by:
| outages to conduct maintenance activities that cannot be performed safely during operations; |
| prolonged power failures or reductions, including the effect of lightning strikes on our electrical supply; |
| breakdown, failure or substandard performance of any of our presses, diecutters and print and packaging-related machinery or other equipment; |
| noncompliance with material environmental requirements or permits; |
| disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, including railroad tracks, bridges, tunnels or roads; |
| fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, significant winter storms or other catastrophic disasters; or |
| other operational problems. |
If our facilities are shut down, they may experience delays due to startup periods, regardless of the reason for the shutdown. Those startup periods could range from several days to several weeks or longer, depending on the reason for the shutdown and other factors. Any prolonged disruption in operations at any of our facilities could cause significant lost production, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. To avoid such disruptions, we may also be required to incur substantial costs in keeping our facilities in good operating condition.
Labor disputes or increased labor costs could materially adversely affect our operating results.
As of June 30, 2015, we employed approximately 8,900 people, of which 3,400 are located in North America, 4,600 are located in Europe and the remainder are located in Asia. The majority of our workforce is non-union; however, we do participate in some collective bargaining agreements with various unions, which provide specified benefits to certain union employees, and certain of our employees in foreign jurisdictions are represented by works councils. Approximately 7% of our employees in North America are unionized and approximately 72% of our employees in Europe are members of a union or works council or otherwise covered by labor agreements. The labor agreements with our North American unions are set to expire at various dates between 2016 and 2017, at which time we expect to negotiate a renewal of such agreements. To date, we have not experienced a stoppage in work or poor labor relations at any of our facilities. Management believes that our relations with our employees are good; however, as these labor contracts expire, there can be no assurances that there will be no strikes, work stoppages or other labor disputes as we negotiate new or renewed contracts. Any significant work stoppages or any significant increase in labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Failure of quality control measures and systems resulting in faulty or contaminated product could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We have quality control measures and systems in place to ensure the maximum safety and quality of our products. The consequences of a product not meeting these standards due to, among other things, accidental or malicious raw materials contamination or supply chain contamination caused by human error or equipment fault, could be severe. Such consequences might include adverse effects on consumer health, litigation exposure, loss of market share, financial costs and loss of revenues.
31
In addition, if our products fail to meet our usual standards, we may be required to incur substantial costs in taking appropriate corrective action (up to and including recalling products from end consumers) and to reimburse customers and/or end consumers for losses that they suffer as a result of this failure. Customers and end consumers may seek to recover these losses through litigation and, under applicable legal rules, may succeed in any such claim despite there being no negligence or other fault on our part. Placing an unsafe product on the market, failing to notify the regulatory authorities of a safety issue, failing to take appropriate corrective action and failing to meet other regulatory requirements relating to product safety could lead to regulatory investigation, enforcement action and/or prosecution. Any product quality or safety issue may also result in adverse publicity, which may damage our reputation. This could in turn have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we have not had material claims for damages for defective products in the past and have not conducted any substantial product recalls or other material corrective action in recent years, these events may occur in the future.
In certain contracts, we provide guarantees that our products are produced in accordance with customer specifications regarding the proper functioning of our products and the conformity of a product to the specific use defined by the customer. In addition, if the product contained in packaging manufactured by us is faulty or contaminated, it is possible that the manufacturer of the product in question may allege that the packaging we provided is the cause of the fault or contamination, even if the packaging complies with contractual specifications. If packaging produced by us fails to open properly or to preserve the integrity of its contents, we could face liability to our customers and to third parties for bodily injury or other tangible or intangible damages suffered as a result. Such liability, if it were to be established in relation to a sufficient volume of claims or to claims for sufficiently large amounts, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The occurrence or threat of extraordinary events, including natural disasters and domestic and international terrorist attacks, may disrupt our operations and decrease demand for our products.
Natural disasters and other weather-related disruptions and domestic and international terrorist attacks could affect our ability to sell to our customers by impacting many of our customers and our suppliers of certain raw materials, which would have an adverse impact on volume and cost for some of our products. If natural disasters or terrorist attacks occur in the future, they could negatively affect the results of operations in the affected regions, as well as have adverse impacts on the global economy.
Our energy or transportation costs may be higher than we anticipated, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Energy, including energy sourced from coal, diesel fuel, electricity and natural gas, represents a significant portion of our manufacturing costs. At times, energy costs have fluctuated significantly and such fluctuations have primarily impacted us in the logistics processes, with a more minor impact on manufacturing costs. In addition, we distribute our products primarily by truck and rail. Reduced availability of trucks or rail cars could negatively impact our ability to ship our products in a timely manner. There can be no assurance that we will be able to recoup any increases in transportation rates or fuel surcharges through price increases for our products. If energy or transportation costs are greater than anticipated, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.
If we are unable to develop product innovations and improve our production technology and expertise, we could lose customers or market share.
Our success may depend on our ability to adapt to technological changes in the specialty print-based packaging industry. If we are unable to develop and introduce new products on a timely basis, or enhance existing products, in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements or demands, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.
32
We are subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business, and uninsured judgments or a rise in insurance premiums may adversely impact our results of operations.
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims and litigation, including actions brought against us by our employees. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to defend and could divert managements attention and resources. For instance, in our healthcare end market, we print information on our labels, inserts and packages that, if incorrect, could give rise to product liability claims.
In accordance with customary practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims. We may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. The levels of insurance we maintain may not be adequate to fully cover any and all losses or liabilities. Further, we may not be able to maintain insurance at commercially acceptable premium levels or at all.
If any significant accident, judgment, claim (or a series of claims) or other event is not fully insured or indemnified against, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance as to the actual amount of these liabilities or the timing thereof. We cannot be certain that the outcome of current or future litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
Our total assets include substantial amounts of goodwill and intangible assets and an impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets could adversely affect our results of operations.
Goodwill and intangible assets represented approximately 48% of our total assets as of June 30, 2015. We evaluate our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and at other times during the year if events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value is below the carrying value. We evaluate intangible assets for impairment when facts or circumstances suggest that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. Our evaluation of impairment requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions, including projections of future results. Such estimates and assumptions may not prove to be accurate in the future. After performing our evaluation for impairment, including an analysis to determine the recoverability of intangible assets, we will record a noncash impairment loss when the carrying value of the underlying asset, asset group or reporting unit exceeds its fair value. If these impairment losses are significant, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our business operations are subject to a number of U.S. federal laws and regulations, including trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury and the U.S. Department of Commerce, as well as restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which could adversely affect our operations if violated.
We must comply with all applicable export control laws and regulations of the United States and other countries. We cannot provide products or services to certain countries or individuals subject to U.S. trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of Commerce. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the anti-corruption laws of other countries, which generally prohibit bribes of anything of value, including unreasonable gifts, to government officials. While we have implemented safeguards and policies designed to promote compliance with applicable laws, these safeguards and policies may prove to be less than effective, and our employees or agents may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of these laws or regulations could result in significant sanctions including fines, onerous compliance requirements, the denial of export privileges, reputational damage and loss of authorizations needed to conduct aspects of our international business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
33
Existing and proposed regulations to address climate change by limiting greenhouse gas emissions may cause us to incur significant additional operating and capital expenses.
Certain of our operations result in emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG), such as carbon dioxide and methane. Growing concern about the sources and impacts of global climate change has led to a number of national and supranational legislative and administrative measures, both proposed and enacted, to monitor, regulate and limit carbon dioxide and other GHG emissions, including in the United States, the European Union and China. Such measures, for example, could adversely affect our energy supply, or the costs (and types) of raw materials we use for fuel, or impose costs on us associated with GHG emissions resulting from our operations. Although we believe it is likely that GHG emissions will continue to be regulated in the United States, the European Union, China and elsewhere in the future, we cannot yet predict the form such regulation will take (such as a cap-and-trade program, technology mandate, emissions tax or other regulatory mechanism) or, consequently, estimate the direct or indirect financial impact to our business.
We are exposed to risks in connection with the funding of our pension commitments.
We operate three defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom: the Field Group Pension Plan (FGPP), the Chesapeake Pension Plan (CPP) and the GCM Retirement Benefits Scheme (GCM) (collectively, the DB Plans). As of June 30, 2014, the total underfunded status of our pension plans on a U.S. GAAP basis was $22.4 million. The most recent actuarially calculated scheme-specific funding deficit in respect of each of the DB Plans was £63.6 million (as combined between all three plans). A preliminary actuarial valuation of the FGPP as of October 31, 2014 indicates that the FGPPs scheme-specific funding deficit was £12.9 million, which would decrease the combined scheme-specific funding deficit in respect of the DB Plans to £54.1 million. However, this actuarial valuation is yet to be finalized, and the funding assumptions underpinning it need to be agreed by us with the trustees of the FGPP. Depending on the outcome of those discussions, the deficit figures in the preliminary valuation may be subject to change and could potentially increase in the finalized valuation.
Contributions to the DB Plans are payable in accordance with the schedule of contributions and the recovery plans which are separately in place in respect of all three arrangements. All of the DB Plans are currently open to future benefit accrual and the contribution rates payable by the company to the DB Plans reflect this in order to help fund those future accrual benefits. The contribution rates also take account of the deficits in each of the DB Plans to seek to make good those funding shortfalls within the timeframes specified in the recovery plans.
Should a wind-up trigger or insolvency event occur in relation to the DB Plans, the buy-out deficit will become due and payable by the employers. The deficit of the FGPP on a buy-out basis was £166.1 million ($259.8 million) as of August 20, 2013. The preliminary actuarial valuation of the FGPP as of October 31, 2014 discussed above indicates that the buy-out deficit of the FGPP was £150.1 million ($240.1 million). The buy-out deficit was £21.5 million ($32.5 million) as of April 5, 2013 for the CPP and was £3.6 million ($5.7 million) as of February 1, 2013 for the GCM. Unless any future security is granted to the trustees of any of the three plans, those debts would rank as unsecured if the participating employers in any of the three plans became insolvent in the future.
We are currently in negotiations with the trustees of the DB Plans which might soon result in a parental company guarantee being given to the trustees of each of the DB Plans to cover contributions due under the current recovery plans to fund the DB Plans up to the scheme-specific funding level basis.
Our defined benefit pension plan obligations are financed predominantly through externally invested pension plan assets via externally managed funds and insurance companies. The values attributable to the externally invested pension plan assets are subject to fluctuations in the capital markets that are beyond our influence. Unfavorable developments in the capital markets could result in a substantial coverage shortfall for these pension obligations, resulting in a significant increase in our net pension obligations. In addition, deterioration in our financial condition could lead to an increased funding commitment to the trustees, which could further exacerbate any financial difficulties we could face at such time. Any such increases in our net pension
34
obligations could adversely affect our financial condition due to increased additional outflow of funds to finance the pension obligations. Also, we are exposed to risks associated with longevity and interest rate and inflation rate changes in connection with our pension commitments, as an interest rate increase or decrease in longevity could have an adverse effect on our liabilities under these pension plans. Furthermore, a strengthening of the regulatory funding regime could increase requirements for cash funding, demanding more financial resources to meet governmentally mandated pension requirements. The realization of any of these risks could require us to make significant additional payments to meet our pension commitments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Pensions Regulator in the United Kingdom has the statutory power in certain circumstances to issue contribution notices or financial support directions which, if issued, could result in significant liabilities arising for us.
Under the Pensions Act 2004, the Pensions Regulator in the United Kingdom may issue a contribution notice to any employer in the DB Plans or any person who is connected with or is an associate of any employer in any of those plans where the Pensions Regulator is of the opinion that the relevant person has been a party to an act, or a deliberate failure to act, which had as its main purpose (or one of its main purposes) the avoidance of pension liabilities. Under the Pensions Act 2008, the Pensions Regulator has been granted the power to issue a contribution notice if it is of the opinion that the relevant person has been a party to an act, or a deliberate failure to act, which has a materially detrimental effect on a pension plan without sufficient mitigation having been provided. The Pensions Regulator can only issue a contribution notice where it believes it is reasonable to do so and can generally only do so in respect of any act or failure to act which has taken place in the previous six years.
The terms associate and connected person, which are taken from the Insolvency Act 1986, are widely defined and could cover our significant shareholders and others deemed to be shadow directors.
If the Pensions Regulator considers that any of the employers participating in the DB Plans are insufficiently resourced or a service company, it may impose a financial support direction requiring us or any member of the Group, or any person associated or connected with that employer, to put in place financial support in relation to the relevant plan. The Pensions Regulator can only issue a financial support direction where it believes it is reasonable to do so and can generally only do so in respect of circumstances which have occurred in the previous two years.
Liabilities imposed under a contribution notice or financial support direction may be up to the amount of the buy-out deficit in the relevant DB Plan.
Regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the DRC) and adjoining countries. As a result, in August 2012 the SEC adopted annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who use conflict minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. Because certain of our products include tin, these new requirements will require due diligence efforts this year, with initial disclosure requirements beginning in 2016 at the earliest. There will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including for diligence of our suppliers to determine the sources of conflict minerals used in our products and, if applicable, a third-party audit of our diligence process, and other potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. The implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As there may be only a limited number of suppliers offering conflict free conflict minerals, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary conflict minerals from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Conversely, we will be required to make similar certifications to our suppliers. If we are unable or fail to make the requisite certifications, our suppliers may terminate their relationship with us. Also, we may face adverse effects to our
35
reputation if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products through the procedures we may implement.
We may not be successful in acquiring and protecting our intellectual property rights or in avoiding claims that we infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.
Our ability to develop, acquire, and retain necessary intellectual property rights is important to our continued success and competitive position. If we were unable to protect our existing intellectual property rights, develop new rights, or if others developed similar or improved technologies there can be no assurance that such events would not be material to our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Some of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, or license from third parties, patents, trademarks, trade secrets and similar proprietary rights without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. Although we believe our intellectual property rights are sufficient to allow us to conduct our business without incurring liability to third parties, our products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of such persons. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that we will not be subject to claims asserting the infringement of the intellectual property rights of third parties seeking damages, the payment of royalties or licensing fees and/or injunctions against the sale of our products. Any such litigation, regardless of merit, could be protracted and costly and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to increased income taxes, and other restrictions and limitations, if we were to decide to repatriate any of our income, capital or cash to the United States or other jurisdictions.
Government regulations and restrictions in some countries may limit the amount of income, capital or cash that may be distributed or otherwise transferred to other jurisdictions. For example, the transfer of income, capital or cash from one country to another is often subject to restrictions such as the need for certain governmental consents. Even where there is no outright restriction, the mechanics of repatriation or, in certain countries, the lack of the availability of foreign currency (such as U.S. dollars) to non-governmental entities, may affect certain aspects of our operations. In the event we need to repatriate our non-U.S. income, capital or cash from a particular country to fund operations in another part of the world, we may need to repatriate some of our non-U.S. cash balances out of the country where they are located to another jurisdiction and we may be subject to additional income taxes in the jurisdiction receiving the cash. Any of these scenarios may subject us to costs, restrictions and/or limitations that result in us being unable to use our cash in the manner we desire, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Our status as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes could be affected by IRS action or a change in U.S. tax law.
On February 14, 2014, Chesapeake, a corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales, completed the acquisition of Mustang, a Delaware corporation, in exchange for a 50% equity interest in Chesapeake. Chesapeake subsequently changed its name to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited and on October 7, 2015 became a wholly owned subsidiary of MPS Limited. A corporation is generally considered a tax resident in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because MPS Limited is a Bermuda incorporated entity, it would generally be classified as a foreign corporation under these rules. Section 7874 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), provides an exception to this general rule, however, under which a foreign incorporated entity may, in certain circumstances, be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes. The Company believes that it (and, prior to the Reorg Transactions, MPS Holdings) has satisfied the requirements under Section 7874 of the Code to be treated as a foreign corporation, taking into account any impact of both the Mustang acquisition and the Reorg Transactions in the analysis. There is limited guidance, however, regarding the application of Section 7874 of the Code. As a consequence, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with the position that the Company has satisfied the requirements under Section 7874 of the Code to be treated as a foreign corporation or that the IRS will not otherwise challenge the Companys status as a foreign corporation. If such a challenge by the IRS
36
were successful, significant adverse tax consequences would result for the Company. Further, recent legislative and administrative proposals have addressed Section 7874 of the Code, some of which, if enacted, could have prospective or retroactive application to the Company, its shareholders and affiliates. Consequently, there can be no assurance that there will not exist in the future a change in law that might cause the Company to be treated as a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including with retroactive effect. If such a change in law were implemented, significant adverse tax consequences would result for the Company.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We have substantial debt, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business and meet our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.
As of June 30, 2015, after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under the heading Use of Proceeds, we would have had approximately $1,000.9 million of indebtedness on a consolidated basis, including $196.3 million of the 8.500% senior unsecured notes due 2021 (the Notes) and $791.2 million of the Term Loans (as defined below). In addition, we had $49.7 million in borrowing capacity under our U.S. dollar revolving credit facility and £50.0 million ($78.6 million) in borrowing capacity available under our Pounds Sterling revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2015, we had $0.3 million of outstanding letters of credit under our U.S. dollar revolving credit facility.
Our substantial debt could have important consequences to you. Because of our substantial debt:
| it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders and creditors, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such debt; |
| our ability to make loans and investments or engage in acquisitions without issuing additional equity or obtaining additional debt financing may be impaired in the future; |
| our ability to obtain additional financing with reasonable terms and conditions for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future; |
| a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes; |
| we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates as, over the term of our debt, the interest cost on a significant portion of our indebtedness is subject to changes in interest rates; |
| we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions; |
| we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt or comparable debt at more favorable interest rates and who, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand economic downturns or to finance capital expenditures or acquisitions; |
| our costs of borrowing may increase; |
| we may be unable to refinance our debt on terms as favorable as our existing debt or at all; and |
| our flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and our ability to withstand competitive pressures could be limited, or we may be prevented from carrying out capital spending that is necessary or important to our growth strategy and efforts to improve the operating margins of our businesses. |
Despite our current indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Subject to certain limitations, the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our Notes do not prohibit us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness. In addition, the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our Notes also permit us,
37
our subsidiaries or our parents to accrue interest, accrue accreted value, accrue amortization of original issue discount and pay interest or dividends in the form of additional indebtedness. The restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness are subject to a number of thresholds, qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, these restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that, although preferential to our common shares in terms of payment, do not constitute indebtedness. In addition, as of June 30, 2015 we had $49.7 million of borrowing capacity available under our U.S. dollar revolving credit facility and £50.0 million ($78.6 million) of borrowing capacity available under our Pounds Sterling revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2015 we had $0.3 million of outstanding letters of credit under our U.S. dollar revolving credit facility.
If new debt is added to our or our subsidiaries current debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase, and we may not be able to meet all our debt obligations. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources.
The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our managements flexibility or our financial and operational flexibility to operate our business and could adversely affect you.
The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and/or the indenture governing our Notes contain, and certain of our current or future rollover foreign debt facilities may contain, covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:
| dispose of assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; |
| incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness); |
| prepay other indebtedness or amend other debt instruments; |
| pay dividends or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock or our other indebtedness and make certain payments; |
| create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our restricted subsidiaries that are not guarantors; |
| create liens on assets; |
| enter into sale and leaseback transactions; |
| engage in certain asset sales, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets; |
| engage in certain transactions with affiliates; |
| permit restrictions on our subsidiaries ability to pay dividends; |
| change our business; |
| consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; |
| enter into transactions with our affiliates; |
| designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and |
| make loans and investments (including joint ventures). |
The restrictions in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities, the indenture governing the Notes and rollover foreign debt facilities may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the best interests of our business and may make it difficult for us to execute our business strategy successfully or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility.
38
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities, the indenture governing the Notes and our rollover foreign debt facilities may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities, the indenture governing the Notes and our rollover foreign debt facilities that would permit the applicable lenders or noteholders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, such a default or acceleration may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, such as the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and our rollover foreign debt facilities, could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under our senior secured credit facilities and our rollover foreign debt facilities and may not be able to repay the amounts due under our senior secured credit facilities, our rollover foreign debt facilities or the Notes. This could have serious consequences to our financial condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.
We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable or unwilling to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could negatively impact our business.
During periods of volatile credit markets, there is risk that any lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including but not limited to extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility. If our lenders are unable or unwilling to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could be difficult in such environments to obtain sufficient liquidity to meet our operational needs.
Our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited.
Although we believe our cash and cash equivalents, together with cash we expect to generate from operations and availability under our revolving credit facility, provide adequate resources to fund ongoing operating requirements, we may need to seek additional financing to compete effectively.
If we are unable to obtain capital on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, it could:
| reduce funds available to us for purposes such as working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, strategic acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
| restrict our ability to introduce new products or exploit business opportunities; and |
| increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate, |
any and all of which could place us at a competitive disadvantage.
Certain of our indebtedness bears interest at variable rates and/or is denominated in a foreign currency, which subjects us to interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk, each of which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, which totaled $978.7 million, net of original issue discount of $16.6 million, as of June 30, 2015, with exposure to variable rates of interest or foreign exchange. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even if the amount borrowed remains the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. The term loan under our senior secured credit facilities includes a floor on the applicable benchmark London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR) or prime rate, which is in excess of the specified LIBOR, EURIBOR or prime rate that would otherwise apply. Assuming our senior secured credit facilities are fully drawn, each 0.125% change in assumed blended interest rates would result
39
in an approximate $1.2 million change in annual interest expense on indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities. We have entered, and in the future may enter, into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we have entered into or may enter into in the future may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk, which may prove disadvantageous or may create additional risks.
In addition, certain of our borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities are denominated in Euros and British pounds sterling, which do not necessarily correspond to the cash flow we generate in these currencies. Sharp changes in the exchange rates between the currencies in which we borrow and the currencies in which we generate cash flow could adversely affect us. In particular, for example, the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the Euro has experienced significant volatility and may continue to fluctuate materially in the future. Certain of the Term Loans were borrowed in Euros and Pounds Sterling, while our functional currency is the U.S. Dollar and we maintain our accounting records in U.S. Dollars. As a result, unrealized foreign exchange gains and losses will occur upon the translation of the Euro-denominated and Pounds Sterling-denominated debt into U.S. Dollars. These unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses are recognized in profit or loss. In the future we may enter into contractual arrangements designed to hedge a portion of the foreign currency exchange risk associated with our Euro-denominated and Pounds Sterling-denominated debt. If these hedging arrangements are unsuccessful, we may experience a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Shares
We are an emerging growth company and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common shares may be less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. For additional information about the implications of qualifying as an emerging growth company, see Prospectus SummaryImplications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.
Because our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries, we are largely dependent on our receipt of distributions and dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including making future dividend payments, if any.
Our principal assets are the equity interests we own in our operating subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends, distributions or other transfers we receive from our subsidiaries in order to repay any debt we may incur, to make interest payments with respect to such debt and to meet our other obligations. As a result, our ability to service our debt or to make future dividend payments, if any, is largely dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us.
The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends and make payments to us will depend on their operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, applicable corporate, tax and other laws and regulations and agreements of those subsidiaries, as well as by the terms of the credit agreement governing our senior secured
40
credit facilities and the indenture governing the Notes. Any right that we have to receive any assets of or distributions from any subsidiary upon its bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization, or to realize proceeds from the sale of the assets of any subsidiary, may be junior to the claims of that subsidiarys creditors, including trade creditors. In addition, there may be significant tax and other legal restrictions on the ability of foreign subsidiaries to remit money to us.
There is no existing market for our common shares, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares that you buy. The initial public offering price for the common shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering, or at all.
The price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common shares may prevent you from being able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid for your common shares. The market price of our common shares could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, including:
| our operating and financial performance and prospects; |
| our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry; |
| the publics reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC; |
| changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common shares or the stock of other companies in our industry; |
| the failure of research analysts to cover our common shares; |
| credit ratings downgrades or other negative actions by ratings agencies for us or our subsidiaries; |
| strategic actions by us, our customers or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; |
| new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business; |
| changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; |
| the impact on our profitability temporarily caused by the time lag between when we experience cost increases until these increases flow through cost of sales because of our method of accounting for inventory, or the impact from our inability to pass on such price increases to our customers; |
| material litigations or government investigations; |
| changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events; |
| changes in key personnel; |
| sales of common shares by us, affiliates of Carlyle or Madison Dearborn or members of our management team; |
| termination or expiration of lock-up agreements with our management team and principal shareholders; |
| the granting of restricted common shares and share options; |
41
| volume of trading in our common shares; and |
| the realization of any risks described under this Risk Factors section. |
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. As a result, the price of our common shares could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Further, in the past, market fluctuations and price declines in a companys stock have led to securities class action litigations. If such a suit were to arise, it could have a substantial cost and divert our resources regardless of the outcome.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors views of us could be harmed.
We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. However, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report on Form 10-K or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. The process of designing, implementing and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly and complicated. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of common shares could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and, when required, to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors. Moreover, we cannot be certain that these measures would ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we were to conclude, and our auditors were to concur, that our internal control over financial reporting provided reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our common shares, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a publicly traded company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a publicly traded company, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur, which we expect will be between $2.0 million and $3.0 million per year. In addition, the
42
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and the NYSE, have imposed various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives as well as investor relations. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.
Furthermore, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, the market price of our common shares could decline and we could be subject to potential delisting by the NYSE and review by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require the expenditure by us of additional financial and management resources. As a result, our shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the market price of our common shares.
We are controlled by Carlyle and Madison Dearborn, whose interests in our business may be different than yours.
As of June 30, 2015, entities controlled by affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn each owned 50% of our common shares on a fully diluted basis and are able to control our affairs in all cases. Following this offering, these entities will continue to own approximately 35.53% and 37.41% of our common shares, respectively (or 33.64% and 35.52%, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Certain members of management hold interests in one or both of these entities. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, a majority of our Board of Directors will be designated by affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions. As a result, affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn or their respective designees to our Board of Directors will have the ability to control the appointment of our management, the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all or all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions and influence amendments to our memorandum of association and bye-laws. So long as affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn collectively continue to own and/or control a majority of our common shares, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires shareholder approval regardless of whether other shareholders believe the transaction is in our best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn may differ from or conflict with your interests. Moreover, this concentration of ownership may also adversely affect the trading price for our common shares to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning stock of a company with controlling shareholders. In addition, Carlyle and Madison Dearborn are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential suppliers or customers. Carlyle or Madison Dearborn may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares.
We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common shares for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in our common shares will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased their shares. The payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Specifically, we are subject to Bermuda legal constraints that may affect our ability to pay dividends on
43
our common shares and make other payments. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our Notes also effectively limit our ability to pay dividends. As a consequence of these limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make, or may have to reduce or eliminate, the payment of dividends on our common shares.
You may suffer immediate and substantial dilution.
The initial public offering price per share of our common shares is substantially higher than our net tangible book deficit per share immediately after the offering. As a result, you may pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the tangible book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you may incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $21.72 per share. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase our common shares if any are granted in the future, and the issuance and vesting of restricted shares or other equity awards under our existing or future equity incentive plans.
Future sales of our common shares in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
We and our shareholders may sell additional common shares in subsequent public offerings. We may also issue additional common shares or convertible debt securities to finance future acquisitions. After the consummation of this offering, we will have 1,000,000,000 common shares authorized and 74,439,432 common shares outstanding. This number includes 18,750,000 common shares that we and the selling shareholders are selling in this offering, which may be resold immediately in the public market. Of the remaining common shares, 55,689,432, or 100% of our total outstanding common shares, are restricted from immediate resale under the lock-up agreements between our current shareholders and the underwriters described in Underwriting, but may be sold into the market in the near future. These common shares will become available for sale following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, which, without the prior consent of certain of the representatives of the underwriters, is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to compliance with the applicable requirements under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common shares will have on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares (including sales pursuant to Carlyles and Madison Dearborns registration rights, sales by members of management and shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Shares Eligible for Future Sale.
We are a controlled company within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
Following the consummation of this offering, we expect affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn will collectively continue to own a majority in voting power of the outstanding common shares. As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
| the requirement that a majority of such companys Board of Directors consist of independent directors; |
44
| the requirement that such company have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; |
| the requirement that such company have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and |
| the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of such companys nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee. |
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions if we continue to qualify as a controlled company. If we do utilize the exemption, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
If Carlyle and Madison Dearborn sell a controlling interest in us to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change-of-control premium on our common shares and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.
Following the completion of this offering, Carlyle and Madison Dearborn will beneficially own a substantial majority of our common shares. Carlyle and Madison Dearborn will have the ability, should they choose to do so, to sell some or all of our common shares in a privately negotiated transaction, which, if sufficient in size, could result in our change of control. The ability of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn to privately sell such shares may not be subject to any requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of our common shares that will be publicly traded hereafter, which could prevent you from realizing any change-of-control premium on your common shares that may otherwise accrue to Carlyle and Madison Dearborn upon their private sale of our common shares. Additionally, if Carlyle and Madison Dearborn privately sell a significant equity interest in us, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party. Such third party may have interests that conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.
We are a Bermuda company and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or our directors and executive officers.
We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of our shareholders are governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in another jurisdiction, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.
Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to our shareholders.
We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, our corporate affairs are governed by the Companies Act, 1981 (the Companies Act), which differs in some material respects from laws typically applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, amalgamations, mergers and acquisitions, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits and indemnification of directors. Generally, the duties of directors and officers of a Bermuda company are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Bermuda
45
companies typically do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company and may only do so in limited circumstances. Shareholder class actions are not available under Bermuda law. The circumstances in which shareholder derivative actions may be available under Bermuda law are substantially more proscribed and less clear than they would be to shareholders of U.S. corporations. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the companys memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the companys shareholders than those who actually approved it.
When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the companys affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company, in circumstances where the facts would otherwise justify the winding up of the company on just and equitable grounds but to do so would unfairly prejudice the shareholders applying for the assistance of the court. Additionally, under our bye-laws and as permitted by Bermuda law, each shareholder has waived any claim or right of action against our directors or officers for any action taken by directors or officers in the performance of their duties, except for actions involving fraud or dishonesty. In addition, the rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Bermuda law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States, particularly the State of Delaware. Therefore, our shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction within the United States.
We may be treated as a foreign financial institution under the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, which could impose withholding requirements on certain payments made with respect to the common shares after December 31, 2018.
Certain provisions of the Code and applicable U.S. Treasury regulations (commonly collectively referred to as FATCA) generally impose a 30% withholding tax regime with respect to certain foreign passthru payments made by a foreign financial institution (an FFI). Under current guidance, it is not clear whether we would be treated as an FFI for purposes of FATCA. If we were to be treated as an FFI, such withholding may be imposed on such payments to any other FFI (including an intermediary through which an investor may hold the common shares) that is not a participating FFI (as defined under FATCA) or any other investor who does not provide information sufficient to establish that the investor is not subject to withholding under FATCA, unless such other FFI or investor is otherwise exempt from FATCA. Under current guidance, the term foreign passthru payment is not defined, and it is therefore not clear whether or to what extent payments on the common shares would be considered foreign passthru payments. Withholding on foreign passthru payments would not be required with respect to payments made before the later of January 1, 2019 and the date of publication in the Federal Register of final regulations defining the term foreign passthru payment. The United States has entered into various intergovernmental agreements, including intergovernmental agreements between the United States and Bermuda and between the United States and the United Kingdom, which potentially modify the rules described above. Prospective investors in the common shares should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential impact of FATCA, the intergovernmental agreements and any non-U.S. legislation implementing FATCA on their potential investment in the common shares.
46
Any statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies. These statements often include words such as anticipate, expect, suggests, plan, believe, intend, estimates, targets, projects, should, could, would, may, will, forecast, and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections entitled Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Capitalization, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Business. We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:
| our ability to compete against competitors with greater resources or lower operating costs; |
| adverse developments in economic conditions, including downturns in the geographies and target markets that we serve; |
| difficulties in restructuring operations, closing facilities or disposing of assets; |
| our ability to successfully integrate our acquisitions and identify and integrate future acquisitions; |
| our ability to realize the growth opportunities and cost savings and synergies we anticipate from the initiatives that we undertake; |
| changes in technology trends and our ability to develop and market new products to respond to changing customer preferences and regulatory environment; |
| the impact of electronic media and similar technological changes, including the substitution of physical products for digital content; |
| seasonal fluctuations; |
| the impact of significant regulations and compliance expenditures as a result of environmental, health and safety laws; |
| risks associated with our non-U.S. operations; |
| exposure to foreign currency exchange rate volatility; |
| the loss of, or reduced purchases by, one or more of our large customers; |
| failure to attract and retain key personnel; |
| increased information technology security threats and targeted cybercrime; |
| changes in the cost and availability of raw materials; |
| operational problems at our facilities; |
| the impact of any labor disputes or increased labor costs; |
47
| the failure of quality control measures and systems resulting in faulty or contaminated products; |
| the occurrence or threat of extraordinary events, including natural disasters and domestic and international terrorist attacks; |
| increased energy or transportation costs; |
| our ability to develop product innovations and improve production technology and expertise; |
| the impact of litigation, uninsured judgments or increased insurance premiums; |
| an impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets; |
| our ability to comply with all applicable export control laws and regulations of the United States and other countries and restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; |
| the impact of regulations to address climate change; |
| risks associated with the funding of our pension plans, including actions by governmental authorities; |
| the impact of regulations related to conflict minerals; |
| our ability to acquire and protect our intellectual property rights and avoid claims of intellectual property infringement; |
| risks related to our substantial indebtedness; |
| failure of internal controls over financial reporting; |
| the ability of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn to control us; |
| other factors disclosed in this prospectus; and |
| other factors beyond our control. |
These cautionary statements should not be construed by you to be exhaustive and are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
48
We estimate the proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $180.0 million, based on an assumed public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us.
As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately $1,209 million of indebtedness outstanding on a consolidated basis (excluding $20.3 million of original issue discount), consisting of $200 million in aggregate principal amount of Notes and $1,009 million of Term Loans, other foreign indebtedness and capital leases. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with $7.5 million of cash on hand, to repay a portion of our Term Loans and to pay related premiums, accrued and unpaid interest. To the extent that the public offering price is lower than $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our cash proceeds are lower than we have estimated, or our offering expenses are greater than we have estimated, the amount of the indebtedness that we will repay will be reduced. To the extent that the public offering price is higher than $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our cash proceeds are higher than we have estimated, or our offering expenses are less than we have estimated, the amount of the indebtedness that we will repay will be increased. We will not receive any net proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common shares.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $11.7 million, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of common shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $15.0 million, after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the assumed public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Any increase or decrease in the net proceeds would not change our intended use of proceeds.
49
On December 2, 2012, we paid a dividend on the common stock of our previous owners in the amount of $14.2 million. Since that time, we have not paid any cash dividends and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We intend to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable laws and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Specifically, we are subject to Bermuda legal constraints that may affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares and make other payments. Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or (ii) the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Our ability to pay dividends to holders of our common shares is also dependent upon our subsidiaries ability to make distributions to us, which is limited by the terms of the agreements governing the terms of their indebtedness. Additionally, the negative covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends and make distributions to our shareholders. For additional information on these limitations, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources.
50
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) on an as adjusted basis giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under the heading Use of Proceeds.
The information in this table should be read in conjunction with Use of Proceeds, Selected Historical Financial Information, and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of June 30, 2015 | ||||||||
Actual | As adjusted | |||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 55,675 | $ | 51,068 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Debt (net of discount)(1): |
||||||||
Senior secured credit facilities, consisting of the following: |
||||||||
Term Loans |
$ | 978,725 | $ | 791,225 | ||||
Revolving Credit Facilities |
| | ||||||
Notes(2) |
196,327 | 196,327 | ||||||
Other foreign debt |
11,537 | 11,537 | ||||||
Other financing |
1,800 | 1,800 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total debt |
1,188,389 | 1,000,889 | ||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Contributed capital, par value $1.00 per share: 1,000,000,000 common shares authorized, 61,939,432 common shares issued and outstanding, actual; 74,439,432 common shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted |
61,939 | 74,439 | ||||||
Paid-in capital |
278,695 | 446,195 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(45,365) | (45,365 | ) | |||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(13,287) | (13,287 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total post-IPO shareholders equity |
281,982 | 461,982 | ||||||
Noncontrolling interests |
6,708 | 6,708 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total post-IPO shareholders equity |
288,690 | 468,690 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 1,477,079 | $ | 1,469,579 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Presented net of debt discount of $20.3 million. The senior secured credit facilities consist of (a) a $122.0 million Dollar Tranche A term loan maturing in August 2020 (the Dollar Tranche A Term Loan), (b) a $330.0 million Dollar Tranche B term loan maturing in August 2020 (the Dollar Tranche B Term Loan), (c) a $135.0 million Dollar Tranche C term loan maturing in September 2020 (the Dollar Tranche C Term Loan), (d) a £145.0 million Sterling term loan maturing in September 2020 (the Sterling Term Loan), (e) a £145.0 million Euro term loan maturing in September 2020 (the Euro Term Loan and, together with the Dollar Tranche A Term Loan, the Dollar Tranche B Term Loan , the Dollar Tranche C Term Loan, and the Sterling Term Loan, the Term Loans), (f) a $50.0 million U.S. dollar revolving credit facility maturing in August 2018 (the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility) and (g) a £50.0 million multi-currency revolving credit facility maturing in September 2019 (the Multi-Currency Revolving Credit Facility and, together with the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, the Revolving Credit Facilities). As of June 30, 2015, we had $119.1 million (net of debt discount) of outstanding borrowings under the Dollar Tranche A Term Loan, $319.8 million (net of debt discount) of outstanding borrowings under the Dollar Tranche B Term Loan, $130.0 million (net of debt discount) of outstanding borrowings under the Dollar Tranche C Term Loan, $219.9 million (net of debt discount) of outstanding borrowings under the Sterling Term Loan, $189.8 million (net of debt discount) of outstanding borrowings under the Euro Term Loan and no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities. As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately $49.7 million in additional borrowing capacity available under our Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, after giving effect to $0.3 million of |
51
outstanding letters of credit, and approximately £50 million in additional borrowing capacity available under our Multi-Currency Revolving Credit Facility, after giving effect to £0 of outstanding letters of credit. We expect to prepay approximately £16.5 million ($25.1 million) of our Sterling Term Loan using cash on hand prior to the closing of this offering. |
(2) | Consists of $196.3 million (net of debt discount) in aggregate principal amount of 8.500% senior unsecured notes due 2021. |
The table set forth above is based on the number of common shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015. The table does not reflect 9,000,000 common shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering.
Additionally, the information presented above assumes:
| an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; |
| no exercise of the option to purchase additional common shares by the underwriters; and |
| the adoption of our amended and restated bye-laws immediately prior to the closing of this offering. |
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming the completion of the common share split, would increase (decrease) each of as adjusted paid-in capital and total shareholders equity by approximately $11.7 million and $11.7 million, respectively, and would have no impact on total capitalization, in each case assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of common shares we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of common shares offered by us at an assumed offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming the completion of the common share split, would increase each of our as adjusted paid-in capital and total shareholders equity by approximately $14.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively, and would have no impact on total capitalization. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of common shares offered by us, at an assumed offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease each of our as adjusted paid-in capital, total shareholders equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.0 million, $15.0 million and would have no impact on total capitalization, respectively. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
52
If you invest in our common shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book deficit per share after this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom.
As of June 30, 2015, we had net tangible book deficit of approximately $605.9 million, or $(9.78) per share. Net tangible book deficit per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of common shares outstanding. After giving effect to (i) the sale of 12,500,000 common shares in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the use of proceeds therefrom as set forth under the heading Use of Proceeds, as if each had occurred on June 30, 2015, our as adjusted net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2015 would have been approximately $425.9 million, or $5.72 per share. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $4.06 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $21.72 per share to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Per Share | ||||||||
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 16.00 | ||||||
Net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2015 |
$ | (9.78 | ) | |||||
Increase in net tangible book deficit per share attributable to this offering and use of proceeds therefrom |
4.06 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
As adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering |
(5.72 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Dilution per share to new investors |
$ | 21.72 | ||||||
|
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book deficit after this offering by approximately $11.7 million, or $0.16 per share, and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.85 per share, assuming the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us.
An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of common shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book deficit after this offering by approximately $15.0 million, or $0.28 per share, and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.28, assuming the public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. To the extent that the public offering price is lower than $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our cash proceeds are lower than we have estimated, or our offering expenses are greater than we have estimated, the amount of our indebtedness that we pay down will be reduced. To the extent that the public offering price is higher than $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our cash proceeds are higher than we have estimated, or our offering expenses are less than we have estimated, the amount of our indebtedness that we pay down will be increased.
53
The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2015, the total number of common shares owned by existing shareholders, including the selling shareholders, and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing common shares in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Common Shares Purchased | Total Consideration |
Average
Price Per Common Share |
||||||||||||||||||
Number |
Percent | Amount | Percent | |||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, other than shares and percentages) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Existing shareholders |
55,689,432 | 75 | % | $ | 333,676 | 52.7 | % | $ | 5.99 | |||||||||||
New investors |
18,750,000 | 25 | 300,000 | 47.3 | 16.00 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
74,439,432 | 100 | % | $ | 633,676 | 100 | % | $ | 8.51 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $18.8 million, $18.8 million and $0.25 per share, respectively. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of common shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $16.0 million, $16.0 million and $0.10 per share, respectively. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by the selling shareholders would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $16.0 million, $16.0 million and $0.21 per share, respectively.
If the underwriters option to purchase 2,812,500 additional shares from the selling shareholders in this offering is exercised in full, the following will occur:
| the number of common shares held by existing shareholders after the completion of this offering will be 52,876,932, or approximately 71% of the total number of common shares outstanding after this offering; and |
| the number of common shares held by new investors in this offering after the completion of this offering will be 21,562,500, or approximately 29% of the total number of common shares outstanding after this offering. |
54
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following table sets forth our historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial information for the periods and dates indicated.
The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the statements of operations and cash flow data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of MPS Limited appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended June 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of MPS Limited not included in this prospectus.
The statements of operations and cash flow data are presented for the Predecessor period, which relates to the period preceding the Madison Dearborn Transaction, and the Successor period, which relates the period succeeding the Madison Dearborn Transaction.
Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following data together with the more detailed information contained in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
55
Twelve months ended
June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
For the fiscal years ended June 30, |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands, except share and
|
2010 | 2011 | 2012 | 2013 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 484,133 | $ | 514,695 | $ | 596,414 | $ | 579,401 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 1,617,640 | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
380,067 | 400,861 | 478,951 | 456,958 | 58,054 | 668,441 | 1,285,673 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Gross margin |
104,066 | 113,834 | 117,463 | 122,443 | 16,027 | 145,772 | 331,967 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
77,975 | 77,938 | 82,513 | 76,260 | 9,729 | 135,212 | 247,360 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees and expenses |
1,521 | 1,730 | 1,984 | 2,315 | 264 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Trade name impairment |
| | 7,705 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Transaction and other related expenses |
| 8,642 | | 3,080 | 28,370 | 38,844 | 13,630 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
79,496 | 88,310 | 92,202 | 81,655 | 38,363 | 174,056 | 260,990 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
24,570 | 25,524 | 25,261 | 40,788 | (22,336 | ) | (28,284 | ) | 70,977 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
257 | 1,775 | (375 | ) | 1,426 | 1,063 | 370 | 10,625 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment charges |
| | | (4,140 | ) | (14,042 | ) | | (1,019 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest (expense) |
(15,902 | ) | (17,515 | ) | (19,490 | ) | (24,546 | ) | (3,991 | ) | (43,215 | ) | (75,437 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total other expense, net |
(15,645 | ) | (15,740 | ) | (19,865 | ) | (27,260 | ) | (16,970 | ) | (42,845 | ) | (65,831 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
8,925 | 9,784 | 5,396 | 13,528 | (39,306 | ) | (71,129 | ) | 5,146 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
4,248 | 6,589 | 1,260 | 4,195 | (15,621 | ) | (19,481 | ) | (1,880 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income |
4,677 | 3,195 | 4,136 | 9,333 | (23,685 | ) | (51,648 | ) | 7,026 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less: income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
| | | | | 216 | 527 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Company |
$ | 4,677 | $ | 3,195 | $ | 4,136 | $ | 9,333 | $ | (23,685 | ) | $ | (51,864 | ) | $ | 6,499 | ||||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividends |
(21,781 | ) | (15,691 | ) | (18,696 | ) | (9,275 | ) | (25 | ) | | $ | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Income available (loss attributable) to common shareholders |
$ | (17,104 | ) | $ | (12,496 | ) | $ | (14,560 | ) | $ | 58 | $ | (23,710 | ) | $ | (51,864 | ) | 6,499 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (148.87 | ) | $ | (108.73 | ) | $ | (125.81 | ) | $ | .50 | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | .10 | |||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | (148.87 | ) | $ | (108.73 | ) | $ | (125.81 | ) | $ | .49 | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | .10 | |||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
114,892 | 114,925 | 115,728 | 116,110 | 116,373 | 44,228,626 | 61,939,432 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
114,892 | 114,925 | 115,728 | 119,073 | 116,373 | 44,228,626 | 61,939,432 |
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||||||||||
As of June 30, | As of June 30, | |||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
2011 | 2012 | 2013 | 2014 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 385,061 | $ | 349,201 | $ | 347,505 | $ | 1,844,155 | $ | 1,882,125 | ||||||||||||
Debt |
229,473 | 207,523 | 389,198 | 1,133,202 | 1,188,389 | |||||||||||||||||
Redeemable preferred stock |
8,468 | 8,667 | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends on common shares |
| | 14,162 | | | |||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends per common share |
| | 121.69 | | |
56
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated June 30 annual financial statements. The statements in the discussion and analysis regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding the performance of our business and other forward-looking statements are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in Risk Factors and Forward-Looking Statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. You should read the following discussion together with the sections entitled Risk Factors, Prospectus SummarySummary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information, Selected Historical Financial Information, the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and historical audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. All references to years, unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal years, which end on June 30. All dollar values in this section, unless otherwise noted, are denoted in millions. For purposes of this section, all references to we, us, our, MPS or the Company refer to Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited and subsidiaries .
Overview
We print and manufacture high quality paperboard, paper and plastic packaging in the North American, European and Asian segments. Within each of these geographic segments, we sell products into the healthcare, consumer and multi-media end markets.
The healthcare market includes pharmaceutical, nutraceutical and healthcare related products. The consumer market includes cosmetics, personal care and toiletries, food, spirits, sporting goods, transaction and gift cards, confectionary, liquor and general consumer products. The multi-media market includes home video, software, music, video games and media-related special packaging product.
Products are manufactured in 59 facilities located in the United States, Europe, Canada, Mexico and China. We also have strategic alliances with companies in Europe and China who outsource certain products and production activities. In some cases, we procure non-paperboard, paper or plastic products to include in special packaging project deliverables for our customers. Products are generally cartons, labels, inserts or other paper or paperboard packaging products.
Cartons are generally paperboard based folding cartons. Labels are generally paper and pressure sensitive label stock printed products that are delivered in reel form or in a cut and stack form and can include basic labels for bottles and boxes, and extended content labels designed to deliver more information to the ultimate purchaser of our customers products. Inserts include fine paper folded inserts used in the delivery of detailed warnings, instructions and other information to the ultimate purchaser of our customers products. Other products include all remaining products. Often the project deliverables to a customer include all or a combination of these products.
Our strategic objectives are (i) continuing to enhance our position as a leading provider of packaging products to the segments we serve and can serve in North America, Europe and Asia; (ii) the expansion further into international markets to meet the global sourcing needs of our customers; and (iii) the identification of other areas in the packaging industry that can most benefit from our ability to deliver quality packaging products according to our customers needs, including the leveraging of its recent transactions via cross-selling both products and geographies. To achieve these objectives, we intend to continue expanding our printing, packaging and graphic arts capabilities, including the development and application of advanced manufacturing technologies and the establishment of manufacturing facilities in strategic international markets.
57
Key Transactions
Certain key transactions have had a significant impact on the comparability of the information presented in this section. The timeline below shows our most recent transactions that impact comparability.
Acquisition of the Company by Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
On August 15, 2013, IPC/Packaging LLC completed the sale of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. for approximately $647 million to Madison Dearborn. In connection with the transaction, all previously outstanding securities and debt were redeemed or repaid, and new credit facilities were established and the Notes were issued. The operations prior to August 15, 2013 are referred to as the Predecessor operations, and operations subsequent to August 15, 2013 are referred to as the Successor operations.
Combination with Chesapeake
On February 14, 2014, we completed the closing of the combination with Chesapeake. Chesapeake emerged as the new parent entity, and subsequently changed its name to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited. We are 50% owned by the former shareholders of MPS (Madison Dearborn) and 50% by the former shareholders of Chesapeake (Carlyle). The combination was accounted for as a reverse acquisition with Chesapeake as the legal acquiror and Mustang as the legal subsidiary but the accounting acquiror. Chesapeake had annual sales of approximately $852 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Results for the Chesapeake business are included in our results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 since February 14, 2014, the date of the acquisition.
Acquisition of Integrated Print Solutions and Jet Lithocolor
On April 4, 2014, we completed the acquisitions of 70% of Integrated Printing Solutions (IPS) and all of Jet Lithocolor (Jet) to create a comprehensive end-to-end solution for the credit, debit, gift, loyalty and insurance card markets. The acquisitions solidify our market position by adding a full complement of card production capabilities to our existing creative services, decorative technologies and sustainable solutions. These capabilities include laminated card production, imaging, affixing, direct mail and fulfillment. Furthermore, the acquisitions provide us with a fully integrated supply chain for cards, carriers, multi-packs and point-of-purchase displays in a range of materials, with turnkey resources for design, production and distribution for open and closed-loop card programs. IPS and Jet had annual sales of approximately $34 million and $61 million, respectively, for the twelve months ending immediately prior to the date of the acquisition.
58
Acquisition of Armstrong
On July 8, 2014 we completed the acquisition of Armstrong Packaging (Armstrong), a United Kingdom-based producer of specialty rigid boxes. The acquisition of Armstrong expands our global platform for luxury packaging, gift sets, travel retail and commemorative editions. Armstrongs product development and rigid box manufacturing complement our existing manufacturing, creative design, project management and global sourcing capabilities. Armstrong has annual sales of approximately $15 million for the twelve months ending immediately prior to the date of the acquisition.
Acquisition of ASG North American, Mexican and China Print and Packaging Operations
On November 21, 2014 we completed the acquisition of the North American and Asian print businesses of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and AGI Shorewood Group, US Holdings, LLC (collectively, ASG). The acquisition of ASG, a manufacturer of print and packaging in the United States, Canada, Mexico and China, expands our global network and customer base. ASG has annual sales of approximately $350 million for the twelve months ending immediately prior to the date of the acquisition.
Acquisition of Presentation Products
On February 28, 2015 we completed the acquisition of Presentation Products (Presentation). The acquisition of Presentation complements the acquisition of Armstrong (discussed above). Presentation is a rigid specialty box manufacturer located in the United Kingdom and has import and China sourcing offices located in Hong Kong, China. Presentation specializes in high end consumer packaging with an emphasis in the spirits market. Presentation has annual sales of approximately $42 million for the twelve months ending immediately prior to the date of the acquisition.
Acquisition Accounting
All of the transactions described above were accounted for as a purchase business combination. Accordingly, in all cases the assets and liabilities of the acquired or merged entities were recorded at fair value as of the respective closing dates and the results of operations of the entities are included in our results of operations from the date of closing.
Subsequent Events Acquisition of BP Media
On July 1, 2015 we completed the acquisition of BP Media, Ltd. (BluePrint). The acquisition of BluePrint provides us with pre-press and digital services in the European market, facilitating the processes surrounding translation and interchangeability of print content for foreign locations. In addition, BluePrint provides us with an established sales presence in the media markets in Europe which will enable us to serve the European needs of global media releases. BluePrint has annual sales of approximately $23 million for the 12 months immediately prior to the date of acquisition. The initial purchase consideration was $5.2 million. Additional future payments up to $3.9 million may be paid based on operating results.
Subsequent Events Plant Reorganization
In September 2015 we announced the closure of our facility in Melrose Park, Illinois. This facility will be combined with our other operations in Illinois. The Melrose Park closure is anticipated to be completed near the end of the calendar year. In connection with the closure, we will record restructuring expenses of approximately $2.7 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2015. We lease the underlying facility on a month-to-month basis.
59
Trends
General Information
Our largest customers are generally large multinational entities, many of which are consolidating global packaging requirements under a smaller number of suppliers. We believe we are favorably situated for this transition due to our many facilities, global footprint, standardized equipment from plant to plant and our relative size to other packaging suppliers. The packaging marketplace is very fragmented, with no one vendor providing a significant portion of the packaging needs.
Net Sales Trends
Net sales are impacted by the macroeconomic performance of our geographic segments and the markets within these geographic segments. Packaging net sales tend to be strongest just before the underlying customers busy season, which for high-end branded products is generally strongest in our first and second fiscal quarters.
Healthcare net sales in each of our geographic segments are influenced by the severity of a particular regions cold and flu seasons, as well as the development and acceptance of certain new products, and the stage of product, from the prescription-only stage to the private label or generic stage.
European consumer net sales of confectionary products are generally stronger in our second quarter due to the holiday season. North American and European consumer net sales of spirits are also generally stronger in our second quarter due to the holiday season. Asia consumer net sales of spirits are generally stronger in their holiday season, generally in our third fiscal quarter.
The net sales to the North American multi-media end market are influenced by the success of a particular years movie releases, which can generate special packaging needs for these customers. For example, movie releases were not as successful for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2015 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2014. Net sales of packaging in the North American video game market are generally influenced by the age of existing, and introduction of new, gaming platforms. Product launches, which cannot be predicted far in advance, have an impact on net sales, particularly with respect to special packaging needed for the holiday season. Overall, we expect our multi-media net sales to continue to decline as a percentage of our total net sales.
Multi-media sales for the North American market declined for the year ended June 30, 2014 when compared to the fiscal period ended June 30, 2013 by $19.5 million. Although North American multi-media sales increased for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the year ended June 30, 2014 by $17.3 million, this increase was principally due to the inclusion of the sales from the acquired ASG operations in the fiscal period ended June 30, 2015. The acquired ASG operations were integrated immediately upon acquisition and, as a result, it is not possible to isolate the portion of revenues attributable to the ASG operations. However, had the ASG acquisition not occurred, multi-media sales would have declined for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2015. Multi-media sales for the European market declined for the year ended June 30, 2014 when compared to the fiscal period ended June 30, 2013 by $4.3 million. Multi-media sales for the European market declined for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the year ended June 30, 2014 by $2.9 million. The ASG acquisition did not impact European multi-media sales.
Impact of Inflation and Pricing
We have not historically been and do not expect to be significantly impacted by inflation. Increases in payroll costs and any increases in raw material costs that we have encountered are generally able to be offset through lean manufacturing activities. We have consistently made annual investments in capital that deliver efficiencies and cost savings. The benefits of these efforts generally offset the margin impact of competitive pricing conditions in all of the markets we serve.
60
We remain sensitive to price competitiveness in the markets that we serve and in the areas that are targeted for growth, and believe that the installation of state-of-the-art printing and manufacturing equipment as well as utilization of lean manufacturing (and related labor and production efficiencies) will enable us to compete effectively.
Operational Restructurings
We regularly evaluate our operating facilities in our geographic segments in order to determine how to allocate our resources, share best practices, ensure logistics that serve customers are appropriate and maximize our operating efficiencies. In connection with these evaluations, we have closed certain facilities in recent periods. For example, in April 2014, we announced the planned closure of our plants in Evansville, Indiana and in Fairfield, New Jersey. The Evansville plant closure was completed in September 2014, and the Fairfield plant closure was completed in December 2014. In connection with the closures, we recorded approximately $3.0 million in restructuring charges in the period ended June 30, 2014. We sold both of the related plant facilities in the period ended June 30, 2015 for proceeds of approximately $5.0 million with no significant gain or loss recorded in our income statement.
On November 1, 2013, we announced the closure of our plant in Terre Haute, Indiana. For the year ended June 30, 2014 we recorded approximately $4.7 million in restructuring charges, which includes approximately $2.8 million for severance and benefits and approximately $1.9 million for facility exit costs.
As discussed above, in September 2015 we announced the closure of our Melrose Park, Illinois facility.
Results of Operations
Fiscal Periods Ended August 14, 2013 and June 30, 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2015
The table below presents our results of operations for the respective periods:
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 14, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
|||||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 1,617,640 | ||||||||
Cost of Goods Sold |
58,054 | 668,441 | 1,285,673 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross Margin |
16,027 | 145,772 | 331,967 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses |
||||||||||||||
Selling General and Admin |
9,729 | 135,212 | 247,360 | |||||||||||
Management Fees |
264 | | | |||||||||||
Transaction and other related expenses |
28,370 | 38,844 | 13,630 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
38,363 | 174,056 | 260,990 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
(22,336 | ) | (28,284 | ) | 70,977 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||
Other income net |
1,063 | 370 | 10,625 | |||||||||||
Debt extinguishment charges |
(14,042 | ) | | (1,019 | ) | |||||||||
Interest Expense |
(3,991 | ) | (43,215 | ) | (75,437 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other expense, net |
(16,970 | ) | (42,845 | ) | (65,831 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(39,306 | ) | (71,129 | ) | 5,146 | |||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
(15,621 | ) | (19,481 | ) | (1,880 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
(23,685 | ) | (51,648 | ) | 7,026 | |||||||||
Less: income attributable to non-controlling interest |
| 216 | 527 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Company |
$ | (23,685 | ) | $ | (51,864 | ) | $ | 6,499 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
Net Sales
Our consolidated financial statements will not be directly comparable to the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the Madison Dearborn Transaction in August 2013. However, for purposes of discussion of the results of operations for net sales, we compared the net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 to the combined results of the Predecessor from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the Successor from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014. We believe the comparison to combined net sales assists readers in understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes in our net sales, provides a more meaningful method of comparison and does not impact the drivers of the financial changes between the relevant periods.
The increase in net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $729.3 million, or 82.1%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The increase is due to the inclusion of a full years sales following the combination of Chesapeake, and the inclusion of sales from the acquired operations of ASG and other acquisitions. Sales related to the acquired operations increased sales by approximately $766.5 million. In addition, sales were negatively impacted by foreign exchange by approximately $76.0 million.
We operate our business along the following operating segments, which are grouped based on the basis of geographic region: North America, Europe and Asia. Net sales by geographic segment, as further broken down by end market, are summarized as follows:
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
Net Sales by Geographic Segment (Dollars in thousands) |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 14, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
|||||||||||
North America |
||||||||||||||
Healthcare |
$ | 20,837 | $ | 181,255 | $ | 277,832 | ||||||||
Consumer |
14,071 | 158,627 | 306,758 | |||||||||||
Multi-media |
23,820 | 112,149 | 153,298 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
58,728 | 452,031 | $ | 737,888 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Europe |
||||||||||||||
Healthcare |
92 | 140,977 | 346,777 | |||||||||||
Consumer |
12,023 | 209,268 | 469,136 | |||||||||||
Multi-media |
3,238 | 4,151 | 4,478 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
15,353 | 354,396 | 820,391 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Asia |
||||||||||||||
Healthcare |
| 7,786 | 19,373 | |||||||||||
Consumer |
| 0 | 39,988 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| 7,786 | 59,361 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 1,617,640 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
The increase in North American net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $227.1 million, or 44.5%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The increase in North American healthcare sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $75.7 million, or 37.5%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The increase in North American consumer net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $134.1 million, or 77.6%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014
62
(inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The increase in North American media sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $17.3 million or 12.7%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods).
North American healthcare and consumer net sales primarily increased due to the inclusion of a full year of sales from the merger with Chesapeake, which included customers that sell (i) healthcare-related products and prescription drugs and (ii) consumer products such as confectionary, spirits and cosmetics. Consumer sales are also higher due to inclusion of a full year of operations of Jet and IPS, both of which serve the transaction card consumer market.
The acquisition of ASG in November 2014 increased consumer, healthcare and media sales due to that acquisition serving those markets. Multi-media sales went up principally due to that acquisition, but overall sales trends in multi-media are expected to continue to decline and absent the acquisition activity, would have declined. Multi-media sales are declining due to the change in delivery systems towards digital delivery via downloads or online and pay-per-view systems. Our sales are reflective of the overall trend in the multi-media end market.
Europe
The increase in Europe net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $450.6 million, or 121.9%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). Overall, the increase in net sales for Europe was due to the merger with Chesapeake.
The increase in Europe healthcare sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $205.7 million, or 145.8%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The increase in Europe consumer net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $247.8 million, or 112.0%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods).
The increase in healthcare sales and consumer sales in Europe is principally due to the merger with Chesapeake and including a full year of its operations in the financial statements. The largest portion of the negative foreign exchange impact was in the consumer segment of the business. Without foreign exchange and the acquisitions, net sales for both markets would have increased slightly.
The decrease in Europe multi-media sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $2.9 million, or 39.4%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). This multi-media decline in Europe is for the same reasons as described above for North America.
Asia
The increase in Asia net sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $51.6 million, or 662.4%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The merger with Chesapeake and the inclusion of a full year of operations had a positive impact on sales, but the largest impact was due to the acquisition of ASG in November 2014 and the inclusion of its sales for a portion of the year.
The increase in Asia healthcare sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $11.6 million, or 148.8%, when compared to the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods). The increase was due to the acquisitions described above.
63
Cost of Sales/Gross Margin
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 14, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
|||||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 1,617,640 | ||||||||
Cost of Goods Sold |
58,054 | 668,441 | 1,285,673 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross Margin |
16,027 | 145,772 | 331,967 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross Margin % |
21.6 | % | 17.9 | % | 20.5 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The gross margin percentage for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 increased compared to the gross margin percentage for the Successor period ended June 30, 2014 principally due to the favorable impact of integration programs and synergies realized from the merger with Chesapeake for a full year, and the acquisition of ASG in November 2014. The gross margin for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 is lower than the gross margin for the Predecessor period ended August 14, 2013 principally due to the effect of lower gross margin of the ASG operations where integration programs and synergy programs had not yet had a full year of impact. In addition, the gross margin for the period ended June 30, 2015 was lower due to the increased depreciation and amortization as well as inventory step up in value that resulted from the acquisitions discussed above.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for the year ended June 30, 2015 was 15.3% as compared to 16.6% for the Successor period ended June 30, 2014. The reduction in this percentage is principally due to the benefit of reduced personnel costs associated with the integration of the acquired operations discussed above. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the Predecessor period ended August 14, 2013 was 13.1%. The increase in the percentage of selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the period ended August 14, 2013 was principally due to the amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisitions described above.
There were no management fees paid in the Successor periods ended June 30, 2014 and fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 as the current sponsors do not charge a management fee.
Transaction expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 are directly related to the acquisition and merger activity discussed above, and are comprised primarily of legal fees, diligence expenses and opening balance sheet fair valuation expenses of approximately $8.6 million and synergy achievement bonuses of approximately $5.0 million. Approximately half of these bonus payments were made in August 2015, and the remainder are scheduled to be paid in January 2016.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) is principally related to foreign currency transaction gains and losses.
The increase in foreign currency transaction gains in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 is due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
The increase in interest expense in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 as compared to the period ended June 30, 2014 and the period ended August 14, 2013 was principally due to the increased debt associated with the acquisitions. We borrowed additional funds in November 2014 to complete the ASG transaction, and interest expense associated with this additional debt was partially offset by the repricing of our European debt facilities in
64
December 2014. Included in interest expense in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 and the periods ended June 30, 2014 and August 14, 2013 are deferred finance fees and debt discount of approximately $4.6 million, $2.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the year ended June 30, 2015 was 39.7%, 27.4% and 36.5%, respectively. For the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 the effective tax rate was principally impacted by permanent differences arising from transaction costs that were not deductible for tax purposes, as well as foreign tax rate differentials and losses in jurisdictions where no benefit is realized. For the year ended June 30, 2015 the effective tax rate was principally impacted by the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits due to the expirations of statute of limitations for certain foreign uncertain tax positions and a change in the state income tax rate from 3.5% to 2.0%.
Operating Income/Adjusted EBITDA
Our operating income (loss) and Adjusted EBITDA as presented in the tables below are principally impacted by (i) the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 being shorter than the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 by 1.5 months, (ii) the acquisition of ASG in November 2014, (iii) the inclusion of a full year of operations of Chesapeake in the June 30, 2015 results and (iv) the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 results being negatively impacted by foreign exchange rates in the amount of $15.0 million.
Fiscal Year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
|||||||||||
Operating Income (Loss) |
||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | (24,524 | ) | $ | (37,181 | ) | $ | 18,317 | ||||||
Europe |
2,188 | 8,711 | $ | 46,442 | ||||||||||
Asia |
| 186 | $ | 6,218 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | (22,336 | ) | $ | (28,284 | ) | $ | 70,977 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 7,390 | $ | 71,290 | $ | 97,001 | ||||||||
Europe |
3,081 | 46,816 | 126,350 | |||||||||||
Asia |
| 684 | 7,611 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | 10,471 | $ | 118,790 | $ | 230,962 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
North American operating income (loss) was $(24.5) million, $(37.2) million and $18.3 million for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, respectively.
North American Adjusted EBITDA was $7.4 million, $71.3 million and $97.0 million for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, respectively.
North American operating income and Adjusted EBITDA increased for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, principally due to (i) the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 is shorter than the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 by 1.5 months and (ii) the acquisition of
65
ASG in November 2014 which has the majority of its operations in North America, offset by transaction costs associated with the acquisition of ASG. North American operating loss for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 was lower than the loss for the period August 14, 2013 to June 30, 2014 (and Adjusted EBITDA was higher) principally due to (i) the costs associated with the inclusion of the results of Chesapeake in the June 30, 2014 period, (ii) the transaction costs during the June 30, 2014 period related to the Chesapeake merger and other acquisitions discussed previously, as well as (iii) the amortization of step up adjustments from the fair valuation of assets and liabilities related to the acquisition accounting.
Europe
Europe operating income (loss) was $2.2 million, $8.7 million and $46.4 million for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, respectively.
Europe Adjusted EBITDA was $3.1 million, $46.8 million and $126.4 million for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, respectively.
Europe operating income and Adjusted EBITDA increased for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, principally due to (i) the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 is shorter than the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 by 1.5 months and (ii) the inclusion of a full year of operations of Chesapeake in the June 30, 2015 results which had the majority of its operations in Europe, offset by transaction costs associated with the merger of Chesapeake. Europe operating income and Adjusted EBITDA for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 was higher than the operating income and Adjusted EBITDA for the period August 14, 2013 to June 30, 2014 principally due to (i) the inclusion of the results of Chesapeake in the June 30, 2014 period, (ii) the transaction costs during the June 30, 2014 period related to the Chesapeake merger and other acquisitions discussed previously, as well as (iii) the amortization of step up adjustments from the fair valuation of assets and liabilities related to the acquisition accounting.
Asia
Asia operating income (loss) was $0, $0.2 million and $6.2 million for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, respectively.
Asia Adjusted EBITDA was $0, $0.7 million and $7.6 million for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, respectively.
Asia operating income and Adjusted EBITDA increased for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, principally due to (i) the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 is shorter than the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 by 1.5 months, and (ii) the inclusion of the results of the ASG acquisition which was acquired in November 2014 and had operations in China. Asia operating income and Adjusted EBITDA for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 was higher than the operating income and Adjusted EBITDA for the period August 14, 2013 to June 30, 2014 principally due to the (i) the inclusion of the results of Chesapeake in the June 30, 2014 period (the predecessor did not have operations in Asia.
66
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to Fiscal Periods Ended August 14, 2013 and June 30, 2014
The table below presents our results of operations for the respective periods.
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 579,401 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
456,958 | 58,054 | 668,441 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross margin |
122,443 | 16,027 | 145,772 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
76,260 | 9,729 | 135,212 | |||||||||||
Management fees and expenses |
2,315 | 264 | | |||||||||||
Transaction and other related expenses |
3,080 | 28,370 | 38,844 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
81,655 | 38,363 | 174,056 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
40,788 | (22,336 | ) | (28,284 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
1,426 | 1,063 | 370 | |||||||||||
Debt extinguishment charges |
(4,140 | ) | (14,042 | ) | | |||||||||
Interest expense |
(24,546 | ) | (3,991 | ) | (43,215 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total other expense, net |
(27,260 | ) | (16,970 | ) | (42,845 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
13,528 | (39,306 | ) | (71,129 | ) | |||||||||
Income tax (benefit) expense |
4,195 | (15,621 | ) | (19,481 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) |
9,333 | (23,685 | ) | (51,648 | ) | |||||||||
Less: income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
| | 216 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Company |
$ | 9,333 | $ | (23,685 | ) | $ | (51,864 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
Our consolidated financial statements will not be directly comparable to the consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor due to the effects of the Madison Dearborn Transaction in August 2013. However, for purposes of discussion of the results of operations for net sales, we compared the net sales of the Predecessor for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 to the combined results, including the net sales for the Predecessor period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the Successor period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014. We believe the comparison to combined net sales assists readers in understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes in our net sales, provides a more meaningful method of comparison and does not impact the drivers of the financial changes between the relevant periods.
The increase in net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $308.9 million, or 53.3%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase is due to the previously described acquisitions, which increased net sales by $326.9 million.
67
We operate our business along the following operating segments, which are grouped based on the basis of geographic region: North America, Europe and Asia. Although North America and Europe comprise substantially all of our current net sales, we have identified Asia as an operating segment given the expected growth in that region coupled with our recent acquisitions. Net sales by geographic segment, as further broken down by end market, is summarized as follows:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
Net Sales by Geographic Segment (Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||||
North America |
||||||||||||||
Healthcare |
$ | 190,669 | $ | 20,837 | $ | 181,255 | ||||||||
Consumer |
133,926 | 14,071 | 158,627 | |||||||||||
Multi-media |
155,455 | 23,820 | 112,149 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
480,050 | 58,728 | 452,031 | ||||||||||||
Europe |
||||||||||||||
Healthcare |
731 | 92 | 140,977 | |||||||||||
Consumer |
86,975 | 12,023 | 209,268 | |||||||||||
Multi-media |
11,645 | 3,238 | 4,151 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
99,351 | 15,353 | 354,396 | ||||||||||||
Asia |
||||||||||||||
Healthcare |
| | 7,786 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 579,401 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
The increase in North American net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $30.7 million, or 6.4%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase is due to the acquisitions described above.
The increase in North American healthcare net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $11.4 million, or 6.0%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase in North American consumer net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $38.8 million, or 29.0%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. North American healthcare and consumer net sales primarily increased due to our acquisition of Chesapeake, which included customers that sell (i) healthcare-related products and prescription drugs and (ii) consumer products such as confectionary, spirits and cosmetics. North American consumer net sales are also higher due to the acquisition of Jet and IPS, both of which serve the transaction card consumer market.
The decrease in North American multi-media net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $19.5 million, or 12.5%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. Our net sales in the multi-media end market are declining due to the change in delivery systems towards digital delivery via downloads or online and pay-per-view systems, and is reflective of the overall trend in multi-media end market.
68
Europe
The increase in European net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $270.4 million, or 272.2%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. This is principally due to the acquisition of Chesapeake.
The increase in European healthcare net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $140.3 million, a significant increase when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase in European consumer net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $134.3 million, or 154.4%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. European healthcare and consumer net sales primarily increased due to our acquisition of Chesapeake, which included customers that sell (i) healthcare-related products and prescription drugs and (ii) consumer products such as confectionary, spirits and cosmetics. The decrease in European multi-media net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $4.3 million, or 36.5%, when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. As discussed above, our sales in the multi-media end market are declining due to the change in delivery systems towards digital delivery via downloads or online and pay-per-view systems.
Asia
The increase in Asian net sales for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 (inclusive of both the Predecessor and Successor periods) was $7.8 million when compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. The increase was exclusively due to the healthcare end market in connection with recent acquisitions.
Cost of Sales/Gross Margin
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||||
Net Sales |
$ | 579,401 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 814,213 | ||||||||
Cost of Sales |
456,958 | 58,054 | 668,441 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross Margin |
$ | 122,443 | $ | 16,027 | $ | 145,772 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross Margin % |
21.1 | % | 21.6 | % | 17.9 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The gross margin percentage for the Predecessor period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 increased 50 basis points when compared to the gross margin percentage for the fiscal year end June 30, 2013. This is principally due to the favorable impact of capital investments and lean manufacturing programs. The gross margin percentage for the Successor period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 is lower than the gross margin percentage for the previous periods presented primarily due to the increased depreciation and amortization of the inventory step-up resulting from fair value adjustments in connection with the acquisitions discussed above.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for the Predecessor year ended June 30, 2013 of 13.2% is consistent with 13.1% for the Predecessor period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales for the Successor period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 is 16.6%. The increase in the Successor period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 as compared to previous periods is primarily due to the amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisitions.
69
Management fees in the Predecessor periods presented are associated with fees paid for management services provided by the prior sponsor and related board expenses. There are no management fees in the Successor period, as the current sponsors do not charge a management fee.
Transaction expenses for the periods presented are directly related to the acquisition and merger activity discussed above, and comprise primarily of legal fees, diligence expenses and finders fees.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) is principally related to foreign currency transaction gains and losses.
The loss on debt extinguishment in the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 is due to the write-off of financing costs due to the establishment of new debt facilities in connection with the Madison Dearborn Transaction.
The increase in interest expense in the Successor period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 is related to the increased debt associated with the acquisitions.
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, the Predecessor period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the Successor period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 was 31.0%, 39.7% and 27.4%, respectively. The effective tax rate is principally impacted by permanent differences arising from transaction costs that are not deductible for tax purposes, as well as foreign tax rate differentials and losses in jurisdictions where no benefit is realized.
Operating Income/Adjusted EBITDA
Fiscal Year ended June 30,
2014 |
||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
end June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||
Operating Income (Loss) |
||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 28,808 | $ | (24,524 | ) | $ | (37,181 | ) | ||||
Europe |
11,980 | 2,188 | 8,711 | |||||||||
Asia |
| | 186 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Operating Income (Loss) |
$ | 40,788 | $ | (22,336 | ) | $ | (28,284 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 67,761 | $ | 7,390 | $ | 71,290 | ||||||
Europe |
18,914 | 3,081 | 46,816 | |||||||||
Asia |
| | 684 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 86,675 | $ | 10,471 | $ | 118,790 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America
North American operating income (loss) was $28.8 million, $(24.5) million and $(37.2) million for the year ended June 30, 2013, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, respectively. The decrease was due primarily to an increase in transaction-related expenses for the
70
period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 as compared to the year ended June 30, 2013 and the amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisitions described above.
North American Adjusted EBITDA was $67.8 million, $7.4 million and $71.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, respectively. The increase was due to the acquisitions described above.
Europe
European operating income was $12.0 million, $2.2 million and $8.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, respectively. The decrease was due primarily to an increase in transaction-related expenses and the amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisitions described above.
European Adjusted EBITDA was $18.9 million, $3.1 million and $46.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2013, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, respectively. This increase was due primarily to the acquisitions described above.
Asia
Asian operating income was $0.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA was $0.7 million for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, which was primarily the result of the acquisition of ASG.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities is summarized in the following table:
Fiscal year ended
June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor | Successor | |||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2013 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Fiscal year
ended June 30, 2015 |
||||||||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 55,573 | $ | (964 | ) | $ | 19,930 | $ | 108,617 | |||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities |
(21,414 | ) | (2,762 | ) | (154,208 | ) | (190,104 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities |
(22,347 | ) | (794 | ) | 145,068 | 109,828 |
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities
Cash flow provided by operating activities for the year ended June 30, 2013 was $55.6 million. This is principally due to net income from the period of $9.3 million and depreciation and amortization expenses of approximately $39.6 million, deferred income taxes of approximately $4.0 million and stock compensation of approximately $2.3 million. These amounts were offset by the non-cash gain on the exchange of Series C preferred shares of $3.2 million and by net investments made in working capital.
Cash flow used in operating activities for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 was $1.0 million. This is principally due to a net loss from the period of $23.7 million and a deferred tax benefit of $15.4 million, offset by depreciation and amortization expenses of approximately $4.1 million, a shareholder note forgiveness of $2.8 million, the loss on extinguishment of debt of $11.6 million and by net reductions in working capital.
71
Cash flow provided by operating activities for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 was $19.9 million. This is principally due to a net loss for the period of $51.6 million and a deferred tax benefit of $24.6 million, offset by depreciation and amortization of $75.9 million and net reductions of working capital.
Cash flow provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $108.6 million. This is principally due to net income of $7.0 million and depreciation and amortization expenses of $136.2 million, offset by net investments in working capital.
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities
Cash flow used in investing activities for the year ended June 30, 2013 was $21.4 million. This is principally due to investments to property, plant and equipment of $22.4 million.
Cash flow used in investing activities for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 was $2.8 million. This is principally due to investments in property, plant and equipment of $2.7 million.
Cash flow used in investing activities for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 was $154.2 million. This is principally due to the acquisition of businesses described above of $116.3 million and investments in property, plant and equipment of $39.9 million.
Cash flow used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $190.1 million. This is principally due to the acquisition of businesses described above of $137.3 million and investments in property, plant and equipment of $59.5 million.
Cash Flow Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
Cash flow used in financing activities for the year ended June 30, 2013 was $22.3 million. This is principally due to the net effect of financings in the period of $181.4 million, debt issuance costs of $13.3 million and common and preferred stock dividends and preferred stock redemptions totaling $190.6 million.
Cash flow used in financing activities for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2014 was $0.8 million. This is principally due to the payments under our debt agreements.
Cash flow provided by financing activities for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 was $145.1 million. This is principally due to the issuance of common stock and proceeds from borrowings to fund acquisitions, offset by payments of short- and long-term debt and debt issuance costs.
Cash flow provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 was $109.8 million. This is principally due to the proceeds from borrowings to fund acquisitions, offset by payments of short- and long-term debt and debt issuance costs.
Cash and Working Capital
Cash and cash equivalents were $55.7 million at June 30, 2015 as compared to $27.5 million at June 30, 2014. Cash of $39.6 million and $21.5 million is held outside of the United States at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively. Working capital was $207.6 million as compared to $129.6 million as of the same dates, respectively. The current ratio was 1.7 to one as compared to 1.5 to one as of the same dates respectively. The increase in working capital is principally due to working capital acquired as part of the acquisitions described above.
Debt Agreements
Our liquidity requirements are significant due to the highly leveraged nature of our company as well as our working capital requirements. At June 30, 2015, there were no borrowings under the Multi-Currency Revolving
72
Facility or the Dollar Revolving Facility with total availability under the Multi-Currency Revolving Facility of £50.0 million, and availability of $49.7 million under the Dollar Revolving Facility, after giving effect to $0.3 million of outstanding letters of credit, all of which may be borrowed by us without violating any covenants under the Restated Credit Agreement or the indenture governing the Notes. As of June 30, 2015, we had $1,188.4 million in outstanding indebtedness.
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Prior to the merger with MPS, and Chesapeakes acquisition by Carlyle, Chesapeake entered into a senior secured credit facility agreement (the Original Credit Agreement) with the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Original Credit Agreement provided for (i) a tranche of term loans in Pounds Sterling to in an aggregate principal amount of £145.0 million (the Initial Sterling Term Facility), (ii) a tranche of term loans in Euros in an aggregate principal amount of 173.0 million (the Initial Euro Term Facility) and (iii) a multicurrency revolving line of credit in an aggregate principal amount of £50.0 million for the making of revolving loans and the issuance of letters of credit (the Multicurrency Revolving Facility).
In connection with the acquisition of Chesapeake by Carlyle, the Original Credit Agreement was amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 27, 2013 (the First Amendment; the Original Credit Agreement as so amended, the First Amended Credit Agreement), by and among the Original Borrowers, Holdings and Barclays Bank PLC in its capacity as administrative agent. The First Amendment fixed the exchange rate for Pounds Sterling to Euros under the Initial Euro Term Facility and made certain conforming changes.
In connection with the Merger transaction, the First Amended Credit Agreement was further amended and restated by that certain Second Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement dated as of December 24, 2013 (the Second Amendment; the First Amended Credit Agreement as so amended and restated, the Second Amended Credit Agreement) by and among the original borrowers, the Company, Holdings, Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the MPS U.S. Borrower) and Mustang Parent Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the MPS U.S. Parent Borrower and together with the Original Borrowers and the MPS U.S. Borrower, each a Borrower and collectively, the Borrowers), the lenders party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Amendment (i) joined the MPS U.S. Borrower and the MPS U.S. Parent Borrower as borrowers under the Second Amended Credit Agreement; (ii) provided for, in addition to the credit facilities provided under the First Amended Credit Agreement, (A) a tranche of term loans in dollars available to the MPS U.S. Parent Borrower, as borrower (and, at the option of the Borrowers, an additional co-borrower), in an aggregate principal amount of $122 million (the Dollar Tranche A Term Facility), (B) a tranche of term loans in dollars available to the MPS U.S. Borrower and the U.K. Borrower, as co-borrowers, in an aggregate principal amount of $280 million (the Dollar Tranche B Term Facility), and (C) a revolving credit facility in dollars available to the MPS U.S. Borrower and the U.K. Borrower, as co-borrowers, in a principal amount of $50 million (the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility); (iii) converted and increased the cash-capped component of the incremental facility from £35 million to $150 million and added additional incremental capacity in an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) (other than in the case of a refinancing through the incurrence of new debt), repurchases thereof made through Dutch Auctions (as defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement) or voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases (as each such term is defined in the Second Amended Credit Agreement), to the extent the applicable revolving commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments and other than in the case of a refinancing through the incurrence of new debt; (iv) adjusted financial definitions, covenant baskets and thresholds to compensate for the joint business needs of the MPS U.S. Borrower and the MPS U.S. Parent Borrower; and (v) made certain conforming changes.
73
The Second Amended Credit Agreement was further supplemented and amended by (i) that certain Incremental Joinder Agreement and Amendment dated as of April 4, 2014 (the Incremental Amendment) by and among the U.K. Borrower and the MPS U.S. Borrower, each as a Borrower under the Dollar Tranche B Term Facility, the other loan parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent and (ii) that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 9, 2014 (the Third Amendment; the Second Amended Credit Agreement as so supplemented and amended by the Incremental Amendment and the Third Amendment, the Third Amended Credit Agreement) by and among the Borrowers, Holdings, the lenders party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC in its capacities as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Incremental Amendment effected a Term Commitment Increase (as defined in the Third Amended Credit Agreement) of $50 million to the Dollar Tranche B Term Facility. The Third Amendment changed the fiscal year of the U.K. Borrower and its subsidiaries from a December 31st fiscal year-end to a June 30th fiscal year-end and made certain conforming changes related thereto.
The Third Amended Credit Agreement was further supplemented and amended by (i) that certain Second Incremental Joinder Agreement and Amendment dated as of November 21, 2014 (the Second Incremental Amendment) by and among the U.K. Borrower and the MPS U.S. Borrower, each as a borrower under the Dollar Tranche C Term Facility (as defined below), the loan parties party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC in its capacities as sole arranger and sole bookrunner for the Dollar Tranche C Term Facility, initial lender under the Dollar Tranche C Term Facility, administrative agent, and collateral agent and (ii) that certain Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 16, 2014 (the Fourth Amendment and the Third Amended Credit Agreement as so supplemented and amended by the Second Incremental Amendment and the Fourth Amendment, the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) by and among the Original Borrowers, each as a Borrower under each of the Sterling Tranche B Term Facility and the Euro Tranche B Term Facility (each as defined below), the other loan parties party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, London Branch, as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner for the Euro Tranche B Term Facility and the Sterling Tranche B Term Facility, and in its capacity as the Initial Additional Term Lender (as defined in the Fourth Amendment), and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Second Incremental Amendment (i) added a new term facility in the aggregate principal amount of $135 million (the Dollar Tranche C Term Facility) to the facilities governed by the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement on substantially the same terms as the Dollar Tranche A Term Facility and the Dollar Tranche B Term Facility; (ii) applied a 1.00% prepayment premium to any voluntary prepayment of Dollar Term Loans, refinancing of Dollar Term Loans or amendment of Dollar Term Loans on or prior to the six-month anniversary of the effective date of the Second Incremental Amendment, in each case in connection with or resulting in a Dollar Term Loan Repricing Event (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement); and (iii) made certain conforming changes. The Fourth Amendment (i) refinanced the existing Initial Sterling Term Facility with a new tranche of term loans in Pounds Sterling (the Sterling Tranche B Term Facility); (ii) refinanced the existing Initial Euro Term Facility with a new tranche of term loans in Euros (the Euro Tranche B Term Facility); and (iii) made certain conforming changes.
Each of the Dollar A Term Facility, the Dollar B Term Facility and the Dollar C Term Facility bear interest equal to, at the applicable Borrowers option, (i) (A) the greater of (x) LIBOR (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) and (y) 1.00% per annum plus (B) a margin of 3.25% per annum or (ii) (A) the Base Rate (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) plus (B) a margin of 2.25%. The Sterling Tranche B Term Facility bears interest at (i) (A) the greater of (x) LIBOR and (y) 1.00% per annum plus (B) a margin of 4.50% per annum. The Euro Tranche B Term Facility bears interest at (i) (A) the greater of (x) EURIBOR and (y) 1.00% per annum plus (B) a margin of 3.75% per annum.
The Multicurrency Revolving Facility bears interest equal to (i) (A) in the case of a Multicurrency Revolving Credit Loan (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) denominated in an Agreed Currency (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) other than Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, LIBOR, or (B) in the case of a Multicurrency Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars, Pounds Sterling or Euros, the greater of (x) LIBOR and (y) 1.00% per annum, plus (C) in either case, a margin equal to (x) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate (as defined in the Fourth Amended
74
Credit Agreement) is less than 3.50:1.00, 3.75% or (y) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is equal to or greater than 3.50:1.00, 4.00%. In the case of Multicurrency Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, the applicable Borrower may elect an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) a margin of 2.25%. We are also required to pay an unused commitment fee in Pounds Sterling at the rate of 40% of the applicable margin (as in effect from time to time) with respect to the Multicurrency Revolving Facility.
The Dollar Revolving Credit Facility bears interest equal to, at the applicable Borrowers option, (i) (A) the greater of (x) LIBOR and (y) 1.00% per annum, plus (B) (i) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is equal to or less than 3.00:1.00, a margin of 3.00% or (ii) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is greater than 3.00:1.00, a margin of 3.25% or (ii) (A) the Base Rate plus (B) (i) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is equal to or less than 3.00:1.00, a margin of 2.00% or (ii) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is greater than 3.00:1.00, a margin of 2.25%. We are also required to pay an unused commitment fee in Dollars with respect to the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility of (i) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is less than 3.00:1.00, a rate of 0.375% or (ii) if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as calculated on the most recent Compliance Certificate is greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00, a rate of 0.500%.
The Fourth Amended Credit Agreement requires us to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants, including a financial covenant which requires that, at the end of each fiscal quarter, for so long as the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) exceeds 25% of the Revolving Credit Commitments (as defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement) (excluding any L/C Obligations to the extent Cash Collateralized (as each such term is defined in the Fourth Amended Credit Agreement)), the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio cannot exceed (A) 6.00:1.00 for the first three fiscal quarters of 2014; (B) 5.75:1.00 for the last fiscal quarter of 2014 and the first three fiscal quarters of 2015 and (C) 5.50:1.00 for the last fiscal quarter of 2015 and thereafter. As of June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants. All obligations under the Term Loans and Revolving Facility are guaranteed and collateralized by substantially all our tangible and intangible assets.
Costs of $5.6 million related to the issuance of the senior secured credit facilities are recorded within Deferred financing costs, net and are being amortized as interest expense over the life of the senior secured credit facilities. At June 30, 2015, the remaining unamortized balance of such costs was $4.1 million. Original issue discount of $22.3 million related to the senior secured credit facilities is recorded as a reduction of the principal amount of the borrowings and is amortized as interest expense over the life of the senior secured credit facilities. At June 30, 2015, the remaining unamortized original issue discount was $16.6 million.
Bonds Payable
On August 15, 2013, the MPS U.S. Borrower (the Issuer) issued $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.500% senior unsecured notes due 2021 and related guarantees thereof. The Notes bear interest at 8.500% payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15. Costs of $0.3 million related to the issuance of the Notes are recorded as Deferred financing costs, net and are amortized as interest expense over the life of the Notes. At June 30, 2015, the remaining unamortized balance of such costs was $0.2 million. Original issue discount of $4.8 million related to the Notes is recorded as a reduction of the principal amount of the borrowings and is amortized as interest expense over the life of the Notes. At June 30, 2015, the remaining unamortized original issue discount was $3.7 million.
The Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis by certain of the Issuers affiliates. The indenture governing the Notes contains covenants that restrict the ability of the Issuer and certain affiliates of the Issuer to, among other things, incur additional debt, make certain payments including payment of dividends or repurchases of equity interest of the Issuer, make loans or acquisitions or capital contributions and certain investments, incur certain liens, sell assets, merge or consolidate or liquidate other entities and enter into transactions with affiliates.
75
On or after August 15, 2016, we have the option to redeem all or part of the Notes at the redemption prices set forth below (expressed as percentages of principal amount) during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:
Year |
Percentage | |||
2016 |
106.375 | % | ||
2017 |
104.250 | % | ||
2018 |
102.125 | % | ||
2019 and thereafter |
100.000 | % |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to August 15, 2016, we may at our option redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes), at a redemption price of 108.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, holders of the Notes have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of the Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.
The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is senior unsecured indebtedness of the Issuer, is senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness of the Issuer and is equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer. The Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness of the Issuer (including indebtedness of the Issuer outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
Short-Term Foreign Borrowings
We finance the working capital needs of certain foreign operations using short-term borrowing arrangements in various currencies. At June 30, 2015, there were borrowings outstanding under these arrangements and additional borrowing capacity of $3.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on these arrangements was 6.0% and 5.7%, at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively. The short-term foreign borrowing arrangements are secured by land and buildings with a carrying value totaling $12.5 million at June 30, 2015.
Foreign Debt
Our foreign debt bears interest at rates ranging from 2.15% to 5.35%, with varying maturities through 2021. At June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, the weighted-average interest rates on these foreign debt instruments were approximately 3.4% and 3.8%, respectively. The foreign debt instruments are generally issued in support of specific capital expenditures and are secured by the underlying value of these assets. The carrying value of these secured assets approximates $18.6 million at June 30, 2015.
The weighted average interest rate across all debt obligations at June 30, 2015 was 5.37%.
76
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at June 30, 2015:
(Dollars in thousands) | Total |
Less than
1 year |
1-3 years | 3-5 years |
More than 5
years |
|||||||||||||||
Debt obligationsTerm Loans(1) |
$ | 1,224,410 | $ | 56,207 | $ | 110,352 | $ | 108,485 | $ | 949,366 | ||||||||||
Debt obligationsNotes(1) |
304,888 | 17,000 | 34,000 | 34,000 | 219,888 | |||||||||||||||
Debt obligationsOther(2) |
11,689 | 7,046 | 3,196 | 1,347 | 100 | |||||||||||||||
Debt obligationsCapital leases(1) |
2,277 | 1,214 | 1,052 | 11 | | |||||||||||||||
Pension Obligations |
19,795 | 10,789 | 7,876 | 1,130 | | |||||||||||||||
Multi-employer pension obligations |
11,448 | 918 | 1,836 | 1,836 | 6,858 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
54,388 | 13,399 | 17,967 | 9,401 | 13,621 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,628,895 | $ | 106,573 | $ | 176,279 | $ | 156,210 | $ | 1,189,833 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes principal and interest payments on our debt. Estimated future payments on outstanding debt obligations are based on interest rates as of June 30, 2015. Actual cash flows may differ significantly due to changes in underlying estimates.
(2) Consists of short-term foreign borrowings and foreign debt discussed above.
The table above does not give effect to the approximately $1.2 million payment related to German real estate transfer taxes that will be incurred in connection with the Reorg Transactions. See Basis of Presentation and Other InformationMulti Packaging Solutions International Limited.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In connection with the June 2011 purchase of CD Cartondruck AG (Cartondruck), we have a potential earnout obligation based on the future performance of Cartondruck. The earnout ranges from $0 to $3.5 million based on cumulative earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA as defined in the Cartondruck share purchase agreement) achieved over a five-year period. As of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 and 2013, we concluded the earnout was not probable of achievement and, therefore, no amount has been recognized to date.
Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $2.9 million and $2.7 million as of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts reduces receivables to amounts that are expected to be collected. In estimating the allowance, management considers factors such as current overall and industry-specific economic conditions, statutory requirements, historical and anticipated customer performance, historical experience with write-offs and the level of past-due amounts. Changes in these conditions may result in additional allowances. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory costs include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Obsolete inventory is identified based on an analysis of inventory for known obsolescence issues and a write-down or write-off is provided based on this analysis.
77
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment was adjusted to fair value on August 15, 2013, which represents a new cost basis. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to current operations; while major improvements that materially extend useful lives are capitalized. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method as follows:
Buildings and improvements |
3-40 years | |
Machinery and equipment |
3-13 years | |
Furniture and fixtures |
3-7 years |
Depreciation expense was $78.0 million, $41.8 million and $2.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2015, the Successor period ended June 30, 2014 and the Predecessor period ended August 14, 2013, respectively.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of such businesses at the acquisition date. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment tests. We review the carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit at least annually on April 1 (the annual assessment date), or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present, to determine if goodwill may be impaired. We may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value. We would not be required to quantitatively determine the fair value of goodwill unless the we determine, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value.
If we determine that the fair value is less than the carrying value based on the qualitative assessment, a quantitative assessment based upon discounted cash flow and market approach analyses is performed to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting units. We include assumptions about expected future operating performance as part of a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate fair value. If the carrying values of goodwill is not recoverable, based on the discounted cash flow analysis, management performs the next step, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting units. Goodwill is considered impaired if the recorded fair value of the tangible and intangible net assets exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit.
We did not recognize any impairment charges for goodwill during any of the periods presented, as our annual impairment testing indicated that all reporting unit goodwill fair values exceeded their respective carrying values.
Intangible assets have been acquired through various business acquisitions and include customer relationships, developed technology, licensing agreements, and a photo library. The intangible assets are initially valued at their acquisition date using either a discounted cash flow model or relief from royalty method. The relief of royalty method is used for developed technology and licensing agreement and assumes that if the acquired company did not own the intangible asset or intellectual property, it would be willing to pay a royalty for its use. The benefit of ownership of the intellectual property is valued as the relief from the royalty expense that would otherwise be incurred. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis, except for customer relationship intangibles that are amortized on an accelerated basis. Useful lives vary by asset type and are determined based on the period over which the intangible asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the companys future cash flows.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We review our definite-lived long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to (1) a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, (2) a significant adverse change in the extent
78
or manner in which an asset is used, or (3) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset. We measure the carrying amount of the asset against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with it. Should the carrying value of the asset being evaluated exceed the estimated undiscounted future cash flows , an impairment loss would be indicated, at which point recognition of the impairment would occur based on a determination of the assets fair value. There was no impairment with respect to our definite-lived long-lived assets for any periods presented.
Derivative Instruments
We use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. We have not elected hedge accounting for these derivative instruments, and accordingly are valued at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported in earnings during the period of the change. No derivative instruments are entered into for speculative purposes.
One risk we manage using derivative instruments is interest rate risk. To manage interest rate exposure, we enter into hedge transactions (interest rate swaps) using derivative financial instruments. The objective of entering into interest rate swaps is to eliminate the variability of cash flows in the LIBOR interest payments associated with variable-rate loans over the life of the loans. As changes in interest rates affect the future cash flow of interest payments, the hedges provide a synthetic offset to interest rate movements.
We are also exposed to foreign-currency exchange-rate fluctuations in the normal course of business, primarily related to Pounds Sterling, Euros, Mexican Peso, Canadian Dollar and the Polish Zloty denominated assets and liabilities within its international subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar. We manage these fluctuations, in part, using non-deliverable forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency forward contracts, that are intended to offset changes in cash flow attributable to currency exchange movements. These contracts are intended primarily to economically address exposure merchandise inventory expenditures made by our international subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.
Revenue Recognition
We produce packaging products, principally cartons, labels, inserts and rigid packaging for sale to manufacturers of branded and private label consumer goods, pharmaceutical, medical and multi-media products. Products are printed on board, paper or plastic substrates and converted via printing presses and oftentimes subsequently finished in a folding or gluing or other operation. We record revenue on the sales of products manufactured when title to the product transfers, which is generally at the time of shipment to the customer.
In all of the above cases, revenue is recorded only when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the fee is fixed and determinable and (iv) collectability of the sales is reasonably assured. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded when they are determined to be probable and estimable.
Equity-Based Compensation
Mustang Investment Holdings L.P. (Holdings), a parent of the Successor, has an equity incentive plan for certain directors, officers and employees. The plan allows for the grant of profits interests and restricted capital interests in Holdings, an equity method investee entity, to certain directors, officers and employees. All the awards under the equity incentive plan are remeasured to their estimated fair value quarterly similar to liability awards as the awards are held in the equity interests of an equity method investee company. The profits interest awards include service- and performance-based awards, while the capital interest awards are all service-based. The profits interests and restricted capital interests granted under the plan are expected to remain outstanding following our contemplated initial public offering.
79
We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of profits interest and restricted capital interest awards. We chose the Black-Scholes model based on our experience with the model and the determination that the model could be used to provide a reasonable estimate of the fair value of awards with terms such as those issued by us. Option-pricing models require estimates of a number of key valuation inputs including: fair value of the underlying common stock, expected volatility, expected dividend yield, expected term and risk-free interest rate. Certain of these inputs are subjective since the Company is privately-held and does not have objective historical or public market value information. The most subjective inputs are the expected term, expected volatility and determination of equity value. The expected term is determined using probability weighted expectations and expected volatility is determined using a selected group of guideline companies which are comparable to the Company.
We utilize and equally weigh three widely recognized valuation models to estimate the fair value of Holdings equity:
| Discounted Cash Flow Analysis (Income Model) The discounted cash flow analysis is dependent on a number of significant management assumptions regarding the expected future financial results of us and Holdings as well as upon estimates of an appropriate cost of capital. |
| Guideline Public Companies (Market Model) Multiples of historical and projected EBITDA determined based on guideline public companies are applied to estimate the fair value for the equity of Holdings. |
| Mergers and Acquisition (Market Model) Multiples of historical equity value divided by last twelve months revenues, and equity value by last twelve months, EBITDA for mergers and acquisitions of companies in the same industry. |
As an input to the Black-Scholes model, and for valuation of the profits interest and restricted capital interest awards, we estimate the fair value of Holdings equity quarterly. After considering all of these estimates of fair value, we then determine a single estimated fair value of the equity of Holdings to be used in the Black-Scholes model to determine the fair value of the profit interest and restricted capital interest awards and equity-based compensation expense.
As of June 30, 2015, service- and performance-based equity awards were outstanding under the equity incentive plan. Service-based profits interests vest in equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of August 15, 2013, and compensation expense is recorded ratably over the vesting period. Performance-based profit interests only result in compensation expense when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. No performance criteria are currently expected to be achieved, and as result we have not recognized any compensation expense related to the performance-based profits interests through June 30, 2015.
As of June 30, 2015, restricted capital interests were outstanding under the stock incentive plan. The restricted capital interests vest ratably in equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of August 15, 2013 and compensation expense is recognized ratable over the vesting period.
In connection with Carlyles acquisition of Chesapeake, certain members of Chesapeakes management were allowed to co-invest with Carlyle in an entity controlled by Carlyle that holds an investment in the Company. At the time of the grant, those members of management that invested alongside Carlyle received a specified number of ordinary shares, which were subject to a performance-based ratchet (the Ratchet). Pursuant to the Ratchet, members of managements ownership percentage can increase based on Chesapeake completing an Exit that results in a specified return on invested capital (MOIC) and internal rate of return (IRR) for certain investors. An Exit is defined as the completion of a liquidating event, which includes the completion of an initial public offering (IPO). Since a liquidity event, including an IPO, is generally not probable until it occurs, no compensation cost has been recognized in the financial statements. Compensation cost would be recognized as of the date of the completion of our contemplated IPO, regardless of whether the specified MOIC and IRR thresholds have been achieved. The ordinary shares are expected to remain outstanding following our contemplated initial public offering.
80
The assumptions used in estimating the fair value of equity-based payment awards represent managements best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, equity-based compensation expense could be different in the future.
Once our common shares become publicly traded, certain key valuation inputs to the Black-Scholes model, which is used to estimate the fair value of equity-based compensation, will be based on publicly available information. These key valuation inputs include the fair value of the common shares, and once there is a sufficient trading history, the volatility is expected to be derived from the historical trading activity of the common shares.
Refer to Note 20 Equity-Based Compensation to the audited consolidated financial statements of MPS Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding our equity-based compensation plan.
Income Taxes
We recognize income taxes in accordance with guidance established by U.S. GAAP, which requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes and establishes a minimum threshold for financial statement recognition of the benefit of tax positions, and requires certain expanded disclosures. The provision for income taxes is based upon income or loss after adjustment for those items that are not considered in the determination of taxable income.
Deferred income taxes represent the tax effects of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of our assets and liabilities at the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. We evaluate the recoverability of deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates because we finance certain operations through fixed and variable rate debt instruments and denominate our transactions in a variety of foreign currencies. We are also exposed to changes in the prices of certain commodities that we use in production. Changes in these rates and commodity prices may have an impact on future cash flow and earnings.
We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. We do not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
By using derivative instruments, we are subject to credit and market risk. The fair market value of the derivative instruments is determined by using valuation models whose inputs are derived using market observable inputs, including interest rate yield curves, and reflects the asset or liability position as of the end of each reporting period. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes us, thus creating a receivable risk for us. We are exposed to counterparty credit risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to our derivative agreements. We minimize counterparty credit (or repayment) risk by entering into transactions with major financial institutions of investment grade credit rating.
Our exposure to market risk is not hedged in a manner that completely eliminates the effects of changing market conditions on earnings or cash flow.
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate market risk in connection with our borrowings. A one-eighth percent change in the applicable interest rate for borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities (assuming the Revolving Credit Facilities are undrawn and the LIBOR floor has been exceeded) would have an annual impact of approximately $1.2 million on cash interest expense considering the impact of our hedging positions currently in place.
81
We selectively use derivative instruments to reduce market risk associated with changes in interest rates. The use of derivatives is intended for hedging purposes only and we do not enter into derivative instruments for speculative purposes. The Company maintains two amortizing rate swaps that mature in December 2017. The swaps are being used to hedge the exposure to changes in the market LIBOR or EURIBOR rates. One of the swaps had a notional amount of $182,322, whereby the Company pays a fixed rate of interest of 1.1649% and receives a variable rate based on LIBOR on the amortizing notional amount. The swap is being used to hedge the exposure to changes in market LIBOR rates. The other swap had a notional amount of $148,360, whereby the Company pays a fixed rate of interest of 1.0139% and receives a variable rate based on EURIBOR (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) on the amortizing notional amount. The swap is being used to hedge the exposure to changes in market EUROBOR rates.
Foreign Exchange Rates Risk
We are exposed to foreign currency risk by virtue of our international operations. Our exposure to foreign exchange relates to our European, Mexican, Canadian and Chinese facilities which have Pounds Sterling, Euro, Polish Zloty, Mexican Peso, Canadian Dollar and Chinese Yuan denominated assets and liabilities, and functional currencies. In the majority of our jurisdictions, we earn net sales and incur costs in the local currency of such jurisdiction; however they are not perfectly matched. Movements in exchange rates could cause our expenses to fluctuate, impacting our future profitability and cash flows. Our future business operations and opportunities, including the continued expansion of our business outside North America, may further increase the risk that cash flows resulting from these activities may be adversely affected by changes in currency exchange rates.
Our Sterling Term Loan and Euro Term Loan are denominated in Pounds Sterling and Euros, respectively. As a result, movements in the Pounds Sterling and Euro exchange rate in relation to the U.S. dollar could cause the amount of Sterling Term Loan and Euro Term Loan borrowings to fluctuate, impacting our future profitability and cash flows.
We translate our statements of operations into U.S. dollars at exchange rates for the periods presented. During the period ended June 30, 2014, exchange rate changes did not have a material impact when translating the financial statements. In the period ended June 30, 2015, net sales were negatively impacted by exchange rate changes by approximately $77.0 million.
A hypothetical change of 10% in average exchange rates used to translate Pounds Sterling, Euro, Polish Zloty, Mexican Peso, Canadian Dollar and Chinese Yuan to U.S. dollars would have impacted operating income by approximately $9.2 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2015.
82
Major End Markets
Consumer Products Packaging End Market
The consumer products end market includes personal care, spirits, cosmetics and confectionary products. Personal care makes up one of the largest product categories in the consumer packaging end market and has some of the most demanding requirements of any consumer packaging product category for unique, value-add packaging solutions. Based on management estimates, we estimate annual sales in the addressable market for our customers consumer products currently exceed $8 billion and expect annual sales in this end market will grow at an average of 2% annually through 2020, with forecasts varying by product category.
Consumer packaging, particularly for the personal care product category, is characterized by an image-driven market promoted by strong brand emphasis which drives a need for a wide range of packaging. Consumer packaging, such as folding cartons and labels, are a means of promoting brand identity to customers at the point-of-purchase. Large surface areas, high-impact graphics and innovative designs and finishes generate consumer interest, attract attention and create an affinity for companies brands and products in the eyes of the consumer. Representative premium products in the personal care product category include cosmetics, hair care products, skin creams, lotions and fragrances.
Trends driving growth of the consumer products packaging end market include:
| Shortened product life cycle Focus on new product introductions with unique packaging designs that promote brand identity and on-shelf differentiation is driving growth. In order to achieve the first-mover advantage, personal care companies rely on suppliers able to rapidly design and commercialize these new, high quality packages. |
| Enhanced product design and brand promotion Personal care companies have increasing demand for packaging suppliers who are able to offer new technologies and services to promote brand identity, premium positioning and shelf appeal. This is increasingly favoring suppliers with differentiated capabilities, such as finishing technologies for iridescent, holographic, textured and dimensional effects. |
| Positive demographic trends and increasing health and wellness awareness The growing and aging population sensitive about preserving a youthful image is driving a positive shift in the consumption patterns of personal care products, including products used to reverse signs of aging, such as anti-wrinkle skin creams, lotions, serums and hair colorants. People are generally tending to take better care of themselves and are willing to pay more for products with perceived benefits. |
| Increasing premiumization Individuals have greater capability to purchase higher end consumer products, particularly in developing regions such as Asia and Latin America. Sophisticated packaging solutions allow for better shelf visibility and brand positioning. The propensity to use secondary packaging, such as premium rigid boxes and labeling, is higher in premium type spirits and confections, as it represents one of the principal ways to command higher price points and differentiate products. |
| Demand for sustainable and intelligent packaging Increasing consumer focus on environmental issues and recyclability of materials represents an opportunity for advanced high value-add producers to further strengthen market positions. Consumers are increasingly purchasing products that are sustainable and offer recyclable packaging and many companies have embraced this trend, moving towards eco-friendly packaging materials. |
83
Healthcare Packaging End Market
Healthcare packaging is used in a wide variety of applications including over-the-counter and prescription pharmaceuticals, medical devices, nutritional and dietary supplements, vitamins and minerals. We estimate annual sales in the healthcare packaging end market currently exceed $8 billion, characterized by significant technical requirements, recession-resilient demand characteristics and strong growth opportunities. Print-based packaging products, such as cartons, labels and inserts for the healthcare market, are used to provide information to consumers as well as comply with regulations. Healthcare packaging has stringent quality specifications, prerequisite manufacturing standards and evolving regulatory requirements. Packaging supplier sites are regularly audited and certified. Switching costs are high given the high value of the end product and significant cost of disruption. In addition, manufacturers are increasingly demanding more comprehensive design services, reduced delivery times, more flexibility in order size and broader geographic coverage from their packaging suppliers. Further, product innovation plays a key role in the industry as pharmaceutical manufacturers increasingly incorporate authentication features into packaging to assist in the prevention of counterfeiting.
Based on management estimates, we estimate that annual sales in the secondary packaging market for pharmaceuticals will grow by approximately 6% annually from 2014 to 2019 in North America and Western Europe, reaching approximately $5 billion and $6 billion, respectively, in 2019. This in large part will be driven by an increase in the use of security labels (e.g., anti-counterfeiting). The growth in the secondary packaging market for pharmaceuticals in the United States and Europe is depicted below:
|
|
Source: Management estimates.
(1) | Includes standard labels, specialty labels (leaflet labels) and security labels (track & trace). |
(2) | Covers the following secondary carton packaging categories: folding cartons, secondary blister packaging and outer paperboard boxes. |
(3) | Includes 31 countries and territories that include the members of the European Union and Switzerland. |
Trends driving growth of the healthcare packaging market include:
| Population demographics Population growth, an increased focus on chronic diseases and the aging population have increased the market for pharmaceuticals as consumers require a growing number and diversity of prescription and over-the-counter medicines and nutritional supplements, including those that target age-related conditions and illnesses. |
84
| Globalization and vendor rationalization Regulatory pressures and increased product quality requirements have encouraged large multinational pharmaceutical and supplement manufacturers to focus their packaging spend on fewer suppliers that can provide consistent service and product quality on a global basis. We believe this trend favors scale players with the capability to support product launches across multiple products and geographies. We expect vendor rationalization to continue as customers seek to contain costs without sacrificing logistical flexibility and product quality. |
| Increasing consumer awareness regarding health and wellness Manufacturers and marketers of nutritional and dietary supplements are continuously introducing and marketing new product offerings in order to appeal to growing consumer awareness regarding health and wellness and preventative medicine. |
| Growth in drug treatments and availability The volume of pharmaceutical products available in the market has been expanding for both branded and generic drugs. The demand for generic drugs may accelerate as some branded pharmaceutical products become available in generic formulations after the expiration of patents. While our branded business is set to grow with the overall market, we also expect to benefit from the growth of generic pharmaceuticals. |
| Evolving regulatory standards and regulations Regulatory standards to improve security and prevent drug counterfeiting as well as provide greater, more accessible disclosure to patients and healthcare providers create a dynamic regulatory environment that requires creative, value-added packaging solutions. For example, the blister packaging market is expected to benefit from the implementation of U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulations requiring all prescribed pharmaceuticals dispensed in hospitals and nursing homes to be packaged in unit dose formats with barcodes in order to reduce dispensing errors. Overall drug spend is also forecast to grow, given recent government legislation and regulation around the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. |
Multi-Media Packaging Market
Our multi-media end market net sales are focused on high quality specialty packaging, which often requires quick response, including; commemorative and special editions for home videos, recorded music, video games and software. We produce a full line of printed packaging products for leading multi-media companies including folding cartons, booklets, folders, inserts, cover sheets and slipcases, as well as highly customized, graphical and value-added packaging components. We are one of the largest producers of these products in the North American multi-media end market based on sales. We estimate the addressable market for our multi-media products to be approximately $0.3 billion of annual sales and expect this market will contract approximately 7% annually through 2020.
This market is characterized by:
| Digital substitution We believe the combination of our talented sales executives with longstanding customer relationships and our product and operational excellence has allowed us to generate attractive margins and cash flow despite the decline in multi-media packaging demand. The increasing popularity of digital distribution will continue to erode the shipments of physical music, video game and home video units. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessThe impact of electronic media and similar technological changes, including the substitution of physical products for digital content, may continue to adversely affect sales in the multi-media end market. We believe that through our market-leading positions in the multi-media specialty packaging sector we will be able to continue to execute on profitable and opportunistic multi-media packaging business. Moreover, highly anticipated video game launches, such as Grand Theft Auto , and blockbuster movie releases, such as Furious 7 , drive increased demand for gaming and home video, respectively, including higher value-add commemorative editions and box sets, and can generate above-average growth and profitability. |
85
We are a leading, global provider of value-added specialty packaging solutions, based on sales, focused on high complexity products for the consumer, healthcare and multi-media markets. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, approximately 47%, 47% and 6% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales came from our North American, European and Asian operations, respectively, and approximately 87% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma global net sales were derived from our consumer and healthcare end markets. We believe that our core addressable consumer and healthcare end markets encompass attractive, resilient and growing packaging categories, and we believe we are a leader in these end markets across North America and Europe based on sales. Additionally, we believe we have a market-leading position in the multi-media specialty packaging sector based on sales, which accounts for 13% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma global net sales. We provide our customers with an extensive array of print-based specialty packaging solutions, including premium folding cartons, inserts, labels and rigid packaging across a variety of substrates and finishes, which are complemented by value-added services, including creative design, new product development and customized supply chain solutions. Based on management estimates, we believe the market opportunity across our primary addressable markets is currently in excess of $17 billion of annual sales.
We have long-term customer relationships driven by our global presence, breadth of products, value-added service offering, reputation for operational excellence, innovative packaging solutions and highly experienced management team. We serve a blue chip customer base, including some of the worlds largest companies and the leaders in our target end markets. Our global platform allows us to serve our customers, which include AstraZeneca, Coty, Diageo, Estée Lauder, GlaxoSmithKline, LOréal, Mondelēz International, Nestlé, Pernod Ricard, Pfizer and Sony, on both a local and global basis. Our relationships with our top 20 customers average 34 years with many of our customers operating under multi-year contracts. No one customer accounts for more than 5% of our acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2015. Servicing our customers requires us to meet stringent quality specifications, significant customer service standards and meaningful investment requirements. Our healthcare customers, for example, require exacting standards of manufacturing in order to meet their regulatory requirements, which include strict process controls, site certification, chain of custody product information and strict adherence to print requirements and print quality due to the nature of the use of the product by our customers end users. For our consumer customers, we are at the front end of their branding and marketing strategy, enhancing the visual impact at the shelf while also ensuring product integrity and regulatory compliance. We believe our advanced printing and finish effects and designs often help our customers position their products at the premium end of their addressable markets. In addition we provide value-added supply chain services such as VMI, specific carton-by-carton scan ability and data which enable the customer to track a product from manufacturer to end user.
We believe we are one of a few companies in the end markets we serve offering a full range of products across multiple geographies, allowing us to provide specialty packaging solutions for customers locally and globally, a capability our customers find valuable in presenting a consistent image of the underlying product. Our global manufacturing footprint consists of 59 manufacturing sites and nine sales offices across North America, Europe and Asia. Our strategically located facilities have enabled us to grow our business by leveraging our customer relationships across multiple geographies and products, and drive incremental growth through our ability to integrate and improve our customers supply chains. These solutions highlight our competitive difference and allow us to win new customers and strengthen our existing client relationships through cross-selling opportunities across our unique global platform, with further benefits to be realized from recent acquisitions. Additionally, our global manufacturing footprint is supported by our sales and design teams, which consist of a dedicated research and development group, more than 115 structural and graphic designers and over 230 sales personnel.
86
Our History
|
Since 2005, we have evolved from our initial U.S. platform of five facilities into a global specialty packaging leader, based on sales, in the consumer, healthcare and multi-media end markets. We have completed a total of 15 transactions within our addressable products and markets, with early acquisitions targeted at obtaining and building the necessary technology footprint to serve consumer and pharmaceutical companies. Later acquisitions focused on expanding that platform into complementary products and creating a global footprint capable of meeting all of our customers value-added packaging requirements. In 2014, we entered into a transformational merger with Chesapeake (February 2014), acquired ASG (November 2014) and completed five additional acquisitions, which expanded our global reach and diversified our product and end market profile. We have a successful track record of acquiring strategically relevant companies, establishing and realizing savings and synergy programs and integrating acquired operations and customers into our global platform. Through successful execution and integration of acquired businesses, we have expanded our geographic reach and product and service offering, which has enabled us to better serve our large multinational customers, as well as penetrate new regional and local customers in our key end markets. We have expanded the operating margins of companies we have acquired, achieving our synergy targets and leveraging our platform as evidenced by our accreting EBITDA margins subsequent to each acquisition. Specifically, we estimate that as of June 30, 2015 we have realized a total of approximately $28 million of synergies from the Chesapeake and ASG transactions, which is expected to result in an annualized run-rate as of the same date of approximately $36 million. We believe that these targeted savings and synergy programs will eventually achieve an annualized run-rate of approximately $40 million, although we cannot make any assurances that such an annualized run-rate will be achieved.
87
The MPS and Chesapeake platforms are highly complementary. At the time of the merger between the two companies, MPS was predominantly focused on the personal care and generic pharmaceutical end markets within North America. Conversely, Chesapeake was focused on the branded pharmaceutical, confectionary and Scotch whisky end markets in Europe. The combination provides for significant cross-selling opportunities across our global platform.
We have a consistent track record of delivering Adjusted EBITDA growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion through a focus on attractive products and end markets, operational excellence and executing value accretive acquisitions. The chart below illustrates our growth in Adjusted EBITDA and related margin. The pro forma results below reflect the acquisitions we made through June 30, 2015 as if they occurred on July 1, 2013. The pro forma Adjusted EBITDA margin is lower than historical periods primarily due to the lower historical Adjusted EBITDA margin for the acquired ASG businesses and is reflective of the potential accretion opportunity available to us.
Adjusted EBITDA ($ in millions)
Note: | Our fiscal year ends June 30 th . See footnote 4 set forth in Prospectus SummarySummary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. |
88
We have also consistently demonstrated our ability to generate strong cash flows driven by efficient investment of capital, working capital control and operational discipline throughout the Company. Our capital investment requirements have generally been in the range of 3.5 to 3.9% of net sales, achieving strong free cash flow conversion relative to our Adjusted EBITDA margin. Our free cash flow conversion (defined as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures) has averaged over 70% over the last seven years.
Free Cash Flow Conversion
Note: | Free cash flow is defined as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. Free cash flow conversion is defined as free cash flow divided by Adjusted EBITDA. See footnote 4 set forth in Prospectus SummarySummary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. Pro forma FY 2015 is calculated using acquisition adjusted pro forma Adjusted EBITDA. |
We have integrated the sales forces around key global account managers and are launching global sales initiatives around major end markets such as confectionary, spirits, cosmetics and fragrances to take advantage of our global presence. The ASG acquisition allowed us to expand our footprint into Mexico, Canada and China and broadened our personal care capability. With respect to costs and operations, we have largely centralized procurement and are in the process of realizing savings from optimizing purchase prices between the organizations as well as consolidating our purchase volumes. We continuously benchmark our sites and work to bring lower performing sites up to the level of higher performing ones. We are also realizing efficiencies from our ongoing investments in our equipment to improve run speeds, reduce changeover times and reduce manning.
We believe that we are a leader within our addressable market on the basis of revenue and believe that we have the ability to continue to grow organically, as well as pursue prudent value accretive acquisitions to augment our product portfolio and geographic presence to better serve new and existing customers. Further, we will continue to drive operational excellence through improving our productivity and asset utilization, optimizing our industrial footprint, and investing capital efficiently. For further information, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Transactions.
Our Products
We provide our customers a comprehensive suite of innovative specialty products and services, including premium folding cartons, inserts, labels and rigid packaging. Our packaging solutions utilize a wide variety of substrates (e.g., paper and paperboard, pressure sensitive labels, plastic, foil) and finishes (e.g., UV coatings, film lamination, stamping, embossing). We also employ an array of value-add decorative technologies to create iridescent, holographic, textured and dimensional effects to provide differentiated specialty packaging products to our customers. Our comprehensive solutions, which often include combination or bundled products, and a technologically advanced asset base allow us to win new customers and strengthen our existing client relationships through cross-selling opportunities across our unique global platform.
Premium Folding Cartons (Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales of $1,138 million, or 62% of Total)
Premium folding cartons are widely used, versatile forms of secondary packaging that our customers utilize to attract consumer attention at the point-of-sale and provide critical product information to end users. Our folding carton offering is targeted at the premium end of the market, utilizes high quality inputs such as solid bleached
89
sulfate, and is manufactured with various features and finishes, including lamination, embossing, foil stamping and windowing. Rigid packaging serves a functional purpose by providing protection to the product throughout the shipping, distribution and merchandising processes.
Our premium folding cartons offering plays an important role in our customers branding and marketing strategies through influencing purchase decisions at the point-of-sale by conveying an exceptional appearance, shelf presence and impact through the use of specialty graphics, a variety of printed finishes and other creative designs. Additionally, our premium folding cartons offering must adhere to stringent regulatory requirements by playing a key role in our customers product safety as well as ensuring product authenticity, accurate product information and product compliance to the end customer. Our premium folding carton customers oftentimes purchase associated labels and inserts. Leveraging cross-selling opportunities is a key strategic initiative of recent acquisitions that we have completed.
Inserts (Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales of $260 million, or 14% of Total)
We provide inserts for all the end markets we serve, with the majority of our net sales in this category being to the healthcare end market. Inserts are of particular importance in the healthcare end market given stringent regulations to ensure the accuracy of product information, although they are also used in non-healthcare markets in which product literature is required to be presented to the end user. Inserts are included either inside a secondary package (e.g., folding carton) or affixed to the outside of a primary package (e.g., bottle). Numerous regulatory bodies, such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and various trade associations, require an increasing level of product information, including nutritional, performance and other related product disclosures. Providing this increasing amount of information requires larger and, in many instances, more complex inserts. Specific technical equipment is necessary to produce the folded leaflet, which requires significant upfront investment. Evolving regulations require that insert manufacturers stay abreast of new developments and maintain manufacturing equipment and process capabilities necessary to meet strict inspection and quality control standards. Product disclosure requirements change, oftentimes on short notice, due to regulatory oversight. This results in the need for quick reaction and turnaround of production. Oftentimes our ability to be an integral part of our customers information management systems allows us to monitor customer demand and limit their exposure to inventory obsolescence when product disclosure changes.
Labels ( Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales of $126 million, or 7% of Total)
Labels are one of the most visible and recognizable packaging components and are used in a wide variety of applications serving as the primary means of identifying products to consumers, while creating shelf appeal and brand recognition for products. Labels also function as a conduit for fulfilling regulatory requirements, communicating product-related information to consumers and contributing to product integrity and security. We supply a broad range of pressure sensitive labels, including single-panel, multi-panel, multi-ply and extended content labels, as well as cut and stack labels.
The majority of our net sales in this category are pressure sensitive labels sold primarily into the healthcare market which, like our inserts, are subject to stringent regulations to ensure the accuracy of product information. Additionally, we supply both pressure sensitive and cut and stack labels to the consumer products markets where decorative labels are utilized to differentiate products at the retail point-of-sale. We employ multiple print technologies with respect to labels, utilizing digital, flexographic and offset printing press technologies to serve our customers globally.
Rigid Packaging (Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales of $97 million, or 5% of Total)
Rigid boxes are commonly used to present ultra-premium products and vary from rigid top load boxes for the high-end spirits market to specialized boxes for perfumes and other luxury products. We historically provided rigid box offerings, oftentimes described as top load box or set up boxes, via strategic outsource suppliers.
90
Consistent with our acquisition strategy to acquire appropriate technologies, we completed two recent strategic acquisitions which added our own internal manufacturing capability for a premium rigid packaging product offering with the addition of customized/high-end rigid boxes. We have a growing presence in rigid packaging and believe this is a meaningful area for growth in the future.
Other Consumer Products Packaging (Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales of $209 million, or 12% of Total)
We offer a number of additional printed packaging products, including transaction cards, point-of-purchase displays, brochures, product literature, marketing materials and grower tags and plant stakes for the horticultural market. These products are supplied to various niche markets that require print-based specialty packaging. Our transaction cards and card services offerings are of a particular focus. We provide our customers a comprehensive end-to-end solution for credit, debit, general prepaid reloadable, gift, loyalty, hospitality, insurance and other card-based programs. Our integrated supply chain for cards, carriers, multi-packs and point-of-purchase displays greatly simplifies the development and execution of card programs and drives competitive differentiation.
Value-Added Services
We provide a range of value-added services to our customers ranging from collaboration on the initial packaging concept to total management of the supply chain. We work closely with our customers to understand their specific requirements and thereby implement streamlined workflows starting from pre-press through to fulfillment. These valuable service capabilities complement our broad product offering and, when matched with our manufacturing operations, enable us to consistently deliver high quality products and superior service to our customers. Examples of such value-added services include creative design and new product development, for which we have a team of more than 115 structural designers and graphic designers across a number of key locations. We also provide our customers with customized supply chain solutions, including VMI programs. VMI solutions help customers manage production based on actual demand to reduce lead times, minimize inventory, eliminate waste and enhance supply chain security. Our ability to provide on-demand services for our customers via digital print technology has allowed us to reduce our lead times. Shorter lead times provide a distinct advantage in consumer and healthcare-facing industries where companies must move quickly to introduce new products and ramp-up supply in response to market trends and consumer demand. Shorter lead times also limit our customers exposure to inventory obsolescence. Our value-added services build entrenched partnerships with customers and allow us to become a more critical part of the supply chain by helping to improve workflow efficiencies and reduce our customers total cost of ownership for packaging materials.
| Digital Workflow: Ability to manage all of a customers digital assets for simplified management on a regional or global scale. These digital assets range from artwork and front-end solutions to tracking codes that account for individual items throughout the supply chain and activation codes that scan at retail. |
| Creative Services: Award-winning creative team with a reputation for innovation and quality, comprised of 25 structural designers and nine graphic designers who provide packaging engineering, 3-D renderings, product animation, prototyping and testing. |
| Pre-Press Services : Fully staffed, around-the-clock team to provide same day or next day service including full proofing capabilities, artwork enhancement and file correction. |
| Vendor Managed Inventory: Ability to manage production based on a customers actual demand provides numerous benefits, including shorter lead times, reduced physical inventory, waste reduction and increased supply chain security. |
| Late Stage Customization: Ability to leverage our flexible manufacturing capabilities by printing common graphics on long-run equipment and customizing products on-demand with printed labels or inserts using short-run digital equipment. A proprietary finishing system prints and applies labels and delivers finished cartons on an as needed basis. |
91
| Co-Located Facilities: Onsite facilities management provides equipment and staffing for printing and packaging production physically located within a customers facility. On-demand packaging capabilities provide numerous customer benefits, including lower inventory levels, reduced obsolescence and cycle time reductions. |
| Brand Protection / E-Pedigree: We provide brand security through the application of various technologies, including magnetic inks, invisible bar codes and holographic cold foil, to help ensure the traceability and authenticity of our customers products. |
| Environmental Solutions: We have made substantial investments in sustainability and environmentally-friendly products, technologies and manufacturing processes to meet the environmental objectives of our customers. |
Our End Markets
Consumer (50% of Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales)
We produce a full line of specialty print-based packaging products for a wide range of customers in the personal care, spirits, cosmetics and confectionary markets. We focus on the premium end of the market where high-impact graphics, and innovative designs and finishes attract attention and help brands drive top-of-mind positioning with consumers at the point-of-purchase. Our scale and financial resources have enabled us to build out a leading global design division which has been at the forefront of our product innovation capabilities. Multinational customers have also increasingly centralized their procurement functions seeking fewer, more strategic partners capable of meeting their consumer packaging needs and consistent marketing image across a range of products, services and geographies. We are well-positioned to benefit from this trend in vendor rationalization by leveraging our ability to deliver a broad range of local solutions while simultaneously providing global coverage to our multinational customers.
Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales Within Consumer End Market | Net Sales to Consumer End Market | |
|
|
Note: 2014 presented on a combined basis. 2015 presented on an acquisition adjusted pro forma basis. Fiscal years ended on June 30.
Growth in this market is driven by:
| Shortened product life cycle Focus on new product introductions with unique packaging designs that promote brand identity and on-shelf differentiation in order to drive growth. In order to achieve the first-mover advantage, personal care companies rely on suppliers able to rapidly design and commercialize these new, high quality packages. |
| Enhanced product design and brand promotion Personal care companies have increasing demand for packaging suppliers who are able to offer new technologies and services to promote brand identity, premium positioning and shelf appeal. This trend increasingly favors suppliers with differentiated capabilities, such as finishing technologies for iridescent, holographic, textured and dimensional effects. |
92
| Positive demographic trends and increasing health and wellness awareness The growing and aging population sensitive about preserving a youthful image is driving a positive shift in the consumption patterns of personal care products, including products used to reverse signs of aging, such as anti-wrinkle skin creams, lotions, serums and hair colorants. People are generally tending to take better care of themselves and are willing to pay more for products with perceived benefits. |
| Increasing disposable premiumization Individuals have greater capability to purchase higher end consumer products, particularly in developing regions such as Asia and Latin America. Sophisticated packaging solutions allow for better shelf visibility and brand positioning. The propensity to use secondary packaging, such as premium rigid boxes and labeling, is higher in premium type spirits and confections, as it represents one of the principal ways to command higher price points and differentiate products. |
| Demand for sustainable and intelligent packaging Increasing consumer focus on environmental issues and recyclability of materials represents an opportunity for advanced high value-add producers to further strengthen market positions. Consumers are increasingly purchasing products that are sustainable and offer recyclable packaging and many companies have embraced this trend, moving towards eco-friendly products. |
Healthcare (37% of Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales)
Healthcare packaging is used in a wide variety of applications including over-the-counter (OTC) and prescription pharmaceuticals, medical devices, nutritional and dietary supplements, vitamins and minerals. We offer a full line of print-based packaging products serving the healthcare market, including folding cartons, inserts, labels, outserts and booklets. The healthcare packaging market is characterized by significant technical requirements, recession-resilient demand characteristics and numerous growth opportunities. Healthcare packaging has stringent quality specifications, prerequisite manufacturing standards and evolving regulatory requirements. Product innovation plays a key role in the industry as pharmaceutical manufacturers increasingly incorporate authentication features into packaging to assist in the prevention of counterfeiting. We have developed strong relationships with leading healthcare companies as a result of our high-quality products, expertise in print technologies including digital print technology, excellent customer service and customized supply solutions, and quick response and turnaround times. Through this approach, we believe we have established ourselves as an important supplier to the industry and see significant opportunity for future growth with new and existing customers.
Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales Within Healthcare End Market | Net Sales to Healthcare End Market | |
|
|
Note: 2014 presented on a combined basis. 2015 presented on an acquisition adjusted pro forma basis. Fiscal years ended on June 30.
93
Growth in this market is driven by:
| Population demographics Population growth, an increased focus on chronic diseases and the aging population have increased the market for pharmaceuticals as consumers require a growing number and diversity of prescription and over-the-counter medicines and nutritional supplements, including those that target age-related conditions and illnesses. |
| Globalization and vendor rationalization Regulatory pressures and increased product quality requirements have encouraged large multinational pharmaceutical and supplement manufacturers to focus their packaging spend on fewer suppliers that can provide consistent service and product quality on a global basis. We believe this trend favors scale players with the capability to support product launches across multiple products and geographies. We expect vendor rationalization to continue as customers seek to contain costs without sacrificing logistical flexibility and product quality. |
| Increasing consumer awareness regarding health and wellness Manufacturers and marketers of nutritional and dietary supplements are continuously introducing and marketing new product offerings in order to appeal to growing consumer awareness regarding health and wellness and preventative medicine. |
| Growth in drug treatments and availability The volume of pharmaceutical products available in the market has been expanding for both branded and generic drugs. The demand for generic drugs may accelerate as some branded pharmaceutical products become available in generic formulations after the expiration of patents. While our branded business is set to grow with the overall market, we also expect to benefit from the growth of generic pharmaceuticals. |
| Evolving regulatory standards and regulations Regulatory standards to improve security and prevent drug counterfeiting as well as provide greater, more accessible disclosure to patients and healthcare providers create a dynamic regulatory environment that requires creative, value-added packaging solutions. For example, the blister packaging market is expected to benefit from the implementation of U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulations requiring all prescribed pharmaceuticals dispensed in hospitals and nursing homes to be packaged in unit dose formats with barcodes in order to reduce dispensing errors. Overall drug spend is also forecast to grow, given recent government legislation and regulation around the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. |
Multi-Media (13% of Fiscal Year 2015 Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Sales)
Our multi-media end market net sales is focused on high quality specialty packaging, which often requires quick response, including commemorative and special editions for home videos, recorded music, video games and software. We produce a full line of printed packaging products for leading multi-media companies including folding cartons, booklets, folders, inserts, cover sheets and slipcases, as well as highly customized, graphical and value-added packaging components. We are one of the largest producers of these products in the North American multi-media end market based on sales.
Acquisition Adjusted Pro Forma Net Sales Within Multi-Media End Market | Net Sales to Multi-Media End Market | |
|
|
Note: 2014 presented on a combined basis. 2015 presented on an acquisition adjusted pro forma basis. Fiscal years ended on June 30.
94
This market is characterized by:
| Digital substitution We believe the combination of our talented sales executives with longstanding customer relationships and our product and operational excellence has allowed us to generate attractive margins and cash flow despite the decline in multi-media packaging demand. The increasing popularity of digital distribution will continue to erode the shipments of physical music and video game and home video units. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessThe impact of electronic media and similar technological changes, including the substitution of physical products for digital content, may continue to adversely affect sales in the multi-media end market. We believe that through our market-leading positions in the multi-media specialty packaging sector we will be able to continue to execute on profitable and opportunistic multi-media packaging business. Moreover, highly anticipated video game launches, such as Grand Theft Auto , and blockbuster movie releases, such as Furious 7 , drive increased demand for gaming and home video, respectively, including higher value-add commemorative editions and box sets, and can generate above average growth and profitability. |
Our Sales and Marketing
We believe we maintain a world class sales and marketing organization with an ability to grow sales with new and existing customers, as well as cross-sell our comprehensive product offerings. The ability to identify and successfully recruit talented sales and marketing executives has contributed to our ability to achieve accelerated growth rates. Each vertical is led by dedicated sales executives who, in collaboration with our executive team, are responsible for maintaining existing relationships and identifying and pursuing a target account list of potential new customers.
We have a proven ability to provide customized solutions that reduce our customers total cost for packaging materials. By seeking out customers who would benefit from value-added solutions, we have been able to consistently expand our customer base and maintain longstanding relationships without competing solely on the basis of price.
Our Customers
We have a broad and diversified customer base. We benefit from longstanding relationships with well-recognized customers in each of our core markets. Our relationships with our top 20 customers average 34 years with no single customer representing more than 5% of acquisition adjusted pro forma net of sales for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2015 and our top ten customers accounting for less than 26% of acquisition adjusted pro forma net sales for the same time period.
Our management is highly focused on creating and maintaining strategic partnerships beyond standard transactional customer relationships. Our customer relationships are reinforced by our innovation, consistent high quality products, integrated service offerings, reliable on-time delivery and outstanding customer service.
Our customer relationships are further entrenched by customer audit specifications and regulatory approvals required for packaging suppliers as well as the inherent risk of switching suppliers. Products are typically complex and involve short-run production lengths, while contracts include multiple SKUs with color and design variability. While secondary packaging is a low proportion of end-product cost or price (in healthcare, for example, it is often less than 1% of end-product cost/price), the potential cost of disruption to a packaging line as a result of poor quality products or unstable supply can be significant. Consequentially, end customers are focused on quality and stability of supply.
95
We maintain multi-year contracts with the majority of our customers with terms of three to four years on average. Consistent with industry practice, we do not typically receive volume commitments from customers, but often have a contractual right to a minimum percentage of a customers spend on identified products. We manage the majority of our raw material costs through a combination of market-based pricing and contracted escalators and de-escalators.
FY 2015 Top Customer Breakdown
Our Facilities
We own or lease 59 manufacturing facilities and several dedicated sales and design offices in the United States and Europe. Our facility network is strategically located in close proximity to key customers.
Location |
Activities |
Approximate
Square Feet |
Owned or Leased | |||||||
North America |
||||||||||
Toronto, Canada |
Manufacturing plant | 145,000 | Owned | |||||||
Aguascalientes, Mexico |
Manufacturing plant | 167,000 | Owned | |||||||
Albuquerque, New Mexico, United States |
Manufacturing plant |
2,500 | In Customer Facility | |||||||
Allegan, MI, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 38,000 | Leased | |||||||
Carlstadt, NJ, United States |
Design center/Sales office | 44,000 | Leased | |||||||
Chicago, IL, United States (2 facilities) |
Manufacturing plant | 149,000 | Leased | |||||||
Dallas, TX, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 96,660 | Leased | |||||||
Denver, CO, United States (2 facilities) |
Manufacturing plant | 56,000 | Leased | |||||||
Glendale, CA, United States |
Design center/Sales office | 18,800 | Leased | |||||||
Greensboro, NC, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 57,000 | Owned | |||||||
Hendersonville, NC, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 180,000 | Owned | |||||||
Hicksville, NY, United States |
Manufacturing plant |
76,800 | Leased | |||||||
Holland, MI, United States |
Manufacturing plant |
9,000 | Leased | |||||||
Holland, MI, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 66,000 | Owned | |||||||
Idaho Falls, ID, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 11,200 | In Customer Facility | |||||||
Indianapolis, IN, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 140,500 | Owned | |||||||
Lansing, MI, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 350,500 | Owned |
96
Location |
Activities |
Approximate
Square Feet |
Owned or Leased | |||||
Lexington, NC, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 100,000 | Owned | |||||
Los Angeles, CA, United States |
Design center/Sales office | 15,000 | Leased | |||||
Louisville, KY, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 60,000 | Owned | |||||
Louisville, KY, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 111,000 | Leased | |||||
Melrose Park, IL, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 250,000 | Leased | |||||
New York, NY, United States |
Executive office | 9,772 | Leased | |||||
Raleigh, NC, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 75,000 | Leased | |||||
San Angelo, TX, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 4,850 | In Customer Facility | |||||
South Plainfield, NJ, United States |
Manufacturing plant | 100,000 | Leased | |||||
Europe |
||||||||
Courcelles, Belgium |
Manufacturing plant | 2,700 | In Customer Facility | |||||
Bornem, Belgium |
Manufacturing plant | 99,000 | Owned | |||||
Ghent, Belgium |
Manufacturing plant | 86,000 | Owned | |||||
Angouleme, France |
Manufacturing plant | 88,000 | Owned | |||||
Montargis, France |
Manufacturing plant | 48,000 | Leased | |||||
St. Pierre, France |
Manufacturing plant | 92,000 | Owned | |||||
Ussel, France |
Manufacturing plant | 43,000 | Owned | |||||
Duren, Germany |
Manufacturing plant | 115,000 | Owned | |||||
Obersulm, Germany |
Manufacturing plant | 214,000 | Owned | |||||
Melle, Germany |
Manufacturing plant | 129,000 | Owned | |||||
Stuttgart, Germany |
Manufacturing plant | 112,000 | Owned | |||||
Dublin, Ireland |
Manufacturing plant | 27,000 | Leased | |||||
Limerick, Ireland |
Manufacturing plant | 31,000 | Owned | |||||
Westport, Ireland |
Manufacturing plant/Sales office | 80,000 | Owned | |||||
Bialystok, Poland |
Manufacturing plant/Design center | 127,000 | Owned | |||||
Tczew, Poland |
Manufacturing plant | 79,000 | Owned | |||||
Oss, The Netherlands |
Manufacturing plant | 35,000 | Leased | |||||
Arbroath, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 105,000 | Leased | |||||
Arbroath, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 23,000 | Owned | |||||
Belfast, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 125,000 | Owned | |||||
Bourne, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 23,700 | Owned | |||||
Bradford, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 83,000 | Owned | |||||
Bristol, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 17,750 | Leased | |||||
East Kilbride, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant/Design center | 223,000 | Owned | |||||
Greenford, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 27,000 | Leased | |||||
Hamilton, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 60,000 | Leased | |||||
Hillington, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 22,000 | Leased | |||||
Leicester, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 156,798 | Owned | |||||
Newcastle, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant/Design center | 183,000 | Owned | |||||
Nottingham, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 107,639 | Owned | |||||
Portsmouth, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 155,000 | Owned | |||||
Swadlincote, United Kingdom |
Logistics center | 93,730 | Owned | |||||
Tewkesbury, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant | 66,000 | Leased | |||||
Wrexham, United Kingdom |
Manufacturing plant/Sales office | 45,907 | Leased | |||||
Asia |
||||||||
Guangzhou, China |
Manufacturing plant/Design center | 174,000 | Owned | |||||
Hong Kong, China |
Design center/Sales office | 2,586 | Leased | |||||
Kunshan, China (2 facilities) |
Manufacturing plant/Sales office | 270,000 | Leased |
We employ a largely integrated, enterprise-wide approach to management of our facilities and fundamental equipment, which enables us to redeploy plant assets and production processes to match customer and
97
profitability objectives. At the same time, facility level specialization of our manufacturing footprint based on customer needs, substrate capabilities and technological offerings allows us to take advantage of enhanced profitability from efficiencies associated with running larger volumes of consistent products at specific locations. Acquired operations also benefit from this approach as business is optimized across the broader facility network incorporating a process of asset redeployment, facility rationalization and targeted capital investment.
Further, we have invested to ensure our facilities provide the scale, geographic coverage, operational flexibility and security of redundant capabilities that sophisticated customers require. Since our inception in 2005, we have pursued a capital investment program, which we believe has provided us with leading technological and operational capabilities and capacity for continued growth. We completed a capital investment program from fiscal year 2012 through fiscal year 2013 that expanded existing co-located facilities, expanded our Poland facility and consolidated two redundant facilities. As a result, our manufacturing platform is well positioned to support the ramp-up of production related to our new business pipeline and continued organic growth. We are able to deliver high quality products and services to our customers by way of the following:
| Security of SupplyThe scale of our multi-site network allows customers to confidently source a large portion of their packaging requirements from us. |
| Fully-Accredited SitesAll our facilities are registered to ISO9000 standards or are cGMP compliant. Many sites conform to relevant market sector standards such as the Pharmaceutical Code of Practice (PS9000), BRC / IoP, HAACP, ISO14001 and 18001. |
| Sites Meet Stringent Customer RequirementsCustomer audits are undertaken for supplier approval and quality certifications. These demanding audits are accompanied by continually evolving and increasingly stringent regulatory standards and requirements. |
Our Manufacturing
Our manufacturing footprint and dedicated sales force are strategically located in close proximity to our clients, which further enables our ability to manage customers in the region. Through continued capital investment and strategic acquisitions, we have become a leading print-based specialty packaging supplier offering a comprehensive range of technological capabilities to our customers. We have invested in state-of-the-art equipment and are a leader in the three principal specialty printing technologies:
| Offset Lithographic Printing In offset printing, rollers apply ink and water to plates which are then transferred to a rubber cylinder that transfers the image onto the paper. The lithographic printing process delivers superior quality graphics and can accommodate a variety of specialty finishes, including foil stamping and embossing. Benefits to offset printing include consistent high image quality and usability on a wide range of printing surfaces. In this process, paper is cut down to sheets (either internally or by outside vendors) and then fed through the printing press. |
| Flexographic Printing In flexo printing, inked rubber or plastic plates with a slightly raised image are rotated on a cylinder which transfers the image directly to the substrate. A versatile printing technology, flexography offers a unique blend of high quality graphics on a wide variety of substrates and supports flexible production requirements. In this process, the presses are web-fed or roll-fed, whereby a large roll of paper or paperboard is fed through the press. |
| Digital Printing Digital printing is ideal for short production runs and on-demand printing. Product concepts and design alternatives can be produced quickly on virtually any substrate. This value-added solution helps customers reduce inventory levels and practically eliminate inventory obsolescence. |
We have also invested in finishing capabilities that utilize a variety of new technologies and equipment, including cutters, folders, gluers and other specialized equipment that we use to create the final product. Our footprint provides redundant and flexible capabilities that enable us to optimize facility loading to most effectively and efficiently service our customers needs.
98
We believe we also have significant available capacity for continued growth by means of our considerable investments in plant infrastructure and information technology systems. Moreover, our core information technology systems are being progressively updated to provide increased functionality and control.
Further contributing to our success is our creative design and product development expertise. Our products are manufactured with various features and finishes, including lamination, stamping, embossing and foil stamping. In addition, we are able to use our extensive decorative technology capabilities to create iridescent, holographic, textured and dimensional effects to provide differentiated packaging to our customers.
While we have undergone a lot of changes, particularly around the perimeter of our business, we are only part of the way through our operational efficiency journey. Going forward, our key areas of operational focus include:
| Operational performance improvement Significant savings could be realized if all sites can be brought up to the average group standard efficiency for key processes. Example areas of focus include machine performance improvements, material yield improvements and improved capacity utilization. For instance, we have yet to realize the full benefits of recent capital expenditures in new presses, which have reduced the number of presses required for the same output and led to lower raw material wastage and direct costs. |
| Additional plant optimization Addressing underperforming plants with scope for further rationalization. Additionally, benefits from recently completed plant consolidations are still being realized. |
| Attractive capital projects Achieving efficiencies from a number of recent capital expenditure projects. Additionally, there are numerous identified capital projects not yet implemented with attractive payback periods. |
| Procurement The procurement function has evolved to a more centralized model globally but has largely focused on key, direct spend items and has yet to tackle its broader indirect purchase envelope which has historically been decentralized with a high number of suppliers to drive further savings. |
| Selling, general and administrative expenses improvement There has been ongoing focus on reducing selling, general and administrative expenses, for example through further clustering of manufacturing sites, whereby facilities are integrated with common facility management teams as well as shared back office services, to drive cost efficiencies. |
Lean manufacturing
We established lean manufacturing principles and have subsequently implemented lean manufacturing across the entire Company, with seven full-time employees dedicated to the implementation of best practices across the Company through the use of lean manufacturing tools. This discipline includes utilizing value stream mapping to identify opportunities for process improvement. We have realized significant benefits from lean manufacturing initiatives including shorter make-ready times, improved production workflow, faster cycle times, expanded capacity and reduced waste. Lean manufacturing benefits are essential components of our ability to compete and deal with the impacts of employee salary increases and raw material price increases. We maintain one of the key principles of lean manufacturing, continuous operational improvement, at the center of our corporate philosophy. As a reflection of this, we have implemented lean manufacturing at all acquired companies and conduct weekly and monthly calls to share best practices across facilities. We rigorously evaluate our manufacturing footprint on an ongoing basis by measuring several key performance indicators, including downtime, make-ready time and run speed, to identify underperforming facilities and ensure that measures are taken to bring them up to our company-wide manufacturing efficiency standards.
Our Suppliers and Raw Materials
Our largest raw material expenses are related to our major product substrates, including paperboard, paper, sheeted plastic and label stock. We also purchase inks, varnishes, coatings, adhesives and corrugated boxes that
99
are used in the manufacturing process. We have a centralized purchasing function that allows us to leverage our growing scale to achieve competitive material pricing. Further, we have consistently used our scale to lower input costs at acquired businesses.
We utilize a diversified and global sourcing model with the ability to procure each key substrate from a variety of sources. We price non-contractual business based on prevailing raw material costs, which we believe mitigates the impact of rising input prices. All primary materials are available from multiple suppliers and we have not experienced any material disruptions in our ability to procure key inputs. We have been able to effectively manage raw material costs since our founding, including during periods of rapidly escalating commodity prices, either through contractual pass-through mechanisms or transactional business.
Seasonality
Net sales in our geographical segment markets are somewhat seasonal, with consumer and multi-media market net sales higher in the first and second quarter of the fiscal year due to the need to satisfy holiday-related packaging needs of our customers. Cash flow in our business is also seasonal, with sources of working capital generally provided in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, and investments in working capital in the first and third fiscal quarters.
Research and Development
We employ ten professionals in Europe and the United States to work on new technological developments and customer-focused solutions. The trademarked technologies employed by MPS were developed internally by MPS, and continue to be refined to provide more value-add to our customers. We also focus on the creation of compliance packaging for the healthcare industry, and we have successfully launched a number of products that are extensively used by our healthcare customers.
Intellectual Property and Licenses
Although our business is not dependent to any significant extent upon any single or related group of intellectual property, we have registered intellectual property in the United States and in a number of foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we have a book of copyrights. Further, we do not believe our licenses to third-party intellectual property are significant to our business other than licenses to commercially available third-party software.
Our Employees
As of June 30, 2015, we employed approximately 8,900 people, of which approximately 3,400 are located in North America, 4,600 are located in Europe and the remainder are located in Asia. The majority of our workforce is non-union; however, we participate in multiple collective bargaining agreements with various unions, which provide specified benefits to certain union employees. Approximately 7% of our employees in North America and approximately 72% of our employees in Europe are members of a union or works council or otherwise covered by labor agreements. The collective bargaining contract agreements with our North American unions are set to expire at various dates between 2016 and 2017, at which time we expect to negotiate a renewal of the agreements.
Health, Safety and Environmental Matters and Governmental Regulation
Our business and facilities are subject to a wide range of federal, state, local and foreign general and industry-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, management and disposal of regulated materials and site remediation. Certain of our operations require environmental permits or other approvals from governmental authorities, and certain of these
100
permits and approvals are subject to expiration, denial, revocation or modification under various circumstances. We are also subject to frequent inspections and monitoring by government enforcement authorities. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits and approvals is a significant factor in our business. We incur, from time to time, and may incur in the future, significant capital and operating expenditures to achieve and maintain compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations, permits and approvals. Our failure to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations or permit or approval requirements could result in substantial civil or criminal fines or penalties or enforcement actions, including regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring remedial or corrective measures, installation of pollution control equipment or other actions or costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
In addition, as an owner and operator of real estate, we may be responsible under environmental laws and regulations for the investigation, remediation and monitoring, as well as associated costs, expenses and third-party damages, including tort liability and natural resource damages, relating to past or present releases or threats of releases of regulated materials at, on, under or from our properties. Liability under these laws may be imposed without regard to whether we knew of or were responsible for, the presence of those materials on our property, may be joint and several, meaning that the entire liability may be imposed on each party without regard to contribution, and retroactive and may not be limited to the value of the property. In addition, we or others may discover new material environmental liabilities, including liabilities related to third-party owned properties that we or our predecessors formerly owned or operated, or at which we or our predecessors have disposed of, or arranged for the disposal of, certain materials.
We may be involved in administrative or judicial proceedings and inquiries in the future relating to such environmental matters, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
New environmental laws or regulations (or changes in existing laws or regulations or their enforcement) may be enacted that require significant expenditures by us. If the resulting expenses significantly exceed our expectations, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
We are also subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign requirements concerning safety and health conditions at our manufacturing facilities. We may also be subject to material financial penalties or liabilities for non-compliance with those safety and health requirements, as well as potential business disruption, if any of our facilities or a portion of any facility is required to be temporarily closed as a result of any significant injury or any non-compliance with applicable requirements. Such financial penalties or liabilities or business disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our manufacturing facilities are run in compliance with the rules and requirements set forth by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are in compliance, in all material respects, with these laws and regulations.
We are committed to ensuring that safe operating practices are established, implemented and maintained throughout our organization. In addition, we have instituted active health and safety programs throughout our company.
Legal Proceedings
We are from time to time party to legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We are not involved in any litigation other than that which has arisen in the ordinary course of business. We do not expect that any currently pending lawsuits will have a material effect on us. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessWe are subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business, and uninsured judgments or a rise in insurance premiums may adversely impact our results of operations.
101
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and our Board of Directors:
Name |
Age |
Position |
||||
Marc Shore |
61 | Chief Executive Officer and Director Nominee (1) | ||||
Dennis Kaltman |
50 | President | ||||
Rick Smith |
46 | Executive Vice President | ||||
William H. Hogan |
56 | Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President | ||||
Zeina Bain |
38 | Director Nominee (1) | ||||
George Bayly |
73 | Director Nominee (1) | ||||
Richard H. Copans |
39 | Director Nominee (1) | ||||
Eric Kump |
45 | Director | ||||
Gary McGann |
65 | Director Nominee (1) | ||||
Thomas S. Souleles |
47 | Director |
(1) | Each noted individual has agreed to become a director and it is expected that such individuals shall be appointed to the Board of Directors on or prior to the closing of this offering. |
Marc Shore, Chief Executive Officer and Director Nominee. Mr. Shore joined MPS in March 2005. Mr. Shore has 38 years of experience in the print-based specialty packaging industry. Prior to joining MPS, Mr. Shore was CEO of Shorewood Packaging, which grew under his direction from $72 million in sales to $680 million, becoming one of the largest independent packaging companies in North America at that time. Mr. Shore led Shorewood through a successful IPO in 1986 and for 14 years as a public company, before its sale to International Paper (IP). Following IPs acquisition of Shorewood in 2000, Mr. Shore continued as President of the business and as a corporate officer of IP until 2004. Mr. Shore received his B.S. in business administration from Boston University. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Shore should serve as a director because of his leadership role with our company and his extensive experience in and knowledge of the packaging industry.
Dennis Kaltman, President and Director Nominee. Mr. Kaltman joined MPS in July 2005. Mr. Kaltman has more than 20 years of experience in the print-based specialty packaging industry. Prior to joining MPS, Mr. Kaltman served as Senior Vice President of IPs Home Entertainment Packaging Division. Before joining IP, Mr. Kaltman was Senior Vice President of Shorewood Packaging from 1998 to 2000 and was Senior Vice President of Queens Group from 1990 to 1998. Queens Group was acquired by Shorewood Packaging in 1998. Mr. Kaltman and Mr. Shore have worked together for 17 years. Mr. Kaltman received his B.A. in political science from Northwestern University and his M.B.A. from Columbia University.
Rick Smith, Executive Vice President and Director Nominee. Rick Smith joined MPS in 2014 after the consummation of the Chesapeake Transaction. Mr. Smith has more than 20 years of experience in the print and packaging sector. Prior to joining MPS, Mr. Smith served as Chief Financial Officer for Chesapeake and had been with the company for 18 years. Mr. Smith received his ACMA from the University of Derby and his DMS from Nottingham Trent University.
William H. Hogan, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President. Mr. Hogan joined MPS in February 2006. Mr. Hogan has 30 years of experience in the print and packaging industry. Prior to joining MPS, Mr. Hogan spent one year with Computer Associates International as Senior Vice President of Finance. Before joining Computer Associates, Mr. Hogan served as Chief Financial Officer of IP Europe from 2001 to 2004. Before joining IP, Mr. Hogan served in various finance capacities at Shorewood from 1995 to 2000 and as Chief Financial Officer from 2000 to 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Hogan was a professional at Deloitte. Mr. Hogan has worked with Mr. Shore for more than 30 years, both at Deloitte and Shorewood, and with Mr. Kaltman for more than 10 years. Mr. Hogan is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Hogan received his B.S. in accounting from the State University of New York at Geneseo.
102
Zeina Bain, Director Nominee. Ms. Bain is a Managing Director at Carlyle and she advises on European buyout opportunities. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2001, Ms. Bain was an associate at European Digital Capital, a technology venture capital fund, and she also previously worked as an investment banking analyst in the emerging markets group at Merrill Lynch. Ms. Bain received her B.A. in philosophy, politics and economics from Oxford University. Ms. Bain is an observer on the Board of Directors of Axalta Coating Systems Limited and formerly served on the boards of directors of AZ Electronic Materials, Britax Childcare, Firth Rixson and RAC Limited, among others. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Ms. Bain should serve as a director because she brings extensive experience regarding the management of public and private companies and has significant core business skills, including financial and strategic planning.
George Bayly , Director Nominee . Mr. Bayly currently serves as principal of Whitehall Investors, LLC, a consulting and venture capital firm, having served in that role since August 2008. Mr. Bayly served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Altivity Packaging LLC, a maker of consumer packaging products and services, from September 2006 to March 2008. He also served as Co-Chairman of U.S. Can Corporation from 2003 to 2006 and Chief Executive Officer in 2005. In addition, from January 1991 to December 2002, Mr. Bayly served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Ivex Packaging Corporation. From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Bayly served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Olympic Packaging, Inc. Mr. Bayly also held various management positions with Packaging Corporation of America from 1973 to 1987. Prior to joining Packaging Corporation of America, Mr. Bayly served as a Lieutenant Commander in the United States Navy. Mr. Bayly currently serves on the Board of Directors of ACCO Brands Corporation and Treehouse Foods, Inc. and formerly served on the board of directors of Graphic Packaging Holding Co. Mr. Bayly holds a B.S. from Miami University and an M.B.A. from Northwestern University. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Bayly should serve as a director because of his experience as a former executive of numerous packaging companies and his extensive understanding of the operational, financial and strategic issues facing public and private companies.
Richard H. Copans, Director Nominee. Mr. Copans is a Managing Director at Madison Dearborn concentrating on investments in the basic industries sector. Prior to joining Madison Dearborn in 2005, Mr. Copans was an analyst with Thomas H. Lee Partners and Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Copans received his A.B. in economics from Duke University and his M.B.A. from Northwestern Universitys J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management. Mr. Copans formerly served on the boards of directors of BWAY Holding Company, Schrader International and Yankee Candle Company, Inc. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Copans should serve as a director because he brings, among other things, extensive financial and management expertise and experience, extensive knowledge of and experience in the packaging industry and manufacturing sector and general business and financial acumen.
Eric Kump, Director . Mr. Kump became a director in June 2015. Mr. Kump is a Managing Director at Carlyle with responsibility for coverage of the U.K. market. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2010, Mr. Kump was a Managing Director and head of the London-based private equity team of Dubai International Capital (DIC). While at DIC, he was on the board of various investments including Alliance Medical, Almatis, Travelodge, Mauser Group and Merlin Entertainments Group. Prior to that, he was a Managing Director with Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity (MLGPE), where he was a member of the investment committee and a director of numerous portfolio companies. While at MLGPE, he focused on investments in a range of industries, including financial services, consumer, distribution, industrial and healthcare. Mr. Kump received his B.A. in finance and accounting from Pace University and his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Kump currently sits on the board of directors of Integrated Dental Holdings Limited. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Kump should serve as a director because he brings extensive experience regarding the management of public and private companies and has significant core business skills, including financial and strategic planning.
Gary McGann , Director Nominee . Mr. McGann was previously Chief Executive Officer of the Smurfit Kappa Group from 2002 until his retirement in 2015 and President and Chief Operations Officer of the Smurfit Group from 2000 to 2002. He joined the Smurfit Group in 1998 as Chief Financial Officer. He has held a number of
103
senior positions in both the private and public sectors over the previous 20 years, including Chief Executive of Gilbeys of Ireland Group and Aer Lingus Group plc. He is Chairman of Paddy Power plc and Aon Ireland, a non-executive Director of the Smurfit Kappa Group, Green REIT plc and the Irish Business Employers Confederation, a former member of the European Round Table of Industrialists and Chairman of the Confederation of European Paper Industries. Mr. McGann obtained a B.A. from University College Dublin and holds a M.S. degree in Management Science. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Certified Accountants (FCCA) and an Honorary Fellow of the National College of Ireland. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. McGann should serve as a director because of his experience in and knowledge of the packaging industry and his extensive understanding of the operational, financial and strategic issues facing public and private companies.
Thomas S. Souleles, Director . Mr. Souleles became a director in June 2015. Mr. Souleles is a Managing Director at Madison Dearborn concentrating on investments in the basic industries sector. Prior to joining Madison Dearborn in 1995, Mr. Souleles was with Wasserstein Perella & Co., Inc. Mr. Souleles received his A.B. in The Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs from Princeton University, his J.D. from Harvard Law School and his M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. Mr. Souleles currently sits on the boards of directors of Packaging Corporation of America and Childrens Hospital of Chicago Medical Center, and on the board of trustees of the National Multiple Sclerosis Society, Greater Illinois Chapter. Our Board of Directors has concluded that Mr. Souleles should serve as a director because he brings, among other things, extensive financial and management expertise and experience, extensive knowledge of and experience in the packaging industry and basic industries sector and general business and financial acumen.
Controlled Company
For purposes of the rules of the NYSE, we expect to be a controlled company. Controlled companies under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. We expect that affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn will collectively continue to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common shares upon completion of this offering and will continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of our Board of Directors for nomination for election and the voting power to elect such directors following this offering. Accordingly, we expect to be eligible to, and we intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from corporate governance requirements provided in the rules of the NYSE. Specifically, as a controlled company, we would not be required to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, (iii) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors or (iv) an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. Therefore, following this offering we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations; accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE rules. The controlled company exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NYSE rules, which require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our common shares on the NYSE, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and each of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.
Board of Directors Composition
Our Board of Directors currently consists of two members and following this offering will consist of seven members. Mr. Shore will be our Chairman of the Board of Directors. The exact number of members on our Board of Directors may be modified from time to time by the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may fill any vacancies subject to the terms of our shareholders agreement. Following this offering, our Board of
104
Directors will be divided into three classes whose members serve three-year terms expiring in successive years. Directors hold office until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their respective death, resignation or removal.
At each annual meeting of shareholders, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting of shareholders following such election. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
We expect to enter into a shareholders agreement with affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, pursuant to the shareholders agreement, affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn will each have the right to designate two of our seven directors. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsShareholders Agreement.
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board of Directors focused primarily on each persons background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate diversity of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
Board of Directors Committees
Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will direct the management of our business and affairs and conduct its business through its meetings and three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, from time to time, other committees may be established under the direction of our Board of Directors when necessary or advisable to address specific issues.
Each of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board of Directors. A copy of each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee charters will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee, which following this offering will consist of Messrs. McGann (Chairman) and Bayly and Ms. Bain, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, assisting our Board of Directors in overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and other internal control processes, the audits and integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. Our audit committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm.
Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. McGann and Bayly and Ms. Bain are each an audit committee financial expert as such term is defined under the applicable regulations of the SEC and have the requisite accounting or related financial management expertise and financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Our Board of Directors has also determined that Messrs. McGann and Bayly are independent under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and the NYSE standard, for purposes of the audit committee. Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act requires
105
us to have (i) a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and (ii) all independent audit committee members (within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NYSE standard) within one year of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We intend to comply with these independence requirements within the appropriate time periods. All members of our audit committee are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, are familiar with finance and accounting practices and principles and are financially literate.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee, which following this offering will consist of Messrs. Kump (Chairman), Bayly and Souleles, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, reviewing and approving the compensation philosophy for our Chief Executive Officer, reviewing and approving all forms of compensation and benefits to be provided to our other executive officers and reviewing and overseeing the administration of our equity incentive plans.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee, which following this offering we expect will consist of Messrs. Copans (Chairman), Shore and McGann, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, identifying and recommending candidates to our Board of Directors for election to our Board of Directors, reviewing the composition of members of our Board of Directors and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us and overseeing our Board of Directors and its committees evaluations.
Code of Conduct and Business Ethics
We expect to adopt a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics that applies to all of our directors and employees, including our executive officers. A copy of the Code of Conduct and Business Ethics will be available on our website and will also be provided to any person without charge.
106
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program offered to our named executive officers identified below. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, our named executive officers were:
| Marc Shore, Chief Executive Officer; |
| William Hogan, Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer; |
| Dennis Kaltman, President; and |
| Mike Cheetham, Former President Europe. |
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.
We are an emerging growth company, within the meaning of the JOBS Act, and have elected to comply with the reduced compensation disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act.
2015 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.
Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Salary
($) |
Stock
Awards ($) |
Option
Awards ($) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
All Other
Compensation ($) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Marc Shore |
2015 | 1,087,738 | 1,300,000 | (2) | 54,550 | 2,442,288 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer |
2014 | 1,066,410 | 2,730,000(1 | ) | 2,418,390(1 | ) | 600,000 | (2) | 4,804,751 | (4) | 11,619,551 | |||||||||||||||||
William Hogan |
2015 | 370,005 | 810,000 | (2) | 11,301 | 1,191,306 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer |
2014 | 346,706 | 980,000(1 | ) | 868,140(1 | ) | 330,000 | (2) | 405,207 | (4) | 2,930,053 | |||||||||||||||||
Dennis Kaltman |
2015 | 450,000 | 1,000,000 | (2) | 14,884 | 1,464,884 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
President |
2014 | 420,250 | 1,575,000(1 | ) | 1,395,225(1 | ) | 400,000 | (2) | 413,329 | (4) | 4,203,804 | |||||||||||||||||
Mike Cheetham |
2015 | 263,091 | 1,204,815 | 1,467,906 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former President Europe (3) |
(1) | Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of the incentive units and restricted common units in Mustang Investment Holdings L.P. (Mustang Holdings) computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the applicable named executive officer. The assumptions used in the valuation of such units are set forth in Note 20 to the audited consolidated financial statements of MPS Limited appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that, despite the fact that the incentive units in Mustang Holdings do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options, and as such, they are properly classified as options under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act as an instrument with an option-like feature and are thus reflected in the Option Awards column. |
107
(2) | Amounts set forth in this column with respect to the fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively, reflect annual cash bonus compensation earned with respect to fiscal years ended June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively, and paid in fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2015, respectively. |
(3) | Amounts paid to Mr. Cheetham were paid in British pound sterling. Such payments were converted to U.S. dollars at a conversion rate of U.S. $1.5822 per 1.00 British pound sterling. |
(4) | Amounts include change in control bonuses paid to Messrs. Shore, Hogan and Kaltman in connection with the consummation of the Madison Dearborn Transaction. Such change in control bonuses for Messrs. Shore, Hogan and Kaltman equaled $1,967,147, $396,151 and $399,883, respectively |
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table
The primary elements of compensation for our named executive officers are base salaries, annual cash bonuses and long-term equity-based compensation awards. The named executive officers also participate in employee benefit plans and programs that we offer to our other full-time employees in similar geographic areas.
Base Salaries
Our named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for the satisfactory performance of services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executives skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for our named executive officers have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent. The base salary for Mr. Shore was originally established in his employment agreement, but was increased for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015.
Annual Cash Bonuses
Our named executive officers have the opportunity to earn annual performance bonuses based on the achievement of short-term performance goals. In the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015, our named executive officers participated in our Manager Incentive Plan and were eligible for bonuses generally based on individual performance and EBITDA goals. In addition, our named executive officers were eligible to receive bonuses based on their performance in connection with the integration of the Mustang and CF2 businesses following the Merger. The actual amounts that our named executive officers received under our annual cash bonus program are set forth in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table above.
Equity Compensation
Our named executive officers did not receive any equity compensation awards in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015. However, our named executive officers (other than Mr. Cheetham) do hold certain incentive units in Mustang Holdings. The incentive units were awarded in connection with the Merger and are expected to remain outstanding following this offering in accordance with their terms. The incentive units are intended to be profits interests and have a distribution threshold of $10 per incentive unit. Refer to the Outstanding Equity Awards as of June 30, 2015 table for a description of the vesting terms that apply to these incentive units.
In addition to the incentive units, the named executive officers, other than Mr. Cheetham, also hold common units in Mustang Holdings. The common units were originally shares of common stock in Mustang that were converted into common units in connection with the Merger. The original shares of common stock in Mustang were purchased by our named executive officers, other than Mr. Cheetham, using promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $5,285,000 and each of such named executive officers has currently pledged his units as collateral for his note. Each promissory note is due on August 14, 2019, subject to earlier payment in connection with (i) termination of employment, (ii) filing of a registration statement by Mustang (or any parent or subsidiary thereof), (iii) a change in control, (iv) applicable changes in law, (v) impermissible transfers and (vi) dividends and distributions. However, any payment obligation in connection with the filing of this registration statement has been waived. The promissory notes accrue interest semi-annually at a rate of 1.62%, which is payable on the due date of the notes. Mustang distributed
108
these notes to Mustang Intermediate Investments S.à r.l. (Mustang S.à r.l.), effective as of the closing date of the Merger, and they are currently held by Mustang S.à r.l. The common units are expected to remain outstanding following this offering in accordance with their terms. Refer to the Outstanding Equity Awards as of June 30, 2015 table for a description of the vesting terms that apply to certain of these common units.
Mr. Cheetham received Class A Units in Chesapeake Holdings Ltd. in connection with the combination transaction between Chesapeake and Mustang. Subject to the terms of Mr. Cheethams separation agreement described below, certain of these Class A Units are expected to remain outstanding following this offering in accordance with their terms. Refer to the Outstanding Equity Awards as of June 30, 2015 table for a description of the restrictions that apply to the equity award held by Mr. Cheetham.
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2015 Plan to facilitate the grant of cash and equity-based incentives to our directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants, and to enable our company to obtain and retain the services of these individuals, which we believe is essential to our long-term success. See the section titled 2015 Incentive Plan below for additional information about the 2015 Plan.
Other Compensation
In addition to the compensation described above, we provided our named executive officers with certain additional perquisites and benefits. In particular, in 2015, we provided Mr. Shore with certain split dollar life insurance benefits at an aggregate cost of $40,000. Messrs. Shore, Kaltman and Hogan were also provided with certain automobile allowances and employer matching contributions under our qualified retirement plan. Further, Mr. Cheetham was provided with an employer pension contribution (including a retirement supplement) equal to $44,329 and an automobile allowance.
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year-End
The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of June 30, 2015.
Option Awards (1) | Stock Awards (2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name (a) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable (b) |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (c) |
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) (d) |
Option
Exercise Price ($) (e) |
Option
Expiration Date (f) |
Number
of Units That Have Not Vested (#) (g) |
Market
Value of Units That Have Not Vested ($) (h) |
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Units That Have Not Vested (#) (i) |
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Units That Have Not Vested ($) (j) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marc Shore |
218,400 | (3) | 234,000 | (4) | n/a | n/a | 218,400 | (5) | 4,368,000 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
William Hogan |
78,400 | (3) | 84,000 | (4) | n/a | n/a | 78,400 | (5) | 1,568,000 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Dennis Kaltman |
126,000 | (3) | 135,000 | (4) | n/a | n/a | 126,000 | (5) | 2,520,000 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Cheetham |
33,750 | (6) | 833,028 | (7) | | |
(1) | The awards reported in these columns reflect the incentive units in Mustang Holdings granted to our named executive officers. We believe that, despite the fact that the incentive units do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options, and as such, they are properly classified as options under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act as an instrument with an option-like feature. |
(2) | The awards reported in these columns reflect the restricted common units in Mustang Holdings granted to our named executive officers. |
(3) | Represents the number of incentive units in Mustang Holdings subject to time-based vesting that are held by the applicable named executive officer. The remaining unvested incentive units for each such named executive officer will vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 15, 2015. The incentive units are intended to be profits interests and have a distribution threshold of $10 per incentive unit. |
109
(4) | Represents the number of incentive units in Mustang Holdings subject to return-based vesting that are held by the applicable named executive officer. Fifty percent (50%) of such units will vest upon the achievement by funds advised by Madison Dearborn of an internal rate of return of at least 15% on its units in Mustang Holdings. An additional 50% of such units will vest upon the achievement by such funds of an internal rate of return of at least 20% on its units in Mustang Holdings. The incentive units are intended to be profits interests and have a distribution threshold of $10 per incentive unit. |
(5) | Represents the number of restricted common units in Mustang Holdings subject to time-based vesting that are held by the applicable named executive officer. The remaining unvested restricted common units for each such named executive officer will vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 15, 2015. |
(6) | Represents the number of unvested Class A Units in Chesapeake Holdings Limited held by Mr. Cheetham. Such Class A Units are no longer subject to time- or performance-based vesting, but remain subject to repurchase by Chesapeake Holdings Limited at cost. |
(7) | Market value is denominated in British pounds sterling. Such value was converted to U.S. dollars at a conversion rate of U.S. $1.5822 per 1.00 British pound sterling. |
CEO Employment Agreement
Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., one of our subsidiaries, and CF2 have entered into an employment agreement with Marc Shore, our current Chief Executive Officer. The agreement was entered into in February 2014 and has an initial term through August 15, 2018. The agreement entitles Mr. Shore to an initial base salary of $1,066,410 and an annual bonus opportunity of $200,000 at target, with the actual amount determined by the board of directors of CF2 (the Parent Board) based on the achievement of certain performance objectives and a maximum annual bonus of $500,000. Mr. Shores employment agreement also entitles him to an automobile allowance of up to $2,000 per month. Mr. Shores base salary and bonus earned in respect of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 exceeded the amounts required under his employment agreement.
In the event that Mr. Shore is terminated by us without cause or resigns for good reason (as such terms are defined below), subject to his timely execution of a release of claims in our favor, Mr. Shore is entitled to receive a pro-rata bonus for the year of termination and his annual base salary through the first anniversary of the date of termination. In addition, if Mr. Shore elects COBRA continuation of health coverage, we must pay the premiums of such coverage on a monthly basis for a period of 12 months after his termination.
The employment agreement contains restrictive covenants pursuant to which Mr. Shore has agreed to refrain from competing with us for a period of one year after his termination of employment or soliciting our employees or consultants following his termination of employment for a period of two years thereafter.
For purposes of Mr. Shores employment agreement, cause generally means Mr. Shores (i) conviction of a misdemeanor involving dishonesty, disloyalty or moral turpitude, or of a felony, (ii) commission of any willful act or omission involving fraud or material dishonesty, (iii) use of illegal drugs, repetitive abuse of other drugs or repetitive excess consumption of alcohol interfering with Mr. Shores performance of his duties, (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with Mr. Shores duties, provided that Mr. Shore does not cure such misconduct within 30 days following receipt of written notice from us, (v) continued failure, whether willful, intentional or negligent, to perform substantially his duties, provided that Mr. Shore does not cure such failure within 30 days following receipt of written notice from us, (vi) a material misrepresentation in respect to the representations and warranties made under the employment agreement, or a material breach of any covenant, obligation or provision of the employment agreement, provided that Mr. Shore does not cure such breach within 30 days following receipt of written notice from us or (vii) a failure or refusal to follow a lawful directive of the Parent Board after the Parent Board gives Mr. Shore notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure his performance.
For purposes of Mr. Shores employment agreement, good reason generally means the occurrence of any of the following, without his consent: (i) our failure to pay any compensation or provide any benefits to which he is entitled under his employment agreement, (ii) a change in his title to a lesser title or a reduction in his responsibilities to a level
110
materially inconsistent with the titles he holds, (iii) CF2 failing to cause Mr. Shore to be elected to the Parent Board, (iv) CF2 changing Mr. Shores principal place of work to a location other than in New York City, Westchester County, New York, or Fairfield County, Connecticut or (v) a sale of all or substantially all of our or CF2s equity securities and/or assets to International Paper Company; provided that Mr. Shore must deliver to us written notice of his resignation for good reason within 45 days of the occurrence of such event, we do not cure the good reason within 45 days of receiving such written notice and Mr. Shore subsequently resigns within 30 days thereafter.
Separation Agreement
Mr. Cheetham entered into a separation agreement in connection with his termination of employment. Pursuant to the separation agreement, Mr. Cheetham received the amounts set forth in the All Other Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table above, which include (i) cash payments in an aggregate amount equal to $1,049,933 and (ii) the value of recognition of one additional year of service for purposes of the Companys defined benefit scheme (equal to $98,096). In addition, pursuant to the separation agreement, Chesapeake Holdings Ltd. and CEP III Chase S.à.r.l. forfeited any right to repurchase the vested portion of Mr. Cheethams Class A Units in Chesapeake Holdings Ltd. The separation agreement included a customary release of claims and confidentiality restrictions.
2015 Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2015 Plan, subject to approval by our shareholders, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the 2015 Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the 2015 Plan and, accordingly, this summary is subject to change.
Eligibility and Administration . Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan. Following our initial public offering, the 2015 Plan will be administered by our Board of Directors, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (collectively, the plan administrator), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under the 2015 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, NYSE rules and other laws, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2015 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions. The plan administrator will also set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2015 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration conditions.
Limitation on Awards and Shares Available . An aggregate of 9,000,000 common shares will initially be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan. Shares issued under the 2015 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased in the open market or treasury shares.
If an award under the 2015 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the 2015 Plan. Awards granted under the 2015 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under, and future awards granted under the 2015 Plan in respect of shares reserved, but not yet granted under, a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which we enter into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2015 Plan, but will count against the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options. The maximum aggregate number of common shares with respect to one or more awards granted to any one person pursuant to the 2015 Plan during any fiscal year that are intended to be performance based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and are denominated in common shares is 1,000,000 and the maximum amount of cash that may be paid to any one person during any fiscal year with respect to one or more awards
111
payable in cash and not denominated in common shares is $5,000,000, provided that the foregoing limit (a) shall be multiplied by two with respect to awards denominated in shares and awards paid in cash to any person during the first fiscal year in which he or she commences employment and (b) shall not apply prior to the earliest of (i) the first material modification to the 2015 Plan, (ii) the issuance of all common shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan, (iii) the first annual shareholders meeting after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year of the initial public offering or (iv) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, the maximum aggregate grant date fair value as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), of awards granted to any non-employee director for services as a director pursuant to the 2015 Plan during any fiscal year may not exceed $500,000 (or, in the fiscal year of any directors initial service, $750,000). The plan administrator may, however, make exceptions to such limit on director compensation in extraordinary circumstances, subject to the limitations in the 2015 Plan.
Awards . The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options (ISOs), and nonqualified stock options (NSOs), restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units (RSUs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), and other stock or cash-based awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2015 Plan. Certain awards under the 2015 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards under the 2015 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards other than cash awards generally will be settled in our common shares, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.
| Stock Options and SARs . Stock options provide for the purchase of our common shares in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option and SAR, the exercise price of each option and SAR and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. The exercise price of a stock option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute awards granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option or SAR may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). The maximum aggregate number of common shares with respect to one or more options or SARs that may be granted to any one person during any fiscal year of the Company will be . |
| Restricted Stock and RSUs . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable common shares that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver our common shares in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on our common shares prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. Delivery of the shares underlying RSUs may be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. Conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine. Dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to an award of restricted stock or RSUs, as applicable, with performance-based vesting shall either (i) not be paid or credited or (ii) be accumulated and subject to vesting to the same extent as the related restricted shares or RSUs. Payment of any such dividends or dividend equivalents shall be made as soon as administratively practicable following the time the applicable award vests and become non-forfeitable or such later time as may be set forth in an award agreement. |
112
| Other Stock or Cash-Based Awards . Other stock or cash-based awards are awards of cash, fully vested common shares and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, our common shares or other property. Other stock or cash-based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash-based awards, which may include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions. |
Performance Criteria. The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period. Performance criteria under the 2015 Plan may include, but are not limited to, the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on shareholders equity; total shareholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the companys performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the company or a subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. When determining performance goals, the plan administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the plan administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including, without limitation, non-recurring charges or events, acquisitions or divestitures, changes in the corporate or capital structure, events unrelated to the business or outside of the control of management, foreign exchange considerations, and legal, regulatory, tax or accounting changes.
Certain Transactions . In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our common shares, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2015 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2015 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2015 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the transaction.
Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability and Participant Payments . The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish sub-plans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above. All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by us to the
113
extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2015 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2015 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a promissory note, a market sell order or such other consideration as it deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.
Plan Amendment and Termination . Our Board of Directors may amend awards or amend or terminate the 2015 Plan at any time; however, no amendment, other than an amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2015 Plan, may materially and adversely affect an award outstanding under the 2015 Plan without the consent of the affected participant and shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws and NYSE rules. Further, the plan administrator cannot, without the approval of our shareholders, (a) amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its exercise price per share, (b) cancel any outstanding stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award under the 2015 Plan when the exercise price per share of such stock option or SAR exceeds its fair market value or (c) otherwise reprice any option or SAR. The 2015 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless earlier terminated by our Board of Directors. No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after its termination.
Director Compensation
Directors who are our employees receive no additional compensation for their service on our Board of Directors or its committees. We have not historically, and in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2015 we did not, pay compensation to our directors.
114
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Our Board of Directors expects to adopt a written statement of policy, effective upon completion of this offering, for the evaluation of and the approval, disapproval and monitoring of transactions involving us and related persons. For the purposes of the policy, related persons will include our executive officers, directors and director nominees or their immediate family members, or shareholders owning five percent or more of our outstanding common shares and their immediate family members.
Consulting Services Agreement with Carlyle
Chesapeake Finance 1 Limited, which currently holds a 50% interest in the Company, and CIM Global, L.L.C., an affiliate of Carlyle, are parties to a consulting services agreement relating to the provision of certain financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. We paid a one-time fee in the amount of $5.0 million upon consummation of the Merger for transactional advisory and other services.
Shareholders Agreement
Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we expect to enter into a shareholders agreement with affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, our Board of Directors will initially consist of seven members, with affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn each having the right to designate two members of our Board of Directors. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer shall have the right to serve as Chairman of the Board, who, for so long as he serves as our Chief Executive Officer, will be Mr. Shore. Each of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn, together with their respective affiliates, will agree to vote their shares in favor of such designees.
In addition, we have granted affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common shares held by affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn or to piggyback on such registration statements in certain circumstances. These shares will represent approximately % of our common shares after this offering, or % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full. These common shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. The shareholders agreement will also require us to indemnify certain of our shareholders and their affiliates in connection with any registrations of our securities.
Indemnification Agreements
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. These indemnification agreements provide those directors and officers with contractual rights to indemnification and expense advancement which are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained under Bermuda law. We believe that these indemnification agreements are, in form and substance, substantially similar to those commonly entered into in transactions of like size and complexity sponsored by private equity firms.
Employment Agreements
See Executive and Director CompensationCEO Employment Agreement for information regarding the employment agreement that we have entered into with our Chief Executive Officer.
Net sales to Portfolio Companies of Funds Affiliated with Carlyle or Madison Dearborn
We made net sales of packaging-related products in the amounts of approximately (i) $1.9 million for each of the year ended June 30, 2013 and the combined year ended June 30, 2014 and $0.9 million for the year ended June 30,
115
2015 to NBTY, Inc., a subsidiary of the Carlyle portfolio company, Alphabet Holding Company, Inc.; (ii) $0.4 million for each of the year ended June 30, 2013 and the combined year ended June 30, 2014 and $0.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 to CDW Corporation, a Madison Dearborn portfolio company; and (iii) $0.1 million for each of the combined year ended June 30, 2014 and for the year ended June 30, 2015 to Sage UK Limited, a subsidiary of the Madison Dearborn portfolio company, Sage Products Holdings, LLC. Additionally, we purchased services in the amount of approximately $0.1 million for each of the combined year ended June 30, 2014 and for the year ended June 30, 2015 from Duff & Phelps Corporation, a Carlyle portfolio company.
116
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of October 8, 2015, after giving effect to the Reorg Transactions, by:
| each person known to own beneficially more than 5% of our share capital; |
| each of our directors; |
| each of our named executive officers; |
| all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and |
| each of our other selling shareholders. |
The amounts and percentages of common shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing any other persons percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.
The numbers listed below are based on 61,939,432 common shares outstanding as of October 8, 2015, after giving effect to the Reorg Transactions as if such transactions occurred on that date. As of October 8, 2015, after giving effect to the Reorg Transactions, certain affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn owned approximately 46.85% and 50.00%, respectively, of our common shares.
Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the issued share capital and the business address of each such beneficial owner is c/o Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited, 150 E 52nd St., 28th Floor, New York, New York 10022.
Common Shares of
|
Common Shares of Multi Packaging
Solutions International Limited Beneficially Owned After the Offering |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Excluding Exercise of
|
Including Exercise of
Option to Purchase Additional Common Shares |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||
Principal Shareholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investments funds affiliated with The Carlyle Group (1) |
29,021,195 | 46.85 | % | 26,445,492 | 35.53 | % | 25,039,242 | 33.64 | % | |||||||||||||||
Madison Dearborn (2) |
30,969,716 | 50.00 | % | 27,844,716 | 37.41 | % | 26,438,466 | 35.52 | % | |||||||||||||||
Executive Officers and Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marc Shore (3)(4) |
65,451 | * | 32,812 | * | 32,812 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Dennis Kaltman (3)(5) |
65,451 | * | 32,812 | * | 32,812 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
William H. Hogan (3) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Rick Smith (6) |
464,261 | * | 314,910 | * | 314,910 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Zeina Bain (1) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
George Bayly |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Richard H. Copans (2) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Eric Kump (1) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Gary McGann |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Thomas S. Souleles (2) |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) |
595,163 | * | 380,534 | * | 380,534 | * |
117
* | Denotes less than 1.0% of beneficial ownership. |
(1) | Includes 27,261,354 common shares held by CEP III Chase S.à r.l. (CEP III) and 1,759,841 common shares to be held by Chase Manco, L.P. (Manco LP) upon completion of a pro rata distribution of common shares of the Company (based on an assumed public offering price of $16.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) by Chesapeake Holdings Limited to all of its shareholders as part of the Reorg Transactions following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (the Pro Rata Distribution). Carlyle Group Management L.L.C. is the general partner of The Carlyle Group L.P., which is a publicly traded entity listed on NASDAQ. The Carlyle Group L.P. is the managing member of Carlyle Holdings II GP L.L.C., which is the general partner of Carlyle Holdings II L.P., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings, L.P., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings Sub L.P., which is the sole shareholder of CEP III Managing GP Holdings, Ltd., which is the general partner of CEP III Managing GP, L.P., which is the general partner of Carlyle Europe Partners III, L.P., which is the sole shareholder of CEP III Participations, S.à r.l., SICAR, which is the sole shareholder of CEP II, which is the sole shareholder of Chase Manco, G.P. Limited, which is the general partner of Manco LP. |
Voting and investment determinations with respect to the common shares held by each of CEP III and Manco LP are made by an investment committee of CEP III Managing GP, L.P. comprised of Daniel DAniello, William Conway, David Rubenstein, Louis Gerstner, Allan Holt, Kewsong Lee and Thomas Mayrhofer. Each member of the investment committees disclaims beneficial ownership of such common shares.
The address for each of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings, L.P. and TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings Sub L.P. is c/o Intertrust Corporate Services, 190 Elgin Avenue, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands. The address for CEP III and CEP III Participations, S.à r.l., SICAR is c/o The Carlyle Group, 2, avenue Charles de Gaulle, 4th floor, L -1653 Luxembourg, Luxembourg. The address for each of Chase Manco, G.P. Limited and Manco LP is 1st and 2nd Floors, Elizabeth House, Les Ruettes Brayes, St. Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 1EW. The address of each of the other persons or entities named in this footnote is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004-2505.
(2) | Held by Mustang Investment Holdings L.P. (Mustang Holdings). MDP Global Investors II Limited (MDP Limited) is the general partner of MDP VI Global GP, LP, which in turn is the general partner of each of MDCP VI-A Global Investments LP (Global VI-A), MDCP VI-C Global Investments LP (Global VI-C) and MDCP Executive VI-A Global Investments LP (Global Executive VI-A, together with Global VI-A and Global VI-C, the MDP Global Funds). MDP Limited is also the general partner of Mustang Holdings, and each of the MDP Global Funds, along with certain other persons, is a limited partner of Mustang Holdings. |
Voting and investment determinations by MDP Limited are made by a majority vote of the members of MDP Limited. Each member of MDP Limited disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein.
The address for Mustang Holdings, each of the MDP Global Funds, and MDP Limited is c/o Maples and Calder, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.
118
(3) | Messrs. Shore, Kaltman and Hogan are investors in Mustang Holdings. None of the foregoing persons has direct or indirect voting or dispositive power with respect to our common shares held of record by Mustang Holdings. Messrs. Shore, Kaltman and Hogan will receive their respective pro rata share of the proceeds from the sale of common shares by Mustang Holdings in this offering based on their respective partnership unit interests in Mustang Holdings. |
(4) | Represents an additional 65,451 common shares of which Mr. Shore may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owner by virtue of his ownership of limited partnership unit interests in Manco LP. Manco LP is expected to receive these shares in connection with the Pro Rata Distribution. |
(5) | Represents an additional 65,451 common shares of which Mr. Kaltman may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owner by virtue of his ownership of limited partnership unit interests in Manco LP. Manco LP is expected to receive these shares in connection with the Pro Rata Distribution. |
(6) | Represents 464,261 common shares Mr. Smith is expected to hold directly in the Company in connection with the Pro Rata Distribution. |
(7) | Represents 420,966 common shares Mr. Wenham is expected to hold directly in the Company in connection with the Pro Rata Distribution. Also represents an additional 54,542 common shares of which Mr. Wenham may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owner by virtue of his ownership of limited partnership unit interests in Manco LP. Manco LP is expected to receive these shares in connection with the Pro Rata Distribution. |
(8) | Represents 452,757 common shares Mr. Whitfield is expected to hold directly in the Company upon completion of the Pro Rata Distribution. |
(9) | Represents 517,212 common shares Mr. Cheetham is expected to hold directly in the Company upon completion of the Pro Rata Distribution. |
119
The following is a description of our share capital and the material provisions of our memorandum of association, and other agreements to which we and our shareholders are parties. The following is only a summary and is qualified by applicable law and by the provisions of the memorandum of association and other agreements, copies of which are available as set forth under the caption entitled Where You Can Find More Information.
Issued capital
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 50386. We were incorporated on June 19, 2015. Our registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
The objects of our business are unrestricted, and the Company has the capacity of a natural person. We can therefore undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.
Since our incorporation, other than an increase in our authorized share capital to 1,000,000,000 shares, there have been no material changes to our share capital, mergers, amalgamations or consolidations of us or any of our subsidiaries, no material changes in the mode of conducting our business, no material changes in the types of products produced or services rendered. There have been no bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings with respect to us or our subsidiaries.
There have been no public takeover offers by third parties for our shares nor any public takeover offers by us for the shares of another company that have occurred during the last or current financial years.
Our common shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol MPSX.
Initial settlement of our common shares will take place on the closing date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company (DTC) in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities registered through DTCs book-entry transfer system. Each person beneficially owning common shares registered through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the common shares.
Share Capital
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of issued common shares, par value $1.00 per share, and undesignated shares, par value $1.00 per share that our Board of Directors is authorized to designate from time to time as common shares or as preference shares. Upon completion of this offering, there will be 74,439,432 common shares issued and outstanding and no preference shares issued and outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding common shares prior to completion of this offering are and will be fully paid.
Pursuant to our amended and restated bye-laws, subject to the requirements of the NYSE and to any resolution of the shareholders to the contrary, our Board of Directors is authorized to issue any of our authorized but unissued shares. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares.
Common Shares
Holders of common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares.
120
Unless a different majority is required by law or by our amended and restated bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference shares.
Preference Shares
Pursuant to Bermuda law and our amended and restated bye-laws, our Board of Directors may, by resolution, establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the Board of Directors without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations, as may be established, could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of the company.
Dividend Rights
Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our amended and restated bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares.
Any cash dividends payable to holders of our common shares listed on the NYSE will be paid to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, our paying agent in the United States for disbursement to those holders.
Variation of Rights
If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied either: (i) with the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class; or (ii) with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the relevant class of shareholders at which a quorum consisting of at least two persons holding or representing one-third of the issued shares of the relevant class is present. Our amended and restated bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares. In addition, the creation or issue of preference shares ranking prior to common shares will not be deemed to vary the rights attached to common shares or, subject to the terms of any other class or series of preference shares, to vary the rights attached to any other class or series of preference shares.
Transfer of Shares
Our Board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason, refuse to register the transfer of a share on the basis that it is not fully paid. Our Board of Directors may also refuse to recognize an instrument of transfer of a share unless it is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the transferors right to make the transfer as our Board of Directors shall reasonably require. Subject to these restrictions, a holder of common shares may transfer the title to all or any of his common shares by completing a form of transfer in the form set out in our amended and restated bye-laws (or as near thereto as circumstances permit) or in such other common form as our Board of Directors may accept. The instrument of transfer must be signed by the transferor and transferee, although in the case of a fully paid share our Board of Directors may accept the instrument signed only by the transferor.
121
Where our shares are listed or admitted to trading on any appointed stock exchange, such as the NYSE, they will be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.
Meetings of Shareholders
Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders each calendar year, which we refer to as the annual general meeting. However, the shareholders may by resolution waive this requirement, either for a specific year or period of time, or indefinitely. When the requirement has been so waived, any shareholder may, on notice to the company, terminate the waiver, in which case an annual general meeting must be called. We have chosen not to waive the convening of an annual general meeting.
Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days advance notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may convene an annual general meeting and the chairman or a majority of our directors then in office may convene a special general meeting. Under our amended and restated bye-laws, at least 14 days notice of an annual general meeting or ten days notice of a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Subject to the rules of the NYSE, the quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares.
Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information
Members of the general public have a right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include a companys memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and certain alterations to the memorandum of association. The shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the companys audited financial statements, which must be presented in the annual general meeting. The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than thirty days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.
Election and Removal of Directors
Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors shall consist of such number of directors as the Board of Directors may determine. After this offering, our Board of Directors will consist of seven directors. Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. The initial terms of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors will expire in 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at the annual general meeting will be elected for a three-year term.
122
A shareholder holding not less than 10% in nominal value of the common shares in issue may propose for election as a director someone who is not an existing director or is not proposed by our Board of Directors. Where a Director is to be elected at an annual general meeting, notice of any such proposal for election must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not less than 30 days before or after such anniversary the notice must be given not later than ten days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. Where a Director is to be elected at a special general meeting, that notice must be given not later than seven days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.
For so long as investment funds affiliated with Carlyle and Madison Dearborn collectively own more than 50% of the common shares in issue, collectively, a director may be removed with or without cause by the shareholders, provided notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and a summary of the facts justifying the removal and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.
Once investment funds affiliated with Carlyle and Madison Dearborn collectively cease to own more than 50% of the common shares in issue, collectively, a director may be removed, only with cause, by the shareholders, provided notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and a summary of the facts justifying the removal and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.
Proceedings of Board of Directors
Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. Bermuda law permits individual and corporate directors and there is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares. There is also no requirement in our amended and restated bye-laws or Bermuda law that our directors must retire at a certain age.
The compensation of our directors is determined by the Board of Directors, and there is no requirement that a specified number or percentage of independent directors must approve any such determination. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.
A director who discloses a direct or indirect interest in any contract or arrangement with us as required by Bermuda law is not entitled to vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested unless the chairman of the relevant meeting of the Board of Directors determines that such director is not disqualified from voting.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act.
123
Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty, and that we shall advance funds to our officers and directors for expenses incurred in their defense upon receipt of an undertaking to repay the funds if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the companys directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such directors or officers duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors and officers liability policy for such purpose.
Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws
Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders. Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our Board of Directors and by a resolution of our shareholders including the affirmative vote of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the resolution.
Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a companys issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment that alters or reduces a companys share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Supreme Court of Bermuda. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the companys memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.
Amalgamations and Mergers
The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the companys Board of Directors and by its shareholders. Unless the companys bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.
Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholders shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.
Shareholder Suits
Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the companys memorandum of
124
association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the companys shareholders than that which actually approved it.
When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner that is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the companys affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.
Our amended and restated bye-laws contain a provision by virtue of which our shareholders waive any claim or right of action that they have, both individually and on our behalf, against any director or officer in relation to any action or failure to take action by such director or officer, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. We have been advised by the SEC that in the opinion of the SEC, the operation of this provision as a waiver of the right to sue for violations of federal securities laws would likely be unenforceable in U.S. courts.
Capitalization of Profits and Reserves
Pursuant to our amended and restated bye-laws, our Board of Directors may (i) capitalize any part of the amount of our share premium or other reserve accounts or any amount credited to our profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares) to the shareholders; or (ii) capitalize any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by paying up in full, partly paid or nil paid shares of those shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.
Registrar or Transfer Agent
A register of holders of the common shares is maintained by Codan Services Limited in Bermuda, and a branch register is maintained in the United States by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, which serves as branch registrar and transfer agent.
Untraced Shareholders
Our amended and restated bye-laws provide that our Board of Directors may forfeit any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any shares that remain unclaimed for six years from the date when such monies became due for payment. In addition, we are entitled to cease sending dividend warrants and checks by post or otherwise to a shareholder if such instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, such shareholder on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquires have failed to establish the shareholders new address. This entitlement ceases if the shareholder claims a dividend or cashes a dividend check or a warrant.
Certain Provisions of Bermuda Law
We have been designated by the BMA as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.
The BMA has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares that are the subject of this offering to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. Approvals or permissions given by the BMA do not constitute a guarantee by the BMA as to our performance or our
125
creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, neither the BMA nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda shall be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus. Certain issues and transfers of common shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes require the specific consent of the BMA.
In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust.
126
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and no predictions can be made about the effect, if any, that market sales of common shares or the availability of such common shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, the actual sale of, or the perceived potential for the sale of, our common shares in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price for our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common SharesFuture sales of our common shares in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 74,439,432 outstanding common shares. Of these shares, 18,750,000 common shares will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Generally, the balance of our outstanding common shares are restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations and restrictions that are described below. Common shares purchased by our affiliates will be restricted securities under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Lock-Up Agreements
In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of certain of the representatives of the underwriters. See Underwriting.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the consummation of this offering, a person (or persons whose common shares are required to be aggregated) who is an affiliate and who has beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
| 1% of the number of shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 744,394 shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or |
| the average weekly trading volume in our shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale. |
Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An affiliate is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with an issuer.
Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least 12 months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common shares, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchasers holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
127
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in reliance on Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirement, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.
S-8 Registration Statement
In conjunction with this offering, we expect to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, which will register up to 9,000,000 common shares available for issuance under our equity incentive plans. That registration statement will become effective upon filing, and none of the common shares covered by such registration statement are eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the shareholders agreement that we expect to enter into upon effectiveness of this registration statement, we will grant affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common shares held by affiliates of Carlyle and Madison Dearborn or to piggyback on registration statements in certain circumstances. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions. These shares will represent approximately 71.3% of our common shares outstanding after this offering, or 67.6% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. These shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. Our shareholders agreement will also require us to indemnify certain of our shareholders and their affiliates in connection with any registrations of our securities.
128
BERMUDA COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum of association and bye-laws and by the corporate law of Bermuda. The provisions of the Companies Act, which applies to us, differ in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their stockholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their stockholders.
129
Bermuda |
Delaware |
|
Our bye-laws provide that when a quorum is once present in general meeting it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders. |
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders. |
|
The bye-laws may provide for cumulative voting, although our bye-laws do not. |
The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting. |
|
The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the companys board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the companys bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two or more persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. |
Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting. |
|
Every company may at any meeting of its board of directors sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board of directors deems expedient and in the best interests of the company to do so when authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of issued and outstanding shares of a company entitled to vote. |
Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote. |
|
Any company that is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, or one or more companies which are wholly owned subsidiaries of the same holding company, may amalgamate or merge without the vote or consent of shareholders provided that the approval of the board of directors is obtained and that a director or officer of each such company signs a statutory solvency declaration in respect of the relevant company. |
Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting. |
|
Any mortgage, charge or pledge of a companys property and assets may be authorized without the consent of shareholders subject to any restrictions under the bye-laws. |
Any mortgage or pledge of a corporations property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides. |
|
Directors |
||
The board of directors must consist of at least one director. |
The board of directors must consist of at least one member. |
130
131
132
133
Bermuda |
Delaware |
|
period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. The general meeting will be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution. |
||
Shareholders derivative actions |
||
Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the companys memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the companys shareholders than that which actually approved it. |
In any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholders stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law. |
134
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discussion describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) under present law of an investment in our common shares. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that acquire common shares in exchange for cash in the offering pursuant to this prospectus, hold their common shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. For purposes of this discussion the Company, we, us and our refers to Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited only and not its subsidiaries.
This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States as in effect on the date of this prospectus, including the Code, and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, and any such change could apply retroactively and could affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below. The statements in this prospectus are not binding on the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) or any court, and thus we can provide no assurance that the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. Furthermore, this summary does not address any estate or gift tax consequences, any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences, the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or any other tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences.
In addition, the following discussion does not describe all the tax consequences that may be relevant to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations, such as:
| banks and certain other financial institutions; |
| regulated investment companies; |
| real estate investment trusts; |
| insurance companies; |
| broker-dealers; |
| traders that elect to mark to market; |
| tax-exempt entities; |
| persons liable for alternative minimum tax; |
| U.S. expatriates; |
| persons holding common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion or integrated transaction; |
| persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our stock (by total combined voting power or value); |
| persons that are resident or ordinarily resident in or have a permanent establishment in a jurisdiction outside the United States; |
| persons who acquired common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation; or |
| persons holding common shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities. |
PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES.
135
As used herein, the term U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of our common shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
| a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any State or the District of Columbia; |
| an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
| a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
The tax treatment of a partner in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our common shares generally will depend on such partners status and the activities of the partnership. A U.S. Holder that is a partner in such partnership should consult its tax advisor.
Dividends and Other Distributions on Our Common Shares
As discussed in the Dividend Policy section of this prospectus, we do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. However, subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares generally will be includible, as dividend income, in a U.S. Holders gross income in the year received, to the extent such distributions are paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts, if any, not treated as dividend income will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce a U.S. Holders tax basis in its common shares, but not below zero, and then any excess will be treated as capital gain realized on a sale or other disposition of the common shares. If we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder may be required to treat all distributions as dividends for these purposes. Dividends paid by us will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations. Dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be qualified dividend income, which is taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rate, provided that (1) our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, (3) the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding period requirements and (4) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Under IRS authority, the common shares are considered for purposes of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the NYSE, which we expect our common shares to be. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for qualified dividend income with respect to any distributions paid with respect to our common shares.
The amount of any distribution paid in foreign currency will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such currency, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such distribution is received, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any further gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the currency for a different U.S. dollar amount will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of such property on the date of distribution.
Dividends on our common shares generally will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends constitute qualified dividend income as discussed above, the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will in general be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate applicable to the qualified dividend income, divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for the credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us
136
with respect to our common shares will generally constitute passive category income but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute general category income. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular circumstances and the possibility of claiming an itemized deduction (in lieu of the foreign tax credit) for foreign taxes paid.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Shares
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our common shares, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in such common shares. Any such gain or loss generally will be treated as capital gain or loss and will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holders holding period in the common shares exceeds one year. Non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gain at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. Gain or loss, if any, realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of our common shares generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
We would be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a PFIC) for any taxable year if either: (a) at least 75% of our gross income is passive income for purposes of the PFIC rules or (b) at least 50% of the value of our assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock.
Based on the anticipated market price of our common shares in the offering pursuant to this prospectus, and the current and anticipated composition of our and our subsidiaries income, assets and operations, we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. This is a factual determination, however, that depends among other things on the composition of our and our subsidiaries income and assets, the fair market value of such assets and the market value of our stock, and thus the determination can only be made annually after the close of each taxable year. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year.
If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds common shares, the U.S. Holder could be subject to materially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to certain distributions on, and gain realized from a disposition of, our common shares. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in our common shares.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Distributions with respect to common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. A U.S. Holder may be eligible for an exemption from backup withholding if the U.S. Holder furnishes a correct U.S. federal taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability, and such a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
137
Additional Information Reporting Requirements
Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals may be required to file IRS Form 8938 or otherwise report information relating to an interest in our common shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for common shares held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions).
In addition, a U.S. Holder (including a U.S. tax-exempt entity) that transfers cash in exchange for equity of a newly created non-U.S. corporation may be required to file IRS Form 926 or a similar form if the transferred cash, when aggregated with all transfers made by such person (or any related person), exceeds USD 100,000.
Penalties can apply if U.S. Holders fail to satisfy such reporting requirements. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of these requirements to their acquisition and ownership of our common shares.
U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)
Certain provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations (commonly collectively referred to as FATCA) generally impose a 30% withholding tax regime with respect to certain foreign passthru payments made by a foreign financial institution (an FFI). Under current guidance, it is not clear whether we would be treated as an FFI for purposes of FATCA. If we were to be treated as an FFI, such withholding may be imposed on such payments to any other FFI (including an intermediary through which an investor may hold our common shares) that is not a participating FFI (as defined under FATCA) or any other investor who does not provide information sufficient to establish that the investor is not subject to withholding under FATCA, unless such other FFI or investor is otherwise exempt from FATCA. Under current guidance, the term foreign passthru payment is not defined, and it is therefore not clear whether or to what extent payments on the common shares would be considered foreign passthru payments. Withholding on foreign passthru payments would not be required with respect to payments made before the later of January 1, 2019 and the date of publication in the Federal Register of final regulations defining the term foreign passthru payment. The United States has entered into intergovernmental agreements between the United States and Bermuda and between the United States and the United Kingdom (the IGAs), which potentially modify the FATCA withholding regime described above with respect to us and our common shares. Prospective investors in our common shares should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential impact of FATCA, the IGAs and any non-U.S. legislation implementing FATCA on their potential investment in our common shares.
THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON SHARES UNDER THE INVESTORS OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.
138
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters, we, together with the selling shareholders, have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholders, the number of common shares set forth opposite its name below.
Underwriter |
Number
of Shares |
|||
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith |
||||
Incorporated |
||||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||||
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
||||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC | ||||
Goldman, Sachs & Co. | ||||
UBS Securities LLC | ||||
BMO Capital Markets Corp. | ||||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated | ||||
|
|
|||
Total |
18,750,000 | |||
|
|
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $ per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.
139
The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling shareholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.
Per Share | Without Option | With Option | ||||||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting discount paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting discount paid by the selling shareholders |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders |
$ | $ | $ |
The expenses of the offering, including expenses by the selling shareholders, but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $ and are payable by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (in an amount not to exceed $20,000).
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
The selling shareholders have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,812,500 additional common shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional common shares proportionate to that underwriters initial amount reflected in the above table.
Reserved Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the common shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved common shares it will reduce the number of common shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved common shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other common shares offered by this prospectus.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We, our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, including certain of the selling shareholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly
| offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common shares, |
| sell any option or contract to purchase any common shares, |
| purchase any option or contract to sell any common shares, |
| grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common shares, |
| lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common shares, |
| request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common shares, or |
| enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. |
140
This lock-up provision applies to common shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common shares. It also applies to common shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
Requests for the consent of certain of the representatives of the underwriters to the sale of common shares by us, our executive officers, directors or principal shareholders prior to the expiration of these lock-up agreements will be considered on a case-by-case basis by the representatives. When determining whether or not to grant their consent, the representatives may consider, among other factors, the reasons given by us or the relevant shareholder, as applicable, for requesting the consent, the number of common shares for which the consent is being requested and market conditions at such time.
New York Stock Exchange Listing
Our common shares have been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol MPSX. In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us, the selling shareholders and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:
| the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us; |
| our financial information; |
| the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete; |
| an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues; |
| the present state of our development; and |
| the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours. |
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the common shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the common shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will
141
consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. Naked short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares. As a result, the price of our common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
None of us, the selling shareholders or any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common shares. In addition, none of us, the selling shareholders or any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, the representatives may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. The representatives may allocate a limited number of common shares for sale to their online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on Internet web sites maintained by the representatives. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the web sites of the representatives is not part of this prospectus.
Other Relationships
Affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. have made lending commitments under our Dollar Revolving Credit Facility and affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. have made lending commitments under our Multi-Currency Revolving Credit Facility.
In addition, affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. are lenders under our Dollar Tranche B Term Loan and our Dollar Tranche C Term Loan. As a result, affiliates of certain of the underwriters will be receiving a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have also engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
142
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling shareholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a Relevant Member State), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
A. | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
B. | to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or |
C. | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive. |
Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.
This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the
143
shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are qualified investors (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the Order) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
144
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are sophisticated investors (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), professional investors (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, Japanese Person shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
145
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
(b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, |
securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(a) | to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
(b) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
(c) | where the transfer is by operation of law; |
(d) | as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or |
(e) | as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore. |
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
146
The validity of the common shares being sold in this offering and certain other matters of Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers, Dill & Pearman Pte. Ltd., our special Bermuda counsel. Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York state law will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington, District of Columbia, and for the underwriters by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Ropes & Gray LLP has represented, and from time to time represents, our company and certain of our affiliates other than us in matters unrelated to this offering.
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited at June 30, 2015 and 2014, and for the year ended June 30, 2015 and the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, and the Predecessor period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, appearing in this Prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited (formerly Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited) as of 29 December 2013 (Successor) and 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) and for the periods from 13 June 2013 (date of inception) to 29 December 2013 (Successor) and for the periods from 31 December 2012 through 29 September 2013 and 2 January 2012 through 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, which report expresses an unmodified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
The carve-out financial statements of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC as of September 30, 2014 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2014, included in this Prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The carve-out combined financial statements of the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Cooperatief U.A. as of 30 September 2014 and for the nine-month period ended 30 September 2014, included in this Prospectus, have been so included in the reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 pursuant to the Securities Act, covering the common shares being offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common shares, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed.
147
You may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You can receive copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. The SEC maintains a web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this web site.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act pursuant to Section 13 thereof. Our filings with the SEC (other than those exhibits specifically incorporated by reference into the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part) are not incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares are governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A number of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions. Our registered address in Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
148
Page(s) | ||||
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited - Audited Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-3 | |||
F-4 | ||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014 |
F-5 | |||
F-7 | ||||
F-8 | ||||
F-11 | ||||
F-12 | ||||
F-57 | ||||
F-58 | ||||
F-60 | ||||
F-62 | ||||
F-63 | ||||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at 29 December 2013 (Successor) and 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) |
F-64 | |||
F-65 | ||||
F-66 | ||||
F-118 | ||||
F-120 | ||||
F-121 | ||||
Statement of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 |
F-122 | |||
Statement of Invested Capital for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 |
F-123 | |||
Statement of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 |
F-124 | |||
F-125 |
F-1
F-2
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2015, PERIOD FROM AUGUST 15,
2013 THROUGH JUNE 30, 2014 (SUCCESSOR); AND THE PERIOD FROM JULY 1, 2013
THROUGH AUGUST 14, 2013,
AND THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2013 (PREDECESSOR)
F-3
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders equity (deficiency) and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2015 (Successor), for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 (Successor), for the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 (Predecessor), and for the year ended June 30, 2013 (Predecessor). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule included in the index as Schedule II. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited and subsidiaries at June 30, 2015 and 2014 (Successor), and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2015 and for the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 (Successor) and the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 (Predecessor), and for the year ended June 30, 2013 (Predecessor) in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Detroit, Michigan
September 11, 2015, except for Note 21 and the effects of the common stock transfer and reverse stock split as described in Note 22, as to which the date is October 9, 2015
F-4
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
ASSETS
Successor | ||||||||
June 30, 2015 | June 30, 2014 | |||||||
Current assets |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 55,675 | $ | 27,533 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net |
240,110 | 181,089 | ||||||
Inventories |
171,836 | 144,342 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
26,892 | 20,704 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
8,454 | 24,801 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
502,967 | 398,469 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Property, plant and equipment |
||||||||
Land |
58,316 | 58,489 | ||||||
Buildings and improvements |
58,368 | 57,800 | ||||||
Machinery and equipment |
373,639 | 351,134 | ||||||
Furniture and fixtures |
13,056 | 14,484 | ||||||
Construction in progress |
12,255 | 13,153 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
515,634 | 495,060 | ||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
(86,691 | ) | (41,594 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
428,943 | 453,466 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other long-term assets |
||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
419,733 | 483,943 | ||||||
Goodwill |
474,901 | 490,738 | ||||||
Deferred financing costs, net |
4,311 | 4,812 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
14,568 | 1,473 | ||||||
Other assets |
36,702 | 11,254 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 1,882,125 | $ | 1,844,155 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-5
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
Successor | ||||||||
June 30, 2015 | June 30, 2014 | |||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 176,431 | $ | 170,883 | ||||
Payroll and benefits |
51,606 | 40,006 | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
46,097 | 33,137 | ||||||
Short-term foreign borrowings |
3,488 | 7,883 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
11,740 | 12,650 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
6,022 | 4,269 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
295,384 | 268,828 | ||||||
Long-term debt, less current portion |
1,173,161 | 1,112,669 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
93,061 | 120,686 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
31,829 | 39,440 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
1,593,435 | 1,541,623 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and Contingencies |
||||||||
Shareholders equity (deficiency) |
||||||||
Contributed capital, $1.00 par value, 61,939,432 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2015 and 2014 |
61,939 | 61,939 | ||||||
Paid in capital |
278,695 | 273,536 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(45,365 | ) | (51,864 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
(13,287 | ) | 12,891 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited shareholders equity |
281,982 | 296,502 | ||||||
Noncontrolling interest |
6,708 | 6,030 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity |
288,690 | 302,532 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 1,882,125 | $ | 1,844,155 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-6
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,617,640 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 579,401 | ||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
1,285,673 | 668,441 | 58,054 | 456,958 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Gross margin |
331,967 | 145,772 | 16,027 | 122,443 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
247,360 | 135,212 | 9,729 | 76,260 | ||||||||||||||
Management fees and expenses |
| | 264 | 2,315 | ||||||||||||||
Transaction and other related expenses |
13,630 | 38,844 | 28,370 | 3,080 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total selling, general and administrative expenses |
260,990 | 174,056 | 38,363 | 81,655 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
70,977 | (28,284 | ) | (22,336 | ) | 40,788 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||||||
Other income, net |
10,625 | 370 | 1,063 | 1,426 | ||||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment charges |
(1,019 | ) | | (14,042 | ) | (4,140 | ) | |||||||||||
Interest expense |
(75,437 | ) | (43,215 | ) | (3,991 | ) | (24,546 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total other expense, net |
(65,831 | ) | (42,845 | ) | (16,970 | ) | (27,260 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
5,146 | (71,129 | ) | (39,306 | ) | 13,528 | ||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(1,880 | ) | (19,481 | ) | (15,621 | ) | 4,195 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
7,026 | (51,648 | ) | (23,685 | ) | 9,333 | ||||||||||||
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interest |
527 | 216 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) attributable to Multi Packaging International Limited |
6,499 | (51,864 | ) | (23,685 | ) | 9,333 | ||||||||||||
Preferred stock dividends |
| | (25 | ) | (9,275 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income available (loss attributable) to common shareholders |
$ | 6,499 | $ | (51,864 | ) | $ | (23,710 | ) | $ | 58 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share |
||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | .10 | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | 0.50 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | .10 | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | 0.49 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
61,939,432 | 44,228,626 | 116,373 | 116,110 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Diluted |
61,939,432 | 44,228,626 | 116,373 | 119,073 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment |
(38,813 | ) | 5,835 | 731 | 391 | |||||||||||||
Adjustment on available-for-sale securities |
6 | 9 | 8 | 968 | ||||||||||||||
Pension adjustments, net |
12,780 | 6,943 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss) |
(26,027 | ) | 12,787 | 739 | 1,359 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
(19,001 | ) | (38,861 | ) | (22,946 | ) | 10,692 | |||||||||||
Less: comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests |
151 | 112 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Comprehensive income attributable to Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited |
$ | (19,152 | ) | $ | (38,973 | ) | $ | (22,946 | ) | $ | 10,692 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
Predecessor |
Series B
Preferred |
Series C
Preferred |
Common Stock |
Accumulated
dividends in arrears |
Paid-In
Capital |
Equity
secured receivables |
Accumulated
(deficit) |
Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) |
Noncontrolling
interest |
Total
shareholders equity (deficiency) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, July 1, 2012 |
123,251 | $ | 1 | 7,750 | $ | | 115,413 | $ | 1 | $ | 40,274 | $ | 25,250 | $ | (7,844 | ) | $ | (15,532 | ) | $ | (3,045 | ) | $ | | $ | 39,105 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock issued |
| | | | 960 | | | 1,688 | | | | | 1,688 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends accumulated |
| | | | | | 9,275 | (9,275 | ) | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent stock earned |
| | | | | | | 427 | | | | | 427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | | | | 9,333 | | 9,333 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Series B preferred stock redemption |
(121,115 | ) | (1 | ) | | | | | | (13,194 | ) | | (107,920 | ) | | | (121,115 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Series B preferred stock dividends paid |
| | | | | | (46,358 | ) | | | | | | (46,358 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock dividends paid |
| | | | | | | | | (14,162 | ) | | | (14,162 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Series C shares exchanged (See Note 15) |
| | (7,750 | ) | | | | (2,813 | ) | (4,937 | ) | 4,591 | | | | (3,159 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest on shareholder note receivable |
| | | | | | | | (548 | ) | | | | (548 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | | | | | | 251 | | | | | 251 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market value adjustment on an available-for-sale security, net of reclassification adjustment |
| | | | | | | | | | 968 | | 968 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | | | | | | | 391 | | 391 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, June 30, 2013 |
2,136 | $ | | | $ | | 116,373 | $ | 1 | $ | 378 | $ | 210 | $ | (3,801 | ) | $ | (128,281 | ) | $ | (1,686 | ) | $ | | $ | (133,179 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
Predecessor |
Series B
Preferred |
Common Stock |
Accumulated
dividends in arrears |
Paid-In
Capital |
Equity
secured receivables |
Accumulated
(deficit) |
Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) |
Noncontrolling
interest |
Total
shareholders equity (deficiency) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, June 30, 2013 |
2,136 | $ | | 116,373 | $ | 1 | $ | 378 | $ | 210 | $ | (3,801 | ) | $ | (128,281 | ) | $ | (1,686 | ) | $ | | $ | (133,179 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends accumulated |
| | | | 25 | (25 | ) | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent stock earned |
| | | | | 52 | | | | | 52 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | | (23,685 | ) | | (23,685 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | | | | 53 | | | | | 53 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent stock deposited in escrow |
(2,136 | ) | | | | (403 | ) | (898 | ) | | | | | (1,301 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement of shareholder notes |
| | | | | | 3,801 | | | | 3,801 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market value adjustment on an available-for-sale security |
| | | | | | | | 8 | | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | | | | | 731 | | 731 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, August 14, 2013 |
| $ | | 116,373 | $ | 1 | $ | | $ | (608 | ) | $ | | $ | (151,966 | ) | $ | (947 | ) | $ | | $ | (153,520 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
Successor | Common Stock |
Paid-In
Capital |
Accumulated
deficit |
Accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) |
Noncontrolling
interest |
Total
shareholders equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | |||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
30,969,716 | 30,969 | 130,366 | | | | 161,335 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Mustang shares converted upon reverse merger |
30,969,716 | 30,970 | 141,371 | | | | 172,341 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest |
| | 736 | | | 5,918 | 6,654 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | (51,864 | ) | | 216 | (51,648 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | 1,063 | | | | 1,063 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market value adjustment on an available-for-sale security |
| | | | 9 | | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Pension adjustment, net |
| | | | 6,963 | (20 | ) | 6,943 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | 5,919 | (84 | ) | 5,835 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
BALANCE, June 30, 2014 |
61,939,432 | 61,939 | 273,536 | (51,864 | ) | 12,891 | 6,030 | 302,532 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | 6,499 | | 527 | 7,026 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Stock compensation expense |
| | 5,159 | | | | 5,159 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Fair market value adjustment on an available-for-sale security |
| | | | 6 | | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Pension adjustment, net |
| | | | 12,780 | | 12,780 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | | (38,964 | ) | 151 | (38,813 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
BALANCE, June 30, 2015 |
61,939,432 | $ | 61,939 | $ | 278,695 | $ | (45,365 | ) | $ | (13,287 | ) | $ | 6,708 | $ | 288,690 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 7,026 | $ | (51,648 | ) | $ | (23,685 | ) | $ | 9,333 | ||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation expense |
78,035 | 41,831 | 2,824 | 27,457 | ||||||||||||||
Amortization expense |
58,121 | 34,036 | 1,233 | 12,109 | ||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
(9,477 | ) | (24,648 | ) | (15,377 | ) | 3,983 | |||||||||||
Stock compensation |
5,159 | 1,063 | 109 | 2,317 | ||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiary |
(39 | ) | (225 | ) | (23 | ) | (599 | ) | ||||||||||
Dividends received from unconsolidated subsidiary |
12 | 407 | 225 | 381 | ||||||||||||||
Unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss |
(11,355 | ) | (381 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock |
| | | 290 | ||||||||||||||
Gain on return of Series C preferred shares |
| | | (3,159 | ) | |||||||||||||
Shareholder note forgiveness |
| | 2,783 | | ||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
1,019 | | 11,642 | 4,140 | ||||||||||||||
Gain on settlement of pension liability |
| | (676 | ) | | |||||||||||||
Impairment on investments |
| 1,006 | | 2,112 | ||||||||||||||
Other |
4,104 | 2,263 | 1,806 | (1,313 | ) | |||||||||||||
Change in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
13,615 | 9,427 | (12,810 | ) | (992 | ) | ||||||||||||
Inventories |
3,021 | 7,509 | (1,985 | ) | 5,491 | |||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
1,137 | 2,390 | 516 | (365 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other assets |
(10,246 | ) | (2,446 | ) | (129 | ) | 55 | |||||||||||
Accounts payable |
(17,775 | ) | 21,110 | 8,534 | (2,162 | ) | ||||||||||||
Payroll and benefits |
3,530 | (8,003 | ) | 1,749 | (1,996 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other current liabilities |
(4,239 | ) | (16,556 | ) | 26,209 | 263 | ||||||||||||
Income taxes payable |
2,653 | (2,248 | ) | (217 | ) | (1,772 | ) | |||||||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
(15,684 | ) | 5,043 | (3,692 | ) | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) operating activities |
108,617 | 19,930 | (964 | ) | 55,573 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||||
Additions to property, plant and equipment |
$ | (59,535 | ) | $ | (39,888 | ) | $ | (2,741 | ) | $ | (22,433 | ) | ||||||
Additions to intangible assets |
(207 | ) | (209 | ) | (21 | ) | (118 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of assets |
6,907 | 2,226 | | 1,137 | ||||||||||||||
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired |
(137,269 | ) | (116,337 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities |
(190,104 | ) | (154,208 | ) | (2,762 | ) | (21,414 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of preferred and common stock |
$ | | $ | 585 | $ | | $ | 121 | ||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt |
133,650 | 172,137 | | 372,582 | ||||||||||||||
Proceeds from short-term borrowings |
171,456 | 66,369 | | 18,288 | ||||||||||||||
Payments on short-term borrowings |
(174,442 | ) | (80,494 | ) | (295 | ) | (19,788 | ) | ||||||||||
Payments on long-term debt |
(15,816 | ) | (6,555 | ) | (499 | ) | (189,698 | ) | ||||||||||
Debt issuance costs |
(5,020 | ) | (6,974 | ) | | (13,260 | ) | |||||||||||
Common stock dividends |
| | | (14,162 | ) | |||||||||||||
Preferred stock cash dividends paid / redemption of shares |
| | | (176,430 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) financing activities |
109,828 | 145,068 | (794 | ) | (22,347 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(199 | ) | 97 | 50 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
28,142 | 10,887 | (4,470 | ) | 11,809 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalentsBeginning |
27,533 | 16,646 | 27,123 | 15,314 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalentsEnding |
$ | 55,675 | $ | 27,533 | $ | 22,653 | $ | 27,123 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
The Company
MPS, the Company, and the Successor refer to Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited. MPS is a leading, global provider of value-added packaging solutions to a diverse customer base across the healthcare, consumer, and multi-media end markets. MPS provides its customers with print-based specialty packaging, including premium-folding cartons, labels and inserts across a variety of substrates and finishes. The former Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., and, as the context may require, its subsidiaries, are referred to herein as the Predecessor.
On August 15, 2013, the Predecessor and its primary shareholder, IPC/Packaging LLC (solely in its capacity as shareholder representative), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger to be purchased by Mustang Parent Corp. (Mustang), an entity controlled by funds advised by Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (MDP) (the Transaction). Following completion of the Transaction, Mustang owned 100% of the outstanding equity of the Predecessor.
On February 14, 2014, MDP and the Carlyle Group (Carlyle) entered into a Combination Agreement, whereby MDP contributed 100% of the outstanding equity of Mustang to a subsidiary of Chesapeake Finance 2, Ltd. (CF2), in exchange for a 50% equity interest in CF2 (the Merger). The other 50% equity interest in CF2 is held by funds advised by Carlyle. CF2 emerged from the Merger as the new Parent entity, incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. Subsequent to the Merger, the name of CF2 was changed to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited. The Merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, whereby MPS was the accounting acquirer. The equity of the Successor was adjusted to reflect the exchange of shares pursuant to the Combination Agreement.
As further discussed in Note 22, on October 7, 2015, 100% of the share capital of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited was acquired by the Company.
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The financial information set forth herein reflects: (a) the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Successor for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 and the Predecessor for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 and (b) the financial position of the Successor as of June 30, 2015 and 2014.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited and its controlled subsidiaries (collectively, referred to as the Company). All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-12
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Foreign Currency
The functional currencies of the Companys foreign subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. Assets and liabilities of the Companys foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated into U.S. dollars at the fiscal year-end exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates. Translation gains and losses are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income within the accompanying consolidated statements of shareholders equity (deficiency). Transaction gains and losses resulting from transactions entered into under contracts in a currency other than the subsidiarys functional currency are accounted for on a transactional basis as a credit or charge to operations. The Company recognized foreign currency transaction gains (losses) in the amounts of $12,171, $777, $364 and $(220) for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, respectively, which is recorded in Other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company has restricted cash deposited in an escrow account relating to contingent consideration from the June 9, 2011 acquisition of CD Cartondruck AG. Restricted cash was $1,985 and $2,425 as of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, and is included as a component of Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,932 and $2,689 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts reduces receivables to amounts that are expected to be collected. In estimating the allowance, management considers factors such as current overall and industry-specific economic conditions, statutory requirements, historical and anticipated customer performance, historical experience with write-offs and the level of past-due amounts. Changes in these conditions may result in additional allowances. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Inventory costs include materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Obsolete inventory is identified based on an analysis of inventory for known obsolescence issues and a write-down or write-off is provided based on this analysis.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment was adjusted to fair value on August 15, 2013, which represents a new cost basis. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to current operations, while major improvements that materially extend useful lives are capitalized. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method as follows:
Buildings and improvements |
3-40 years | |
Machinery and equipment |
3-13 years | |
Furniture and fixtures |
3-7 years |
Depreciation expense was $78,035, $41,831, $2,824 and $27,457 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively.
F-13
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Deferred Financing Costs
Costs relating to obtaining debt financing are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related debt using effective interest method. Amortization of deferred financing costs charged to interest expense was $871, $478, $279 and $1,906 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of such businesses at the acquisition date. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment tests. The Company reviews the carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit at least annually on April 1 (the annual assessment date), or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present, to determine if goodwill may be impaired. The Company may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying value. The Company would not be required to quantitatively determine the fair value of goodwill unless the Company determines, based on the qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than the carrying value.
If the Company determines that the fair value is less than the carrying value based on the qualitative assessment, a quantitative assessment based upon discounted cash flow and market approach analyses is performed to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting units. The Company includes assumptions about expected future operating performance as part of a discounted cash flow analysis to estimate fair value. If the carrying values of goodwill are not recoverable, based on the discounted cash flow analysis, management performs the next step, which compares the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting units. Goodwill is considered impaired if the recorded fair value of the tangible and intangible net assets exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit.
The Company did not recognize any impairment charges for goodwill during any of the periods presented, as the Companys annual impairment testing indicated that all reporting unit goodwill fair values exceeded their respective carrying values.
Intangible assets have been acquired through various business acquisitions and include customer relationships, developed technology, licensing agreements, and a photo library. The intangible assets are initially valued at their acquisition date using either a discounted cash flow model or relief from royalty method. The relief from royalty method is used for developed technology and licensing agreements and assumes that if the acquired company did not own the intangible asset or intellectual property, it would be willing to pay a royalty for its use. The benefit of ownership of the intellectual property is valued as the relief from the royalty expense that would otherwise be incurred. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis, except for customer relationship intangibles that are amortized on an accelerated basis. Useful lives vary by asset type and are determined based on the period over which the intangible asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Companys future cash flows.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews its definite-lived long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Such circumstances could include, but are not limited to (1) a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, (2) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or (3) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset. The Company measures the carrying amount of the asset against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with it. Should the carrying value of the asset being evaluated exceed the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment loss would be
F-14
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets (continued)
indicated, at which point recognition of the impairment would occur based on a determination of the assets fair value. There was no impairment with respect to the Companys definite-lived long-lived assets for any periods presented.
Investments in Unconsolidated Entities
Investments in unconsolidated entities over which the Company has significant influence are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the investment is carried at the cost of the acquisition, plus the Companys equity in the undistributed earnings or losses. Investments in entities over which the Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence over the investees operating and financing activities are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. If there is objective evidence that indicates an equity or cost method investment is impaired, a loss is recognized. For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $1,006 related to an equity method investment (see Note 8). For the year ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $1,000 related to its cost method investment (see Note 8). Unconsolidated entities were $0 and $50 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are recorded in other assets on the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
Available-For-Sale Securities
The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in debt and equity securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such determinations at each balance sheet date. Securities not classified as held to maturity or as trading, are classified as available for sale, and are carried at fair market value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in the determination of comprehensive income. The Company reviews its holdings on a regular basis to determine if there has been an other-than-temporary decline in market value. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline exists in a marketable equity security, the Company writes down the investment to its fair market value and records the related write-down as an investment loss in its consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. For the year ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded an impairment loss on its available-for-sale security of $1,112 (see Note 8). Available-for-sale securities were $253 and $238 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are recorded in other assets on the Companys consolidated balance sheets.
Derivative Instruments
The Company uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The Company has not elected hedge accounting for these derivative instruments, and accordingly are valued at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported in earnings during the period of the change. No derivative instruments are entered into for speculative purposes.
One risk managed by the Company using derivative instruments is interest rate risk. To manage interest rate exposure, the Company enters into hedge transactions (interest rate swaps) using derivative financial instruments. The objective of entering into interest rate swaps is to eliminate the variability of cash flows in the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) interest payments associated with variable-rate loans over the life of the loans. As changes in interest rates affect the future cash flow of interest payments, the hedges provide a synthetic offset to interest rate movements.
The Company is also exposed to foreign-currency exchange-rate fluctuations in the normal course of business, primarily related to the Great Britain Pound Sterling, Euros and the Polish Zloty denominated liabilities within its international subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar. The Company manages these fluctuations, in part, using non-deliverable forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency forward
F-15
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Derivative Instruments (continued)
contracts, that are intended to offset changes in cash flow attributable to currency exchange movements. These contracts are intended primarily to economically address exposure related to merchandise inventory expenditures made by the Companys international subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar.
For the year ended June 30, 2015 and the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the change in the fair value of interest rate swaps was $(1,918) and $391, respectively, which is recorded in other income (expense), net in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). For the year ended June 30, 2015 and for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the change in the fair value of the forward foreign-exchange contracts was $(124), and $157, which is recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Company had no derivative instruments in the other periods presented.
Fair Value Measurements
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received in an asset sale or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between unaffiliated market participants. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether the inputs are observable in the market and the degree that the inputs are observable. The categorization of financial instruments within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels with the highest priority given to Level 1, as these are the most transparent or reliable. The following fair value hierarchy is used in selecting inputs, with the highest priority given to Level 1, as these are the most transparent or reliable:
| Level 1inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. |
| Level 2inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. |
| Level 3inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. |
The Company calculates the fair value of financial instruments and includes this additional information in the notes to the consolidated financial statements where the fair value is different from the book value of those financial instruments. When the fair value approximates book value, no additional disclosure is made.
Concentrations
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. At times, the Companys cash may be uninsured or in deposit accounts that exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits or comparable insurance in Europe.
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited because a large number of geographically diverse customers make up the Companys customer base, thus spreading the credit risk. The Company controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, and monitoring procedures. The Company
F-16
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Concentrations (continued)
performs credit evaluations of its customers, but generally does not require collateral to support accounts receivable. At June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, no customers accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. For the year ended June 30, 2015 and the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, no customers accounted for more than 10% of net sales. For the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, one customer accounted for approximately 11% of net sales. During the year ended June 30, 2013, one customer accounted for approximately 12% of net sales.
Revenue Recognition
The Company produces packaging products, principally cartons, labels, inserts and rigid packaging for sale to manufacturers of branded and private label consumer goods, pharmaceutical, medical and multi-media products. Products are printed on board, paper or plastic substrates and converted via printing presses and oftentimes subsequently finished in a folding or gluing or other operation. The Company records revenue on the sales of products manufactured when title to the product transfers, which is generally at the time of shipment to the customer.
In all of the above cases, revenue is recorded only when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred, (iii) the fee is fixed and determinable and (iv) collectability of the sales is reasonably assured. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded when they are determined to be probable and estimable.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Expenses
The Company records shipping and handling related fees charged to customers in net sales and records the related expenses in costs of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013 were approximately $828, $585, $28 and $122, respectively. Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Equity-Based Compensation
The Company and its affiliates have sponsored an equity compensation plan and other equity-based compensation more fully described in Note 20. The Predecessor measured the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity-based compensation based upon the grant date fair value of the equity issued. The Successor measured the cost of employee services received in exchange for equity-based compensation based on the fair value of the equity award at the balance sheet date. The cost is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally as the equity instruments vest.
Excess tax benefits realized from the exercise of equity-based awards are classified in cash flows from financing activities. The Predecessor has elected the with and without approach regarding ordering of windfall tax benefits to determine whether the windfall tax benefit actually reduces taxes payable in the current year. Under this approach, recognition of the deferred tax assets and related tax benefits associated with the excess tax benefits on equity-based compensation occurs when the related tax deduction reduces taxes payable.
F-17
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes income taxes in accordance with guidance established by GAAP, which requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes and establishes a minimum threshold for financial statement recognition of the benefit of tax positions. The provision for income taxes is based upon income or loss after adjustment for those items that are not considered in the determination of taxable income.
Deferred income taxes represent the tax effects of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of the Companys assets and liabilities at the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share are computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and, if dilutive, potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options (using the treasury stock method).
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period
from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Numerator: |
||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) available to common shareholdersbasic and diluted |
$ | 6,499 | $ | (51,864 | ) | $ | (23,710 | ) | $ | 58 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Denominator: |
||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average number of common shares outstandingbasic |
61,939,432 | 44,228,626 | 116,373 | 116,110 | ||||||||||||||
Effect of dilutive stock options |
| | | 2,963 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Weighted average number of common shares outstandingdiluted |
61,939,432 | 44,228,626 | 116,373 | 119,073 | ||||||||||||||
Basic earnings (loss) per share |
$ | 0.10 | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | 0.50 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Dilutive earnings (loss) per common share |
$ | 0.10 | $ | (1.17 | ) | $ | (203.74 | ) | $ | 0.49 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and unvested restricted stock units in the amounts of 1,992,000 and 9,810 for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 and the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, respectively, are excluded from the diluted earnings (loss) per common share as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. There were no stock options in the Companys stock for the year ended June 30, 2015.
F-18
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income , which adds additional disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance was effective for private companies for financial periods beginning after December 15, 2013. ASU 2013-02 did not have a material effect on the Companys consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which amends the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. This ASU requires the disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the entitys operations and financial results. This ASU also requires additional disclosures about discontinued operations and disclosures about the disposal of a significant component of an entity that does not qualify as a discontinued operation. This ASU is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification 605Revenue Recognition and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Codification. The standard requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. On July 9, 2015, the FASB modified ASU 2014-09 to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. As modified, the FASB permits the adoption of the new revenue standard early, but not before the annual periods beginning after December 31, 2016. A public organization would apply the new revenue standard to all interim reporting periods within the year of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period . This ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting, and that could be achieved after the requisite service period, be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. This update further clarifies that compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This standard amends existing guidance to require the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of a deferred charge. It is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, but early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11 Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This standard requires entities to measure most inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby simplifying the current guidance under which an entity must measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. The new standard will not apply to inventories that are measured by using either the last-in, first-
F-19
Note 2Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements (continued)
out (LIFO) method or the retail inventory method. The new standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.
Note 3Acquisitions
MDP Transaction
On August 15, 2013, the Predecessor and its primary shareholder, IPC/Packaging LLC (solely in its capacity as shareholder representative), entered into the Transaction under which the Predecessor was purchased by Mustang, an entity controlled by funds advised by MDP. Following completion of the Transaction, Mustang owned 100% of the outstanding equity of the Predecessor.
MDP acquired 100% of the stock of the Predecessor for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $646,749. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value estimates for the assets and liabilities assumed were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation models. The purchase price allocation included acquired intangible assets related to customer relationships and photo library. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill which is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 16,646 | ||
Accounts receivable |
70,985 | |||
Inventories |
51,668 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
5,878 | |||
Deferred income taxes |
3,438 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
147,845 | |||
Other assets |
4,588 | |||
Intangible assets |
229,052 | |||
Goodwill |
269,084 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(70,122 | ) | ||
Deferred income taxes |
(73,678 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(8,635 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Purchase price |
$ | 646,749 | ||
|
|
The consolidated statement of cash flows excludes certain non-cash activity of the Company on August 15, 2013 resulting from the Transaction. The following table reconciles the Predecessors ending cash at August 14, 2013 to the Successors beginning cash at August 15, 2013:
Cash at August 14, 2013 (Predecessor): |
$ | 22,653 | ||
Issuance of common stock |
160,750 | |||
Issuance of long-term debt, net |
465,561 | |||
Settlement of Predecessor debt |
(369,047 | ) | ||
Settlement of Predecessor equity and option holders |
(244,240 | ) | ||
Settlement of transaction and other fees |
(19,031 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Cash at August 15, 2013 (Successor) |
$ | 16,646 | ||
|
|
F-20
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
Chesapeake/Multi Packaging Solutions Merger
On February 14, 2014, MDP and the Carlyle Group (Carlyle) entered into a Combination Agreement, whereby MDP contributed 100% of the outstanding equity of Mustang to a subsidiary of Chesapeake Finance 2, Ltd. (CF2), in exchange for a 50% equity interest in CF2. The other 50% equity interest in CF2 is held by funds advised by Carlyle. CF2 emerged from the Merger as the new Parent entity, incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. Subsequent to the Merger, the name of CF2 was changed to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited.
In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Chesapeake issued shares of Chesapeake stock for all of the outstanding shares of MPS. Additionally, MPS paid Chesapeake an equalization payment of approximately $101,917. Chesapeake, an international manufacturer of consumer packaging, is a leading supplier of printed folding cartons, ridged cartons, tubes, booklets, leaflets and labels, as well as other specialist packaging to the pharmaceutical, healthcare, confectionery, spirits, agrichemical and food markets with annual sales of approximately $841,323. This Merger creates an extensive global network strategically positioned to service the healthcare, consumer, personal care, confectionery, premium drinks, and multi-media markets with manufacturing locations in the United States, Europe, and Asia. The merger was accounted for as a reverse acquisition in accordance with ASC 805, whereby MPS was the accounting acquirer. The equity of the Successor was adjusted to reflect the exchange of shares pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
The Company recorded Chesapeakess assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the date of the Merger. The assets included intangible assets related to customer relationships and technology. The fair value estimates for the assets and liabilities assumed were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation models. The goodwill comprised of expected synergies from combining Chesapeakes operations with that of the Company, reduction in future combined research and development expenses and overall overhead costs. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
The operations of the acquired Chesapeake business are included in the Companys consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) since February 14, 2014. For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, $306,928 is included in the consolidated net sales and $(11,345) in the consolidated net income (loss).
The allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 35,175 | ||
Accounts receivable |
107,246 | |||
Inventories |
90,001 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
16,532 | |||
Deferred income taxes |
10,730 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
290,528 | |||
Other assets |
1,847 | |||
Intangible assets |
261,748 | |||
Goodwill |
201,632 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(168,259 | ) | ||
Debt |
(487,781 | ) | ||
Deferred income taxes |
(57,125 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(28,015 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Purchase price |
$ | 274,259 | ||
|
|
F-21
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
JLI Acquisition, Inc.
On April 4, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of JLI Acquisition, Inc. (Jet) for a purchase price of $36,294, comprised of cash consideration of $36,140 and contingent consideration of $154. The contingent consideration is based upon future performance of the acquired business, with a maximum potential payment of $500. The Company acquired Jet to create a comprehensive end-to-end solution for the credit, debit, gift, loyalty and insurance card markets.
The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price allocation included acquired intangible assets related to customer relationships, patented technology and licensing agreement. The fair value estimates for the assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation models. Adjustments may be made to the estimated fair values during the measurement period as the Companys obtains additional information. Goodwill is comprised of expected synergies from combining Jets operations with that of the Company. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The operations of Jet are included in the Companys consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) since April 4, 2014. For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, $10,680 is included in the consolidated net sales and $155 is included in consolidated net income (loss).
The allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 334 | ||
Accounts receivable |
6,971 | |||
Inventories |
6,486 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
317 | |||
Deferred income taxes |
402 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
10,055 | |||
Intangible assets |
12,630 | |||
Goodwill |
11,609 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(6,682 | ) | ||
Deferred income taxes |
(5,822 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(6 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Purchase price |
$ | 36,294 | ||
|
|
Integrated Printing Solutions, LLC
On April 4, 2014, the Company acquired 70% of the outstanding Class A Common Units of Integrated Printing Solutions, LLC (IPS) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $14,708 in cash. The Company acquired IPS to create a comprehensive end-to-end solution for the credit, debit, gift, loyalty and insurance card markets.
The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition, including a 30% non-controlling interest. The fair value estimates for the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and the non-controlling interest for the acquisition were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation models. Adjustments may be made to the estimated fair values during the measurement period as the Companys obtains additional information.
F-22
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
Integrated Printing Solutions, LLC (continued)
The purchase price allocation included acquired intangible assets related to developed technology and customer relationships. Goodwill is comprised of expected synergies from combining IPSs operations with that of the Company, reduction in future combined research and development expenses and overall overhead costs. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The operations of IPS are included in the Companys consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) since April 4, 2014. For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, $9,260 is included in consolidated net sales and $(200) is included in consolidated net income (loss).
The allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 928 | ||
Accounts receivable |
4,005 | |||
Inventories |
1,788 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
292 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
6,906 | |||
Intangible assets |
5,560 | |||
Goodwill |
5,197 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(6,521 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(147 | ) | ||
Non-controlling interest |
(3,300 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Purchase price |
$ | 14,708 | ||
|
|
Armstrong Packaging Limited
On July 8, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of Armstrong Packaging Limited (Armstrong) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $12,747 in cash. The Company acquired Armstrong to expand the Companys global platform for luxury packaging, gift sets, travel retail, and commemorative editions. Armstrongs product development and rigid box manufacturing complements the Companys existing manufacturing, creative design, project management, and global sourcing capabilities.
The preliminary purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value estimates for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the acquisition were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation models. Adjustments may be made to the estimated fair values during the measurement period as the Company obtains additional information.
Goodwill is comprised of expected synergies from combining Armstrongs operations with that of the Company, reduction in future combined research and development expenses and overall overhead costs. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The operations of Armstrong are included in the Companys consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) since July 8, 2014. For the year ended June 30, 2015, $14,456 is included in the consolidated net sales and $1,905 is included in consolidated net income (loss).
F-23
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
Armstrong Packaging Limited (continued)
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the fair value and related tax effects of the assets and liabilities assumed pending finalization of, but not limited to, tangible and intangible assets is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 3,866 | ||
Accounts receivable |
2,986 | |||
Inventories |
2,844 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
352 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
1,474 | |||
Other long-term assets |
125 | |||
Goodwill |
3,446 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(2,346 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Preliminary purchase price |
$ | 12,747 | ||
|
|
Presentation Products Group
On February 28, 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding Class A Common Units of Presentation Products Group (Presentation Products) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $15,615 in cash. The Company acquired Presentation Products to expand its manufacturing operations and sourcing expertise in rigid packaging.
The preliminary purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value estimates for the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed for the acquisition were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation models. Adjustments may be made to the estimated fair values during the measurement period as the Company obtains additional information.
The preliminary purchase price allocation included acquired intangible assets related to customer relationships. Goodwill is comprised of expected synergies from combining Presentation Products operations with that of the Company, reduction in future combined research and development expenses and overall overhead costs. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The operations of Presentation Products are included in the Companys consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) since February 28, 2015. For the year ended June 30, 2015, $12,529 is included in consolidated net sales and $250 is included in consolidated net income.
F-24
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
Presentation Products Group (continued)
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the fair value and related tax effects of the assets and liabilities assumed pending finalization of, but not limited to, tangible and intangible assets is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 1,621 | ||
Accounts receivable |
7,355 | |||
Inventories |
7,947 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
807 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
1,259 | |||
Intangibles |
6,973 | |||
Goodwill |
2,664 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(7,496 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(5,515 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Preliminary purchase price |
$ | 15,615 | ||
|
|
AGI Shorewood
On November 21, 2014, the Company acquired the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC (collectively, ASG) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $134,309 in cash. The Company acquired ASG to further expand the Companys global network and customer base.
The preliminary purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value estimates for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on estimates and analysis using widely recognized valuation methods. Adjustments may be made to the estimated fair values during the measurement period as the Companys obtains additional information.
The preliminary purchase price allocation included acquired intangible assets related to developed technology and customer relationships. Goodwill is comprised of expected synergies from combining ASGs operations with that of the Company, reduction in future combined research and development expenses and overall overhead costs. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The operations of ASG are included in the Companys consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) since November 21, 2014. For the year ended June 30, 2015, $173,936 is included in the consolidated net sales and $4,974 is recorded in consolidated net income.
F-25
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
AGI Shorewood (continued)
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to the fair value and related tax effects of the assets and liabilities assumed pending finalization of, but not limited to, tangible and intangible assets is as follows:
Assets |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 19,401 | ||
Accounts receivable |
76,435 | |||
Inventories |
33,312 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
6,795 | |||
Deferred income taxes |
15,256 | |||
Property, plant and equipment |
49,683 | |||
Other long-term assets |
3,610 | |||
Less: Liabilities |
||||
Current liabilities |
(64,130 | ) | ||
Other long-term liabilities |
(6,568 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Preliminary purchase price |
$ | 133,794 | ||
|
|
Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)
Unaudited pro forma net sales, net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share data, calculated under the premise that the acquisitions of IPS, Jet, Chesapeake, Armstrong, Presentation Products and the MDP Transaction occurred at the beginning of the earliest period presented, are as follows:
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,807,513 | $ | 1,902,429 | ||||
Net income (loss) |
14,172 | (120,420 | ) | |||||
Earnings (loss) per share |
||||||||
Basic |
.22 | (1.94 | ) | |||||
Diluted |
.22 | (1.94 | ) | |||||
Weighted average shares outstanding |
||||||||
Basic |
61,939,432 | 61,939,432 | ||||||
Diluted |
61,939,432 | 61,939,432 |
CD Cartondruck AG
The Company has contingent consideration relating to the June 9, 2011 purchase of CD Cartondruck AG (Cartondruck), of $2,136 payable on June 9, 2016. The value of the contingent consideration is being recorded as future compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period of a required employment agreement. Compensation expense of $427, $374, $53 and $427 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively, is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The contingent consideration is subject to satisfaction of certain employment contingencies. The Company has a restricted cash balance in the amounts of $1,946 and $2,425 at June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, respectively, which is recorded in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Additionally, with the purchase of Cartondruck, there could also be an additional payment (the Earnout), which is based on the future performance of the acquired company. The Earnout will be recorded as future compensation ratably over the period it becomes probable of achievement. The Earnout ranges from $0 to $3,475
F-26
Note 3Acquisitions (continued)
CD Cartondruck AG (continued)
based on cumulative earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) achieved over a five-year period. As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company concluded the Earnout was not probable of achievement and, therefore, no amount has been recognized to date.
Transaction Expenses
Transaction expenses are summarized below for the year ended June 30, 2015, for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
The Transaction |
$ | 579 | $ | 16,953 | $ | 28,354 | $ | | ||||||||||
The Merger |
5,138 | 18,889 | | | ||||||||||||||
Jet |
428 | 549 | | | ||||||||||||||
IPS |
69 | 566 | | | ||||||||||||||
Armstrong |
202 | | | | ||||||||||||||
ASG |
4,861 | | | | ||||||||||||||
Presentation Products |
257 | | | | ||||||||||||||
Other transaction related expenses |
2,096 | 1,887 | 16 | 3,080 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
$ | 13,630 | $ | 38,844 | $ | 28,370 | $ | 3,080 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following:
Successor | ||||||||
June 30,
2015 |
June 30,
2014 |
|||||||
Raw materials |
$ | 60,549 | $ | 39,290 | ||||
Work in progress |
28,677 | 28,155 | ||||||
Finished goods |
104,658 | 81,099 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total inventories |
193,884 | 148,544 | ||||||
Reserves |
(22,048 | ) | (4,202 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Inventories |
$ | 171,836 | $ | 144,342 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-27
Note 5Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consisted of the following:
Successor |
||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2015 |
Gross Carrying
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net |
Estimated
Useful Life (Years) |
||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 479,778 | $ | (78,457 | ) | $ | 401,321 | 14 | ||||||||
Developed technology |
19,907 | (5,508 | ) | 14,399 | 5 | |||||||||||
Photo library |
1,259 | (403 | ) | 856 | 5 | |||||||||||
Licensing agreements |
3,524 | (367 | ) | 3,157 | 4 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 504,468 | $ | (84,735 | ) | $ | 419,733 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor |
||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2014 |
Gross Carrying
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net |
Estimated
Useful Life (Years) |
||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
$ | 491,851 | $ | (29,924 | ) | $ | 461,927 | 14 | ||||||||
Developed technology |
21,522 | (1,653 | ) | 19,869 | 5 | |||||||||||
Photo library |
1,052 | (169 | ) | 883 | 5 | |||||||||||
Licensing agreements |
1,330 | (66 | ) | 1,264 | 4 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 515,755 | $ | (31,812 | ) | $ | 483,943 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets at June 30, 2015 is as follows:
For the Year Ending June 30, |
Amount | |||
2016 |
$ | 55,121 | ||
2017 |
53,956 | |||
2018 |
50,084 | |||
2019 |
42,270 | |||
2020 |
34,046 | |||
Thereafter |
184,256 | |||
|
|
|||
Future Amortization |
$ | 419,733 | ||
|
|
Amortization expense for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013 was $53,668, $31,812, $958 and $12,109, respectively.
F-28
Note 6Goodwill
As a result of the Transaction, the carrying value of the Companys goodwill as of August 15, 2013 was eliminated and new goodwill was recorded. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill by reportable segment are as follows:
Predecessor |
North America | Europe | Asia | Total | ||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2013 and August 14, 2013 |
$ | 63,289 | $ | | $ | | $ | 63,289 | ||||||||
Successor |
||||||||||||||||
Balance at August 15, 2013 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments (Note 3): |
||||||||||||||||
Impact of the Transaction |
213,145 | 55,939 | | 269,084 | ||||||||||||
Impact of the Merger |
20,833 | 180,623 | 176 | 201,632 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition of Jet |
11,609 | | | 11,609 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition of IPS |
5,197 | | | 5,197 | ||||||||||||
Impact of foreign exchange |
| 3,216 | | 3,216 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2014 |
250,784 | 239,778 | 176 | 490,738 | ||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments (Note 3): |
||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of Armstrong |
| 3,446 | | 3,446 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition of Presentation Products |
| 1,998 | 666 | 2,664 | ||||||||||||
Impact of foreign exchange and other |
| (21,947 | ) | | (21,947 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2015 |
$ | 250,784 | $ | 223,275 | $ | 842 | $ | 474,901 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 7Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following table sets forth the Companys financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:
Successor | ||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 55,675 | $ | | $ | | $ | 55,675 | ||||||||
Restricted cash |
1,985 | | | 1,985 | ||||||||||||
Available for sale securities |
253 | | | 253 | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency contracts |
| 57 | | 57 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
| (2,988 | ) | | (2,988 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign currency swap |
| (34 | ) | | (34 | ) |
Successor | ||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 27,533 | $ | | $ | | $ | 27,533 | ||||||||
Restricted cash |
2,425 | | | 2,425 | ||||||||||||
Available-for-sale securities |
238 | | | 238 | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
| 2,761 | | 2,761 | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency contracts |
| 184 | | 184 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swap |
| (3,831 | ) | | (3,831 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
| (38 | ) | | (38 | ) |
F-29
Note 7Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)
Available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value based on quoted market prices from a recognized pricing service and are recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of interest rate swap contracts are indicative values based on mid-market levels as of the close of business on the balance sheet date. The valuations are derived from the banks proprietary models based upon well-recognized financial principles and reasonable estimates about relevant future market conditions.
The Company maintains two amortizing interest rate swaps that mature in December 2017. The swaps are being used to hedge the exposure to changes in the market LIBOR or EURIBOR rates. At June 30, 2015, one of the swaps had a notional amount of $182,322, whereby the Company pays a fixed rate of interest of 1.1649% and receives a variable rate based on LIBOR on the amortizing notional amount. This swap had a fair value of $260 and is included in other long term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The other swap had a notional amount of $148,360, whereby the Company pays a fixed rate of interest of 1.0139% and receives a variable rate based on EURIBOR (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) on the amortizing notional amount. This swap had a fair value of $2,728 and is included in other long term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
Note 8Other Income (Expense), net
Other income (expense), net is comprised of the following for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the
year ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the
year ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Equity in net earnings of unconsolidated entities |
$ | 138 | $ | 225 | $ | 23 | $ | 599 | ||||||||||
Gain on retirement of Series C preferred stock (see Note 14) |
| | | 3,159 | ||||||||||||||
Foreign currency gains (losses) |
12,171 | 777 | 364 | (220 | ) | |||||||||||||
Gain on settlement of multiemployer pension liability |
| | 676 | | ||||||||||||||
Impairment on investments |
| (1,006 | ) | | (2,112 | ) | ||||||||||||
(Loss)/gain on derivatives |
(2,307 | ) | 391 | | | |||||||||||||
Other income (loss) |
623 | (17 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Other income, net |
$ | 10,625 | $ | 370 | $ | 1,063 | $ | 1,426 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended June 30, 2011, the Company invested $1,093 for a 50% ownership in a SR3 Solutions, LLC (SR3), a packaging brokerage business, which is accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Company recorded its portion of the net earnings of SR3 for the period of August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013 in the amount of $225, $23, and $599, respectively. The Company received cash dividends from SR3 of $407, $225, and $381 for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively. In June 2014 the two principals of SR3 informed the Company that they would not renew their employment agreements that were to expire in August 2014 and began discussions to dissolve the partnership. Due to the principals decision the Company determined the investment was fully impaired and has recorded an impairment loss of $1,006 for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014.
The Company maintains an investment in IMO Entertainment LLC (IMO) with an original cost of $1,000 for a 5% ownership. The investment is accounted for using the cost method. IMO is a provider of online audio and video services offering a selection of television shows, music, movies, clips, eBooks, games, audiobooks, music
F-30
Note 8Other Income (Expense), net (continued)
videos, and other content. Due to IMOs lack of resources and the inability of IMO to generate enough revenue to support costs, the Company determined the investment was fully impaired and has recorded an impairment loss of $1,000 for the year ended June 30, 2013.
The Company maintains an investment in Zoo Digital Group PLC (Zoo) with an original cost of $1,341 for a 9% ownership. Zoo is a provider of software and software-led services for the filmed entertainment and pharmaceutical markets. At June 30, 2015 and 2014, the fair market value of Zoo was $253 and $238, respectively. The investment is classified as an available-for-sale security. At June 30, 2013, management determined the decline in the fair value of Zoo was other than temporary, and recognized an impairment loss of $1,112.
Note 9Accounts Receivable Securitization
The Company previously had an accounts receivable factoring arrangement to sell on a regular basis up to 12,000 ($15,608) of certain accounts receivable of its foreign subsidiary in Germany to a foreign financial institution at a discount rate of 0.21% and an interest surcharge of 1.90% on annual sales. At June 30, 2013, approximately 8,555 ($11,127) of accounts receivables were sold under this factoring arrangement. The Company was required to continue to service sold accounts receivable and maintain credit insurance, although title to the balances belonged with the financial institution, and no recourse or interests had been retained by the Company. These accounts receivable and the related funding are not included in the Companys balance sheet. Proceeds received from the sale of the accounts receivables are included in cash flows from operating activities on the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. This factoring arrangement was terminated effective June 29, 2014.
Note 10Indebtedness
Total borrowings outstanding at June 30, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows:
Successor | ||||||||
June 30,
2015 |
June 30,
2014 |
|||||||
Short-term foreign borrowings |
$ | 3,488 | $ | 7,883 | ||||
Term notes: |
||||||||
Bonds Payable, due August 2021, net of discount |
196,327 | 195,727 | ||||||
Dollar Tranche A Term Loan, due August 2020, net of discount |
119,109 | 120,002 | ||||||
Dollar Tranche B Term Loans, due August 2020, net of discount |
319,822 | 320,734 | ||||||
Dollar Tranche C Term Loans, due August 2020, net of discount |
130,030 | | ||||||
Sterling Term Loan, due September 2020, net of discount |
219,933 | 242,329 | ||||||
Euro Term Loan, due September 2020, net of discount |
189,831 | 231,122 | ||||||
Other borrowings: |
||||||||
Foreign debt |
8,049 | 14,483 | ||||||
Other financing |
1,800 | 922 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total borrowings outstanding |
1,188,389 | 1,133,202 | ||||||
Less: short-term foreign borrowings and current portion of long-term debt |
(15,228 | ) | (20,533 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Long-term debt, less current portion |
$ | 1,173,161 | $ | 1,112,669 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-31
Note 10Indebtedness (continued)
Scheduled annual future maturities of debt are as follows:
For the Year Ending June 30, |
||||
2016 |
$ | 15,228 | ||
2017 |
8,727 | |||
2018 |
7,564 | |||
2019 |
7,321 | |||
2020 |
6,579 | |||
Thereafter |
1,142,970 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 1,188,389 | ||
|
|
Short-Term Foreign Borrowings
The Company finances the working capital needs of certain foreign operations using short-term borrowing arrangements in various currencies. At June 30, 2015, there were borrowings outstanding under these arrangements and additional borrowing capacity of $3,488 and $6,685, respectively. At June 30, 2014, there were borrowings outstanding under these arrangements and additional borrowing capacity of $7,883 and $3,865, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on these arrangements was 6.0% and 5.7%, respectively, at June 30, 2015 and 2014. The short-term foreign borrowing arrangements are secured by land and buildings with a carrying value totaling $12,521 at June 30, 2015.
Bonds Payable
On August 15, 2013, the Company issued $200,000 principal amount of its 8.5% Bonds Payable due 2021 (the Bonds Payable) in a private placement offering without registration rights. Interest on the Bonds Payable is payable semiannually. The Bonds Payable are governed by a Base Indenture and a First Supplemental Indenture between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., as trustee (collectively the 2013 Indenture). The Senior Notes are the Companys unsecured and unsubordinated obligations, ranking equally in right of payment to all of the Companys existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and are guaranteed on an unsubordinated, unsecured basis by certain of the Companys subsidiaries. The Bonds are not entitled to mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments. The Company may redeem the Bonds in whole or in part at any time and from time to time for cash at the redemption prices described in the 2013 Indenture.
Credit Agreement
On February 14, 2014, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as subsequently amended, (collectively, the Credit Agreement) with Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent and certain other participating banks. The Credit Agreement provides for various borrowings under term notes and revolving credit facilities. The term notes provided under the Credit Agreement are as follows: $122,000 Dollar Tranche A Term Loan (the Term Loan A), $280,000 Dollar Tranche B Term Loan (the Term Loan B), £145,000 Sterling Term Loan (the Sterling Loan), and £145,000 Euro Term Loan (the Euro Loan) (collectively, the Term Notes). The revolving credit facilities provided under the Credit Agreement are as follows: $50,000 Dollar Revolving Credit Facility (the US Dollar Revolver) and £50,000 Multi Currency Revolving Credit Facility (the Non-US Dollar Revolver). On April 4, 2014 the Company borrowed an additional $50,000 under the B Term Loan, the proceeds were used to complete the Jet and IPS acquisitions (see Note 3). No amounts were outstanding under the US Dollar Revolver or the non-US Dollar Revolver at June 30, 2015 and 2014. Obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by substantially all of the Companys assets.
The Term Loan A and Term Loan B bear interest equal to the greater of a) Barclays prime rate, b) 0.50% above the Federal Funds Rate or c) one month Euro Dollar rate plus 1.00% plus an applicable margin of 2.25%, or the
F-32
Note 10Indebtedness (continued)
Credit Agreement (continued)
LIBOR rate of 1.00% plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. The Sterling Loan bears interest equal to the greater of a) LIBOR rate or b) 1.00% plus an applicable margin of 5.0%. The Euro Loan bears interest equal to the greater of a) LIBOR rate or b) 1.00% plus an applicable margin of 4.5%.
The Company had no amounts outstanding and $135,000 in available aggregate borrowings under the US Dollar Revolver or the non-US Dollar Revolver at June 30, 2015. The US Dollar Revolver bears interest equal to the greater of a) Barclays prime rate, or b) 0.50% above the Federal Funds Rate plus an applicable margin of 2.25% or the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin of 3.25%. The Company is also required to pay an unused commitment fee of 0.5%. The Non-US Dollar Revolver bears interest equal to LIBOR plus 4.0%. The Company is also required to pay an unused commitment fee of 1.6%. The Company is required to remain compliant with certain covenants under its various debt instruments, including a Total Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the Credit Agreement. The Company was in compliance with all covenants under its various debt instruments as of June 30, 2015.
On November 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Second Incremental Joinder Agreement and Amendment with Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent and certain other participating banks. This amended agreement provided the Company borrowings in the amount of $135,000 under a term loan Dollar Tranche C (Term Loan C). The proceeds were used to complete the ASG acquisition (see Note 3). Term Loan C bears interest equal to or the LIBOR rate of 1.00% plus an applicable margin of 3.25%.
On December 16, 2014, the Company entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement with Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent and certain other participating banks. This amendment reduced the applicable margin on the Euro Loan to 1% plus an applicable margin of 3.75% and on the Sterling Loan to 1% plus an applicable margin of 4.5%.
Extinguishment of Debt
On August 15, 2013, the Company settled the remaining principal balance of its previous First and Second Lien Credit Agreements dated December 6, 2012 of $368,600, together with accrued interest and fees of $490. Upon completion of such payment, the First and Second Lien Credit Agreements were terminated in their entirety.
On December 16, 2014, the Company entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, as discussed above, and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $1,019 for the pro rata share of the deferred financing fees and original issue discount that was extinguished which is recorded in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
As result of these debt retirements, the Company recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
For the period August 15,
2013 through June 30, 2014 |
For the period July 1,
2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Prepayment fee |
$ | | $ | | $ | 2,400 | $ | | ||||||||||
Write-off of original issue discount |
690 | | | | ||||||||||||||
Write-off of deferred financing fees on debt |
329 | | 11,642 | 4,140 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total loss on extinguishment of debt |
$ | 1,019 | $ | | $ | 14,042 | $ | 4,140 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
Note 10Indebtedness (continued)
Foreign Debt
The Companys foreign debt bears interest at rates ranging from 2.15% to 5.35%, with varying maturities through 2021. At June 30, 2015 and 2014, the weighted-average interest rate on these foreign debt instruments was approximately 3.4% and 3.8%, respectively.
The foreign debt instruments are generally issued in support of specific capital expenditures and are secured by the underlying value of these assets. The carrying value of these secured assets approximates $18,615 at June 30, 2015.
Cash paid for interest was approximately $70,609, $41,456, $3,703 and $22,871 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively.
During the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively, the Company amortized debt discount of $3,582, $2,189, $ and $, respectively.
Note 11Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) represents net earnings and any revenue, expenses, gains and losses that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net earnings and recognized directly as a component of stockholders equity.
The change in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and for the year ended June 30, 2013 is as follows:
Foreign
Currency Translation Adjustments |
Available for
Sale Securities |
Pension
Adjustments |
Total | |||||||||||||
Predecessor |
||||||||||||||||
Balance as of July 1, 2012 |
$ | (2,077 | ) | $ | (968 | ) | $ | | $ | (3,045 | ) | |||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (1) |
391 | (144 | ) | | 247 | |||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income (loss) (2) |
| 1,112 | | 1,112 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2013 |
$ | (1,686 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | (1,686 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (1) |
731 | 8 | | 739 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of August 14, 2013 |
$ | (955 | ) | $ | 8 | $ | | $ | (947 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Successor |
||||||||||||||||
Balance as of August 15, 2013 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (1) |
5,919 | 9 | 6,963 | 12,891 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2014 |
5,919 | 9 | 6,963 | 12,891 | ||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications (1) |
(38,964 | ) | 6 | 12,780 | (26,178 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2015 |
$ | (33,045 | ) | $ | 15 | $ | 19,743 | $ | (13,287 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Other comprehensive income (loss) is reported net of taxes and noncontrolling interest. |
(2) | Amounts reclassified are included in other income (expense), net. |
F-34
Note 12Income Taxes
The Companys provision for income taxes consists of the following for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from August 15,
2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from July 1,
2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year ended
June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Current: |
||||||||||||||||||
State |
$ | 270 | $ | 127 | $ | (395 | ) | $ | 453 | |||||||||
Federal |
| 3 | | 64 | ||||||||||||||
Foreign |
7,327 | 4,504 | 375 | 2,437 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total current |
7,597 | 4,634 | (20 | ) | 2,954 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||||||||||||
State |
(2,880 | ) | (2,043 | ) | (1,535 | ) | 173 | |||||||||||
Federal |
(7,497 | ) | (17,850 | ) | (13,818 | ) | 1,707 | |||||||||||
Foreign |
900 | (4,222 | ) | (248 | ) | (639 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total deferred |
(9,477 | ) | (24,115 | ) | (15,601 | ) | 1,241 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
$ | (1,880 | ) | $ | (19,481 | ) | $ | (15,621 | ) | $ | 4,195 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The geographic components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from August 15,
2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from July 1,
2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year ended
June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
United States |
$ | (29,377 | ) | $ | (68,079 | ) | $ | (41,656 | ) | $ | 3,810 | |||||||
Rest of World |
34,523 | (3,050 | ) | 2,350 | 9,718 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
$ | 5,146 | $ | (71,129 | ) | $ | (39,306 | ) | $ | 13,528 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from August 15,
2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from July 1,
2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year ended
June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Income tax expense at statutory rate |
$ | 1,801 | $ | (24,895 | ) | $ | (13,757 | ) | $ | 4,738 | ||||||||
Non-deductible transaction costs |
608 | 3,907 | 1,467 | 101 | ||||||||||||||
Foreign tax rate differentials |
(4,245 | ) | 723 | (455 | ) | (1,609 | ) | |||||||||||
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
(2,880 | ) | (1,916 | ) | (2,461 | ) | 468 | |||||||||||
Adjustment of uncertain tax positions and interest |
(1,253 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||
Permanent differences |
2,849 | 1,354 | 16 | 315 | ||||||||||||||
Valuation allowance |
316 | 1,445 | | | ||||||||||||||
Other |
924 | (99 | ) | (431 | ) | 182 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
$ | (1,880 | ) | $ | (19,481 | ) | $ | (15,621 | ) | $ | 4,195 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
Note 12Income Taxes (continued)
Foreign rate differentials are attributable to lower foreign statutory tax rates in multiple jurisdictions outside of the United States and based on economic zone status and foreign government tax reduction approval.
Our effective tax rate for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, and the year ended June 30, 2013 was (36.5)%, 27.4% and 31.0%, respectively.
Included in the year ending June 30, 2015 is a benefit of $1,253 reflecting the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits due to the expirations of statute of limitations for certain foreign uncertain tax positions and a benefit of $2,880 related to a change in the state income tax rate from 3.5% to 2%.
For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 and the year ended June 20, 2013, our effective tax rate was lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to earnings taxed at lower rates in foreign jurisdictions.
Deferred income taxes
The Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 30, 2015 and 2014 consist of the following:
Successor | ||||||||
June 30, 2015 | June 30, 2014 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Inventories |
$ | 2,194 | $ | 1,414 | ||||
Net operating loss and other carryforwards |
37,342 | 36,431 | ||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
894 | 401 | ||||||
Stock based and other compensation |
1,502 | 2,509 | ||||||
Post-retirement benefits |
6,125 | 14,670 | ||||||
Interest |
| 688 | ||||||
Goodwill |
2,057 | | ||||||
Accrued expense and other |
9,306 | 7,634 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross deferred tax assets |
59,420 | 63,747 | ||||||
Valuation allowance |
(10,050 | ) | (9,280 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred income tax asset |
49,370 | 54,467 | ||||||
Deferred income tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Property and equipment |
(19,469 | ) | (29,792 | ) | ||||
Goodwill |
| (1,786 | ) | |||||
Intangible assets |
(99,940 | ) | (117,301 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred income tax liabilities |
(119,409 | ) | (148,879 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax liability |
$ | (70,039 | ) | $ | (94,412 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2015, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104,939. U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards comprise approximately $68,699, which can be carried forward for 10-20 years. Foreign net operating loss carryforwards comprise approximately $36,239 of which $14,607 can be carried forward indefinitely, $6,180 can be carried forward for 6-10 years and $15,452 can be carried forward for 1-5 years.
The gross deferred income tax asset for these net operating losses is approximately $35,471 with recorded valuation allowances of approximately $10,050. Approximately $12,200 of the deferred tax asset is attributable to net operating losses in the US that are subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code for transactions resulting in ownership changes in the prior periods. A valuation allowance has not been recorded on
F-36
Note 12Income Taxes (continued)
Deferred income taxes (continued)
these deferred tax assets as the limitations imposed by the US tax laws do not result in a change in judgment as to the realizability of such assets.
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes was approximately $6,158, $6,207, $(19) and $1,862 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively.
Uncertain Tax Positions
As of June 30, 2015, the total liability for uncertain tax benefits was $2,794, including accrued interest and penalties and net of related benefits. While the Company believes its tax estimates are reasonable and that it prepares its tax filings in accordance with applicable tax laws, the final determination with respect to any tax audit could be materially difference from our estimates or from our historical income tax provisions and accruals.
Unrecognized tax benefits represent the aggregate tax effect of differences between tax return positions and the amounts otherwise recognized in the Companys consolidated financial statements and are reflected in Other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, is as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from August 15,
2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from July 1,
2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year ended
June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
At the beginning of the period |
$ | 1,601 | $ | 348 | $ | 348 | $ | 348 | ||||||||||
Acquisitions |
2,636 | 1,253 | | | ||||||||||||||
Accrued Interest and Penalty |
65 | | | | ||||||||||||||
Decreases for tax positions related to prior periods |
(255 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||
Decreases due to lapsed statutes of limitations |
(1,253 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
At the end of the period |
$ | 2,794 | $ | 1,601 | $ | 348 | $ | 348 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of June 30, 2015, June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013 are $2,794, $1,601 and $348, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
The unrecognized tax benefits accrual for the year ended June 30, 2015 consists of federal and foreign tax matters. It is unlikely that the Companys total unrecognized tax benefits will decrease during the next year. The Company has elected to treat interest and penalties attributable to income taxes to the extent they arise, as a component of its income tax expense or benefit. For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, no interest or penalties were required to be recorded. During the year ended June 30, 2015, the Company recorded $65 of interest and penalties.
As part of the acquisition the Company received indemnification for all taxes payable and unrecognized tax positions incurred by ASG prior to the date of acquisition from the prior owners. As of June 30, 2015, the Company has an indemnification receivable balance of $2,007 due from the former owners of ASG.
The Company files tax returns in multiple jurisdictions and is subject to examination by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. Significant tax jurisdictions include the US, UK and Germany. Tax years from fiscal 2012 through 2015 remain open and subject to examination in the Companys major taxing jurisdictions.
F-37
Note 12Income Taxes (continued)
Uncertain Tax Positions (continued)
As of June 30, 2015, the Company is under tax audit in Mexico for 2008 and in the United States for 2012-2014.
It is the intention of the Company to reinvest the earnings of its subsidiaries outside of the UK. At June 30, 2015, approximately $67.5 million of accumulated earnings were indefinitely reinvested. Determining the deferred tax liability for these undistributed foreign earnings is not practicable. A deferred tax liability may be required in the future if the Companys business strategy changes and requires distributions of previously indefinitely reinvested earnings.
Note 13Employee Benefit Plans
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company maintains various defined contribution benefit plans (the Plans). The Plans cover substantially all North America non-union employees and substantially all the European work force of the Company and include provisions for the Company to match a percentage of the employees contributions at a rate determined by the Board of Directors each year.
Contributions to the Plan were approximately $7,920, $3,927, $295 and $1,908 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively. Contributions are recorded in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company maintains a number of defined benefit pension plans for the benefit of its employees throughout the world, which vary depending on the conditions and practices in the countries concerned. The principal defined benefit pension plan is the Field Group Pension Plan in the United Kingdom. The assets of the plan are held in an external trustee-administered fund. The Company also operates two further defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom (known as the Chesapeake pension plan and the GCM pension plan), as well as a number of defined benefit arrangements in France and Germany. The defined benefit pension plans in the United Kingdom are funded while the French and German plans are mainly unfunded. The benefits are based on a fixed rate of pay per year depending on the department worked in and function of the participant. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by an independent actuary.
F-38
Note 13Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
Defined Benefit Plans (continued)
The following table presents, for the fiscal years noted, a summary of the changes in the projected benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Companys pension plans:
Successor | ||||||||
June 30, 2015 | June 30, 2014 | |||||||
Change in benefit obligation: |
||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
$ | 579,708 | $ | 3,494 | ||||
Acquisitions |
| 547,033 | ||||||
Service cost |
3,676 | 1,331 | ||||||
Interest cost |
22,891 | 9,165 | ||||||
Curtailment gain |
| (75 | ) | |||||
Foreign exchange impact |
(42,855 | ) | 14,367 | |||||
Actuarial loss |
39,891 | 9,684 | ||||||
Employee contributions |
1,394 | 576 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(18,922 | ) | (5,867 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Benefit obligation at end of year |
$ | 585,783 | $ | 579,708 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Change in plan assets: |
||||||||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |
$ | 557,271 | $ | | ||||
Acquisitions |
| 515,221 | ||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
81,813 | 28,026 | ||||||
Foreign exchange impact |
(41,234 | ) | 13,557 | |||||
Employer contributions |
14,447 | 5,758 | ||||||
Employee contributions |
1,394 | 576 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(18,922 | ) | (5,867 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
$ | 594,769 | $ | 557,271 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Overfunded/(underfunded) status at end of year |
$ | 8,986 | $ | (22,437 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Components of the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet: |
||||||||
Current liabilities |
$ | | $ | (747 | ) | |||
Non-current assets/(liabilities) |
8,986 | (21,690 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total overfunded/(underfunded) status |
$ | 8,986 | $ | (22,437 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
The accumulated benefit obligation totaled $562,230 and $560,900 as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
The following table is a summary of the annual cost of the Companys pension plans:
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 3,676 | $ | 1,331 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Interest cost |
22,891 | 9,127 | 38 | 221 | ||||||||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(25,730 | ) | (9,905 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Curtailment gain |
| (75 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net periodic benefit cost |
$ | 837 | $ | 478 | $ | 38 | $ | 221 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
Note 13Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
Defined Benefit Plans (continued)
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Actuarial gain, net of tax |
$ | (12,758 | ) | $ | (6,861 | ) | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Effect of foreign exchange rates |
(22 | ) | (82 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) |
$ | (12,780 | ) | $ | (6,943 | ) | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit for the Companys pension plans as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
2015 | 2014 | 2013 | ||||||||||||
Discount rate |
2.60%-4.30% | 2.60%-4.30% | 4.00% | |||||||||||
Expected rate of return |
2.15%-5.05% | 2.50%-5.15% | n/a | |||||||||||
Rate of compensation increase |
2.00%-3.90% | 2.00%-3.90% | 2.00% | |||||||||||
Rate of price inflation |
1.80%-3.20% | 2.00%-3.30% | n/a |
The analysis of the plan assets fair value was as follows:
Successor | ||||||||
Description |
2015 | 2014 | ||||||
Investment funds |
99.03 | % | 97.41 | % | ||||
Debt securities |
0.02 | % | 0.07 | % | ||||
Insurance contracts |
0.60 | % | 0.80 | % | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
0.35 | % | 1.72 | % |
The Companys employs a dynamic de-risking investment strategy where target investments are updated quarterly to match the funding status of the plan. As the funding status increases there is a gradual de-risking of the plan assets. At June 30, 2015, the plan asset investments are comparative to the current investment strategy.
The expected return on assets assumptions are derived by considering market expectations of the long-term rates of return on the plan investments. The overall expected return assumption is a weighted average of the expected returns on each asset class in which the schemes invest, reflecting the plan asset allocations.
The long-term rates of return on equities and real estate are derived by considering current risk free rates of return with the addition of an appropriate future risk premium. The long-term rate of return from gilt yields, bonds and cash investments are set in line with market yields at the balance sheet date. The return assumption is a net rate after expenses.
F-40
Note 13Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
Defined Benefit Plans (continued)
The following are the major categories of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015 and 2014, using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1); significant other observable inputs (Level 2); and significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):
June 30, 2015 |
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
Description |
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets for Identical Assets |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs |
Significant
Observable Inputs |
Total at
June 30, 2015 |
||||||||||||
Investment funds |
$ | 1,307 | $ | 587,743 | $ | | $ | 589,050 | ||||||||
Debt securities |
113 | | | 113 | ||||||||||||
Insurance contracts |
3,254 | 284 | | 3,538 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
2,068 | | | 2,068 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | 6,742 | $ | 588,027 | $ | | $ | 594,769 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2014 |
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
Description |
Quoted Prices
in Active Markets for Identical Assets |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs |
Total at
June 30, 2014 |
||||||||||||
Investment funds |
$ | | $ | 542,779 | $ | | $ | 542,779 | ||||||||
Debt securities |
407 | | | 407 | ||||||||||||
Insurance contracts |
| 4,494 | | 4,494 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
9,591 | | | 9,591 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | 9,998 | $ | 547,273 | $ | | $ | 557,271 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit payments of the defined benefit pension plans are expected to be paid as follows:
For the Year Ending June 30, |
Amount | |||
2016 |
$ | 17,448 | ||
2017 |
18,069 | |||
2018 |
18,427 | |||
2019 |
19,208 | |||
2020 |
19,499 | |||
2021-2025 |
105,868 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 198,519 | |||
|
|
Expected Contributions
Based on estimates as of June 30, 2015, the Company expects to make contributions to the pension plan during the year ended June 30, 2016 of $13,600.
The estimated net loss, net transition asset (obligation) and prior service credit for the plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year are $0, $0 and $0, respectively.
F-41
Note 13Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
Other Post-Employment Obligations
Shorewood Packaging Corporation of Canada operates a post-retirement medical plan (the Shorewood Medical Plan), which is unfunded. The following table presents a summary of the changes in the projected benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status of the Shorewood Medical Plan which was assumed in the Companys acquisition of AGI Shorewood as of June 30, 2015 and for the year ended June 30, 2015.
Total | ||||
Change in benefit obligation: |
||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of period |
$ | | ||
Acquisition |
2,582 | |||
Service cost |
44 | |||
Interest cost |
62 | |||
Benefits paid |
(2 | ) | ||
Actuarial gain |
(419 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Benefit obligation at end of period |
$ | 2,267 | ||
|
|
|||
Fair value of plan assets at end of period: |
$ | | ||
|
|
|||
Underfunded status at end of period |
$ | (2,267 | ) | |
|
|
Total | ||||
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost |
||||
Service cost |
$ | 44 | ||
Interest cost |
62 | |||
Expected return on plan assets |
| |||
|
|
|||
Net Periodic Benefit Cost |
$ | 106 | ||
|
|
Total | ||||
Other Changes in Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income): |
||||
Actuarial gain, net of tax |
$ | 419 | ||
|
|
|||
Total Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Income) |
$ | 419 | ||
|
|
F-42
Note 13Employee Benefit Plans (continued)
Other Post-Employment Obligations (continued)
The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation for the Shorewood Medical Plan are as follows:
Discount rates: |
| 3.9% for benefit cost determination | ||
| 4.0% for June 30, 2015 funded status | |||
Health care cost trend rates: |
||||
Hospital |
4.5% | |||
Prescription drugs |
8.26% grading down to 4.5% after 2029 | |||
Other medical |
4.5% | |||
Mortality: |
Canadian Pensioners Mortality (CPM) 2014 Private Mortality Table with Projection Scale CPM-B |
The effects of a 1% change in health care cost trend rates on the benefit obligation at June 30, 2015 are as follows:
| One-percentage point increase | $138 or 6.1% | ||
| One-percentage point decrease | ($124) or (5.5%) |
Expected Contributions
Based on estimates as of June 30, 2015, the Company expects to make contributions to the Shorewood Medical Plan during the year ended June 30, 2016 of $61.
The estimated net gain, net transition asset (obligation) and prior service credit for the Shorewood Medical Plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year are $16, $0 and $0, respectively.
Note 14Multiemployer Pension Plans
The Company contributed to multiemployer pension plans covering employees under collective bargaining agreements that were assumed as part of the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities of Ivy Hill Corporation (Ivy Hill) in April 2009.
The risks of participating in multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:
| Assets contributed to a multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. |
| If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. |
| If the Company chooses to stop participating in some of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. |
The Companys participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The contributions to these plans are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
F-43
Note 14Multiemployer Pension Plans (continued)
The Company contributed to the Graphic Communications Conference of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters National Pension Fund (the GCC-IBT Fund), the PACE Industry Union-Management Pension Fund (the PACE Fund), and the Graphic Arts Industry Joint Pension Trust (the JPT Trust). As discussed below, the Company triggered a complete withdrawal from each of these multiemployer plans. The EIN/Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer Identification Number (EIN). The Pension Protection Act (PPA) Zone Status is based on information the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plans actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been implemented. The Surcharge Imposed column indicates whether the Company contribution rate included an amount in addition to the contribution rate specified in the applicable collective bargaining agreement, as imposed by a plan in critical status, in accordance with the requirements of the Code. There have been no significant changes affecting the comparability of contributions.
Cash Contributions by the Company | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PPA Zone Status |
Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Plan |
EIN
Number |
2014 | 2013 |
FIP/RP
Status |
For the
year ended June 30, 2015 |
Period
from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period
from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the
year ended June 30, 2013 |
Surcharge
Imposed |
|||||||||||||||||||||
GCC-IBT Fund |
52-6118568 | Red | Red | Implemented | $ | 99 | $ | 25 | $ | 16 | $ | 160 | Yes | |||||||||||||||||
PACE Fund |
11-6166763 | Red | Red | Implemented | 197 | 60 | 34 | 266 | Yes | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 296 | $ | 85 | $ | 50 | $ | 426 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company closed a manufacturing facility located in Terre Haute, Indiana in October 2013. The employees of this plant were participants in the GCC-IBT Fund and PACE Fund. In letters dated January 13, 2014 and April 29, 2014, the administrators of these funds notified the Company that it had triggered a complete withdrawal from the GCC-IBT Fund and PACE Fund, which was caused by the Companys permanent cessation of contributions to the funds in December 2013. As a result, the Company is required to contribute its share of the respective plans unfunded benefit obligations as calculated by the funds actuaries.
The withdrawal liabilities were calculated using a method that was adopted by the trustees of the respective funds and approved by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the PBGC) under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).
Based upon this calculation, the Company was obligated to make 240 monthly payments of approximately $31, or approximately $378 per annum, to the GCC-IBT Fund beginning on March 31, 2014 and make 193 monthly payments of approximately $45, or approximately $539 per annum, to the PACE Fund beginning on June 1, 2014. At June 30, 2014, the Company recorded a long-term liability of $8,953, representing the present value of the remaining quarterly payments using the Companys effective borrowing rate of 7.0%. The balance on this long-term liability was $8,640 at June 30, 2015.
The Company closed a manufacturing facility located in Louisville, Kentucky in 2012. The employees of this plant were participants in the JPT Trust from which the Company withdrew in June 2012, triggering a withdrawal liability. The withdrawal liability requires the Company to make payments of $424 per annum, to the JPT Trust. On August 12, 2013, the Company paid $3,722 to the JPT Trust in full settlement of the withdrawal liability. As a result of the payment, the Company recorded a gain of $676, which has been recorded in other income on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 (see Note 8).
F-44
Note 15Series C Shares
In connection with the acquisition of Ivy Hill, the Company was fully indemnified by the seller for the withdrawal liabilities related to the three multiemployer pension plans discussed in Note 13. The purchase price for Ivy Hill was paid, in part, through the delivery of 7,750 Series C Shares, valued at $7,750. The Series C Shares issued in connection with the Ivy Hill acquisition were held in an escrow arrangement to guarantee the payment of all indemnification obligations of the seller associated with any withdrawal liabilities resulting from the three multiemployer plans the Company assumed in connection with the acquisition. As a result of the indemnification, on June 30, 2012, the Company recorded $4,591 as due from the seller, which was recorded as an equity secured receivable in the consolidated statements of shareholders equity (deficiency). On April 26, 2013, the Company and the sellers of Ivy Hill entered into a Mutual Settlement and Release Agreement whereby the parties agreed to release the Series C Shares from escrow to the Company in satisfaction of the sellers indemnification obligations and to mutually release each other from any future claims. The Series C Shares were retired by the Company upon receipt. The Company recorded a gain of $3,159, which represents the excess of the $7,750 value of the Series C Shares over the $4,591 equity secured receivable due from the sellers. The gain has been recorded in other income on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) (see Note 8).
As of April 26, 2013, the date of the settlement, the Series C Shares had accumulated unpaid dividends of approximately $2,813. However, pursuant to the terms of the Series C Shares, to the extent that the Series C Shares are transferred to MPS to satisfy the indemnification, then any dividends accrued with respect to the Series C Shares shall be disregarded and terminated in all respects as if the Series C Shares had never been issued and outstanding. Accordingly, the entire amount of the Series C Share dividends was reversed to paid-in-capital during the year ended June 30, 2013.
Note 16Restructuring
During 2014, the Company announced its intention to reorganize its operations and cease operations in its Terre Haute, Indiana, Evansville, Indiana and Fairfield, New Jersey facilities. The reorganization will position the Company for further, profitable growth.
The following is a summary of the activity with respect to a reserve established by the Company in connection with the Restructuring Plan, by category of costs.
Severance and
employee related |
Costs associated
with exit or disposal activities |
Total | ||||||||||
Balance at August 15, 2013 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Restructuring costs |
4,797 | 2,855 | 7,652 | |||||||||
Amounts paid |
(2,737 | ) | (605 | ) | (3,342 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at June 30, 2014 |
2,060 | 2,250 | 4,310 | |||||||||
Amounts paid |
(1,324 | ) | (1,474 | ) | (2,798 | ) | ||||||
Adjustments (1) |
(480 | ) | | (480 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at June 30, 2015 |
$ | 256 | $ | 776 | $ | 1,032 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | All adjustments were changes in estimates whereby decreases were recorded to cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). |
These charges are recorded in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014. Accrued restructuring costs are included in other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
F-45
Note 17Operating Leases
The Company has various operating leases for certain facilities and equipment. Future minimum rental payments at June 30, 2015 under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
For the Year Ending June 30, |
Amount | |||
2016 |
$ | 13,399 | ||
2017 |
10,427 | |||
2018 |
7,540 | |||
2019 |
5,326 | |||
2020 |
4,075 | |||
Thereafter |
13,621 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 54,388 | ||
|
|
Rent expense under all operating leases were $14,504, $6,788, $519 and $4,413 for the year ended June 30, 2015, the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively.
Note 18Commitments And Contingencies
The Company participates in multiple collective bargaining agreements with various unions, which provide specified benefits to certain union employees. Approximately 7% of the Companys employees in North America are unionized and approximately 72% of the Companys employees in Europe are members of a union or works counsel or otherwise covered by labor agreements. The collective bargaining contract agreements with the various unions are set to expire at various dates between 2015 and 2017, at which time, the Company expects to negotiate a renewal of the agreements.
The Company is involved in various proceedings, legal actions and claims arising in the normal course of business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. The Company records amounts for losses that are deemed to be probable and subject to reasonable estimate. The Company does not anticipate losses as a result of these proceedings that would materially affect the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Note 19Related Party Transactions
The Company previously maintained a management agreement with an affiliate of the Predecessors majority shareholder, which provided for quarterly payments equal to the greater of a fixed annual fee or a variable annual fee based upon the Companys annual EBITDA. The management agreement was terminated on August 15, 2013 in connection with the Transaction (see Note 1).
Management fees and related expenses totaled $264 and $2,315 for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The management agreement was terminated on August 15, 2013 in connection with the Transaction (see Note 1).
Also in connection with the Transaction, the Company paid fees of $3,500 and $4,000 to IPC and MDP, respectively. These amounts were recorded in transaction related expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013.
In connection with the Merger, the Company paid a fee of $5,000 to Carlyle. This amount was recorded in transaction related expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014.
F-46
Note 19Related Party Transactions (continued)
On February 13, 2014 the Company loaned Lux Finco, a Carlyle owned entity, and Lux Newco, a MDP owned entity, each $1,677 to enable them to purchase 5.1% of the outstanding capital stock of CD Cartondruck GmbH, a MPS owned entity. The notes bear interest at a rate of 2.0%, compounded annually, and had a maturity date of February 14, 2015. The loan automatically renews for one year periods unless terminated through a written notice no less than four weeks prior to maturity. The $3,354 note receivable is recorded in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014.
Note 20Stock Based Compensation
2006 Long-Term Option Plan
The 2006 Long-Term Stock Option Plan (the 2006 Plan), which was approved by the Companys Board of Directors, allowed the Company to grant options to purchase common stock to directors, officers and employees of the Company. In January 2013, the Board of Directors amended and increased the maximum number of options allowed to be issued under the 2006 Plan from 6,350 to 10,000.
There were no options granted for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013. During the year ended June 30, 2013, the Company granted options to purchase 4,450 shares as follows:
Number of Options Issued |
Exercise Price Per Share |
|
3,600 |
$1,850 | |
850 |
$ 100 |
The 3,600 grant of options were subject to time vesting (time vesting options). Time vesting options are exercisable, in whole or in part, at twenty percent per year from either the date of grant or a later date, as per the respective option agreement. All time vesting options were to become exercisable within five years from the date of grant. The 850 options granted vest upon the occurrence of a sale of the Company, provided the participant is still employed by the Company, which represented a performance condition. Accordingly, no compensation expense related to these 850 options has been recorded for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and for the year ended June 30, 2013. All options granted during the year ended June 30, 2013 had a maximum term of ten years and were to expire on January 31, 2023.
Due to a change in control of the Company on August 15, 2013 (Note 1), the stock options under the 2006 Plan immediately vested. The Company recognized compensation expense of $10,360 and $362 for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively, which is recorded as selling, general and administrative in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for stock-based compensation arrangements was approximately $3,989 and $139 for the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013, and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively.
In accordance with certain preexisting provisions included in the terms of the 2006 Plan, all share-based awards outstanding at the time of the Transaction were settled.
All options granted from 2008 through 2010 under the 2006 Plan were time vesting options, and had a maximum term of ten years and were to expire on various dates through March 31, 2020.
The options issued prior to 2008 under the 2006 Plan had a maximum term of ten years and were to expire on June 28, 2016. Fifty percent of these options were time vesting options. The remaining fifty percent of the options were subject to vesting based upon the investors return (Return Vest Options). The Return Vest Options were to vest based on the investor realizing an internal rate of return, as defined in the option agreement.
F-47
Note 20Stock Based Compensation (continued)
2006 Long-Term Option Plan (continued)
There has been no vesting of Return Vest Options through August 15, 2013. In the event the investors of the Company, or the Company itself consummates a transaction for the sale of the Company, the participants of the 2006 Plan shall receive the same form and amount of consideration per share as all other holders of the same class or series of shares, which occurred on August 15, 2013.
In the event of a 2006 Plan participant termination, the Company has the right to repurchase the options or shares issued thereunder (Call Option). The purchase price for each option repurchased shall be the fair market value at the date the Call Option is exercised if the termination is not for cause pursuant to other terms of the option agreements. Included in compensation expense is additional compensation expense of $104 relating to the option repurchases for the year ended June 30, 2013.
2013 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2013 Plan), which was approved by the Companys Board of Directors on August 23, 2013, allowed the Company to grant options to purchase common stock to directors, officers and employees of the Company. During the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, the Company issued 823,700 time-vested options and 649,800 performance based options. Time vesting options are exercisable, in whole or in part, at twenty percent per year from either the date of grant or a later date, as per the respective option agreement. All time vesting options were to become exercisable within five years from the date of grant and have a ten-year life. The performance based options vest based on the Companys principal investors obtaining various thresholds of an internal rate of return as defined in the 2013 Plan. The time vested options and the performance-based options were cancelled on February 14, 2014 in connection with the Merger Agreement (see Note 1) and accordingly there was no stock compensation expense recorded for any periods presented.
Stock Options Valuation
For options issued under the 2013 Plan and the 2006 Plan, the Company calculated the estimated fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the BlackScholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. A nonpublic entity that is unable to estimate the expected volatility of the price of its underlying share may measure awards based on a calculated value, which substitutes the volatility of an appropriate index for the volatility of the entitys own share price.
F-48
Note 20Stock Based Compensation (continued)
Stock Options Valuation (continued)
Currently, there is no active market for the Companys common shares. Therefore, as a substitute for the Companys volatility, the Company has elected to use the historical volatility of the Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index, which is representative of the Companys industry. The Company has used the historical closing values of that index to estimate volatility, which was calculated to be 28.01% and 27.30% over the expected life of the options for the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 and for the year ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Expected term (in years) |
N/A | 6.5 | N/A | 6.5 | ||||||||||||||
Expected volatility |
N/A | 28.01 | % | N/A | 27.3 | % | ||||||||||||
Risk-free rate |
N/A | 2.27 | % | N/A | 1.4 | % | ||||||||||||
Expected dividends |
N/A | | N/A | |
Stock Option Activity
Stock option activity under the 2006 Plan is summarized as follows:
Shares Subject to
Option |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual Life (Years) |
||||||||||
Balance Outstanding at July 1, 2012 |
7,405 | $ | 258.91 | 4.7 | ||||||||
Options granted pursuant to the 2006 Plan |
4,450 | 1,523.08 | 9.6 | |||||||||
Options exercised |
(110 | ) | 332.56 | | ||||||||
Options expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(1,935 | ) | 108.81 | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at June 30, 2013 |
9,810 | 866.28 | 6.8 | |||||||||
Options expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(9,810 | ) | (866.28 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the status of the Companys unvested shares as of August 15, 2013, and changes during the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 and the year ended June 30, 2013 is presented below:
Shares Subject
to Option |
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Balance Unvested at July 1, 2012 |
1,324 | $ | 197.77 | |||||
Restricted shares granted pursuant to the 2006 Plan |
4,450 | 792.99 | ||||||
Restricted shares vested |
(532 | ) | 196.93 | |||||
Restricted shares expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(40 | ) | 192.87 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance Unvested at June 30, 2013 |
5,202 | 704.39 | ||||||
Restricted shares expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(5,202 | ) | (704.39 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance Unvested at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | |||||
|
|
|
|
F-49
Note 20Stock Based Compensation (continued)
Stock Option Activity (continued)
As of August 15, 2013, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2006 Plan since all unvested options were cancelled during the period. The total fair value of shares vested for the year ended June 30, 2013 was $105.
Stock option activity under the 2013 Plan summarized as follows:
Shares Subject to
Option |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual Life (Years) |
||||||||||
Balance Outstanding at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
Options granted pursuant to the 2013 Plan |
1,473,500 | 10.00 | 10.0 | |||||||||
Options expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(1,473,500 | ) | (10.00 | ) | (10.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at June 30, 2014 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the status of the Companys unvested shares as of June 30, 2014, and changes during the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 is presented below:
Shares Subject
to Option |
Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Balance Unvested at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | |||||
Restricted shares granted pursuant to the 2013 Plan |
1,473,500 | 3.33 | ||||||
Restricted shares expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(1,473,500 | ) | (3.33 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance Unvested at June 30, 2014 |
| $ | | |||||
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted during the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 was $3.33.
Restricted Stock Units
The Company issued 528,500 restricted stock units (RSUs) under the 2013 Plan, which was approved by the Companys Board of Directors in August 2013. Time vesting RSUs vest, in whole or in part, at twenty percent per year from either the date of grant or a later date, as per the respective RSUs. All time vesting RSUs were to vest within five years from the date of grant and has a ten-year life. The performance based RSUs vested based on the Companys principal investors obtaining various thresholds of an internal rate of return as defined in the 2013 Plan. The time vested RSUs and the performance based RSUs were cancelled on February 14, 2014 in connection with the Merger Agreement (see Note 1) and accordingly no expense has been recorded during any of the periods presented.
RSUs activity under the 2013 Plan summarized as follows:
Shares Subject to
RSUs |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual Life (Years) |
||||||||||
Balance Outstanding at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
RSUs granted pursuant to the 2013 Plan |
528,500 | 10.00 | 10.0 | |||||||||
RSUs expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(528,500 | ) | (10.00 | ) | (10.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at June 30, 2014 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-50
Note 20Stock Based Compensation (continued)
Performance Based Units
In connection with Carlyles acquisition of Chesapeake, certain members of Chesapeakes management were allowed to co-invest with Carlyle in an entity controlled by Carlyle that holds an investment in the Company. At the time of the grant, those members of management that invested alongside Carlyle received a specified number of ordinary shares, which were subject to a performance-based ratchet (the Ratchet). Pursuant to the Ratchet, members of managements ownership percentage can increase based on Chesapeake completing an Exit that results in a specified return on invested capital (MOIC) and internal rate of return (IRR) for certain investors. An Exit is defined as the completion of a liquidating event, which includes the completion of an initial public offering (IPO). Since a liquidity event, including an IPO, is generally not probable until it occurs, no compensation cost has been recognized in the financial statements.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan (Mustang Investment Holdings L.P.)
The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2014 Plan) allows profits interests and restricted capital interests in Mustang Investment Holdings L.P. (Holdings) to be granted to directors, officers and employees of the Company. During the period from August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014, Holdings issued 823,700 time-vesting profits interests and 649,800 performance-vesting profits interests and during the year ended June 30, 2015, Holdings issued 90,600 time-vesting profits interests and 60,400 performance-vesting profits interests. Time-vesting profits interests vest twenty percent per year on each of the first five anniversaries of August 15, 2013, as per the applicable award agreement. All performance-vesting profits interests vest based on Holdings principal investors obtaining various thresholds of an internal rate of return as defined in the 2014 Plan, which represents a performance condition. The performance condition is not probable of being achieved, and accordingly, no compensation expense related to the performance-vesting profits interests has been recorded.
In addition, during the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014, Holdings issued 528,500 restricted capital interests under the 2014 Plan. The restricted capital interests vest twenty percent per year on each of the first five anniversaries of August 15, 2013, as per the applicable award agreement.
The Company recognized compensation expense related to awards under the 2014 Plan as follows:
Successor | ||||||||
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Time vesting profit interests |
$ | 3,210 | $ | 618 | ||||
Time vesting restricted capital interests |
1,949 | 445 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 5,159 | $ | 1,063 | |||||
|
|
|
|
Since the profits interests issued under the 2014 Plan are for interests in Holdings, which is outside of the consolidated group, the value of the profits interests were marked to market at each of the Companys reporting periods.
2014 PlanProfits Interests Valuation
As an input to the Black-Scholes model, and for valuation of the profits interest and restricted capital interest awards, the Company estimates the fair value of Holdings equity quarterly. The Company relies on the results of a discounted cash flow analysis but also considers other widely recognized valuation models. The discounted cash flow analysis is dependent on a number of significant management assumptions regarding the expected future financial results of the Company and Holdings as well as upon estimates of an appropriate cost of capital.
F-51
Note 20Stock Based Compensation (continued)
2014 PlanProfits Interests Valuation (continued)
A sensitivity analysis is performed in order to establish a narrow range of estimated fair values for the equity of Holdings. The market approach consists of identifying a set of guideline public companies. Multiples of historical and projected EBITDA determined based on the guideline companies are applied to Holdings EBITDA in order to establish a range of estimated fair value for the equity of Holdings. After considering all of these estimates of fair value, the Company then determines a single estimated fair value of the equity to be used in accounting for equity-based compensation.
For profits interests issued under the 2014 Plan the Company calculates the estimated fair value of each award on the date of grant using the BlackScholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below and considers a lack of marketability discount. Currently, there is no active market for Holdings equity. Therefore, as a substitute for Holdings volatility, the Company has elected to use the historical volatility of various publically traded companies in the printing industry. The Company has used the historical volatilities of these entities to estimate volatility. The Company uses historical data to estimate employee terminations within the valuation model. The expected term of profits interests granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that profits interests granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the life of the profits interests is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Expected term (in years) |
4.52 | 6.5 | ||||||
Expected volatility |
42 | % | 46.58 | % | ||||
Risk-free rate |
1.48 | % | 2.13 | % | ||||
Expected dividends |
| | ||||||
Weighted average grant date fair-value |
$ | 7.88 | $ | 4.77 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted average fair-value at end of period of all profits interest issued under the 2014 Plan |
$ | 13.37 | $ | 4.77 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested profit interests at June 30, 2015 amounted to $6,826 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.5 years.
Profits interests activity under the 2014 Plan summarized as follows:
Incentive Units Subject
to Profits Interests |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price (or Distribution Threshold) |
Weighted Average
Remaining Life (Years) |
||||||||||
Balance Outstanding at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
Profits interests granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan |
1,473,500 | 10.00 | 10.0 | |||||||||
Profits interests expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(10,000 | ) | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at June 30, 2014 |
1,463,500 | 10.00 | 9.2 | |||||||||
Profits interests granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan |
151,000 | 20.00 | 10.0 | |||||||||
Profits interests expired/cancelled/repurchased |
(10,000 | ) | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding June 30, 2015 |
1,604,500 | $ | 10.94 | 8.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Vested at June 30, 2015 |
292,700 | 10.00 | 8.2 |
F-52
Note 20Stock Based Compensation (continued)
2014 PlanRestricted Capital Interests Valuation
For Restricted Capital Interests issued under the 2014 Plan the Company calculates the estimated fair value of each award using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below and considers a lack of marketability discount. Currently, there is no active market for Holdings equity. Therefore, as a substitute for Holdings volatility, the Company has elected to use the historical volatility of various publically traded companies in the printing industry. The Company uses historical data to estimate employee terminations within the valuation model. The expected term of profits interests granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that profits interests granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the life of the profits interests is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
For the year ended
June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
|||||||
Expected term (in years) |
4.52 | 6.5 | ||||||
Expected volatility |
42 | % | 46.58 | % | ||||
Risk-free rate |
1.48 | % | 2.13 | % | ||||
Expected dividends |
| | ||||||
Weighted average grant date fair-value |
$ | | $ | 4.77 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted average fair-value at end of period of all Restricted Capital Interests issued under the 2014 Plan |
$ | 13.43 | $ | 4.77 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Restricted capital interests activity under the 2014 Plan is summarized as follows:
Shares Subject
to RSUs |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual Life (Years) |
||||||||||
Balance Outstanding at August 15, 2013 |
| $ | | | ||||||||
Restricted capital interests granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan |
528,500 | 10.00 | 10.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at June 30, 2014 |
528,000 | 10.00 | 9.2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance Outstanding at June 30, 2015 |
528,500 | $ | 10.00 | 8.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no restricted capital interests expired, cancelled or repurchased during the periods presented.
Total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted capital interests at June 30, 2015 amounted to $3,994 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.5 years.
Note 21Segments
The Company operates its business along three operating segments, which are grouped on the basis of geography: North America, Europe and Asia. The Company believes this method of segment reporting reflects both the way its business segments are managed and the way the performance of each segment is evaluated. The three segments consist of similar operating activities as each segment produces similar products.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , except that the disaggregated financial results for the segments have been prepared using a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which management internally disaggregates financial information for the purposes of assisting internal operating decisions. Generally, the Company evaluates performance based on stand-alone segment net income (loss) before income taxes, interest, depreciation, amortization, restructuring, transaction and other costs related to acquisitions (Adjusted
F-53
Note 21Segments (continued)
EBITDA) and accounts for inter-segment sales and transfers, which were not material, as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, at current market prices.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Net Sales |
||||||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 737,888 | $ | 452,031 | $ | 58,728 | $ | 480,050 | ||||||||||
Europe |
820,391 | 354,396 | 15,353 | 99,351 | ||||||||||||||
Asia |
59,361 | 7,786 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Net Sales |
$ | 1,617,640 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 579,401 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization |
||||||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 63,194 | $ | 46,924 | $ | 3,164 | $ | 32,751 | ||||||||||
Europe |
69,548 | 28,461 | 893 | 6,815 | ||||||||||||||
Asia |
3,414 | 482 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Depreciation and Amortization |
$ | 136,156 | $ | 75,867 | $ | 4,057 | $ | 39,566 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Operating Income (Loss) |
||||||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 18,317 | $ | (37,181 | ) | $ | (24,524 | ) | $ | 28,808 | ||||||||
Europe |
46,442 | 8,711 | 2,188 | 11,980 | ||||||||||||||
Asia |
6,218 | 186 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Operating Income (Loss) |
$ | 70,977 | $ | (28,284 | ) | $ | (22,336 | ) | $ | 40,788 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (1) |
||||||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 97,001 | $ | 71,290 | $ | 7,390 | $ | 67,761 | ||||||||||
Europe |
126,350 | 46,816 | 3,081 | 18,914 | ||||||||||||||
Asia |
7,611 | 684 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 230,962 | $ | 118,790 | $ | 10,471 | $ | 86,675 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital Expenditures |
||||||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 19,407 | $ | 12,540 | $ | 2,624 | $ | 14,152 | ||||||||||
Europe |
38,189 | 27,218 | 117 | 8,281 | ||||||||||||||
Asia |
1,939 | 130 | | | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Capital Expenditures |
$ | 59,535 | $ | 39,888 | $ | 2,741 | $ | 22,433 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
June 30,
2015 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||
Total Assets |
||||||||||||||
North America |
$ | 915,601 | $ | 789,836 | $ | 271,624 | ||||||||
Europe |
866,214 | 1,037,900 | 75,881 | |||||||||||
Asia |
100,310 | 16,419 | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 1,882,125 | $ | 1,844,155 | $ | 347,505 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-54
Note 21Segments (continued)
The Companys product offerings consist of print-based specialty packaging products across the consumer, health care and multi-media end markets. The Company produces similar products including labels, cartons, inserts and rigid packaging (the Specific Products) in all of the geographies it serves, and in all of the end markets it serves. These Specific Products represent one product line. The nature of a specific carton, label, insert or rigid package is similar from end market to end market and geography to geography. Oftentimes, the Specific Products sold to the customer are bundled, including both label and carton, or label, carton and insert or any combination thereof. The following is a summary of gross sales estimated by product category for the respective periods:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Premium folding cartons |
$ | 1,051,028 | $ | 513,253 | $ | 52,828 | $ | 368,544 | ||||||||||
Inserts |
268,000 | 138,691 | 9,246 | 81,247 | ||||||||||||||
Labels |
126,240 | 79,872 | 8,224 | 69,664 | ||||||||||||||
Rigid packaging |
70,463 | 10,786 | | | ||||||||||||||
Other consumer products |
216,372 | 127,270 | 10,088 | 108,160 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total |
1,732,103 | 869,872 | 80,386 | 627,615 | ||||||||||||||
Sales reserves and eliminations (2) |
(114,463 | ) | (55,659 | ) | (6,305 | ) | (48,214 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,617,640 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 579,401 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of net sales estimated by end markets for the respective fiscal years indicated.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
|||||||||||||||
Net Sales: |
||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
$ | 815,882 | $ | 367,895 | $ | 26,094 | $ | 220,901 | ||||||||||
Health Care |
643,982 | 330,018 | 20,929 | 191,400 | ||||||||||||||
Media |
157,776 | 116,300 | 27,058 | 167,100 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
$ | 1,617,640 | $ | 814,213 | $ | 74,081 | $ | 579,401 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-55
Note 21Segments (continued)
(1) |
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) |
For the year
ended June 30, 2015 |
Period from
August 15, 2013 to June 30, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2013 to August 14, 2013 |
For the year
ended June 30, 2013 |
||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 230,962 | $ | 118,790 | $ | 10,471 | $ | 86,675 | ||||||||||
Transaction costs |
(13,630 | ) | (38,844 | ) | (28,370 | ) | (3,080 | ) | ||||||||||
Management fees |
| | (264 | ) | (2,315 | ) | ||||||||||||
Stock based and deferred compensation |
(5,722 | ) | (1,534 | ) | (125 | ) | (2,578 | ) | ||||||||||
Multiemployer plan exits |
| (9,250 | ) | 676 | | |||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment costs |
(1,019 | ) | | (14,042 | ) | (4,140 | ) | |||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments |
(3,094 | ) | (10,836 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Severance costs |
(6,419 | ) | (2,385 | ) | (3 | ) | (736 | ) | ||||||||||
Restructuring charge |
| (7,652 | ) | | | |||||||||||||
(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets |
(584 | ) | (2,278 | ) | 96 | 853 | ||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
| (1,006 | ) | | (2,112 | ) | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency gains (loss) |
12,171 | 777 | 364 | (220 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other adjustments to EBITDA |
(379 | ) | (490 | ) | (346 | ) | 2,387 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
EBITDA |
212,286 | 45,292 | (31,543 | ) | 74,734 | |||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(1,880 | ) | (19,481 | ) | (15,621 | ) | 4,195 | |||||||||||
Interest expense |
75,437 | 43,215 | 3,991 | 24,546 | ||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
131,703 | 73,206 | 3,772 | 36,660 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 7,026 | $ | (51,648 | ) | $ | (23,685 | ) | $ | 9,333 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) | Represents estimated interplant eliminations, rebates, discounts and the inclusion of certain products as part of bundled transactions that are not able to be allocated to a specific product produced. |
Note 22Subsequent Event (Unaudited)
On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of BP Media, Ltd. (BluePrint). The acquisition of BluePrint provides the Company with pre-press and digital services in the European market, facilitating the processes surrounding translation and interchangeability of print content for foreign locations. In addition, BluePrint provides the Company with an established sales presence in the media markets in Europe, which will enable the Company to serve the European needs of global media releases. BluePrint had annual sales of approximately $23,000 for the 12 months immediately prior to the acquisition. The purchase price allocation is not material to the financial statements.
Bermuda Reincorporation
On October 7, 2015, 100% of the share capital of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited was acquired by Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited, a company incorporated and organized under the laws of Bermuda (the Company) from Chesapeake Finance 1 Limited and Mustang Investment Holdings L.P. The consideration for such acquisition was the issuance of shares in the Company to Chesapeake Finance 1 Limited and Mustang Investment Holdings L.P.
Stock-split
On October 8, 2015, the Companys board of directors approved and the Company executed a 1 for 5.08 reverse stock split of its common shares, satisfying a pre-condition requiring it to complete a reverse stock split prior to completing its proposed initial public offering. All share and per share data for the successor has been presented to reflect this reverse split.
F-56
SCHEDULE IIVALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the year ended June 30, 2013 (Predecessor), for the period of July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 (Predecessor), for the period of August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 (Successor) and for the year ended June 30, 2015:
(in thousands) |
Balance at beginning
of period |
Additions charged
(credited) to expenses |
Net (deductions)
recoveries |
Other
activity |
Balance at end of
period |
|||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful receivables |
||||||||||||||||||||
Successor |
||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended June 30, 2015 |
$ | 2,689 | $ | 1,945 | $ | (1,489 | ) | $ | (213 | ) | $ | 2,932 | ||||||||
For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
$ | 1,168 | $ | 1,834 | $ | (315 | ) | $ | 2 | $ | 2,689 | |||||||||
Predecessor |
||||||||||||||||||||
For the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
$ | 1,054 | $ | 106 | | $ | 8 | $ | 1,168 | |||||||||||
For the year ended June 30, 2013 |
$ | 1,886 | $ | (319 | ) | $ | (513 | ) | | $ | 1,054 | |||||||||
Deferred tax valuation allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||
Successor |
||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended June 30, 2015 |
$ | 9,280 | $ | 1,185 | $ | (1,429 | ) | $ | 1,014 | $ | 10,050 | |||||||||
For the period from August 15, 2013 through June 30, 2014 |
$ | | $ | 1,435 | $ | | $ | 7,845 | (a) | $ | 9,280 | |||||||||
Predecessor |
||||||||||||||||||||
For the period from July 1, 2013 through August 14, 2013 |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
For the year ended June 30, 2013 |
| | | | |
(a) | Includes the effect of acquisitions |
F-57
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED (FORMERLY CHESAPEAKE FINANCE 2 LIMITED)
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013
(SUCCESSOR)
FOR THE PERIOD 31 DECEMBER 2012 TO 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS
ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
F-58
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONTENTS
F-60 | ||||
F-62 | ||||
F-63 | ||||
F-64 | ||||
F-65 | ||||
F-66 |
F-59
To the Board of Directors of
Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited
Nottingham, United Kingdom
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries (the Company), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at 29 December 2013 (Successor) and 30 December 2012 (Predecessor), and the related consolidated statements of profit and loss account, total recognised gains and losses, and cash flows for the period from 13 June 2013 (date of inception) through 29 December 2013 (Successor), for the period from 31 December 2012 through 29 September 2013 (Predecessor), and for the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2012 (Predecessor), and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Managements Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Companys preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries as at 29 December 2013 (Successor) and 31 December 2012 (Predecessor), and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from 13 June 2013 (date of inception) to 29 December 2013 (Successor), for the period from 31 December 2012 through 29 September 2013 (Predecessor), and for the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2012 (Predecessor), in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.
F-60
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
Emphasis of Matter
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in note 30 to the consolidated financial statements. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.
/s/ Deloitte LLP
DELOITTE LLP
London
United Kingdom
18 June 2015
F-61
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012
(PREDECESSOR)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
Note |
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
|||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||
Turnover: Group and share of joint venture |
132,029 | 433,529 | 551,274 | |||||||||||||||
Less: Share of joint venture |
| (7,260 | ) | (7,596 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Group turnover |
2 | 132,029 | 426,269 | 543,678 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of sales |
(103,172 | ) | (326,983 | ) | (418,803 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Gross profit |
28,857 | 99,286 | 124,875 | |||||||||||||||
Other operating expenses (net) |
3 | (31,602 | ) | (83,479 | ) | (66,342 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating (loss) / profit |
(2,745 | ) | 15,807 | 58,533 | ||||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures operating profit |
| 611 | 633 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
(Loss) / profit on ordinary activities before finance charges |
(2,745 | ) | 16,418 | 59,166 | ||||||||||||||
Finance charges (net) |
||||||||||||||||||
Group |
4 | (4,901 | ) | (4,546 | ) | (8,885 | ) | |||||||||||
Joint venture |
4 | | (10 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
(Loss) / profit on ordinary activities before taxation |
5 | (7,646 | ) | 11,862 | 50,273 | |||||||||||||
Tax on loss / profit on ordinary activities |
6 | (1,010 | ) | (6,258 | ) | (4,679 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
(Loss) / profit on ordinary activities after tax |
(8,656 | ) | 5,604 | 45,594 | ||||||||||||||
Equity minority interests |
| (147 | ) | (81 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
(Loss) / profit for the financial period |
(8,656 | ) | 5,457 | 45,513 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012
(PREDECESSOR)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
Note |
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
|||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||
(Loss) / profit for the financial period |
||||||||||||||||||
Group |
(8,656 | ) | 4,983 | 45,048 | ||||||||||||||
Joint venture |
| 474 | 465 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Currency translation differences on net foreign currency investments offset in reserves |
||||||||||||||||||
Group |
(686 | ) | 5,116 | (4,272 | ) | |||||||||||||
Joint venture |
| 125 | (112 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Actuarial losses relating to the pension schemes |
23 | (6,551 | ) | (7,455 | ) | (17,851 | ) | |||||||||||
Credit for current tax attributable to actuarial loss |
1,157 | 6 | 2,866 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total recognised gains and losses relating to the financial period |
(14,736 | ) | 3,249 | 26,144 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-63
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS AT 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR) AND 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
Note |
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||||||
Fixed assets |
||||||||||||||
Negative goodwill |
7 | | (63,124 | ) | ||||||||||
Positive goodwill |
7 | 224,211 | 29,540 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
224,211 | (33,584 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other intangibles |
7 | 45 | 62 | |||||||||||
Tangible assets |
8 | 180,032 | 180,251 | |||||||||||
Investments in joint ventures |
9 | |||||||||||||
Share of gross assets |
| 6,251 | ||||||||||||
Share of gross liabilities |
| (756 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| 5,495 | |||||||||||||
Other investments |
9 | 91 | 99 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
404,379 | 152,323 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||
Stocks |
11 | 49,704 | 52,549 | |||||||||||
Debtors |
12 | 85,827 | 91,410 | |||||||||||
Cash at bank and in hand |
16,553 | 23,513 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
152,084 | 167,472 | |||||||||||||
Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year |
13 | (113,652 | ) | (125,145 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net current assets |
38,432 | 42,327 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total assets less current liabilities |
442,811 | 194,650 | ||||||||||||
Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year |
14 | (277,212 | ) | (78,794 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net assets excluding pension liability |
165,599 | 115,856 | ||||||||||||
Pension liability |
23 | (15,362 | ) | (33,669 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net assets including pension liability |
150,237 | 82,187 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Capital and reserves |
||||||||||||||
Called-up share capital |
16 | 164,948 | 459 | |||||||||||
Profit and loss account |
17 | (14,711 | ) | 80,549 | ||||||||||
Other reserves |
17 | | 31 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Shareholders funds |
150,237 | 81,039 | ||||||||||||
Minority interests |
| 1,148 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Capital Employed |
150,237 | 82,187 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
The financial statements were approved by the board of Directors and authorised for issue on 18 June 15.
They were signed on its behalf by:
Director
/s/ Rick Smith
F-64
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CASHFLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012
(PREDECESSOR)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
Note |
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
|||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities |
19 | (20,803 | ) | 42,630 | 45,963 | |||||||||||||
Returns on investments and servicing of finance |
20 | (3,298 | ) | (6,113 | ) | (2,318 | ) | |||||||||||
Taxation |
20 | (1,350 | ) | (2,179 | ) | (2,420 | ) | |||||||||||
Capital expenditure and financial investment |
20 | (2,760 | ) | (21,192 | ) | (22,754 | ) | |||||||||||
Acquisition and disposals |
20 | (354,340 | ) | (527 | ) | (3,625 | ) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Cash (outflow)/inflow before management of liquid resources and financing |
(382,551 | ) | 12,619 | 14,846 | ||||||||||||||
Financing |
20 | 399,226 | (7,279 | ) | (440 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Increase in cash in the period |
21 | 16,675 | 5,340 | 14,406 | ||||||||||||||
Opening cash balance |
| 23,513 | 9,219 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange movements |
(122 | ) | 158 | (112 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Closing cash balance |
16,553 | 29,011 | 23,513 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-65
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies are summarised below. They have all been applied consistently throughout all the periods presented.
The Company
Successor
MPS, the Company, and the Successor refer to Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Ltd., formerly Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited. MPS is a leading, global provider of value-added packaging solutions to a diverse customer base across the healthcare, consumer, and multi-media end markets. MPS provides its customers with print-based specialty packaging, including premium folding cartons, labels and inserts booklets, tubes, rigid boxes and other specialty packaging across a variety of substrates and finishes.
Although the Company was incorporated on 13 June 2013, it had no assets or liabilities (other than proceeds of the ordinary shares issued on incorporation) and no operations prior to the acquisition on 30 September 2013 of the paperboard operations of Chesapeake Holdings S.à r.l. The Successor financial statements present the period 13 June 2013 to 29 December 2013 which includes trading from the acquisition date of 30 September 2013. Prior to 30 September 2013 the Successor had no operations.
Predecessor
Since the Company had no operations at the time of the acquisition, Chesapeake Holdings S.à r.l. is considered to be the predecessor of the Company (the Predecessor).
The financial statements of the Predecessor include the operations of both the paperboard and plastics businesses for the periods presented. The paperboard business represented substantially all of the operations of the Predecessor.
The revenues of the former plastics operations of the Predecessor for the periods ended 30 September 2013 and 30 December 2012 which were not acquired by the Company amounted to £47,134,000 and £58,606,000 respectively.
Since the Company accounted for the acquisition of the paperboard operations of the Predecessor under the acquisition method, the Successor and Predecessor periods are not comparable due to the application of acquisition accounting and the fact that the Company did not acquire the plastics business of the Predecessor.
References in the consolidated financial statements to the Group refer to the Predecessor and its subsidiaries in the periods prior to the acquisition of the paperboard operations, and to the Company and its subsidiaries in the period subsequent to the acquisition.
F-66
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies (continued)
Basis of accounting
Chesapeake Holdings S.à r.l. (the Predecessor) was authorised on 23 March 2010 by the Luxembourg Ministry of Justice to prepare its consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (UK GAAP). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.
The Successor is a UK incorporated company and also prepares its financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP.
Basis of consolidation
The financial statements consolidate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries drawn up to the Sunday closest to 31 December each year. The majority of Group companies prepare financial statements to this date and therefore the consolidated financial statements are also prepared to the Sunday closest to 31 December each year.
The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are consolidated for the periods from or to the date on which control passed. Acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method.
Going concern
The Group shows net assets on its balance sheet of £150,237,000 at 29 December 2013.
The Group incurred a £20,803,000 cash outflow from operating activities during the period ended 29 December 2013, and the Groups cash balances at 29 December 2013 were £16,553,000. Of the £20,803,000 cash outflow, £34,249,000 relates to deficit reducing pension contributions and £17,346,000 relates to expenses in respect of the acquisition of the paperboard business.
The Groups forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group will be able to operate within the level of its current facilities.
The directors and management of the Group seek to ensure that adequate liquidity is available to all members of the Group, through a combination of making internally generated funds available where needed and by arranging borrowing facilities to be available to the Group as needed.
After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
Intangible assetsgoodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings, representing any excess of the fair value of the consideration given over the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, is capitalised and written
F-67
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies (continued)
Intangible assetsgoodwill (continued)
off on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful economic life, which is presumed to be 5-7 years unless a more accurate estimate can be made. Provision is made for any impairment.
Negative goodwill is included in the balance sheet and is credited to the profit and loss account in the periods in which the acquired non-monetary assets are recovered through depreciation or sale. Negative goodwill in excess of the fair values of the non-monetary assets acquired is credited to the profit and loss account in the periods expected to benefit.
Intangible assetsresearch and development
Research expenditure is written off as incurred. Development expenditure is also written off, except where the Directors are satisfied as to the technical, commercial and financial viability of individual projects. In such cases, the identifiable expenditure is deferred and amortised over the period during which the Group is expected to benefit. This period is between three and five years. Provision is made for any impairment.
Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost, net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Depreciation is provided on all tangible fixed assets, other than assets in the course of construction and freehold land, at rates calculated to write off the cost or valuation, less estimated residual value, of each asset on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life, as follows:
Freehold buildings |
2 - 5% per annum | |
Leasehold land and buildings |
term of lease | |
Plant and machinery |
8 - 10% per annum |
Residual value is calculated on prices prevailing at the date of acquisition.
Investments
Fixed asset investments are shown at cost less provision for impairment. Current asset investments are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Joint Ventures
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. The consolidated profit and loss account includes the Groups share of the joint ventures profits less losses while the Groups share of the net assets of the joint venture is shown in the consolidated balance sheet.
F-68
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies (continued)
Stocks
Stocks are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes materials, direct labour and an attributable proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal levels of activity. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling price, less further costs expected to be incurred to completion and disposal. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.
Taxation
Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet date. Timing differences are differences between the Groups taxable profits and its results as stated in the financial statements that arise from the inclusion of gains and losses in tax assessments in periods different from those in which they are recognised in the financial statements.
A net deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only to the extent that, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of the retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries and associates only to the extent that, at the balance sheet date, dividends have been accrued as receivable or a binding agreement to distribute past earnings in future has been entered into by the subsidiary or joint venture.
Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected to reverse based on tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis.
Turnover
Turnover is stated net of VAT and trade discounts. Turnover from the sale of goods is recognised when the goods are physically delivered to the customer. Turnover from the supply of services represents the value of services provided under contracts to the extent that there is a right to consideration and is recorded at the value of the consideration due. Where a contract has only been partially completed at the balance sheet date turnover represents the value of the service provided to date based on a proportion of the total contract value. Where payments are received from customers in advance of services provided, the amounts are recorded as Deferred Income and included as part of creditors due within one year.
F-69
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies (continued)
Pension costs
For defined benefit schemes the amounts charged to operating profit are the current service costs and gains and losses on settlements and curtailments. They are included as part of staff costs. Past service costs are recognised immediately in the profit and loss account if the benefits have vested. If the benefits have not vested immediately, the costs are recognised over the period until vesting occurs. The interest cost and the expected return on assets are shown as a net amount of other finance costs or credits adjacent to interest. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of total recognised gains and losses.
Certain defined benefit schemes are funded, with the assets of the scheme held separately from those of the Group, in separate trustee administered funds. Pension scheme assets are measured at fair value and liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and discounted at a rate equivalent to the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent currency and term to the scheme liabilities. The actuarial valuations are obtained at least triennially and are updated at each balance sheet date. The resulting defined benefit asset or liability, net of the related deferred tax, is presented separately after other net assets on the face of the balance sheet.
For defined contribution schemes the amount charged to the profit and loss account in respect of pension costs and other post-retirement benefits is the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the balance sheet.
Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction or, if hedged, at the forward contract rate. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the rates of exchange prevailing at that date or, if appropriate, at the forward contract rate.
The results of overseas operations are translated at the average rates of exchange during the period and their balance sheets at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on translation of the opening net assets and results of overseas operations and on foreign currency borrowings, to the extent that they hedge the Groups investment in such operations, are reported in the statement of total recognised gains and losses. All other exchange differences are included in the profit and loss account.
Share based compensation
The group has applied the requirements of Financial Reporting Standard (FRS) 20, Share Based Payments. The group has issued equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the companys estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.
F-70
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies (continued)
Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.
Leases
Assets held under finance leases and other similar contracts, which confer rights and obligations similar to those attached to owned assets, are capitalised as tangible fixed assets and are depreciated over the shorter of the lease terms and their useful lives. The capital elements of future lease obligations are recorded as liabilities, while the interest elements are charged to the profit and loss account over the period of the leases to produce a constant rate of charge on the balance of capital repayments outstanding. Hire purchase transactions are dealt with similarly, except that assets are depreciated over their useful lives.
Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if the payments are not made on such a basis. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an operating lease are similarly spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except where the period to the review date on which the rent is first expected to be adjusted to the prevailing market rate is shorter than the full lease term, in which case the shorter period is used.
Finance costs
Finance costs of financial liabilities are recognised in the profit and loss account over the term of such instruments at a constant rate on the carrying amount.
Finance costs which are directly attributable to the construction of tangible fixed assets are capitalised as part of the cost of those assets. The commencement of capitalisation begins when both finance costs and expenditures for the asset are being incurred and activities that are necessary to get the asset ready for use are in progress. Capitalisation ceases when substantially all the activities that are necessary to get the asset ready for use are complete.
Financial liabilities and equity
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities.
Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in the profit or loss account using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise. Finance costs are recognised in the profit and loss account over the term of such instruments at a constant rate on the carrying amount.
F-71
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
1. Accounting policies (continued)
Derivative financial instruments
The Group may use derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate movements. Such transactions are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
Government grants
Government grants relating to tangible fixed assets are treated as deferred income and released to the profit and loss account over the expected useful lives of the assets concerned. Other grants are credited to the profit and loss account as the related expenditure is incurred.
Related party transactions
The company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 8, Related Party Disclosures, whereby wholly-owned subsidiaries are not required to disclose intra group transactions and balances.
2. Turnover and segmental reporting
Turnover represents the amounts derived from provision of goods and services which fall within the Groups ordinary activities, stated net of value added tax. Turnover for the period by destination is analysed as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Geographical segment |
||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
55,956 | 191,456 | 225,087 | |||||||||||
Continental Europe and Republic of Ireland |
60,646 | 186,900 | 257,684 | |||||||||||
United States of America |
12,212 | 39,537 | 47,461 | |||||||||||
Rest of the World |
3,215 | 8,376 | 13,446 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
132,029 | 426,269 | 543,678 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the opinion of the Directors the disclosure of further segmental information would be seriously prejudicial to the interests of the group and has therefore not been provided.
F-72
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
3. Other operating expenses (net)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Distribution costs |
3,875 | 13,021 | 16,127 | |||||||||||
Administrative expenses |
16,143 | 73,697 | 67,551 | |||||||||||
Costs for closures and other restructuring activity |
754 | 6,428 | 4,260 | |||||||||||
Foreign exchange (gains) / losses |
(553 | ) | 2,768 | (3,705 | ) | |||||||||
Amortisation of goodwill / (negative goodwill) |
11,776 | (12,103 | ) | (16,073 | ) | |||||||||
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets |
4 | 13 | 20 | |||||||||||
Gain on sale of tangible fixed assets |
(126 | ) | (352 | ) | (1,207 | ) | ||||||||
Impairment of tangible fixed assets |
| 725 | 620 | |||||||||||
Other operating income |
(271 | ) | (718 | ) | (1,251 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other operating expenses (net) |
31,602 | 83,479 | 66,342 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Finance charges (net)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Interest payable and similar charges |
5,145 | 4,231 | 7,060 | |||||||||||
Less: Interest receivable and similar income |
(21 | ) | (76 | ) | (75 | ) | ||||||||
Other finance (income) / charges |
(223 | ) | 401 | 1,908 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
4,901 | 4,556 | 8,893 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Group |
4,901 | 4,546 | 8,885 | |||||||||||
Joint ventures |
| 10 | 8 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
4,901 | 4,556 | 8,893 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-73
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
4. Finance charges (net) (continued)
Interest payable and similar charges
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Series 1 Preferred Equity Certificates |
| 2,146 | 4,175 | |||||||||||
Bank facilities |
4,705 | 912 | 1,230 | |||||||||||
Amortisation of deferred debt costs |
434 | 33 | 166 | |||||||||||
Finance leases |
6 | 1,130 | 1,481 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
5,145 | 4,221 | 7,052 | ||||||||||||
Share of joint ventures interest payable and similar charges |
| 10 | 8 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
5,145 | 4,231 | 7,060 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other finance charges / (income)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Interest cost on defined benefit schemes (see note 23) |
3,521 | 10,533 | 13,823 | |||||||||||
Expected return on scheme assets (see note 23) |
(3,812 | ) | (10,241 | ) | (11,866 | ) | ||||||||
Other finance charges / (income) |
68 | 109 | (49 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
(223 | ) | 401 | 1,908 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-74
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
5. Loss / (profit) on ordinary activities before taxation
Loss / (profit) on ordinary activities before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting):
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Research and development expenditure |
204 | 618 | 627 | |||||||||||
Government grant amortisation |
| (452 | ) | (415 | ) | |||||||||
Operating lease rentals: |
||||||||||||||
Plant and machinery |
251 | 946 | 1,121 | |||||||||||
Other |
1,158 | 4,348 | 5,435 | |||||||||||
Depreciation of tangible fixed assets |
||||||||||||||
Owned |
7,039 | 15,633 | 19,448 | |||||||||||
Held under finance leases |
69 | 363 | 653 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
The tax charge comprises: |
||||||||||||||
Current tax |
||||||||||||||
UK Corporation tax |
(693 | ) | 2,191 | | ||||||||||
Non-UK tax |
1,140 | 2,607 | 2,566 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Current tax charge |
447 | 4,798 | 2,566 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Deferred tax |
||||||||||||||
Origination and reversal of timing differences (see note 15) |
(5,082 | ) | 825 | 865 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax in relation to pension funding under FRS 17 (see note 23) |
5,645 | 508 | 1,088 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total deferred tax charge (see note 15) |
563 | 1,333 | 1,953 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Share of joint ventures tax |
| 127 | 160 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities |
1,010 | 6,258 | 4,679 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-75
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
6. Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities (continued)
In addition to the above amounts recorded in the profit and loss account, a current tax credit of £1,157,000 for the period ended 29 December 2013 (period ended 30 September 2013: £6,000; 52 weeks ended 30 December 2012: £2,866,000) was recorded in the statement of total recognised gains and losses in respect of pension funding under FRS 17, Retirement Benefits (FRS 17).
The difference between the total current tax shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax to the loss before tax is as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December 2012 to
30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax |
(7,646 | ) | 11,862 | 50,273 | ||||||||||
Less: share of joint ventures profit before tax |
| (601 | ) | (625 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Gross (loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax |
(7,646 | ) | 11,261 | 49,648 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Tax on (loss) / profit on ordinary activities at standard UK corporation tax rate of 23.25% (Luxembourg tax rate of 2013: 28.8%; 2012: 28.8%) |
(1,778 | ) | 3,240 | 14,299 | ||||||||||
Effects of: |
||||||||||||||
Income not taxable net of expenses not deductible |
2,509 | 6,069 | (8,912 | ) | ||||||||||
Depreciation in excess of capital allowances |
1,363 | (851 | ) | (3,264 | ) | |||||||||
Higher/(lower) tax rates on overseas earnings |
170 | (790 | ) | (67 | ) | |||||||||
Other timing differences |
(1,817 | ) | (2,870 | ) | 510 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Current tax charge for period |
447 | 4,798 | 2,566 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Successor earns its profits primarily in the UK. The standard rate of corporation tax is 23.25%. The Predecessor is Luxembourg based and is taxed at an effective rate of 28.8% .
The Groups planned level of capital investment is expected to remain at similar levels of investment. Capital allowances were in excess of depreciation in the predecessor periods. This position has reversed in the Successor period where capital allowances have not been claimed in full because of the availability of other reliefs.
A reduction in the standard rate of corporation tax from 24% to 23% was effective from 1 April 2013. Accordingly, the groups profits for this financial period are taxed at an effective rate of 23.25%. Finance Act 2013 provides for a further reduction in the standard rate of tax from 23% to 21% effective from 1 April 2014 and to 20% effective from 1 April 2015. This change was substantively enacted on 2 July 2013. These reduced rates have been reflected in the calculation of deferred tax as they were substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
F-76
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
7. Intangible fixed assets
Negative
Goodwill |
Goodwill |
Other
Intangibles |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Cost (Predecessor) |
||||||||||||
At 2 January 2012 |
(132,556 | ) | 33,992 | 66 | ||||||||
Additions |
| 1,632 | | |||||||||
Adjustment |
| (623 | ) | | ||||||||
Foreign exchange |
| (63 | ) | 14 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At 30 December 2012 |
(132,556 | ) | 34,938 | 80 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amortisation (Predecessor) |
||||||||||||
At 2 January 2012 |
50,496 | (2,535 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||
Credit / (charge) for the year |
18,936 | (2,863 | ) | (20 | ) | |||||||
Foreign exchange |
| | 6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At 30 December 2012 |
69,432 | (5,398 | ) | (18 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net book value |
||||||||||||
At 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) |
(63,124 | ) | 29,540 | 62 | ||||||||
At 2 January 2012 (Predecessor) |
(82,060 | ) | 31,457 | 62 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Negative Goodwill (Predecessor)
Negative goodwill arose on the acquisition of the business and trading assets of the former Chesapeake Corporation on 30 April 2009. It is being written back on a straight line basis over a period of 7 years, which is equal to the estimated average period over which the related non-monetary assets of the acquired business are being depreciated.
Positive Goodwill (Predecessor)
Positive goodwill arose in the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2012 on the acquisition of Pharmapost SAS on 30 April 2012. It is being amortised on a straight line basis over its estimated useful economic life of 7 years.
F-77
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
7. Intangible fixed assets (continued)
Positive Goodwill (Successor)
Goodwill | Other Intangibles | |||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||
Cost (Successor) |
||||||||
Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking (see note 10) |
235,987 | 49 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
At 29 December 2013 |
235,987 | 49 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Amortisation (Successor) |
||||||||
Charge for the period |
(11,776 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
At 29 December 2013 |
(11,776 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net book value |
||||||||
At 29 December 2013 (Successor) |
224,211 | 45 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Positive goodwill arose in the period 13 June 2013 to 29 December 2013 on the acquisition of the paperboard operations of the Chesapeake group on 30 September 2013. It is being amortised on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful economic life of 5 years.
8. Tangible fixed assets
Land and
buildings |
Plant and
machinery |
Assets in the
course of construction |
Total | |||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||
Cost (Predecessor) |
||||||||||||||||
At 2 January 2012 |
71,085 | 138,283 | 9,689 | 219,057 | ||||||||||||
Additions |
490 | 18,736 | 12,789 | 32,015 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings |
| 1,937 | | 1,937 | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
(153 | ) | (5,174 | ) | (10 | ) | (5,337 | ) | ||||||||
Transfers |
11 | 11,612 | (11,623 | ) | | |||||||||||
Exchange adjustment |
(727 | ) | (2,477 | ) | (96 | ) | (3,300 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) |
70,706 | 162,917 | 10,749 | 244,372 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Depreciation and impairment (Predecessor) |
||||||||||||||||
At 2 January 2012 |
3,686 | 45,438 | | 49,124 | ||||||||||||
Charge for the period |
1,297 | 18,804 | | 20,101 | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
(125 | ) | (3,504 | ) | | (3,629 | ) | |||||||||
Impairments |
44 | 576 | | 620 | ||||||||||||
Exchange adjustment |
(141 | ) | (1,954 | ) | | (2,095 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) |
4,761 | 59,360 | | 64,121 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net book value (Predecessor) |
||||||||||||||||
At 30 December 2012 |
65,945 | 103,557 | 10,749 | 180,251 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 2 January 2012 |
67,399 | 92,845 | 9,689 | 169,933 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-78
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
8. Tangible fixed assets (continued)
Land and
buildings |
Plant and
machinery |
Assets in the
course of construction |
Total | |||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||
Cost (Successor) |
||||||||||||||||
Additions |
128 | 1,854 | 4,863 | 6,845 | ||||||||||||
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings (see note 10) |
49,294 | 128,744 | 3,460 | 181,498 | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
| (381 | ) | (30 | ) | (411 | ) | |||||||||
Transfers |
193 | 1,367 | (1,560 | ) | | |||||||||||
Exchange adjustment |
(294 | ) | (549 | ) | (45 | ) | (888 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 29 December 2013 |
49,321 | 131,035 | 6,688 | 187,044 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Depreciation and impairment (Successor) |
||||||||||||||||
Charge for the period |
456 | 6,652 | | 7,108 | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
| (70 | ) | | (70 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange adjustment |
(2 | ) | (24 | ) | | (26 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 29 December 2013 |
454 | 6,558 | | 7,012 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net book value (Successor) |
||||||||||||||||
At 29 December 2013 |
48,867 | 124,477 | 6,688 | 180,032 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leased assets included above:
Land and
buildings |
Plant and
machinery |
Assets in the
course of construction |
Total | |||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||
Net book value |
||||||||||||||||
At 29 December 2013 |
198 | 2,533 | | 2,731 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 30 December 2012 |
| 4,519 | | 4,519 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
Freehold land and buildings in the UK with a total net book value at 30 December 2012 of £19,400,000 and plant and machinery in the UK with a net book value at 30 December 2012 of £46,800,000 have been pledged through a combination of fixed charges and general debentures to Lloyds TSB group as security for term loans given under the Asset Based Financing Agreement entered into on 5 October 2010. Certain of the above freehold land and buildings in the UK have also been pledged with a first priority up to an amount of £2,100,000 to the Boxmore Group Pension Scheme as security for the obligation of the Group to make good the deficit in the scheme.
Land and buildings includes £39,199,000 of freehold land which is not depreciated.
F-79
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
8. Tangible fixed assets (continued)
Successor
Land and buildings includes £32,743,000 of freehold land which is not depreciated. No freehold land and buildings were pledged in the Successor period.
9. Fixed asset investments
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Investments in joint ventures |
| 5,495 | ||||||||
Other investments |
91 | 99 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
91 | 5,594 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
Other Investments
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Opening balance |
| 2,496 | ||||||||
Balance obtained through acquisition (see note 10) |
131 | | ||||||||
Revaluations |
(39 | ) | 39 | |||||||
Transferred against FRS 17 pension liability |
| (2,436 | ) | |||||||
Exchange movement |
(1 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
91 | 99 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
These consist of trade investments that have been acquired and set aside to fund future liabilities under un-funded defined benefit pension obligations in Germany. The investments are not held in separate trustee-administered funds and so are not classed as pension assets.
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
On 30 September 2013 the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Chesapeake U.S. Holdings Inc, Chesapeake German Holdings GMBH, Chesapeake Packaging BV, Chesapeake Packaging Asia Ltd., and Chesapeake UK Holdings Ltd. Chesapeake German Holdings GMBH in turn acquired Chesapeake Packaging GMBH and Chesapeake U.S. Holdings Inc in turn acquired Chesapeake U.S. Inc. Together with their subsidiary undertakings these companies represented the paperboard operations of the Chesapeake group.
F-80
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
9. Fixed asset investments (continued)
Subsidiary Undertakings
The parent Company and the Group have investments in the following subsidiary undertakings, and other investments which principally affected the profits or net assets of the Group. To avoid a statement of excessive length, details of investments which are not significant have been omitted.
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Subsidiary Undertakings |
Country of
Incorporation |
Principal activity | Holding | % |
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Acquisitions 2 Limited* (formerly Chesapeake Holdings Limited) |
United Kingdom | Holding Company | £1.00 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Acquisitions Limited (formerly Chesapeake UK Acquisitions Limited) |
United Kingdom | Holding Company | £1.00 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions UK Limited (formerly Chesapeake Limited) |
United Kingdom |
Packaging
manufacturer |
£0.10 Ord shares
£0.01 Irredeemable
|
100
100 |
ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions NI Limited (formerly Chesapeake Packaging NI Limited) |
United Kingdom | Holding Company | £0.10 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions GB Limited (formerly Chesapeake & Sons Limited) |
United Kingdom | Holding Company | £1.00 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Belfast Limited (formerly Chesapeake Belfast Limited) |
United Kingdom |
Packaging
manufacturer |
£0.01 Ord shares
£1.00 Deferred Ord £1.00 Preference |
100
100 100 |
ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Hillington Limited (formerly Chesapeake Hillington Limited) |
United Kingdom |
Packaging
manufacturer |
£0.50 Ord shares
£0.50 1980 Pref
|
100
100 |
ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Bristol Limited (formerly Chesapeake Bristol Limited) |
United Kingdom |
Packaging
manufacturer |
£1.00 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Limerick Limited (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Packaging (Limerick) Limited) |
Republic of Ireland |
Packaging
manufacturer |
1.27 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Dublin Limited (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Packaging (Dublin) Limited) |
Republic of Ireland |
Packaging
manufacturer |
1.27 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü |
F-81
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
9. Fixed asset investments (continued)
Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Subsidiary Undertakings |
Country of
Incorporation |
Principal activity | Holding | % |
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Westport Limited (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Packaging (Westport) Limited |
Republic of Ireland |
Packaging
manufacturer |
1.27 Ord shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Gent NV (formerly Chesapeake Gent NV) |
Belgium |
Packaging
manufacturer |
No Par Value shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Bornem NV (formerly Chesapeake Bornem NV) |
Belgium |
Packaging
manufacturer |
No Par Value shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions France SA (formerly Chesapeake France SA) |
France | Holding Company | 15.25 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions SAS (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical and Healthcare Packaging SAS) |
France |
Packaging
manufacturer |
0.60 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Montargis SAS (formerly Pharmapost SAS) |
France |
Packaging
manufacturer |
2,301.98 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Oss BV (formerly Chesapeake Oss BV) |
The Netherlands |
Packaging
manufacturer |
45.38 Standard
shares |
100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Netherlands BV (formerly Chesapeake Packaging BV)* |
The Netherlands | Holding Company | 1.00 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Holdings 1 GmbH (formerly Chesapeake German Holdings GmbH)* |
Germany | Holding Company | 1.00 shares | 100 | ü | × | × | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Holdings 2 GmbH (formerly Chesapeake Services GmbH)* |
Germany | Holding Company | 1.00 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Stuttgart GmbH (formerly Chesapeake Stuttgart GmbH) |
Germany |
Packaging
manufacturer |
1.00 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Duren GmbH (formerly Chesapeake Duren GmbH) |
Germany |
Packaging
manufacturer |
0.51 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Melle GmbH (formerly Chesapeake Melle GmbH) |
Germany |
Packaging
manufacturer |
0.51 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions NI GmbH (formerly Chesapeake Neu-Isenburg GmbH) |
Germany |
Packaging
manufacturer |
0.51 shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü |
F-82
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
9. Fixed asset investments (continued)
Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Subsidiary Undertakings |
Country of
Incorporation |
Principal activity | Holding | % |
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Bialystok Sp. z o.o (formerly Chesapeake Polska Sp. z o.o) |
Poland |
Packaging
manufacturer |
PLN 1 Ord A shares | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions Hong Kong Limited (formerly Chesapeake Packaging Asia Limited)* |
Hong Kong | Holding Company | HK$ 1 shares | 100 | ü | ü | × | |||||||||
Multi Packaging Solutions (Kunshan) Co Limited (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical & Healthcare Packaging (Kunshan) Company Limited) |
PR China |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Registered Capital | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
MPS/CSK Holdings, Inc (formerly Chesapeake US Holdings Inc)* |
USA | Holding Company | Common Stock | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
MPS/CSK US, Inc (formerly Chesapeake US Inc) |
USA | Holding Company | Common Stock | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
MPS HRL, LLC (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical Packaging Company LLC) |
USA |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Common Stock | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
MPS Evansville, Inc (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical Packaging Indiana Inc |
USA |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Common Stock | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
MPS Fairfield, Inc (formerly Chesapeake Pharmaceutical Packaging New Jersey Inc) |
USA |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Common Stock | 100 | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Chesapeake Plastics Limited |
United Kingdom |
Packaging
manufacturer |
£1.00 Ord shares | 100 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Boxmore Plastics Limited |
Republic of Ireland |
Packaging
manufacturer |
1.27 Ord shares | 100 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Chesapeake Plastics SAS |
France |
Packaging
manufacturer |
15.25 shares | 100 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Chesapeake Plastics Packaging (Kunshan) Company Limited |
PR China |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Registered Capital | 100 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Chesapeake Plastics Kft |
Hungary |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Outstanding Capital | 51 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
CACS Netherlands Holdings BV (formerly Chesapeake Holdings BV) |
Netherlands | Holding Company | 1 shares | 100 | × | ü | ü |
F-83
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
9. Fixed asset investments (continued)
Subsidiary Undertakings (continued)
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||
Subsidiary Undertakings |
Country of
Incorporation |
Principal activity | Holding | % |
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
Specialty Chemical Packaging Limited |
United Kingdom | Holding Company | £1 shares | 100 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Chesapeake Asia Packaging Limited |
Hong Kong | Holding Company | HK$1 shares | 100 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Joint Venture |
||||||||||||||||
Jiangsu Rotam Boxmore Plastic Packaging Company Limited |
PR China |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Registered Capital | 50 | × | ü | ü | |||||||||
Rotam Boxmore (Tianjin) Packaging Company Limited |
PR China |
Packaging
manufacturer |
Registered Capital | 50 | × | ü | × | |||||||||
Rotam Boxore Packaging Company Limited |
British Virgin Islands | Holding Company | Registered Capital | 50 | × | ü | ü |
* | Held directly by Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited |
F-84
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
9. Fixed asset investments (continued)
Joint ventures
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
December 29,
2013 |
December 30,
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Share of net assets |
||||||||||
Opening balance |
| 5,141 | ||||||||
Share of retained profit for the period |
| 466 | ||||||||
Foreign exchange |
| (112 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 5,495 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
The following information is given in respect of the Groups share of its joint ventures:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Turnover |
| 7,260 | 7,596 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit before tax |
| 601 | 625 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Taxation |
| (127 | ) | (159 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Profit after tax |
| 474 | 466 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fixed assets |
| 2,860 | 2,861 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Current assets |
| 4,035 | 3,390 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities due within one year |
| (785 | ) | (756 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities due after one year |
| | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking
Successor
On 30 September 2013 the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Chesapeake US Holdings Inc, Chesapeake German Holdings GMBH, Chesapeake Packaging BV, Chesapeake Packaging Asia Ltd and Chesapeake UK Holdings Ltd. Chesapeake German Holdings GMBH in turn acquired Chesapeake Packaging GMBH and Chesapeake US Holdings Inc in turn acquired Chesapeake US Inc. Together with their subsidiary undertakings these companies represented the paperboard operations of the Chesapeake group.
F-85
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
10. Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking (continued)
Successor (continued)
The table on the following page sets out the aggregate book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group:
Book value |
Fair value
adjustments |
Fair value
to Group |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Fixed assets |
||||||||||||
Intangible assets |
49 | | 49 | |||||||||
Tangible fixed assets |
170,060 | 11,438 | 181,498 | |||||||||
Other investments |
131 | | 131 | |||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||
Stocks |
50,117 | | 50,117 | |||||||||
Trade debtors |
79,732 | | 79,732 | |||||||||
Deferred tax asset |
2,746 | (786 | ) | 1,960 | ||||||||
Other debtors |
4,715 | (299 | ) | 4,416 | ||||||||
Cash |
24,352 | | 24,352 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
331,902 | 10,353 | 342,255 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Creditors less than one year |
||||||||||||
Bank loans and overdrafts |
(279 | ) | | (279 | )* | |||||||
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts |
(511 | ) | | (511 | ) | |||||||
Trade creditors |
(67,100 | ) | | (67,100 | ) | |||||||
Corporation tax |
(3,097 | ) | | (3,097 | ) | |||||||
Other taxation and social security |
(9,704 | ) | | (9,704 | ) | |||||||
Other creditors |
(9,171 | ) | | (9,171 | ) | |||||||
Deferred government grants |
(765 | ) | 765 | | ||||||||
Accruals and deferred income |
(23,059 | ) | 1,599 | (21,460 | ) | |||||||
Creditors greater than one year |
||||||||||||
Bank loans and overdrafts |
(43,903 | ) | | (43,903 | )* | |||||||
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts |
(225 | ) | | (225 | ) | |||||||
Deferred government grant |
(5,743 | ) | 5,743 | | ||||||||
Other creditors |
(602 | ) | | (602 | ) | |||||||
Deferred tax liability |
(3,042 | ) | | (3,042 | ) | |||||||
Provisions |
||||||||||||
Pension liability |
(36,073 | ) | (1,725 | ) | (37,798 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities |
(203,274 | ) | 6,382 | (196,892 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net assets |
128,628 | 16,735 | 145,363 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-86
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
10. Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking (continued)
Successor (continued)
Book value |
Fair value
adjustments |
Fair value to
Group |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Net assets |
128,628 | 16,735 | 145,363 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Goodwill |
235,987 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
381,350 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Satisfied by |
||||||||||||
Cash consideration |
364,004 | |||||||||||
Deal expenses |
17,346 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
381,350 | ||||||||||||
|
|
* | Bank loans included in net assets on acquisition above includes £43,299,000 relating to asset based lending and term loans with Lloyds Bank PLC which were repaid concurrent to completion of the acquisition. |
The fair value adjustment to the acquired pension liability and deferred tax assets reflects changes in the rate used to calculate deferred tax from 23% and 24% to 20% as this change in tax rate was substantively enacted by the acquisition date.
The fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible fixed assets was established by obtaining third party valuations for all major assets. Of the fair value adjustment of £11,438,000, £12,763,000 relates to land, (£10,096,000) relates to freehold buildings and £8,771,000 relates to plant and machinery.
Prebates, deferred rent incentives and deferred government grants at the balance sheet date where considered to have a fair value of £nil at the acquisition date. The resulting fair value adjustments made were £299,000, £6,508,000 and £1,599,000 respectively.
Net cash outflows in respect of the acquisition comprised cash consideration of £364,004,000 and deal expenses of £17,346,000.
Of the £381,350,000 acquisition costs, £290,000,000 was funded by new external borrowings taken out by the company and its subsidiaries at completion. The remaining funding was obtained from equity investors, being affiliates of the Carlyle Group and management, who invested in the company via its parent, Chesapeake Finance 1 Limited.
The Chesapeake paperboard operations formed part of the larger Chesapeake Holdings S.à r.l. group during the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2012 and for the period from 31 December 2012 to 30 September 2013 no separate profit and loss was prepared for the paperboard operations during these periods. The turnover and profit after tax for the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2012 for the Chesapeake Holdings S.à r.l. group were £543,678,000 and £45,513,000 respectively. Of the turnover of £543,678,000, £485,085,000 of revenues relates to the paperboard operations acquired. The turnover and profit after tax for the period between 31 December 2012 and 30 September 2013 for the Chesapeake Holdings S.à r.l. group were £426,268,000 and £3,648,000 respectively. Of the turnover of £426,269,000, £379,161,000 relates to the paperboard operations acquired.
F-87
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
10. Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking (continued)
Predecessor
On 30 April 2012 the predecessor acquired 100 per cent of the issued share capital of Multi Packaging Solutions Montargis SAS (formerly known as Pharmapost SAS), a company incorporated in France, for a total consideration of cash of £3,829,000.
The table on the following page sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group:
Book value |
Fair value
adjustments |
Fair value to
Group |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Fixed assets |
||||||||||||
Tangible fixed assets |
1,443 | 494 | 1,937 | |||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||
Stocks |
248 | | 248 | |||||||||
Debtors |
1,265 | | 1,265 | |||||||||
Cash |
361 | | 361 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total assets |
3,317 | 494 | 3,811 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Creditors less than one year |
||||||||||||
Trade creditors |
(417 | ) | | (417 | ) | |||||||
Accruals |
(463 | ) | | (463 | ) | |||||||
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts |
(102 | ) | | (102 | ) | |||||||
Creditors greater than one year |
||||||||||||
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts |
(346 | ) | | (346 | ) | |||||||
Provisions |
||||||||||||
Pension liability |
(128 | ) | | (128 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total liabilities |
(1,456 | ) | | (1,456 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net assets |
1,861 | 494 | 2,355 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Goodwill |
1,632 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
3,987 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
Satisfied by |
||||||||||||
Cash consideration |
3,829 | |||||||||||
Deal expenses |
158 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
3,987 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no adjustments for accounting policy realignment or other adjustments.
Plant and equipment were revalued from their historical net book values in the books of the acquired companies to their fair value.
F-88
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
10. Acquisition of subsidiary undertaking (continued)
Predecessor (continued)
Net cash outflows in respect of the acquisition comprised cash consideration of £3,829,000 and deal expenses of £158,000.
Pharmapost SAS earned a profit before taxation of £185,000 in 2012, of which a £148,000 loss arose in the period from 1 January 2012 to 30 April 2012. The summarised consolidated profit and loss account for the period from 1 January 2012 to 30 April 2012 is as follows:
£000 | ||||
Turnover |
1,824 | |||
Cost of sales |
(1,036 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Gross profit |
788 | |||
Other operating expenses (net) |
(935 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Operating loss |
(147 | ) | ||
Finance charges (net) |
(1 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Loss on ordinary activities before taxation |
(148 | ) | ||
|
|
11. Stocks
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Raw materials and consumables |
15,314 | 15,391 | ||||||||
Work in progress |
8,946 | 7,788 | ||||||||
Finished goods and goods for resale |
25,444 | 29,370 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
49,704 | 52,549 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
There is no material difference between the balance sheet value of stocks and their replacement cost.
F-89
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
12. Debtors
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Amounts falling due within one year: |
||||||||||
Trade debtors |
70,458 | 77,399 | ||||||||
Amounts owed by joint ventures |
| 41 | ||||||||
VAT and other sales taxes |
659 | 1,225 | ||||||||
Other debtors |
2,876 | 3,328 | ||||||||
Prepayments and accrued income |
7,367 | 6,397 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
81,360 | 88,390 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Amounts falling due after more than one year: |
||||||||||
Other debtors |
326 | 257 | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets (see note 15) |
4,141 | 2,763 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
4,467 | 3,020 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
85,827 | 91,410 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
13. Creditorsamounts falling due within one year
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Bank loans and overdrafts |
1,432 | 9,918 | ||||||||
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts |
354 | 785 | ||||||||
Trade creditors |
63,769 | 63,955 | ||||||||
Corporation tax |
1,165 | 960 | ||||||||
Other taxation and social security |
10,095 | 9,360 | ||||||||
Other creditors |
9,722 | 10,798 | ||||||||
Deferred government grants |
| 670 | ||||||||
Accruals and deferred income |
27,115 | 28,699 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
113,652 | 125,145 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
Bank loans and overdrafts as at 29 December 2013 consists of loan repayments due within one year of £3,168,000 less deferred debt costs to be amortised within one year of £1,736,000 (30 December 2012: £10,337,000 of loan repayments less deferred debt costs of £419,000).
Pursuant to the credit agreement the company and certain subsidiaries entered into security arrangements such as cross-guarantees, debentures and share pledges in favour of Barclays Bank PLC acting as administrative agent and Letter of Credit issuer, in support of the acquisition funding bank debt and revolving credit facility.
F-90
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
14. Creditorsamounts falling due after more than one year
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Bank Loans |
276,407 | 28,824 | ||||||||
Series I Preferred Equity Certificates (PECS) |
| 37,534 | ||||||||
Class A Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates (CPECs) |
| 6,182 | ||||||||
Obligations under finance leases and hire purchase contracts |
195 | 554 | ||||||||
Other creditors |
18 | 614 | ||||||||
Deferred government grant |
592 | 5,086 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
277,212 | 78,794 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
Bank loans as at 29 December 2013 consist of loan repayments due of £286,387,000 less deferred debt costs of £9,980,000 (30 December 2012: £29,471,000 of loan repayments due less deferred debt costs of £647,000).
Pursuant to the credit agreement the Successor company and certain subsidiaries entered into security arrangements such as cross-guarantees, debentures and share pledges in favour of Barclays Bank PLC acting as administrative agent and L/C issuer, in support of the acquisition funding bank debt and revolving credit facility.
F-91
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
14. Creditorsamounts falling due after more than one year (continued)
Borrowings are repayable as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
The Group |
||||||||||
Bank loans |
||||||||||
On demand or within one year |
1,432 | 9,918 | ||||||||
Between two and five years |
5,002 | 28,824 | ||||||||
After five years |
271,405 | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
277,839 | 38,742 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
PECs and CPECs |
||||||||||
After five years |
| 43,716 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
43,716 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Finance leases |
||||||||||
On demand or within one year |
354 | 785 | ||||||||
Between two and five years |
195 | 554 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
549 | 1,339 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total borrowings including finance leases |
||||||||||
On demand or within one year |
1,786 | 10,703 | ||||||||
Between two and five years |
5,197 | 29,378 | ||||||||
After five years |
271,405 | 43,716 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
278,388 | 83,797 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
Deferred debt costs included in total borrowings are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||||
Opening balance |
| 1,567 | ||||||||
Additions |
12,150 | | ||||||||
Charge in profit and loss account |
(434 | ) | (501 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred debt costs carried forward |
11,716 | 1,066 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Within one year |
1,736 | 419 | ||||||||
Between two and five years |
6,944 | 647 | ||||||||
After five years |
3,036 | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
11,716 | 1,066 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
F-92
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
14. Creditorsamounts falling due after more than one year (continued)
Successor
The Group used a £290,000,000 multi currency term loan facility for the original acquisition of the Chesapeake paperboard operations. Of this £290,000,000, an amount of £145,000,000 was borrowed in GBP and the equivalent of £145,000,000 was borrowed in Euros. The Group also had access to a £50,000,000, multi currency revolving credit facility which was undrawn at closing and undrawn at the balance sheet date. Under the credit agreement, the company and its subsidiaries have entered into certain security arrangements as outlined in note 25.
The term loans are repayable at a rate of 0.25% per quarter and the loans mature in September 2020 subject to the provisions in the credit agreement.
The interest on the GBP denominated term loans amounts to 5% above LIBOR per annum, with a LIBOR floor of 1%.
The interest on the EURO denominated term loans amounts to 4.5% above EURIBOR per annum with a EURIBOR floor of 1%.
The revolving credit facility attracts interest at up to 4% per annum above EURIBOR or LIBOR depending on the underlying currency of the draw down. The revolving credit facility expires in September 2019.
Subject to the provisions of the credit agreement the company incurs certain customary fees and expenses. The initial issue costs paid at inception are deferred and expensed over the duration of the facility.
Predecessor
The Bank Loans were entered into on 5 October 2010 and were advanced by Lloyds TSB Commercial Finance Limited and Lloyds TSB Bank plc (together Lloyds TSB). The facility is for up to 5 years, totals up to £75,000,000 and bears interest at variable rates linked to Interbank Borrowing Rates for each currency. The facility comprises three elements; a £10,155,000 term loan supported by property in the UK (the Property Loan), a £10,497,500 term loan supported by plant and machinery in the UK (the Equipment Loan) and the balance a multi-currency revolving credit facility supported by accounts receivable in the UK, Republic of Ireland, Germany, Belgium and France (the Receivables Facility). Of the Property Loan, 50% is being amortised over 5 years, with the remainder payable at the end of 5 years. The Equipment Loan is being amortised over 4 years. Lloyds reviewed and revalued the assets secured against the Property and Equipment Loans in December 2012 resulting in additional funding being made available. The Property and Equipment Loans were subsequently increased to £9,674,000 and £14,839,000 respectively, repayable over the same term as the original agreement. The Receivables Facility expires at the end of 5 years. In addition to the assets pledged as support for the loans, Lloyds TSB have the benefit of pledges over the share capital of the Groups major trading subsidiaries and cross guarantees from most significant trading subsidiaries.
F-93
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
14. Creditorsamounts falling due after more than one year (continued)
Predecessor (continued)
The PECs carry an entitlement to a yield of 8% per annum, payable if declared by the Board of Managers on each annual anniversary of their issue. If payment is not declared then the yield accrues and can be paid at any time if declared by the Board of Managers. The PECs shall remain outstanding until 2058 but may be redeemed earlier, at the Companys sole discretion. The PECs shall be redeemed at their par value together with any accrued but unpaid annual yield. In respect of any payment rights the PECs rank pari passu with the CPECs, ahead of the Ordinary Share capital of the Company but are subordinate to all other present and future obligations of the company whether secured or unsecured. The PECs carry no voting rights.
The CPECs do not carry any entitlement to a yield, and carry no voting rights. The CPECs must be redeemed in 2058 if they have not been converted or redeemed before then. The holders of the CPECs may request conversion of their CPECs into A Ordinary shares at any time, and the conversion rate shall be one A Ordinary share for every CPEC. In the event of a request, the Company may decide, at its sole discretion, not to agree to conversion but instead to redeem the shares, at a price based on the fair market value at the time of the A Ordinary shares. In respect of any payment rights the CPECs rank pari passu with the PECs, ahead of the Ordinary Share capital of the Company but are subordinate to all other present and future obligations of the company whether secured or unsecured.
Deferred debt costs included in total borrowings are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||
Opening balance |
| 1,567 | ||||||
Additions |
10,944 | | ||||||
Charge in profit and loss account |
(392 | ) | (501 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred debt costs carried forward |
10,552 | 1,066 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Within one year |
1,563 | 419 | ||||||
Between two and five years |
6,254 | 647 | ||||||
After five years |
2,735 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
10,552 | 1,066 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
F-94
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
15. Deferred taxation
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||
Net deferred tax asset / (liability) |
||||||||
Opening balance |
| 3,499 | ||||||
Balance on acquisition |
(1,082 | ) | | |||||
Credit/(charge) in profit and loss account |
5,082 | (865 | ) | |||||
Exchange difference |
141 | 129 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax asset carried forward (see note 13) |
4,141 | 2,763 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax is provided as follows:
Accelerated capital allowances |
(2,601 | ) | (1,154 | ) | ||||
Other timing differences |
(143 | ) | 214 | |||||
Tax losses available |
6,885 | 3,703 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Provision for deferred tax |
4,141 | 2,763 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax in respect of the Groups defined benefit pension scheme is disclosed in note 23.
The deferred tax asset has been recognised on the basis that the directors are of the opinion, based on recent forecast trading, that it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal can be deducted.
The Group has unrecognised tax losses carried forward which would otherwise produce a deferred tax asset of £5,765,000 (30 September 2013: £5,765,000, 30 December 2012: £7,163,000). These losses are expected to remain unutilised and therefore unrecognised for the foreseeable future.
16. Called-up share capital
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
|||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||
Allotted, called-up and fully-paid |
||||||||
164,948,144 Ordinary shares of £1 each |
164,948 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
53,958 A Ordinary shares of 1 each |
| 44 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
498,102 B Ordinary shares of 1 each |
| 408 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
8,235 C Ordinary shares of 1 each |
| 7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
F-95
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
16. Called-up share capital (continued)
Successor
On incorporation 1 Ordinary share of £1 was issued at par. On 30 September 2013, 164,948,143 Ordinary shares of £1 each were issued at par.
Predecessor
Subsequent to the period end, 164,948,144 Ordinary shares of £1 each were issued at par in relation to the merger with the Multi Packaging Solutions group (see note 29).
The Company has a call option over the C shares which may be exercised in the event that the holder ceases employment with the company. The exercise price of the option is dependent upon the nature of the holders cessation of employment with the Company and may be either the issue price or fair value. In the event of a sale of substantially all of the business, the holder of the C Shares is entitled to receive, in consideration for their shares, an amount equal to 100 times the distribution on each A share.
17. Reserves
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Profit and loss account |
||||||||||||
Opening balance |
| 80,549 | 54,467 | |||||||||
(Loss)/profit for the financial period |
(8,656 | ) | 5,457 | 45,513 | ||||||||
Credit to equity for equity settled share-based payments |
25 | | | |||||||||
Currency translation difference on net foreign currency investments offset in reserves |
(686 | ) | 5,241 | (4,384 | ) | |||||||
Net charge relating to pension scheme |
(5,394 | ) | (7,449 | ) | (14,985 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of own shares |
| | (31 | ) | ||||||||
Advanced payment for repurchase of C Shares |
| (26,582 | ) | | ||||||||
Transfer |
| | (31 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(14,711 | ) | 57,216 | 80,549 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Reserve for own shares |
||||||||||||
Opening balance |
| 31 | | |||||||||
Transfer |
| | 31 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| 31 | 31 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-96
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
17. Reserves (continued)
Under the terms of the C Share Executive Security Holders Agreement, the Company is obligated to repurchase the C Shares in the event of a Company Sale. A liability of £26,582,000 has been recorded to reflect amounts which are payable to the C shareholders following the sale of the paperboard business. Further distributions will become payable to C Shareholders when the Companys residual activities are successfully disposed of.
18. Reconciliation of movements in shareholders funds
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Opening funds |
| 81,039 | 54,937 | |||||||||
(Loss)/profit for the financial period |
(8,656 | ) | 5,457 | 45,513 | ||||||||
Credit to equity for equity settled share-based payments |
25 | | | |||||||||
Purchase of own shares |
| | (31 | ) | ||||||||
Dividends declared |
| (583 | ) | | ||||||||
Other recognised gains and losses relating to the period (net) |
(6,080 | ) | (1,625 | ) | (19,369 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(14,711 | ) | 84,288 | 81,050 | |||||||||
Shares issued |
164,948 | | | |||||||||
Foreign exchange |
| 13 | (11 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Closing shareholders funds |
150,237 | 84,301 | 81,039 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. Reconciliation of operating (loss)/profit to operating cash flows
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Operating (loss)/profit |
(2,745 | ) | 15,807 | 58,533 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortisation |
18,889 | 3,896 | 4,048 | |||||||||
Impairment of fixed assets |
| 725 | 620 | |||||||||
Profit on sale of fixed assets |
(126 | ) | (352 | ) | (1,207 | ) | ||||||
Decrease/(increase) in stocks |
413 | (3,338 | ) | 3,800 | ||||||||
Decrease/(increase) in debtors |
5,928 | (5,171 | ) | (5,957 | ) | |||||||
(Decrease)/increase in creditors |
(7,935 | ) | 28,454 | (2,832 | ) | |||||||
Adjustment for pension funding |
(34,249 | ) | (2,685 | ) | (6,499 | ) | ||||||
Government grant amortisation |
| (452 | ) | (415 | ) | |||||||
Foreign exchange |
(1,003 | ) | 5,746 | (4,128 | ) | |||||||
Share based compensation |
25 | | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating activities |
(20,803 | ) | 42,630 | 45,963 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-97
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
20. Analysis of cash flows
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Returns on investments and servicing of finance |
||||||||||||
Interest received |
21 | 76 | 75 | |||||||||
Interest paid |
(3,313 | ) | (6,156 | ) | (2,227 | ) | ||||||
Interest element of finance lease rentals |
(6 | ) | (33 | ) | (166 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash outflow |
(3,298 | ) | (6,113 | ) | (2,318 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Taxation |
||||||||||||
Tax paid |
(1,350 | ) | (2,179 | ) | (2,420 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash outflow |
(1,350 | ) | (2,179 | ) | (2,420 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Capital expenditure and financial investment |
||||||||||||
Purchase of tangible fixed assets |
(3,829 | ) | (23,578 | ) | (27,935 | ) | ||||||
Sale of tangible fixed assets |
467 | 511 | 2,915 | |||||||||
Government grants |
602 | 1,875 | 2,266 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash outflow |
(2,760 | ) | (21,192 | ) | (22,754 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Acquisitions and disposals |
||||||||||||
Purchase of subsidiary undertaking, net of cash acquired |
(354,340 | ) | | (3,625 | ) | |||||||
Investment in joint venture |
| (527 | ) | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash outflow |
(354,340 | ) | (527 | ) | (3,625 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Financing |
||||||||||||
Issue of ordinary share capital |
164,948 | | | |||||||||
Purchase of own ordinary share capital |
| (581 | ) | (31 | ) | |||||||
Bank loans drawn |
277,850 | 9,481 | 2,100 | |||||||||
Repayment of bank loans |
(43,384 | ) | (15,566 | ) | | |||||||
Capital element of finance lease rental payments |
(188 | ) | (613 | ) | (2,509 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash inflow/(outflow) |
399,226 | (7,279 | ) | (440 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The £277,850,000 (30 September 2013: £9,481.000; 2012: £2,100,000) bank loans drawn represents a drawdown of funds of £290,000,000 (30 September 2013: £9,481,000; 2012: £2,100,000) less £12,150,000 (30 September 2013: £nil; 2012: £nil) in deferred debt costs.
Subsidiary undertakings acquired in the period contributed the following to the Groups net cash flows: £21,912,000 (52 weeks ended 30 December 2012: £142,000 cash inflow) cash outflow to net operating cash flows, £971,000 (52 weeks ended 30 December 2012: £1,000 cash outflow) cash inflow to net returns on
F-98
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
20. Analysis of cash flows (continued)
investment and servicing of finance, £1,350,000 (52 weeks ended 30 December 2012: £nil) cash flows to taxation payments, £2,760,000 (52 weeks ended 30 December 2012: £32,000) cash outflows to capital expenditure and £15,985,000 (52 weeks ended 30 December 2012: £56,000) cash outflows to financing.
21. Analysis and reconciliation of net debt
Cash flow |
Other non-cash
changes |
Exchange
movement |
29 December
2013 |
|||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||
Cash in hand, at bank |
16,675 | | (122 | ) | 16,553 | |||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
16,675 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Debt due after 1 year |
(233,751 | ) | (43,903 | ) | 1,247 | (276,407 | ) | |||||||||
Debt due within 1 year |
(715 | ) | (713 | ) | (4 | ) | (1,432 | ) | ||||||||
Finance leases |
188 | (736 | ) | (1 | ) | (549 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
(234,278 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net debt |
(217,603 | ) | (45,352 | ) | 1,120 | (261,835 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Increase in cash in the period |
16,675 | 5,340 | 14,406 | |||||||||
Cash (inflow)/outflow from debt and lease financing |
(234,278 | ) | 6,698 | 409 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Change in net debt resulting from cash flows |
(217,603 | ) | 12,038 | 14,815 | ||||||||
Loans and finance leases acquired with subsidiary |
(44,918 | ) | | (448 | ) | |||||||
Amortisation of debt costs |
(434 | ) | (1,066 | ) | (501 | ) | ||||||
Translation difference |
1,120 | (1,678 | ) | 866 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Movement in net debt in period |
(261,835 | ) | 9,294 | 14,732 | ||||||||
Net debtOpening balance |
| (60,284 | ) | (75,016 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(261,835 | ) | (50,990 | ) | (60,284 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-99
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
22. Financial commitments
Capital commitments
Capital commitments are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
The Group |
||||||||||||
Contracted for but not provided for |
5,555 | 14,291 | 11,368 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
5,555 | 14,291 | 11,368 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease commitments
Annual commitments of the group under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Predecessor
30 September 2013 | 30 December 2012 | |||||||||||||||
Land and
buildings |
Other |
Land and
buildings |
Other | |||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||
Expiry date |
||||||||||||||||
- Within one year |
64 | 91 | 353 | 205 | ||||||||||||
- Between two and five years |
2,275 | 673 | 1,616 | 866 | ||||||||||||
- After five years |
1,594 | 150 | 2,364 | 88 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
3,933 | 914 | 4,333 | 1,159 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leases of land and buildings are typically subject to rent reviews at specified intervals and provide for the lessee to pay all insurance, maintenance and repair costs.
Successor
29 December 2013 | ||||||||
Land and
buildings |
Other | |||||||
£000 | £000 | |||||||
Expiry date |
||||||||
- Within one year |
950 | 237 | ||||||
- Between two and five years |
1,718 | 957 | ||||||
- After five years |
1,586 | 413 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
4,254 | 1,607 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
F-100
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
23. Retirement benefit schemes
Background
At 29 December 2013, the Group operated a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes for the benefit of its employees throughout the world, which vary depending on the conditions and practices in the countries concerned. The expense for defined contribution schemes is the amount of employer contributions paid into each scheme over the reporting period.
The principal defined benefit pension scheme of the Group is the Field Group Pension Plan in the United Kingdom. The assets of the scheme are held in an external trustee-administered fund. The Group also operates two further defined benefit plans in the UK, as well as a number of defined benefit arrangements in France, Germany and Ireland, which are included in these disclosures in accordance with FRS17. The schemes in the UK and Ireland are funded. The schemes in France and Germany are both funded and unfunded.
Valuations of the schemes are carried out at least every three years. The most recent actuarial valuation of the Field Group Pension Plan was prepared as at 13 June 2011. The present value of the defined benefit obligation, the related current service cost and past service cost was measured using the projected unit credit method.
During the period, it was decided to close the Irish defined benefit schemes. This closure was completed in January 2014. The amount paid out on closure of the scheme was inline with the provision recorded in the balance sheet as at 29 December 2013.
During the periods, the group made additional contributions to the defined benefit schemes of £6,067,000 and £26,300,000 (30 September 2013 : £nil and £nil; 2012: £nil and £nil) to cover the Section 75 cost related to the carve out of the plastics operations of the Chesapeake group (which remained under previous ownership) and to reduce the pension deficit respectively.
Defined contribution
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||
Contributions payable by the Group in the period |
566 | 1,835 | 2,344 | |||||||||
Contributions payable to the fund at the period end and included in creditors |
244 | 141 | 98 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-101
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
23. Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
Defined benefit schemes
The principal actuarial assumptions used for estimating the Groups defined benefit obligations are set out below:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
Weighted average actuarial assumptions used: |
||||||||||||
Discount rate |
4.47 | % | 4.37 | % | 4.37 | % | ||||||
Rate of compensation increase |
2.93 | % | 2.68 | % | 2.67 | % | ||||||
Rate of price inflation |
3.06 | % | 2.87 | % | 2.65 | % | ||||||
Rate of pension increases |
2.74 | % | 2.47 | % | 2.44 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortality assumptions:
Mortality assumptions used are consistent with those recommended by the individual scheme actuaries and are based on published mortality tables, adjusted to reflect the characteristics of the scheme membership where appropriate. The largest scheme in the Group is the Field Group Pension Plan in the UK and the tables used for this scheme indicate assumed life expectancies on retirement at age 65 are:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||
Years | Years | Years | ||||||||||
Member age 65 years (current life expectancy): |
||||||||||||
Males |
22.1 | 22.1 | 21.7 | |||||||||
Females |
24.5 | 24.5 | 24.4 | |||||||||
Member age 40 years (life expectancy at age 65): |
||||||||||||
Males |
24.3 | 24.3 | 24.1 | |||||||||
Females |
26.9 | 26.9 | 26.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognised in the profit and loss account in respect of the defined benefit schemes are as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Current service cost |
414 | 2,064 | 2,182 | |||||||||||
Interest cost |
3,521 | 10,533 | 13,823 | |||||||||||
Expected return on scheme assets |
(3,812 | ) | (10,241 | ) | (11,866 | ) | ||||||||
Past service costs |
32 | 2 | (80 | ) | ||||||||||
Plan curtailment |
(65 | ) | | (487 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
90 | 2,358 | 3,572 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-102
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
23. Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
Mortality assumptions (continued):
Of the current and past service cost for the period, £235,000 (30 September 2013: £773,000; 2012: £854,000) has been included in cost of sales and £179,000 (30 September 2013: £1,293,000; 2012: £1,248,000) has been included in administrative expenses. Interest cost less expected return on scheme assets of £291,000 (30 September 2013: £292,000; 2012: £1,957,000) net has been included as components of Finance Charges. Plan curtailment costs of £65,000 (30 September 2013: £nil; 2012: £487,000) have been included as a component of administrative expenses. Actuarial gains and losses have been reported in the statement of total recognised gains and losses.
The actual return on scheme assets was £2,108,000 (30 September 2013: £10,764; December 2012: £19,872,000).
The actuarial gains and losses recognised in the statement of total recognised gains and losses includes a charge of £766,000 (30 September 2013 credit of: £911,000; December 2012 credit of: £559,000) relating to the asset ceiling applied to cap the pension asset being offset against the pension liability.
The cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses recognised in the statement of total recognised gains and losses since the adoption of FRS 17 is losses of £6,551,000 (excluding deferred tax) (30 September 2013: £7,455,000; December 2012: £17,851,000).
The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Groups obligations in respect of its defined benefit retirement benefit schemes is as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Present value of wholly or partly funded obligations |
(330,792 | ) | (338,457 | ) | (323,194 | ) | ||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets |
312,915 | 290,510 | 281,258 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Deficit in scheme |
(17,877 | ) | (47,947 | ) | (41,936 | ) | ||||||||
Present value of wholly unfunded obligations |
(761 | ) | (1,520 | ) | (1,389 | ) | ||||||||
Effect of asset limit |
(766 | ) | 33 | (911 | ) | |||||||||
Deferred tax |
4,042 | 9,972 | 10,567 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liability recognised in the balance sheet |
(15,362 | ) | (39,462 | ) | (33,669 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-103
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
23. Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
Mortality assumptions (continued):
Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the period |
| 324,583 | 290,994 | |||||||||||
Upon acquisition |
326,116 | | | |||||||||||
Current service cost |
414 | 2,064 | 2,182 | |||||||||||
Interest cost |
3,521 | 10,533 | 13,823 | |||||||||||
Contributions from scheme members |
258 | 797 | 1,253 | |||||||||||
Actuarial losses |
4,083 | 8,889 | 27,128 | |||||||||||
Exchange difference |
(22 | ) | 211 | (382 | ) | |||||||||
Benefits paid from scheme/company |
(2,538 | ) | (7,308 | ) | (10,153 | ) | ||||||||
Plan amendment |
(1 | ) | 35 | (80 | ) | |||||||||
Plan curtailment |
(65 | ) | | (487 | ) | |||||||||
Business combination |
(179 | ) | 179 | 316 | ||||||||||
Others |
(34 | ) | (6 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Benefit obligation at end of the period |
331,553 | 339,977 | 324,583 | |||||||||||
Present value of wholly unfunded obligations |
(761 | ) | (1,520 | ) | (1,389 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Present value of wholly or partly funded obligations |
330,792 | 338,457 | 323,194 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-104
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
23. Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
Mortality assumptions (continued):
Movements in the fair value of scheme assets were as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets at the beginning of the period |
| 281,258 | 259,117 | |||||||||||
Upon acquisition |
278,632 | | | |||||||||||
Expected return on scheme assets |
3,812 | 10,241 | 11,866 | |||||||||||
Actuarial gains (losses) on scheme assets |
(1,702 | ) | 523 | 8,718 | ||||||||||
Exchange difference |
| 75 | (256 | ) | ||||||||||
One-off contributions from the sponsoring companies |
32,367 | | | |||||||||||
Normal contributions from the sponsoring companies |
2,085 | 4,930 | 8,114 | |||||||||||
Contributions from scheme members |
258 | 797 | 1,253 | |||||||||||
Benefits paid |
(2,538 | ) | (7,308 | ) | (10,153 | ) | ||||||||
Premiums paid |
(13 | ) | (6 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||
Expenses paid |
(21 | ) | | | ||||||||||
Business combination |
| | 187 | |||||||||||
Transfer |
| | 2,423 | |||||||||||
Adjustments |
35 | | | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets at end of the period |
312,915 | 290,510 | 281,258 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The analysis of the scheme assets and the expected rate of return at the balance sheet date were as follows:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
29 December 2013 | 30 September 2013 | 30 December 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Expected
return % |
Fair value
of assets % |
Expected
return % |
Fair value
of assets % |
Expected
return % |
Fair value
of assets % |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Equity Securities |
7.10 | 44.22 | 6.58 | 53.76 | 6.53 | 54.60 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Bond Securities |
3.95 | 54.11 | 3.67 | 45.43 | 3.38 | 44.58 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Real Estate |
5.39 | 0.12 | 5.27 | 0.22 | 0.35 | 0.20 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
0.37 | 1.55 | 2.21 | 0.59 | 0.14 | 0.62 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
5.29 | 100.00 | 5.23 | 100.00 | 5.12 | 100.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The schemes have no direct investments in the Groups equity securities or in property currently used by the Group.
The expected return on assets assumptions are derived by considering market expectations of the long term rates of return on the scheme investments. The overall expected return assumption is a weighted average of the
F-105
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
23. Retirement benefit schemes (continued)
Mortality assumptions (continued):
expected returns on each asset class in which the schemes invest, reflecting the scheme asset allocations. The long term rates of return on equities and real estate are derived by considering current risk free rates of return with the addition of an appropriate future risk premium. The long term rate of return from gilt yields, bonds and cash investments are set in line with market yields at the balance sheet date. The return assumption is a net rate after expenses.
The history of experience gains and losses is set out below:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
1 January
2012 |
2 January
2011 |
3 January
2010 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | £000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Defined benefit obligations |
(331,553 | ) | (339,977 | ) | (324,583 | ) | (290,994 | ) | (268,354 | ) | (255,673 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Fair value of plan assets |
312,915 | 290,510 | 281,258 | 259,117 | 247,800 | 216,957 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Deficit |
(18,638 | ) | (49,467 | ) | (43,325 | ) | (31,877 | ) | (20,554 | ) | (38,716 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Difference between expected and actual return on plan assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
1,704 | (523 | ) | (8,006 | ) | 166 | (15,007 | ) | (29,259 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Percentage of plan assets |
0.5 | % | 0.2 | % | 2.0 | % | 0 | % | (6.0 | )% | (13.0 | )% | ||||||||||||||
Experience gains on plan liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
808 | (716 | ) | 1,820 | 76 | 647 | 2,267 | |||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of present value of plan liabilities |
0.2 | % | 0.2 | % | 1.0 | % | 0 | % | 0 | % | 1.0 | % |
The group expects to pay £9,445,000 in contributions to defined benefit pension plans in the next 12 months. This consists of £6,296,000 in recovery plan payments and £3,149,000 in ongoing contributions.
F-106
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
24. Derivatives
The fair value of derivatives which are not recorded in the financial statements is as follows:
Principal | Fair Value | |||||
£000 | ||||||
29 December 2013 (successor) |
||||||
Interest rate swap 1 |
See below | 1,565 | ||||
Interest rate swap 2 |
See below | (905 | ) | |||
Foreign currency option contracts |
Sell EUR/Buy GBP 16,650,000 | (123 | ) | |||
Foreign currency option contracts |
Sell EUR/Buy PLN 4,930,000 | 14 | ||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
Buy EUR/Sell USD 3,575,815 | 138 | ||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
Buy EUR/Sell GBP 8,000,000 | (6 | ) | |||
30 December 2012 (predecessor) |
||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
Sell USD 1,100,000 | (1 | ) | |||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
Buy USD 1,010,000 | 6 | ||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
Sell PLN 1,200,000 | (2 | ) | |||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
Buy PLN 1,700,000 | 1 | ||||
Foreign currency option contracts |
Buy EUR 3,600,000 | 87 | ||||
Foreign currency option contracts |
Buy GBP 17,904,000 | 316 | ||||
Foreign currency option contracts |
Sell GBP 20,784,000 | (372 | ) | |||
Foreign currency spot contracts |
Sell EUR 300,000 | (1 | ) |
At 29 December 2013 the Group had two interest rate swaps in place. Interest rate swap 1 is an amortising swap, with a notional amount at 29 December 2013 of £116,000,000, whereby the Group pays a fixed rate of interest of 1.1649% and receives a variable rate based on LIBOR on the amortising notional amount. The swap is being used to hedge the exposure to changes in market LIBOR rates. The secured loan and interest rate swap have the same critical terms.
Interest rate swap 2 is an amortising swap, with a notional amount at 29 December 2013 of 133,724,800, whereby the Group pays a fixed rate of interest of 1.0139% and receives a variable rate based on EURIBOR on the amortising notional amount. The swap is being used to hedge the exposure to changes in market EURIBOR rates. The secured loan and interest rate swap have the same critical terms.
The Group uses the derivatives to hedge its exposures to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its bank borrowings. The fair values are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date.
25. Contingent liabilities
Pursuant to the credit agreement the company and certain subsidiaries entered into security arrangements such as cross-guarantees, debentures and share pledges in favour of Barclays Bank PLC, acting as administrative agent and L/C issuer, in support of the acquisition funding bank debt and revolving credit facility.
F-107
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
25. Contingent liabilities (continued)
The group is subject to various claims and actions in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. Whilst the outcome of these claims and actions cannot be predicted with certainty the company believes that the aggregate expected outcomes of all these claims and actions would not have a material effect on the Groups financial position or result for the period.
One of the subsidiaries of the Group is subject to a continuing guarantee in respect of certain lease obligations of IPACKCHEM Limited (formerly Chesapeake Plastics Limited), a former subsidiary of Chesapeake Limited, in relation to premises at Crewe. There is also an indemnity obtained from the sellers of the paperboard group, in respect of this guarantee.
26. Related party transactions
Successor
The Carlyle Group, as majority shareholder of the Chesapeake group, charged a total amount of £110,000 to the Group for management services and an amount of £4,000,000 in respect of the acquisition of the Group.
Predecessor
The Group is party to Professional Services Agreements with Irving Place Capital Management LP (IPC) and Oaktree Capital Management LP (OCM), under which each of the parties provides strategic, corporate planning and other business advisory and business monitoring services to the Group. These agreements expired on 30 September 2013 with respect to the paperboard operations sold. In the period to 30 September 2013 the cost to the Group of these professional services was £725,000 (year to 30 December 2012: £923,000) and £713,000 (year to 30 December 2012: £985,000) respectively for IPC and OCM, of which £889,000 (year to 30 December 2012: £1,011,000) and £1,249,000 (year to 30 December 2012: £458,000) was invoiced in the year by IPC and OCM respectively. At 30 September 2013 no amounts were outstanding (30 December 2012: £164,000 and £526,000) on the balance sheet towards IPC and OCM respectively.
Details of the Groups financing arrangements provided by IPC and OCM are provided in Note 14. During the year the group paid £nil in interest and principal repayments to IPC and OCM under these arrangements, and these loans remained with the sellers of the paperboard business.
27. Controlling party
As at the balance sheet date the immediate parent undertaking is Chesapeake Finance 1 Limited (formerly known as Chase Midco 1 Limited). The ultimate parent company and controlling party is Chesapeake Holdings Limited, which is the largest group to consolidate these financial statements. Copies of the accounts of Chesapeake Holdings Limited may be obtained from the corporate administration office, c/o Chesapeake Limited, Millennium Way West, Phoenix centre, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG8 6AW.
F-108
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
28. Share based payments
Certain members of the Successor companys management were allowed to co-invest with the majority shareholders in Multi Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited. They could either directly or indirectly purchase A shares at a value equal to the value paid by the majority shareholders for the other share classes. Although the initial purchase price was equal to the price paid by the other investors the shares could attract a higher payout (Ratchet) if certain performance criteria are met (subject to the provisions in the articles of association of Chesapeake Holdings Limited) and if there is a liquidity event. The valuation analysis performed in order to determine the charge to the profit and loss account takes into account estimating the enterprise value at Exit under the guideline public company method of the market approach, discounting the future proceeds from the Ratchet at a required return computed for the A Shares Ratchet and accounting for the variability in managements forecasted financial results using a Monte Carlo simulation.
29. Subsequent events
On 19 November 2013, the Carlyle Group (as majority shareholder of the Company) and Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC (as majority shareholder of the Multi Packaging Solutions group) announced that they had entered into a definitive agreement to merge the Company and Multi Packaging Solutions Inc ., a complimentary business of similar size to the Company, subject to regulatory compliance. This transaction completed on February 14, 2014 and creates a leading global provider of print-based specialty packaging. The transaction was accounted for as a reverse acquisition by Multi Packaging Solutions of Chesapeake. As part of the acquisition the company also refinanced certain of its debt facilities.
On 4 April 2014, the Group, through one of its subsidiaries, acquired 70% of the share capital of Integrated Printing Solutions, Inc. and 100% of the share capital of Jet Lithocolor, Inc. to create a comprehensive end-to-end solution for the credit, debit, gift, loyalty, and insurance card markets.
In April 2014 the Group also announced its intention to reorganise its US operations and anticipates that (subject to the completion of legal, financial and other closure procedures) it will cease operations at its Evansville, Indiana and Fairfield, New Jersey facilities. This reorganisation is a consequence of the merger with Multi Packaging Solutions and will position the Group for further, profitable growth.
On 8 July 2014, the Group acquired the entire share capital of Armstrong Packaging Ltd, a speciality rigid box packaging company based in Arbroath, Scotland. Then on 28 February 2015 the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Presentation Products Group ltd. also based in Arbroath, Scotland with subsidiaries in Hong Kong and China. Both acquisitions expand the Groups global platform for luxury packaging, gift sets, travel retail, and commemorative editions. Armstrongs product development and rigid box manufacturing perfectly complement the Companys existing manufacturing, creative design, project management, and global sourcing capabilities.
On 21 November 2014 the Group acquired 100% of the North American and Asian operations of ASG as well as a subsidiary leasing company and certain holding companies in Europe. The transaction excludes the European manufacturing operations of ASG which will remain independent from Multi Packaging Solutions. The acquisition of ASG, a highly respected manufacturer of print and packaging in the United States, Canada, Mexico and China, will further expand the groups global network and customer base.
F-109
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). Differences which have a significant effect on the consolidated (loss) / profit, shareholders funds and the financial position of the Group are set out below.
Effect on net loss / profit of differences between UK and US GAAP
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
13 June 2013
to 29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks
ended 30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) / profit in accordance with UK GAAP |
(8,656 | ) | 5,457 | 45,513 | ||||||||||||||
US GAAP adjustments: |
||||||||||||||||||
Business combinations |
(a | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Transaction expenses |
(ai | ) | (17,346 | ) | | (158 | ) | |||||||||||
Inventory step up |
(aii | ) | (3,114 | ) | | (32 | ) | |||||||||||
Amortisation of goodwill |
(aiii | ) | 11,776 | (12,103 | ) | (16,073 | ) | |||||||||||
Amortisation of intangible fixed assets |
(aiv | ) | (3,687 | ) | (1,544 | ) | (2,041 | ) | ||||||||||
Contingent consideration |
(av | ) | | | 625 | |||||||||||||
Short term employee benefitscompensated absences |
(b | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
196 | (210 | ) | 36 | ||||||||||||||
Administrative costs |
167 | (152 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||
Derivatives and hedging activities |
(c | ) | 973 | (257 | ) | 439 | ||||||||||||
Leases |
(d | ) | | (64 | ) | (86 | ) | |||||||||||
Share compensation costs |
(e | ) | 26 | | | |||||||||||||
Revenue recognition |
(f | ) | | |||||||||||||||
Sales |
132 | (263 | ) | 52 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
(138 | ) | 217 | (190 | ) | |||||||||||||
Pensions |
(g | ) | (631 | ) | (779 | ) | (593 | ) | ||||||||||
Minority interest |
(h | ) | | 147 | 81 | |||||||||||||
Interest payable |
(i | ) | | (4,885 | ) | (12,122 | ) | |||||||||||
Taxation |
(j | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Taxation GAAP differences |
(ji | ) | (123 | ) | (1,809 | ) | (630 | ) | ||||||||||
Tax effect of US GAAP adjustments |
(jii | ) | 1,224 | 896 | 598 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net (loss)/profit in accordance with US GAAP |
(19,201 | ) | (15,349 | ) | 15,415 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-110
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
Cumulative effect on shareholders equity of differences between UK and US GAAP:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||||||
13 June 2013
to 29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks
ended 30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||||||
Shareholders funds in accordance with UK GAAP |
150,237 | 57,719 | 81,039 | |||||||||||||||
US GAAP adjustments: |
||||||||||||||||||
Business combinations |
||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment of positive and negative goodwill |
(ai | ) | (131,471 | ) | 45,350 | 57,008 | ||||||||||||
Adjustment of intangible fixed assets |
(aiv | ) | 153,712 | 9,009 | 10,554 | |||||||||||||
Short term employee benefitscompensated absences |
(b | ) | (544 | ) | (909 | ) | (547 | ) | ||||||||||
Derivatives and hedging activities |
(c | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Other debtors due after one year |
1,565 | | | |||||||||||||||
Other creditors due after one year |
(905 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||
Other creditors due within one year |
(302 | ) | (616 | ) | (432 | ) | ||||||||||||
Prepayments |
326 | 325 | 397 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
(d | ) | | (425 | ) | (360 | ) | |||||||||||
Revenue recognition |
(f | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Inventory |
1,390 | 1,528 | 1,311 | |||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
(1,791 | ) | (1,923 | ) | (1,660 | ) | ||||||||||||
Pensions |
(g | ) | 766 | 130 | 944 | |||||||||||||
Interest payable |
(i | ) | | (275,017 | ) | (270,132 | ) | |||||||||||
Tax effect of US GAAP adjustments |
(j | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Taxation GAAP differences |
(ji | ) | (1,861 | ) | (3,783 | ) | (3,783 | ) | ||||||||||
Tax effect of US GAAP adjustments |
(jii | ) | (30,841 | ) | (2,156 | ) | (3,062 | ) | ||||||||||
Minority interest |
(h | ) | | 1,295 | 1,148 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Shareholders funds in accordance with US GAAP |
140,281 | (169,473 | ) | (127,575 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-111
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
Reconciliation of shareholders funds under US GAAP:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
29 December
2013 |
30 September
2013 |
30 December
2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Opening balance |
| (127,575 | ) | (124,456 | ) | |||||||||
Shares issued |
164,948 | | | |||||||||||
Net (loss)/profit |
(19,201 | ) | (15,349 | ) | 15,415 | |||||||||
Actuarial loss relating to pension plans |
(4,257 | ) | (5,668 | ) | (14,305 | ) | ||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
(1,209 | ) | 5,701 | (4,198 | ) | |||||||||
Advanced payment for repurchase of C Shares |
| (26,582 | ) | | ||||||||||
Purchased share capital |
| | (31 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Closing balance |
140,281 | (169,473 | ) | (127,575 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Business combinations
Under UK GAAP the acquiring entity allocates consideration for the transaction to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition with the difference treated as goodwill. The Group accounts for these business combinations on a consistent basis under US GAAP with the following exceptions:
i. | Transaction expenses |
Under UK GAAP, transaction expenses are capitalised as part of acquisition consideration. Under US GAAP these expenses are recognised in the income statement as an administrative expense in the period in which the acquisition occurred.
ii. | Inventory step up |
Under US GAAP, manufactured inventory is recorded at estimated selling price less any future disposal costs and a reasonable profit margin and an adjustment has been recorded to step up the inventory carrying value this amount. Under UK GAAP acquired inventory is recorded at the lower of replacement costs and net realisable value. The adjustment for US GAAP is recorded against cost of goods sold and amortised over the stock turn period.
iii. | Amortisation of goodwill |
Recognition of goodwill
Under UK GAAP, both positive and negative goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalised and amortised over its estimated useful life.
F-112
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
Negative goodwill was created upon the original acquisition of the Predecessor in 2009 and recorded on the balance sheet. Negative goodwill in excess of the fair values of the non-monetary assets acquired is then credited to the profit and loss account in the periods expected to benefit. Under US GAAP negative goodwill arising from a bargain purchase in excess of fair values allocated to the non-monetary assets is immediately credited to the income statement on the acquisition date.
Under US GAAP, positive goodwill is not amortised but is tested at least annually for impairment or whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit to a value below its carrying value.
The goodwill test for impairment consists of a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit. The first step is a screen for potential impairment and if there is an implied impairment, the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any, by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill. The evaluation of impairment of existing goodwill at the Successor and Predecessor period ends indicated no impairment under US GAAP at that time.
Currency denomination
Under UK GAAP, goodwill arising on an acquisition is typically denominated in the currency of the acquirer, which in the case of the acquisitions to date was Sterling.
Under US GAAP, goodwill and intangible fixed assets are recorded in the functional currency of the operations to which they relate. The amounts are retranslated at each balance sheet date with the foreign exchange gain or loss being recorded directly within other comprehensive income.
iv. | Amortisation of intangible fixed assets |
Under UK GAAP, the Group recognises intangible assets separately in a business combination only when they can be disposed of separately without disposing of the business and their value can be measured reliably on initial measurement. Under US GAAP, the Group recognises acquired intangible assets separately from goodwill if (i) they arise from contracted or other legal rights even if the assets are not transferable or separable from the acquired entity or from other rights and obligations or (ii) they are capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged.
The Group has recognised intangible assets relating to customer relationships and technology and intellectual property. These are being amortised over their respective estimated useful economic lives.
v. | Contingent consideration |
Under UK GAAP, the fair value of the consideration includes an estimate of amounts which are deferred or contingent upon the future revenues of the acquired entity. Any reassessment of the deferred or contingent
F-113
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
consideration is adjusted against the goodwill balance in future periods. Under US GAAP the consideration is recorded at fair value and classified as a liability or equity depending on the nature of the underlying instrument. Any reassessment for considerations classified as a liability is expensed in the period in which the event occurred.
(b) Short term employee benefitscompensated absences
Under UK GAAP there is no specific requirement to accrue for earned but unused holiday entitlement, and management records a provision based on the laws of the jurisdiction in which the business is located. Under US GAAP there is a requirement to provide for the liability arising from accrued but unused holiday entitlement.
(c) Derivatives and hedging activities
Under UK GAAP, the Group does not recognise derivatives at fair value on the balance sheet. Interest differentials on derivative instruments are charged to the profit and loss account as interest costs in the period in which they are realised. Foreign currency gains and losses realised on forward currency contracts are recognised in the period in which they occur. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are hedged by a foreign currency derivative are translated using the contract rate in the hedging derivative.
Under US GAAP hedge accounting is permitted only when, inter alia, the hedging relationship is documented formally. Derivatives that are not designated in a hedging relationship are recognised at fair value with gains and losses recognised in the profit and loss account. Since the Group had not formally documented its hedging relationship in accordance with US GAAP an adjustment is made to record the fair value of derivatives on the balance sheet with the movement in fair value recorded in the income statement each period.
US GAAP also requires all monetary assets and liabilities to be translated at the spot rate. The forward contract is separately recorded on the balance sheet as a derivative asset or liability at fair value.
(d) Leases
The Group has in the past entered into rent arrangements for facilities whereby it received a rent free period and or a lease incentive payment. Under UK GAAP these lease incentives are expensed over the related rental period to the first break clause in the contract. Under US GAAP the incentive expensed over the full term of the lease.
(e) Share compensation costs
The costs recognised in relation to the share based payment awards included in the UK GAAP financial statements has been reversed under US GAAP accounting regulations as the vesting of the awards is contingent upon the occurrence of a liquidity event.
F-114
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
(f) Revenue recognition
US GAAP contains more detailed requirements to be met in order to recognise revenue under a bill and hold arrangement compared with UK GAAP. Whilst the Companys bill and hold arrangements are recognised as revenue under UK GAAP, these arrangements do not meet all of the criteria for revenue recognition under US GAAP as they do not contain fixed delivery schedules and the Company retains insurance risk over the goods until delivery. As such revenue relating to bill and hold arrangements is deferred under US GAAP until the goods have been delivered.
(g) Pensions
The main differences in the treatment of the pensions between UK GAAP and US GAAP which affect the Group are:
i. | Under UK GAAP past service credits are fully recognised in the income statement during the period in which they occurred. Under US GAAP, the effects of these plan amendments are written off over the expected future working lifetime of the participants |
ii. | Under UK GAAP, actuarial losses or gains are recognised immediately through the statement of total recognised gains and losses during the year of occurrence. Under US GAAP, these are recognised in other comprehensive income and then amortised through the income statement over the expected remaining service period of members following the corridor approach, which allows the Company to defer amortization of actuarial losses or gains through the income statement which are lower than the greater of 10% of the fair value of the schemes assets or the projected benefit obligation at the start of the period. |
iii. | Under UK GAAP an asset ceiling has been applied to cap the pension asset being offset against the pension liability. This limitation is not required under US GAAP. |
Also, under UK GAAP the group has recorded the deferred tax asset relating the pension liability as a deduction to the liability recorded on the balance sheet. Under US GAAP the pension liability has to be shown gross of any related deferred tax. The liabilities at each balance sheet date were as follows: £43,292,000 at 30 December 2012, £49,304,000 at 30 September 2013 and £18,638,000 at 29 December 2013.
(h) Minority interest
Under UK GAAP, minority interest is deducted in determining the loss for the period. Under US GAAP, minority interests (called non-controlling interests) are not deducted in arriving at net loss for the period. Instead the net loss for the period is allocated between the non-controlling interests and the parent company shareholders.
(i) Interest payableCPECs
Under UK GAAP the convertible preferred equity certificates (CPECs) are considered a debt instrument in line with Luxemburg law. Under US GAAP they are also considered a debt item. The CPECs do not attract interest
F-115
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
under UK GAAP, but are ultimately convertible into A ordinary shares and also contain an option for the Company to redeem the CPECs at the greater of (a) the fair value the underlying shares that the CPECs convert to and (b) the principal plus unpaid and accrued interest.
Under US GAAP the CPECs are recorded at fair value at the inception date. Since the holders of the CPECs control the Company the redemption feature is considered to be a put option at the option of the CPEC holders. Since the redemption feature is at the greater of fair value of the underlying shares and par value the conversion option is effectively net cash settled and therefore is accounted for an embedded derivative at fair value through profit and loss. Changes in the fair value of the conversion option are recorded as a finance charge within the income statement.
(j) Taxation
i. | Taxation GAAP differences |
Under US GAAP, deferred taxation is provided for all temporary differences (differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities and their corresponding tax bases) on a full liability basis. In contrast, certain of these items, such as non-qualifying industrial building allowances, are treated as permanent differences under UK GAAP.
For UK GAAP, adjustments to deferred tax balances initially recorded within the Statement of Total Recognised Gains and Losses resulting from changes in statutory tax rates were reflected back through this category of income. Under US GAAP, these deferred tax adjustments are required to be recognised through the income statement tax expense. This resulted in an increase to tax expense for US GAAP purposes, which would be offset by a decrease to Other Comprehensive Income.
Under UK GAAP, deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that, on the basis of all available evidence, it is considered that there will be sufficient future profits from which the reversal of the timing losses can be deducted. There is a general acceptance that an entity would look out between 1-3 years when considering future profitability to evaluate the probability of realising the assets. Under US GAAP, there is no accepted cap on the look-out period when the company has a history of profitability.
Under UK GAAP, deferred tax assets and liabilities are off-set across different tax jurisdictions and the net amount is presented with debtors, if a net asset, or with provision for liabilities, if a net liability. Under US GAAP, deferred taxes are classified in the balance sheet according to the classification of the balance sheet item to which they relate. Therefore deferred tax liabilities related to intangible assets are reclassified as long term liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only off-set to the extent that they are short term or long term and are in the same tax jurisdiction.
ii. | Tax effect of other GAAP differences |
In most cases, the UK GAAP differences described above generate a difference between the book and tax base of the relevant asset or liability. As a result, deferred taxes on such temporary differences are recognised under US GAAP at the tax rate applicable to the jurisdiction associated with the underlying activity and based on when
F-116
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS GLOBAL HOLDINGS LIMITED
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE PERIOD 13 JUNE 2013 (DATE OF INCEPTION) TO 29 DECEMBER 2013 (SUCCESSOR), AND
FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2013 AND THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2012 (PREDECESSOR)
30. Summary of differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and the United States of America (continued)
the temporary difference is expected to be settled. Notable exceptions to this are for US GAAP differences for transaction expenses, contingent consideration adjustments, and adjustments to positive and negative goodwill. These adjustments relate to items that are permanently non-deductible for tax purposes, or meet specific exclusion requirements under both standards.
Under US GAAP, additional deferred tax liabilities are recognised for the adjustments to identifiable intangible assets recorded as part of the purchase accounting for the Groups acquisitions with a corresponding adjustment to increase goodwill.
Explanation of UK GAAPUS GAAP differences not quantified
Under UK GAAP, the Groups financial statements include a cash flow statement which presents substantially the same information as that required under US GAAP, however US GAAP only requires presentation of cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities. Set out below, is a summary consolidated statement of cash flows presented using the captions under US GAAP:
Successor | Predecessor | |||||||||||||
13 June 2013 to
29 December 2013 |
31 December
2012 to 30 September 2013 |
52 weeks ended
30 December 2012 |
||||||||||||
£000 | £000 | £000 | ||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
(42,797 | ) | 34,338 | 41,067 | ||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(339,754 | ) | (21,719 | ) | (26,221 | ) | ||||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
399,226 | (7,279 | ) | (440 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
16,675 | 5,340 | 14,406 | |||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the period |
| 23,513 | 9,219 | |||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
(122 | ) | 158 | (112 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period |
16,553 | 29,011 | 23,513 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Classification differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP
In addition to the differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP related to the recognition and measurement of transactions by the Group, there are also a number of differences in the manner in which items are classified in the consolidated profit and loss account and consolidated balance sheet. These classification differences have no impact on net less / profit or shareholders funds.
Under UK GAAP, the balance sheets are presented in ascending order of liquidity, whereas under US GAAP assets are presented in descending order of liquidity. Also under UK GAAP, the balance sheet is analysed between net assets and shareholders funds. Under US GAAP, the analysis is between total assets and total liabilities plus shareholders equity. Certain items which are disclosed in the notes under UK GAAP would be disclosed on the face of the balance sheet under US GAAP.
F-117
Carve-out Financial Statements of the US
Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing
Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC
As of September 30, 2014 and the Nine Month Period Ended September 30, 2014
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX
F-120 | ||||
F-121 | ||||
F-122 | ||||
F-123 | ||||
F-124 | ||||
F-125 |
F-119
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS REPORT
To the Board of Managers and
Member of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC:
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC, which comprise the balance sheet as of September 30, 2014, and the related statements of income, of invested capital, and of cash flows for the period from January 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014.
Managements Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Companys preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC as of September 30, 2014, and the related statements of income, of invested capital, and of cash flows for the period from January 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Emphasis of a Matter
As discussed in Note 2 and Note 12 to the financial statements, amounts recorded for allocations of certain administrative and support services expenses of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business are not necessarily representative of the amounts that would have been reflected in the financial statements had the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business operated as a separate, stand-alone entity. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
November 14, 2014
F-120
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BALANCE SHEET
(Amounts in Thousands)
September 30, 2014 | ||||
Current Assets: |
||||
Cash |
$ | 1,206 | ||
Accounts receivable, net |
45,870 | |||
Inventories |
18,601 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
2,298 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Current Assets |
67,975 | |||
Non-Current Assets: |
||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
11,604 | |||
Intangibles, net |
440 | |||
Assets held for sale |
1,568 | |||
Other assets |
1,966 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Non-Current Assets |
15,578 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Assets |
$ | 83,553 | ||
|
|
|||
Current Liabilities: |
||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 14,165 | ||
Payables to related entities |
2,196 | |||
Revolving line of credit |
40,461 | |||
Accrued payroll and benefits |
5,906 | |||
Accrued expenses |
10,353 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Current Liabilities |
73,081 | |||
Non-Current Liabilities: |
||||
Deferred income taxes |
19 | |||
Other long term liabilities |
1,366 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Non-Current Liabilities |
1,385 | |||
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 10) |
| |||
|
|
|||
Total Invested Capital |
9,087 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Liabilities and Invested Capital |
$ | 83,553 | ||
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carve-out financial statements.
F-121
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INCOME STATEMENT
(Amounts in Thousands)
Nine Month
Period Ended September 30, 2014 |
||||
Revenues, net |
$ | 148,626 | ||
Cost of goods sold |
129,422 | |||
|
|
|||
Gross profit |
19,204 | |||
Operating Costs: |
||||
Selling, general and administrative |
21,112 | |||
Transaction and restructuring costs |
4,654 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Operating Costs |
25,766 | |||
|
|
|||
Operating loss |
(6,562 | ) | ||
Interest and Other (Income) Expense |
||||
Interest expense, net |
1,271 | |||
Other (income) expense, net |
(746 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total Interest and Other (Income) Expense |
525 | |||
|
|
|||
Loss before income taxes |
(7,087 | ) | ||
Income tax expense |
9 | |||
|
|
|||
Net Loss |
$ | (7,096 | ) | |
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carve-out financial statements.
F-122
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENT OF INVESTED CAPITAL
(Amounts in Thousands)
Invested CapitalDecember 31, 2013 |
$ | 21,343 | ||
Net distribution to parent |
(5,160 | ) | ||
Net loss |
(7,096 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Invested CapitalSeptember 30, 2014 |
$ | 9,087 | ||
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carve-out financial statements.
F-123
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in Thousands)
Nine Month
Period Ended September 30, 2014 |
||||
Cash Flows From Operating Activities: |
||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities: |
||||
Net loss |
$ | (7,096 | ) | |
Depreciation and amortization |
2,092 | |||
Amortization of deferred financing fees |
334 | |||
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment |
(1,498 | ) | ||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||
Accounts receivable, net |
(18,548 | ) | ||
Inventories |
(398 | ) | ||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
2,813 | |||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
19,830 | |||
Other |
345 | |||
|
|
|||
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities |
(2,126 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Cash Flows From Investing Activities: |
||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment |
(2,098 | ) | ||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
3,825 | |||
|
|
|||
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities |
1,727 | |||
|
|
|||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities: |
||||
Net contribution to parent |
(5,160 | ) | ||
Proceeds from revolver borrowings |
204,408 | |||
Repayments of revolver borrowings |
(199,617 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities |
(369 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents |
(768 | ) | ||
CashBeginning |
1,974 | |||
|
|
|||
CashEnding |
$ | 1,206 | ||
|
|
|||
Supplemental Disclosures |
||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ | 942 | ||
Cash paid for income taxes |
$ | 287 | ||
Non-cash accrual for purchase of construction in progress |
$ | 202 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carve-out financial statements.
F-124
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1Background and Organization and Nature of Business
Atlas AGI Holdings LLC (Parent) was formed on September 8, 2010 (inception) as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Company Act. The Parent remained dormant until it was funded by Atlas AGI Topco LLC (TopCo), the sole equity member of the Parent.
The Parent, through its wholly owned subsidiaries AGI Holdings LLC, AGI North America LLC, AGI Polymatrix Holdings LLC, and AGI Polymatrix LLC, purchased the AGI media and entertainment packaging businesses from MeadWestvaco Corporation (MeadWestvaco) on September 30, 2010. On December 31, 2011, the Parent, through its newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, Shorewood Packaging Holdings LLC, purchased the United States (US) paper and paperboard packaging operations of Shorewood Packaging Corporation (Shorewood) from the International Paper Company (International Paper). Shorewood was immediately converted to a limited liability company. On January 1, 2014, the Parent merged AGI North America LLC into Shorewood Packaging LLC (the surviving entity following the conversion of Shorewood Packaging Corporation into a limited liability company as described in the preceding sentence) and AGI Holdings LLC into Shorewood Packaging Holdings LLC. On January 15, 2014, Shorewood Packaging LLC changed its name to AGI-Shorewood Group US LLC.
The Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries specialize in innovative printing and packaging solutions for consumer and personal care products, technology and telecommunications, Blu-ray discs, DVDs, music, and video games.
NOTE 2Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying carve-out financial statements present the financial position, results of operations, invested capital, and cash flows of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the activities of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business included certain assets, liabilities, and operations of AGI North America LLC, AGI Holdings LLC, Shorewood Packaging LLC, Shorewood Packaging Holdings LLC, and AGI-Shorewood Group US LLC (f/k/a Shorewood Packaging LLC). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The Company has provided nine month financial information in lieu of twelve month information to satisfy the SEC reporting requirements.
These carve-out financial statements were extracted from the Parents consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2014 and for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the Parents Danville, Virginia, Elizabethtown, Kentucky, and Pittsfield, Massachusetts operations and have been excluded from these financial statements.
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business and the Parents other businesses had access to the Parents debt facilities for liquidity to support their operations during the periods presented in the accompanying carve-out financial statements. The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, which had been generating net cash outflows, had a need for liquidity to finance its operations which was principally obtained via borrowings on the Parents debt facilities and reductions in the working capital of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business while the Parents other businesses had cash flows which would not have resulted in the need to be supported by the Parents debt facilities. Accordingly, the accompanying carve-out financial
F-125
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
statements of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business include all of the Parents debt facilities which existed during the periods presented which management determined were all related to the activities of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business.
These carve-out financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the US and reflect assumptions and allocations made by management to depict the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business on a basis that management believes is reasonable. As a result, the accompanying carve-out financial statements included herein may not necessarily be indicative of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss financial position, results of operations or cash flows had the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business operated as a stand-alone entity during the periods presented.
The carve-out financial statements of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business include all sales, costs, assets and liabilities directly attributable to the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business. The Parent had an allocation agreement with the AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A., Coöp (Coöp) which allowed the Parent to allocate certain costs and expenses which mutually benefited the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, the Parents other businesses not included in these carved-out financial statements, and the Coöp to each of those businesses. See Note 12 for amounts charged to the Parents other businesses not included in these carve-out financial statements and amounts charged to the Coöp. Management believes the allocation of these costs was made using assumptions and methodologies which were reasonable. However, such allocations may result in a level of actual expense that may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that would have been incurred by the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business if it had operated as a stand-alone entity during the period presented.
NOTE 3Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the carve-out financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the US requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the carve-out financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant judgments and estimates relate to assessing the impairment of long lived assets, working capital reserves and accruals, capitalized inventory variances, and the allocation of costs to the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, the Parents other businesses, and the Coöp. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable principally consists of receivables from the sale of packaging. The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business evaluates the collectability of its receivables and records the amount that it reasonably believes will be collected. Amounts determined to be a collection risk are immediately reserved against the gross receivable balance with the offset recorded to bad debt expense. The allowance for doubtful accounts as of September 30, 2014, was $285.
F-126
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Inventories
Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) cost method and include all costs directly associated with manufacturing products, including materials, labor and manufacturing overhead. The estimated market value is based on assumptions for future demand and related pricing. If market value is determined by management to be lower than carrying value, a reduction in the carrying value of inventory is recorded with the offset recorded to cost of goods sold in the period.
Revenue Recognition
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business recognizes revenue as title to the products are transferred to customers, generally upon product shipment based on shipping terms when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the selling price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. Shipping and handling billings to customers are included in net revenues, with related costs recognized in cost of goods sold. Certain customers are offered rebates based on total volumes. Rebates are included in net revenues.
Long-lived Assets
Property, plant and equipment includes buildings and manufacturing equipment which are stated at cost, and depreciated over their estimated useful lives (2 to 25 years) using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease term or, if shorter, the useful lives of the improvements. Maintenance, minor replacements and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property, plant, and equipment are retired or sold, the net carrying amount is eliminated with any gain or loss on disposal classified within other income (expense) excluding disposals associated with restructuring activities.
Intangible assets, which include customer relationships and trade names, were recorded at fair value on their acquisition date and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 6 to 15 years.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Finite-lived intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any long-lived asset may not be fully recoverable. In the event that facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of any long-lived assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability is performed. If an evaluation were required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset (or group of assets) would be compared to the assets (or group of assets) carrying amount to determine if a write-down to fair value is required. Any impairment loss would adjust the carrying value to the assets fair value.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business recorded a $1,732 charge related to the closure of its Indianapolis, Indiana facility. The planned closure was publically announced in January 2014. The subsequent sale of assets of the Indianapolis, Indiana facility resulted in additional income of $1,290 being recognized during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The remaining assets of the Indianapolis, Indiana facility which are expected to be disposed through sale are reflected as assets held for sale in the accompanying carve-out balance sheet at September 30, 2014 at an estimated fair value of $1,568, net of estimated disposal costs, which is comprised primarily of equipment, land, and building.
F-127
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Deferred Financing Fees
Deferred financing fees include debt discounts and issuance costs which consist of amounts paid to lenders and third parties, respectively, in connection with obtaining debt financing. These costs are capitalized and amortized utilizing the effective interest method, over the term of the respective debt instruments to interest expense. On the accompanying carve-out balance sheets, the debt issuance costs are classified in other assets and the debt discounts are classified as a reduction to long-term borrowings. Amortization expense for deferred financing fees for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 was $334. As of September 30, 2014 the gross carrying amount of deferred financial fees was $2,161 and the total accumulated amortization was $1,048.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair values of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss financial instruments reflect the amounts that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The fair value estimates presented in this report are based on information available to the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business as of September 30, 2014.
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business has implemented the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements for all financial assets and liabilities and for non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It also establishes a three level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the hierarchy are defined as follows:
Level 1Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3Unobservable inputs reflecting the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available.
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss financial instruments include cash, trade receivables, trade payables and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of cash, trade receivables and trade payables approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The Parents debt obligations are not actively traded, and as a result no published fair value is available. The Parent estimated the fair value of long-term debt (Level 2) to be consistent with the aggregated carrying values at September 30, 2014 based on a sensitivity analysis for the interest rates using Level 2 inputs.
Income Taxes
Income tax obligations in the accompanying financial statements of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business have been prepared on a separate-return basis as if the operations of the US Folding Carton and
F-128
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Lithographic Printing Business had been a stand-alone entity, on the same basis of presentation as the Parent had applied, during all periods presented. The Parent is a limited liability company (LLC) and is treated as a partnership for US federal and state income tax purposes. As a partnership for income tax purposes, the entity is not taxed and members of the Parent are taxed on the Parents flow through income or loss. Accordingly, the Parent and the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business do not record a provision for US federal income taxes.
In certain states, LLCs are considered taxable entities for state income tax purposes. The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business operates in two such statesTennessee and Kentuckywhich results in the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business recognizing state income tax obligations for its activities in these states. The amount of income taxes the Parent and the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business pays is subject to ongoing audits by income taxing authorities. The periods subject to examination for the Parents various state income tax returns are 2011 through 2013.
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business evaluates uncertain income tax positions to determine if it is more likely than not that they would be sustained upon examination. The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business will record a liability for uncertain tax positions when such uncertainties fail to meet the more likely than not threshold and includes managements assessment of relevant risk and the facts and circumstances existing at that time. The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as well as tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
NOTE 4Inventories
The following table presents the components of inventories as of September 30, 2014:
September 30, 2014 | ||||
Raw materials |
$ | 8,278 | ||
Work-in-process |
3,124 | |||
Finished goods |
7,199 | |||
|
|
|||
Inventories |
$ | 18,601 | ||
|
|
F-129
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 5Property, Plant and Equipment
The following table presents the components of property, plant and equipment as of September 30, 2014:
September 30, 2014 | Useful Life (Years) | |||||||
Land |
$ | 1,540 | n/a | |||||
Building |
2,164 | Up to 25 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements |
891 | Up to 10 | ||||||
Furniture and fixtures |
388 | 3 to 5 | ||||||
Machinery and equipment |
11,343 | 2 to 12 | ||||||
Computers and software |
783 | 2 to 5 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
17,109 | ||||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
(6,489 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
10,620 | ||||||||
Construction in-progress |
984 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net |
$ | 11,604 | ||||||
|
|
Depreciation expense totaled $1,990 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014.
NOTE 6Intangible Assets
The following table presents intangible assets as of September 30, 2014:
September 30,
2014 |
Useful Life | |||||||
Existing customer relationships |
$ | 500 | 15 years | |||||
Trade names |
220 | 6 years | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
720 | ||||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
(280 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Intangible Assets, Net |
$ | 440 | ||||||
|
|
Amortization expense totaled $52 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. Amortization expense for intangible assets is expected to be $18 for the remainder of 2014 and $70, $61, $33, $33, and $33 for the following five years. Thereafter, amortization expense for intangibles is expected to be $192.
NOTE 7Above and Below Market Leases
In connection with the Shorewood acquisition, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business recognized an asset of $335 for certain below market leases. The asset is included in other assets on the carve-out balance sheet and is amortized using the straight-line method as an increase to expense over the remaining term of the leases assumed which expire at various dates through 2016. Amortization for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 was $50.
F-130
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 8Accrued Expenses, Insurance Reserves, Customer Incentives, and Warranty Reserves
Accrued Expenses
Certain expenses which are incurred, but not yet paid are estimated and accrued at each balance sheet date. The following table presents these accruals which are included in accrued expenses on the carve-out balance sheets as of September 30, 2014:
September 30, 2014 | ||||
Ink and other materials |
$ | 1,584 | ||
Customer rebates |
1,551 | |||
Real estate taxes |
1,365 | |||
Workers compensation and health insurance |
923 | |||
Freight |
908 | |||
Warranty reserve |
607 | |||
Restructuring reserve |
543 | |||
Corporate card program |
513 | |||
Audit fees |
407 | |||
All other |
1,952 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 10,353 | ||
|
|
Insurance Reserves
The Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are self-insured for its workers compensation insurance program for all employees on its payroll up to certain retention limits. The costs of this workers compensation insurance program are recorded in the period incurred. The accompanying carve-out financial statements also reflect an accrued liability for the estimated claims to be paid in future periods which occurred prior to the balance sheet dates related to activities of employees of the of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business. As of September 30, 2014, the estimated liability for such claims is $489.
The Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are also self-insured for certain healthcare programs offered to its employees. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries are liable for medical claims up to $300 per eligible employee annually. The costs of these healthcare programs are recorded in the period incurred. The accompanying carve-out financial statements also reflect an accrued liability for the estimated liability arising from incurred, but not reported, claims for employees of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business at September 30, 2014 of $434.
Customer Incentives
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business enters into incentive arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business. Payments under these arrangements are capitalized and amortized over the life of the arrangement if the arrangement permits recovery upon termination and it is probable the customer will make purchases from the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business in excess of the up-front consideration paid to the customer, if not, payments are immediately recognized as expense in the current period. Any obligations under the arrangements for future payments are recognized if the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business believes achievement of the milestone necessary to trigger the payment was probable at any time during the duration of the arrangement. At September 30, 2014, the US Folding Carton and
F-131
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Lithographic Printing Business recognized other assets of $682, and liabilities of $0, related to these arrangements. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business recognized $884, as an offset to revenue related to these arrangements.
Warranty Reserves
Estimated warranty costs are accrued at the time of shipment based on historical warranty claims experience. The following represents a reconciliation of changes in the warranty reserve:
Nine Month Period
Ended September 30, 2014 |
||||
Warranty ReserveBeginning |
$ | 509 | ||
Warranty claims settled |
(1,821 | ) | ||
Provision for warranty |
1,920 | |||
|
|
|||
Warranty ReserveEnding |
$ | 608 | ||
|
|
NOTE 9Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
Throughout all periods, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business had a need for liquidity to finance its operations while the Parents other businesses had cash flows which would not have resulted in the need to be supported by the Parents debt facilities. Accordingly, the Parents debt facilities which existed during the periods presented all related to the activities of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business.
Notes payable and long-term debt, related to the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, consisted of the following as of September 30, 2014:
September 30, 2014 | ||||
Revolving line of credit |
$ | 40,461 | ||
Less: Current maturities |
(40,461 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total Long-Term Debt |
$ | | ||
|
|
Revolving Line of Credit
On March 27, 2012, acting through its agent, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, the Parent executed a senior secured credit facility (Credit Facility) with various lenders to borrow up to $70,000 utilizing a $60,000 revolving credit facility and a $10,000 machinery and equipment sub-line secured by the assets of the Parent. On July 17, 2013, the sublimit on the borrowing base was increased to $17,500 and the interest rates were lowered. The Credit Facility carries a variable interest rate based on LIBOR or prime plus a margin of .75% to 2.75% based on excess availability on the revolving credit facility and the machinery and equipment sub-line. An unused revolver fee, based on average monthly usage, equal to 0.375% to 0.50% of the unused portion of the Credit Facility is payable monthly in arrears. Per the Credit Agreement, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a month-end basis, is required to be at least 1.10:1.00 on any date on which either (a) Excess Availability is less than $8,000 or (b) Excess Availability has been less than $10,000 for three consecutive business days. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, availability was in excess of the levels required to trigger the application of the financial covenant. As of September 30, 2014, remaining availability on
F-132
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
the Credit Facility was $15,322. On September 9, 2014, the lender provided a waiver which granted a grace period until December 8, 2014 for the Parent to settle a lien made by State of Illinois. Subsequent to September 30, 2014, the Company reached a settlement with the State of Illinois and the amount was paid in full and the lien was released. The Parent has the ability to lock in borrowings for fixed amounts, term and rate under LIBOR contracts. As of September 30, 2014, the interest rate on outstanding 30-day LIBOR contracts ranged from 2.407% to 2.907%, and the interest rate on prime borrowings ranged from 4.50% to 5.00% as of September 30, 2014. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement was 3.07% as of September 30, 2014. Also as of September 30, 2014, there were outstanding letters of credit in the amount of $714, which reduced the amount of availability under the revolver. The revolver has an expiration date of March 27, 2017.
Substantially all assets of the Parent are placed as collateral under the Credit Facility. With the exception of required daily operating balances, all funds are swept daily against the Credit Facility. In addition, the credit facility contains a subjective acceleration clause. As a result, these borrowings are classified as current on the carve-out financial statements.
NOTE 10Commitments and Contingencies
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business leases a variety of assets for use in its operations. Leases for offices and manufacturing facilities generally contain options which allow the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business to extend lease terms. Minimum rental payments under operating leases that have non-cancelable terms in excess of twelve (12) months, as of September 30, 2014, are as follows:
September 30, 2014 | ||||
Remainder of 2014 |
$ | 2,043 | ||
2015 |
3,220 | |||
2016 |
1,607 | |||
2017 |
946 | |||
2018 |
891 | |||
Thereafter |
3,912 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 12,619 | ||
|
|
On April 1, 2014, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business resolved certain contingencies related to a prior transaction which resulted in proceeds and a gain of approximately $1,000 being recognized as other income during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014.
NOTE 11Invested Capital
The net assets of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business are represented by the net investment in the business made by its parent, Atlas AGI Holdings LLC which is presented as total invested capital in the accompanying carve-out statement of invested capital. Total invested capital comprises share capital, additional paid-in capital, and retained earnings (losses) of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business.
Net contributions by the Parent to the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business during the reporting period are included in the accompanying carve-out statement of invested capital. All significant intercompany transactions between the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, the Parent, and the Parents
F-133
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
other businesses, have been included in these financial statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash at the time the transaction is recorded. The total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany transactions is reflected as a financing activity in the accompanying carve-out statement of cash flows.
NOTE 12Related Party Transactions
Management Services Agreement
On September 30, 2010, the Parent entered into a management services agreement (MSA) with Atlas Holdings LLC, an affiliate of TopCo, the Parents sole equity member. Under the MSA, the Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries were provided with various administrative and management services in exchange for an annual fee commencing November 1, 2010. The MSAs initial term ends on September 30, 2015 with automatic five year renewal terms commencing thereafter. Either party can terminate the management services agreement upon delivering one year written notice and subject to certain terms and conditions. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business expensed and paid $375 related to the MSA.
Distributions
The Parent generally pays distributions to its members in an amount sufficient for them to fund their tax obligations related to taxable income distributed to them. Tax distributions to members are included in net contributions to (distributions from) the Parent in the statement of invested capital for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014.
Product Sales
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business sells products to parties under the common ownership of TopCo. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business sold $1,504, to parties under common ownership of TopCo.
Machinery and Equipment Sales
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business sold machinery and equipment to parties under the common ownership of TopCo for proceeds $2,231 which resulted in a gain on sale of $1,230 being recognized within other income during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. This machinery and equipment had been in use at the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss Indianapolis, Indiana facility which ceased substantially all operations in May 2014.
Cost Allocations
On January 1, 2012, the Parent entered into an allocation agreement with the Coöp, an affiliate of TopCo. Under the allocation agreement, certain costs and expenses which mutually benefited the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, the Parents remaining businesses, and the Coöp, were allocated amongst the parties. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the US parent incurred information technology, executive operations and human resources management, administrative, marketing, insurance, purchasing, finance, accounting and legal costs, comprised of the costs of salaries and benefits, professional and other third-party costs, that mutually benefited the US folding carton and lithographic printing business operations, the
F-134
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
operations of the Parents other businesses, and the operations of the Coöp. In the accompanying carve-out financial statements, a portion of these mutually beneficial costs have been allocated to the Parents other businesses, and a portion of the remaining mutually beneficial costs have been allocated from the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business to the Coöp based on direct usage or benefit where identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenues, headcount, or other measures.
Nine Month Period
Ended September 30, 2014 |
||||
Total mutually beneficial costs |
$ | 19,509 | ||
Less: Allocations made to Coöp |
(6,155 | ) | ||
Allocations made to Parents other businesses |
(941 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Mutually Beneficial Costs Attributed to the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business |
$ | 12,413 | ||
|
|
The allocation of these mutually beneficial costs to the Coöp was classified as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying carve-out financial statements. The allocation agreement expires after fifteen (15) years or upon a change of control of Topco or Coöp. The amounts that would have been or will be incurred by the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business for these activities on a stand-alone basis could differ from the residual amounts recognized by the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business following the allocation of a portion of these costs to the Coöp and the Parents other businesses.
As a result of all the related party transactions referred to above occurring during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 there was a payable due to related parties of $2,069.
NOTE 13Restructuring Costs
Following the acquisitions of the AGI media and entertainment packaging businesses from MeadWestvaco and paper and paperboard packaging operations in the US of Shorewood, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business engaged in a series of restructuring activities intended to reduce costs and become more competitive in the marketplace. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business incurred the following restructuring costs:
Nine Month Period Ended September 20, 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Melrose Park,
Illinois Facility |
Indianapolis,
Indiana Facility |
Other
Programs |
Total | |||||||||||||
Severance the termination benefits |
$ | (135 | ) | $ | 1,794 | $ | 683 | $ | 2,342 | |||||||
Asset impairment charges |
| (1,290 | ) | | (1,290 | ) | ||||||||||
Other exit and restructuring costs |
| 3,535 | 67 | 3,602 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | (135 | ) | $ | 4,039 | $ | 750 | $ | 4,654 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-135
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A description of each of the significant restructuring programs conducted by the Company during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 follows.
Melrose Park, Illinois facility
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business has conducted a series of targeted restructurings at its Melrose Park, Illinois facility since its acquisition in order to optimize its manufacturing capabilities at the facility and across other facilities in the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business. Total restructuring costs incurred by the Company to conduct these restructuring programs were $2,774, of which ($135) was recorded during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The Company will continue to optimize its manufacturing capabilities at the facility and across other facilities in the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business in future periods which may result in future restructurings at this facility the costs of which cannot be estimated.
Indianapolis, Indiana facility closure
The US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business has conducted a series of targeted restructurings at its facility in Indianapolis, Indiana since its acquisition. These targeted restructurings were part of its strategy to optimize its manufacturing capabilities across the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business.
On January 15, 2014, the US folding carton and lithographic printing business publically announced it would close its facility in Indianapolis, Indiana and all operations at the facility were ceased by September 2014. Total restructuring costs incurred to conduct the restructuring and closure of its facility in Indianapolis, Indiana were $7,008, of which $4,039 was incurred during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The Company has estimated it will incur and has accrued as of September 30, 2014 an additional $62 to finalize the closure of the facility which is expected to be finalized by December 2015.
Other restructuring programs
In addition to the restructuring efforts ongoing at the manufacturing facilities described above, the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business has been conducting terminations of various executive, selling, general, and administrative personnel during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. Total restructuring costs incurred to conduct the restructuring of its various executive, selling, general, and administrative functions was $3,575, of which $750 was incurred during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The Company has estimated it will incur and has accrued as of September 30, 2014 an additional $481 for other restructuring programs currently in process.
The following table shows movements in the liability for restructuring costs recognized by the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014
September 30, 2014 | ||||
Balance December 31, 2013 |
$ | 427 | ||
Restructuring expenses incurred and charged to expense |
4,789 | |||
Amounts paid or settled |
(4,538 | ) | ||
Adjustments to previously recognized amounts |
(135 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance September 30, 2014 |
$ | 543 | ||
|
|
F-136
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 14Concentrations
Sales by the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business to its top four unaffiliated customers were approximately 8%, 7%, 6%, and 6% of its net revenues during the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. Accounts receivable from its top four unaffiliated customers represented approximately 5%, 7%, 9%, and 7% of its accounts receivable at September 30, 2014. In addition, there are several customers that relate to a supply arrangement entered into during the 2014 fiscal period with a third party that collectively account for 10% of aggregate revenues and 17% of accounts receivable during the nine month period ended and as of September 30, 2014, respectively.
NOTE 15Employee Benefit Plans
The Parent sponsors a defined contribution retirement plan for its employees and those of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which allows participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business are eligible to participate in the plan sponsored by the Parent. The plan sponsored by the Parent matches employee contributions at 100% of employee contributions for the first 3% of total salary and 60% of employee contributions on the subsequent 3%. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, the Parent paid $1,086, in matching contributions to employees of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business.
As a means to align managements incentives with those of the investors of the Parent, the Parent has adopted an annual Short Term Incentive Plan (STIP program) and Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP program) for certain managers and key employees.
Short Term Incentive Plan
The STIP program allocates a portion of the annual Economic Value that is generated by the Parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries to compensate certain managers and key employees. Economic Value is defined by the STIP program to be earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), less capital spending, less a charge for capital employed in the business. EBITDA is adjusted from time-to-time to eliminate the effects of one-time or non-operational income or charges.
The amount of expense related to the STIP program recognized in the accompanying carve-out financial statements, related to participants in the STIP program of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 was ($10), and the related liability at September 30, 2014 was $38.
Long Term Incentive Plan
Once the initial amount of capital invested in the Parent is returned to its member, the LTIP program allocates a portion of the distributable earnings to the Parents member to certain managers and key employees as cash compensation. The amount of expense related to the LTIP program recognized in the accompanying carve-out financial statements, related to participants in the LTIP program of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014 was ($32), and the related liability at September 30, 2014 was $0.
F-137
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 16New Accounting Pronouncements
On April 10, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08 (ASU-2014-08), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity, which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entitys operations and financial results, a business that upon acquisition qualifies as held for sale will also be a discontinued operation, and activities are no longer precluded from being presented as a discontinued operation if (i) there are operations and cash flows of the component that have not been eliminated from the reporting entitys ongoing operations, or (ii) there is significant continuing involvement with a component after its disposal. ASU 2014-08 also introduces several new disclosures, including, but not limited to, a requirement to present in the statement of cash flows or disclose in a note either (i) total operating and investing cash flows for discontinued operations, or (ii) depreciation, amortization, capital expenditures, and significant operating and investing noncash items related to discontinued operations, additional disclosures when an entity retains significant continuing involvement with a discontinued operation after its disposal, including the amount of cash flows to and from a discontinued operation, and for disposals of individually significant components that do not qualify as discontinued operations, a disclosure of pre-tax earnings of the disposed component. ASU 2014-08 requires an entity to reclassify the assets and liabilities of a discontinued operation that are classified as held for sale or disposed of in the current period for the comparative periods presented in the statement of financial position
The guidance in ASU 2014-08 applies prospectively to new disposals and new classifications of disposal groups as held for sale after the effective date and is required to be adopted by public business entities in annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within those annual periods. It is effective for all other entities, including non-public entities, in annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015, and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)(ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 is a new comprehensive standard for revenue recognition that is based on the core principle that revenue be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Under the new standard, a good or service is transferred to the customer when (or as) the customer obtains control of the good or service, which differs from the risk and rewards approach under current guidance. The new standard provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, including service revenue and contract modifications, eliminates industry-specific revenue recognition guidance, including that for software, and requires enhanced disclosures about revenue. ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts to transfer nonfinancial assets outside of the entitys ordinary activities except for certain contracts within the scope of other standards (such as leases). Areas of potential change include, but are not limited to, units of accounting, the determination of the transaction price, the allocation of the transaction price to multiple goods and services, transfer of control, software licenses, and capitalization of contract costs.
In August 2014 the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentations of Financial StatementsGoing Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entitys Ability to Continue as a Going Concern , which is intended to define Managements responsibility to evaluate whether
F-138
US FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS OF ATLAS AGI HOLDINGS
LLC AUDITED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
there is substantial doubt about an organizations ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures as well as increasing consistency in the timing and content of footnote disclosures when the organization identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt. The amendments in the update are effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted.
Implementation of these recent accounting pronouncements is not expected to have a material effect on the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss carve-out financial statements.
NOTE 17Subsequent Events
Subsequent to September 30, 2014, the Parent, AGI Global I B.V. and AGI-Shorewood Group US Holdings, LLC entered into a definitive agreement on November 2, 2014 for the sale of the Non-European and US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business to Multi Packaging Solutions (MPS). These financial statements have been prepared and are being presented as of the close of business on September 30, 2014 prior to the expected acquisition by MPS upon the closing of the transaction.
F-139
Financial Statements of the Non-European Folding
Carton and Lithographic Printing Business
of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A.
For the Nine Month Period Ended 30 September 2014
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
Contents
Page | ||||
F-142 | ||||
F-144 | ||||
F-145 | ||||
F-146 | ||||
Carve-out combined statement of changes in parents net investment in the business |
F-147 | |||
F-148 | ||||
F-149 |
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
Independent Auditors Report on Carve-Out Combined Financial statements
To the directors and stockholders of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A.
We have audited the accompanying carve-out combined financial statements of the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (together the Business), a component of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. as described in Note 1 Background and basis of preparation, which comprise the carve-out combined statement of financial position as at 30 September 2014 and the carve-out combined income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in parents net investment in the business and statement of cash flows for the nine month period ended 30 September 2014.
Managements Responsibility for the carve-out combined financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the carve-out combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRS); this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the carve-out combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the carve-out combined financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the carve-out combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the carve-out combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the carve-out combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Business preparation and fair presentation of the carve-out combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Business internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the carve-out combined financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board requires that financial statements be presented with comparative financial information. These carve-out combined financial statements have been prepared solely for the purpose of meeting the requirements of Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly no comparative financial information is presented.
F-142
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
In our opinion, except for the omission of comparative financial information as discussed in the preceding paragraph, the carve-out combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Business as at 30 September 2014 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine month period ending 30 September 2014 in accordance with IFRS.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board vary in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The application of the latter would have affected the determination of profit for the nine months ended 30 September 2014 and the determination of parents net investment at 30 September 2014 to the extent summarised in Note 24 to the carve-out combined financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
Southampton, United Kingdom
13 November 2014
F-143
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As at 30 September 2014
Note |
As at
30 September 2014 |
|||||||
000 | ||||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Non-current assets |
||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
6 | 29,735 | ||||||
Intangible assets |
7 | 4,062 | ||||||
Deferred income tax assets |
13 | 9,224 | ||||||
Trade and other receivables |
8 | 474 | ||||||
Total non-current assets |
43,495 | |||||||
Current assets |
||||||||
Inventories |
9 | 16,356 | ||||||
Trade and other receivables |
8 | 45,120 | ||||||
Income tax receivables |
1,543 | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
10 | 19,856 | ||||||
82,875 | ||||||||
Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale |
23 | 3,845 | ||||||
Total current assets |
86,720 | |||||||
Total assets |
130,215 | |||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Non-current liabilities |
||||||||
Related party borrowings |
22 | 21,414 | ||||||
Other borrowings |
12 | 517 | ||||||
Deferred income tax liabilities |
13 | 2,505 | ||||||
Trade and other payables |
11 | 72 | ||||||
Retirement benefit obligations |
19 | 3,614 | ||||||
Total non-current liabilities |
28,122 | |||||||
Current liabilities |
||||||||
Trade and other payables |
11 | 43,648 | ||||||
Current income tax liabilities |
381 | |||||||
Other borrowings |
12 | 892 | ||||||
Provisions for other liabilities and charges |
14 | | ||||||
44,921 | ||||||||
Liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale |
24 | 1,032 | ||||||
Total current liabilities |
45,953 | |||||||
Total liabilities |
74,075 | |||||||
Parents net investment in the business |
||||||||
Parents net investment in the business |
56,140 | |||||||
Total liabilities and parents net investment in the business |
130,215 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carved-out combined financial statements.
F-144
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
CARVE-OUT COMBINED INCOME STATEMENT
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Note |
Period ended 30 September
2014 |
|||||||
000 | ||||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||
Revenue |
91,009 | |||||||
Raw materials |
(45,720 | ) | ||||||
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress |
9 | (99 | ) | |||||
Employee benefit expense |
15 | (22,395 | ) | |||||
Depreciation, impairment and amortisation |
6, 7 | (2,163 | ) | |||||
Other operating expenses |
(16,825 | ) | ||||||
Other income |
5, 22 | 203 | ||||||
Operating profit |
4,010 | |||||||
Finance income |
17 | 119 | ||||||
Finance costs |
17 | (733 | ) | |||||
Finance costsnet |
17 | (614 | ) | |||||
Profit before income tax |
3,396 | |||||||
Tax expense |
18 | (1,104 | ) | |||||
Profit for the period from continuing operations |
2,292 | |||||||
Loss for the period from discontinued operations, net of tax |
23 | (2,232 | ) | |||||
Profit for the period attributable to owners of the parent |
60 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carved-out combined financial statements.
F-145
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Note |
Period ended 30 September
2014 |
|||||||
000 | ||||||||
Profit for the period |
60 | |||||||
Other comprehensive income |
||||||||
Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss |
||||||||
Re-measurements of the net defined benefit liability |
(234 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
(234 | ) | |||||||
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss |
||||||||
Currency translation differences |
1,230 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
1,230 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income for the period |
996 | |||||||
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners of the parent |
1,056 | |||||||
Total comprehensive income / (loss) attributable to owners of the parent arises from: |
||||||||
continuing operations |
3,288 | |||||||
discontinued operations |
23 | (2,232 | ) | |||||
|
|
|||||||
1,056 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carved-out combined financial statements.
F-146
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN PARENTS NET INVESTMENT IN THE BUSINESS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Currency
translation differences |
Invested
capital |
Total |
Non
controlling interest |
Total
parents net investment |
||||||||||||||||||
Notes | 000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | |||||||||||||||||
Balance at 31 December 2013 |
(4,407 | ) | 45,872 | 41,465 | | 41,465 | ||||||||||||||||
Profit for the period |
| 60 | 60 | | 60 | |||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income / (loss) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency translation differences |
1,230 | | 1,230 | | 1,230 | |||||||||||||||||
Re-measurements of defined benefit liability |
| (234 | ) | (234 | ) | | (234 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total other comprehensive income |
1,230 | (234 | ) | 996 | | 996 | ||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income / (loss) for the period |
1,230 | (174 | ) | 1,056 | | 1,056 | ||||||||||||||||
Transactions with owners |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Net contribution from parent |
| 17,675 | 17,675 | | 17,675 | |||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| (4,056 | ) | (4,056 | ) | | (4,056 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Total transactions with owners |
| 13,619 | 13,619 | | 13,619 | |||||||||||||||||
Balance at 30 September 2014 |
(3,177 | ) | 59,317 | 56,140 | | 56,140 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carved-out combined financial statements.
F-147
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Note |
Period ended 30 September
2014 |
|||||||
000 | ||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||
Cash used from operations |
20 | (9,947 | ) | |||||
Interest paid |
17 | (17 | ) | |||||
Income tax paid |
(1,006 | ) | ||||||
Net cash used from operating activities |
(10,970 | ) | ||||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
6 | (10,026 | ) | |||||
Sale of property, plant and equipment |
145 | |||||||
Interest received |
17 | 119 | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(9,762 | ) | ||||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||
Proceeds from short term borrowings |
12 | 7 | ||||||
Repayment of other borrowings |
12 | (760 | ) | |||||
Net contributions from parent |
17,675 | |||||||
Dividend paid |
(4,056 | ) | ||||||
Net cash generated in financing activities |
12,866 | |||||||
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
(7,866 | ) | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period / year |
10 | 26,462 | ||||||
Exchange gain on cash |
1,260 | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
10 | 19,856 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these carved-out combined financial statements.
F-148
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
1. Background and basis of preparation
1.1 Background
AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (Parent) was formed on 30 September 2010. The parent was funded by the sole equity member, Atlas AGI Holdings (Cayman) LP, an affiliate of Atlas Holdings LLC, when it purchased the European and Australian AGI media and entertainment printing and packaging business from MeadWestvaco Corporation (MeadWestvaco) on 30 September 2010.
The parent and its wholly-owned subsidiaries specialise in printing and packaging solutions for consumer and personal care products, technology and telecommunications, Blu-ray discs, DVDs, music and video games. In addition the parent manufactures plastic cases for the European market in the home entertainment business sector.
During 2011, the parent entered into an agreement with International Paper Company to acquire its shareholdings in the business and assets of the international entities of its Shorewood packaging division. This acquisition closed on 1 January 2012 and was funded by the transfer of members capital from the parents controlling party to International Paper Company. As a result, from 1 January 2012, the ownership of the parent changed whereby 40% of the company became owned by International Paper Investments (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., a wholly owned subsidiary of International Paper Company. The parents ultimate controlling party, Atlas AGI Holdings (Cayman) LP, was unchanged and retained a 60% ownership interest. As a result, the Shorewood packaging division was acquired by the parent by the way of a capital contribution from the parents controlling party.
This financial period consists of the period 1 January 2014 to 30 September 2014.
1.2 Basis of preparation
The business has historically operated as part of the parent and not as a separate stand-alone entity. The carve-out combined financial statements of the business have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the consolidated financial statements of the parent, to represent the financial position and performance of the business as if the business had existed on a stand-alone basis for the period 30 September 2014. The carve-out combined income statement, the carve-out combined statement of comprehensive income, the carve-out combined statement of changes in parents net investment in the business and the carve-out combined statement of cash flows for the period 30 September 2014 and statement of financial position at 30 September 2014 are presented on the same basis.
This carve-out combined statement of financial position is being carved-out of the parents consolidated financial statement as at 30 September 2014.
These carve-out combined financial statements of the Company have been prepared to be included in a registration statement with the SEC. Under SEC requirements only one year of financial statements of the Company is required, and accordingly a comparative period has not been presented. Additionally, the company has provided 9 month information in lieu of 12 month information to satisfy SEC reporting requirements.
During 2014, the parents management determined that the Canadian operation in Smith Falls would be transferred out of the carve-out combination at net book value to be held by a different subsidiary of the parent
F-149
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
within 12 months of 30 September 2014. The Smith Falls assets and liabilities have been shown as held for sale at 30 September 2014 and its results have been recorded as discontinued operations in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations.
Throughout the period presented in the accompanying carve-out combined financial statements, the parent had an allocation agreement with Atlas AGI Topco LLC, a related party of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. which allowed Atlas AGI Topco LLC to allocate certain costs and expenses which mutually benefited the parents and Atlas AGI Topco LLCs businesses including the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business. See related parties note 22 for the amounts charged.
Current and deferred taxation has been separately calculated in each jurisdiction of the business operations and then presented on a combined basis and that position of the current and deferred taxation related to the business is included in these financial statements. Deferred tax adjustments have been made on consolidation as necessary.
The carve-out combined financial statements of the business are presented in Euros (), and have been prepared on a historical cost basis, and on a going concern basis.
The carve-out combined financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the IASB, except for the omission of comparative financial information as discussed above, by aggregating financial information from the components of the business described in Note 1.1 and include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that management has determined are specifically attributable to the business, and allocations of direct and indirect costs and expenses related to the operations of the business. The business adopted IFRS for the first time as at 1 January 2012.
The business has not previously prepared or reported any carve-out combined financial information in accordance with any other generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Consequently, it is not possible to provide IFRS 1 reconciliations between financial information prepared under any previous GAAP and the financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS included in this carve-out combined financial information, as required by IFRS 1 on transition to IFRS.
2. Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these carve-out combined financial statements are set out below. These policies have been applied consistently throughout the period presented, unless otherwise stated.
2.1 New standards and amendments:
Accounting standards not yet effective:
Certain new standards and amendments to existing standards have been published that are mandatory for future accounting periods. Those which the parent has not adopted early and effective date (periods beginning) are as follows:
| IFRS 9, Financial instruments1 January 2018; and |
| IFRS 15, Revenue from contracts with customers1 January 2017. |
F-150
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
The business is currently assessing the impact of these policies, though they are not expected to have any material impact on the business.
2.2 Consolidation
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the business has control. The group controls an entity when the business is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the business. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.
The business applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the business. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The business recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, either at fair value or at the non-controlling interests proportionate share of the recognized amounts of acquirees identifiable net assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirers previously held equity interest in the acquiree is re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date through the carve-out combined income statement.
Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized in the carve-out income statements as a gain from a bargain purchase.
Inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between companies in the business are eliminated on consolidation. Profits and losses resulting from inter-company transactions that are recognized in assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the business.
Identifiable net assets of subsidiaries contributed to the parent by its controlling party are measured at fair value on the date when control is transferred to the parent.
F-151
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
(b) Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries without change of control
Transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in loss of control are accounted for as equity transactionsthat is, as transactions with the owners in their capacity as owners. The difference between fair value of any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is recorded within the carve-out combined statement of changes in the parents net investment in the Business. Gains or losses on disposals to non-controlling interests are also recorded within the carve-out combined statement of changes in the parents net investment in the Business.
2.3 Foreign currency translation
(a) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the carve-out combined financial statements of each of the business entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The carve-out combined financial statements are presented in Euros (), which is the presentation currency.
(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the carve-out combined income statement. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the carve-out combined income statement within other operating expenses.
Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss.
(c) Consolidation
The results and financial position of all entities in the business (none of which has the currency of a hyper-inflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
(a) | Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of the statement of financial position. |
(b) | Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions). |
(c) | All resulting exchange differences are recognized in the carve-out combined statement of comprehensive income. |
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to the carve-out combined statement of comprehensive income.
F-152
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
2.4 Criteria for non-current and current
Assets and liabilities are carried as non-current items if their settlement is not expected in accordance with the contracted terms to occur within 12 months of the end of the financial period. Assets and liabilities that are expected to be settled within 12 months of the end of the financial period will be classified as current items.
2.5 Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings comprise mainly factories and offices. Land and buildings are shown at cost, less subsequent depreciation for buildings. All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Where applicable, fair value at acquisition is used instead as the business measure of historical cost.
Subsequent costs are included in the assets carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the business and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is de-recognized. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to amortize their cost or revalued amounts to their residual values over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
Buildings |
25-40 years | |
Machinery |
3-15 years | |
Vehicles |
3-6 years | |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
5-10 years |
The assets residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.
An assets carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the assets carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within other operating expense in the carve-out combined income statement.
2.6 Intangible assets
(a) Contractual customer relationships
Contractual customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. The contractual customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected life of the customer relationship, which is five years.
F-153
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
(b) Computer software
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the business are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:
| it is technically feasible to complete the software product so that it will be available for use; |
| management intends to complete the software product and use or sell it; |
| there is an ability to use or sell the software product; |
| the usefulness of the intangible asset can be demonstrated; |
| adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the software product are available; and |
| the expenditure attributable to the software product during its development can be reliably measured. |
Directly attributable costs that are capitalized as part of the software product include the software development employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.
Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period.
(c) Fair value of leases / land use rights
Fair value of leases / land use rights, otherwise known as favorable operating lease rights relative to market terms, acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. These favorable operating lease rights are carried at fair market value less accumulated amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the expected life of the lease, which varies from six to twenty six years.
2.7 Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the assets carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an assets fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (operating segment level). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
2.8 Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction and a sale is considered highly probable. They are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.
F-154
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
2.9 Financial assets
The business classifies its financial assets in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss and loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.
(a) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets held for trading. A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short-term. Derivatives are also categorized as held for trading unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets.
(b) Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period which are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables comprise trade and other receivables in the statement of financial position.
2.10 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods and work-in-progress comprises design costs, raw materials, direct labor, other direct costs and related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). It excludes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.
Spare parts and servicing equipment are carried in the carve-out combined financial statements as inventory with recognition as an expense taking place as and when such parts/equipment are used in the business.
2.11 Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection is expected in one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer), they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as noncurrent assets.
Trade receivables are recognized initially at fair value, less provision for impairment if appropriate.
2.12 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts. Invoice discounting facilities are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the carve-out combined statements of financial position.
F-155
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
2.13 Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
2.14 Borrowings
Borrowings comprise amounts borrowed from third parties and related parties, and are recognized initially at fair value, net of issue costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of issue costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the carve-out combined income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as issue costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down.
2.15 Current and deferred income tax
The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the businesss carve-out combined income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in the carve-out combined statements of comprehensive income or changes in parents net investment in the business. In this case the tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in the carve-out combined statement of changes in parents net investment in the business, respectively.
The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date in the countries where the business subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred income tax is recognized, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the carve-out combined financial statements. However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit nor loss. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the statements of financial position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that management believes it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.
Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the business and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
F-156
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
2.16 Employee benefits
(a) Pension obligations
Companies in the business operate various defined contribution pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or publicly administered pension plans. A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the business pays fixed contributions into a separate entity.
For defined contribution plans, the business pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The business has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
(b) Termination benefits
Certain termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the business before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The business recognizes termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either: terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.
(c) Bonus plans
The business recognizes a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing, based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit attributable to the parents shareholders after certain adjustments. The business recognizes a provision where contractually obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation.
(d) Other post-employment obligations
Some companies in the business provide post-retirement healthcare benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using the same accounting methodology as used for defined benefit pension plans. Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to the carve-out combined statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. These obligations are valued annually by independent qualified actuaries.
F-157
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
2.17 Provisions
Provisions for environmental restoration, restructuring costs and legal claims are recognized when: the business has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events; it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and the amount has been reliably estimated. Restructuring provisions comprise lease termination penalties and employee termination payments. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.
Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The increase in the provision due to passage of time is recognized as interest expense.
2.18 Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the business activities. Revenue is shown net of value-added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the business.
The business recognizes revenue when the amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity and when specific criteria have been met for each of the business activities as described below. The business bases its estimates on historical results, taking into consideration the type of customer, the type of transaction and the specifics of each arrangement.
Sales of goods
The business manufactures and sells a range of printed products. Sales of goods are recognized when an entity in the business has delivered products to the customer, and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could affect the customers acceptance of the products. Delivery does not occur until the products have been shipped to the specified location, the risks of obsolescence and loss have been transferred to the customer, and either the customer has accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, the acceptance provisions have lapsed, or the business has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.
The products are often sold with volume discounts; customers have a right to return faulty products. Sales are recorded based on the price specified in the sales contracts, net of the estimated volume discounts and returns at the time of sale. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts and returns. The volume discounts are assessed based on anticipated annual purchases. No element of financing is deemed present as the sales are made with average credit terms approximating 45 days, which is consistent with market practice.
F-158
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
2.19 Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the carve-out combined income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
The business leases certain property, plant and equipment. Leases of property, plant and equipment where the business has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalized at the leases commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and the present value of the minimum lease payments.
Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in other long-term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.
2.20 Parents net investment in the business
Parents net investment in the business is comprised of capital stock, capital contributions and retained earnings. Capital stock is stated at cost.
Net contributions by the Parent to the non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business during the reporting period are included in the accompanying carve-out statement of changes in Parents net investment in the business. These transactions arise through intercompany activities between the non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, the Parent and the Parents other businesses. The net contributions by the Parent are reflected as a financing activity in the accompanying carve-out combined statement of cash flows.
Comprehensive income consists of profit or loss for the period and items required by specific provision of IFRS to be reflected in other comprehensive income and they do not constitute contribution, reductions or distribution of capital stock, such as re-measurements of employee benefits.
2.21 Capital management
The businesss primary capital management objective is to provide optimum support to its business operations so as to ensure their effectiveness, efficiency and profitability, creating value for the parent as a result.
3. Financial risk management
The business activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk, cash flow interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The business overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the business financial performance.
F-159
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Risk management is carried out by the management of the parent and local finance functions with approval by the board of directors.
(a) Market risk
(i) Foreign exchange risk
The business operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange transaction risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Canadian dollar, Mexican Peso, Chinese renminbi and British pound. Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations.
Management has set up a policy to require companies in the business to manage any significant foreign exchange risk against their functional currency. To manage their foreign exchange risk arising from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities, entities in the business use forward contracts where there is significant risk. Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognized assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entitys functional currency.
No actions are taken to mitigate foreign exchange translation risk related to net investments in foreign operations. Exposure to Chinese renminbi, Canadian dollar, Mexican peso and British pound is present.
No cash flow hedging was applied for the forward contracts held as transactions are not material.
(ii) Price risk
Prices of key raw materials (paper and board) are affected by a wide range of global factors which are beyond the control of the business. The fluctuations in such prices may have favourable or unfavourable impacts on the business. Where possible, the business passes the effects of any price changes on to its customers. Raw material prices are regularly monitored by the business.
(iii) Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk
The business interest rate risk arises from short and long-term borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the business to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the business to fair value interest rate risk. The level of risk on borrowings during the period was not considered significant. This is monitored closely.
(b) Credit risk
Credit risk is managed on a combined basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. Credit control assesses the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the board. The
F-160
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
utilization of credit limits is regularly monitored. For cash and cash equivalents, credit risk is managed by ensuring that at an operating level at each entity cash balances are minimized, subject to any regulatory currency control restrictions that may be in place.
(c) Liquidity risk
Cash flow forecasting is performed in the operating entities of the business and aggregated by the business group finance management. The business group finance management monitors rolling forecasts of the business liquidity requirements to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet operational needs while maintaining sufficient headroom on its undrawn committed invoice discounting facilities at all times so that the business does not breach borrowing limits or covenants (where applicable) on any of its borrowing facilities. Such forecasting takes into consideration the business debt financing plans, covenant compliance, compliance with internal statements of financial position ratio targets and, if applicable, external regulatory or legal requirementsfor example, currency restrictions.
The table below analyses the business non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the statement of financial position date to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
At 30 September 2014 |
Less than one
year |
Between one
and two years |
Between two
and five years |
Over five years | ||||||||||||
000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | |||||||||||||
Related party borrowings |
| | 25,683 | | ||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
928 | 538 | | | ||||||||||||
Trade and other payables |
43,648 | 72 | | |
4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The business makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the corresponding actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below. For more details about how the items referred to are shown in the carve-out combined financial statements, please see the notes to the financial statements. When forming these judgments and making the estimates referred to, use was also made of the opinions and advice of external experts in the relevant area.
(a) Income taxes
The business is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The business recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.
F-161
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
(b) Valuation of intangible assets
The business has value in intangible assets as disclosed in note 7. In estimating a valuation, discounted future cash flows are frequently used, which necessarily involve a forecast of expected future revenues and costs. Where more relevant the direct cost of creating the intangible is used. The impairment period chosen to amortize these intangibles is also based on future expectations. When determining the level of any impairments, management uses judgments to determine the likely future net cash flows generated by the assets and expected future growth and relevant discount factors to use.
(c) Property, plant and equipment
The accounting policy is shown in note 2.5. Where any uncertainty is present, an external valuer is used to assess such things as expected useful lives and valuations for impairment reviews and for ascertaining fair values.
5. Operating Segments
The Executive Management team of the carve-out business comprises the Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and the Executive Officers of the business, who together comprise the chief operating decision maker CODM. The information provided to them relates to the Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business, analyzed across two geographic areas; Americas and Asia.
The CODM consider performance based on revenue and on a measure of adjusted EBITDA, which is a measurement which excludes discontinued operations and the effects of non-recurring expenditure from the operating segment.
5.1 Adjusted EBITDA by region, reconciled to operating profit
Period ended 30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Americas |
201 | |||
Asia |
6,616 | |||
Other |
(12 | ) | ||
Adjusted EBITDA |
6,805 | |||
Reconciliation adjustments; |
||||
Depreciation, impairment and amortisation and (loss) on disposal of property, plant and equipment |
(2,319 | ) | ||
Foreign currency gain |
353 | |||
Restructuring costs; headcount and facilities |
(850 | ) | ||
Other non-cash or non-recurring items |
21 | |||
Operating Profit |
4,010 |
F-162
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
5.2 Information about geographic areas:
(i) Total revenue by country of origin:
Period ended 30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Americas |
||||
Canada |
34,220 | |||
Mexico |
11,352 | |||
45,572 | ||||
Asia |
||||
China |
45,437 | |||
Total revenue |
91,009 |
(ii) Total revenue by country of destination:
Period ended 30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
USA |
41,025 | |||
China |
22,762 | |||
Mexico |
11,603 | |||
Canada |
7,457 | |||
Other countries |
8,162 | |||
Total revenue |
91,009 |
(ii) Non-current assets by country:
As at 30 September 2014 |
U.K. | Canada | Mexico | China | Total | |||||||||||||||
000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | ||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
5,757 | 7,743 | 4,829 | 11,406 | 29,735 | |||||||||||||||
Intangibles |
| 946 | 250 | 2,866 | 4,062 | |||||||||||||||
Trade receivables |
| | | 474 | 474 | |||||||||||||||
Total non-current assets |
5,757 | 8,689 | 5,079 | 14,746 | 34,271 |
During 2013, a Chinese subsidiary within the carve-out established a new U.K. company, ASG Leasing Limited, incorporated in the United Kingdom. The principle activity of the company is to provide capital equipment to entities within the Parent group via operating leases. Operations commenced in 2014. The revenue from subsidiaries of the parent not included within the business is recognized as Other Income in the carve-out combined income statements.
5.3 Information about major customers
Within the combined carve-out group none of the customers exceed 10% of revenue. Therefore the carve-out group does not have reliance on any individual customer.
F-163
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
6. Property plant and equipment
Land
and buildings 000 |
Machinery,
equipment and fittings 000 |
Total
000 |
||||||||||
At 31 December 2013 |
||||||||||||
Cost or valuation |
8,777 | 15,460 | 24,237 | |||||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
(466 | ) | (2,318 | ) | (2,784 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net book amount |
8,311 | 13,142 | 21,453 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Period ended 30 September 2014 |
||||||||||||
Opening net book amount |
8,311 | 13,142 | 21,453 | |||||||||
Additions |
137 | 9,889 | 10,026 | |||||||||
Disposals |
| (301 | ) | (301 | ) | |||||||
Exchange differences |
490 | 1,208 | 1,698 | |||||||||
Transfer to assets held for sale |
(735 | ) | (1,015 | ) | (1,750 | ) | ||||||
Depreciation charge |
(173 | ) | (1,218 | ) | (1,391 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Closing net book amount |
8,030 | 21,705 | 29,735 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At 30 September 2014 |
||||||||||||
Cost or valuation |
9,090 | 27,563 | 36,653 | |||||||||
Accumulated depreciation |
(1,060 | ) | (5,858 | ) | (6,918 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net book amount |
8,030 | 21,705 | 29,735 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. Intangible assets
Fair value of
leases/land use rights 000 |
Contractual
customer relationships 000 |
Software
develop- ment costs 000 |
Total
000 |
|||||||||||||
At 31 December 2013 |
||||||||||||||||
Cost or valuation |
2,532 | 5,778 | 248 | 8,558 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated amortization and impairment |
(603 | ) | (3,059 | ) | (88 | ) | (3,750 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net book amount |
1,929 | 2,719 | 160 | 4,808 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Period ended 30 September 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Opening net book amount |
1,929 | 2,719 | 160 | 4,808 | ||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
136 | | 12 | 148 | ||||||||||||
Amortization charge |
(57 | ) | (649 | ) | (66 | ) | (772 | ) | ||||||||
Transfer assets out for held for sale |
| (122 | ) | | (122 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Closing net book amount |
2,008 | 1,948 | 106 | 4,062 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At 30 September 2014 |
||||||||||||||||
Cost or valuation |
2,712 | 4,418 | 268 | 7,398 | ||||||||||||
Accumulated amortization and impairment |
(704 | ) | (2,470 | ) | (162 | ) | (3,336 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net book amount |
2,008 | 1,948 | 106 | 4,062 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-164
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Intangibles are amortized over their expected useful lives, being five years for contractual customer relationships, three years for software development costs and the length of the lease or land rights for the fair value of leases and land use rights, being six to twenty years.
8. Trade and other receivables
Note |
30 September
2014 |
|||||||
000 | ||||||||
Trade receivables |
27,335 | |||||||
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables |
(52 | ) | ||||||
Trade receivablesnet |
27,283 | |||||||
Prepayments |
855 | |||||||
Other receivables |
4,826 | |||||||
Amounts due from related parties |
22 | 8,529 | ||||||
Amounts due from subsidiaries of the parent not included within the business |
22 | 4,101 | ||||||
45,594 | ||||||||
Non-current trade and other receivables |
474 | |||||||
Current portion |
45,120 |
There is not a material difference between the fair value and book value of trade and other receivables.
As at 30 September 2014, trade receivables of 2,918,000 were past due but not impaired. The credit quality of these relate to a number of customers where there is no recent history of default and the majority fall under the AAA or the AA credit rating (Moody ratings). The aging analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Up to three months |
2,537 | |||
Three to six months |
309 | |||
Six to twelve months |
25 | |||
Over twelve months |
47 | |||
2,918 |
The amount of the provision as at 30 September 2014 was 52,000. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to customers which are in unexpected difficult economic situations. It was assessed that a portion of the receivables is not expected to be recovered. The aging of these receivables is as follows:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Up to three months |
0 | |||
Three to six months |
5 | |||
Six to twelve months |
45 | |||
Over twelve months |
2 | |||
52 |
F-165
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
The carrying amounts of the business trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
British pound |
30 | |||
US dollar |
24,711 | |||
Chinese renminbi |
11,163 | |||
Mexican peso |
5,429 | |||
Canadian dollar |
3,344 | |||
Other currencies |
917 | |||
45,594 |
Movements on the business provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
At 1 January |
130 | |||
Provision for receivables impairment |
54 | |||
Receivables written off during the period as uncollectible |
(28 | ) | ||
Unused amounts reversed |
(104 | ) | ||
At 30 September |
52 |
The creation and release of provision for impaired receivables have been included in other operating expenses in the carve-out combined income statement.
The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.
9. Inventories
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Raw materials |
6,444 | |||
Work in-progress |
2,905 | |||
Finished goods |
6,242 | |||
Spare parts |
765 | |||
Total inventories |
16,356 |
10. Cash and cash equivalents
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
17,123 | |||
Short-term bank deposits |
2,733 | |||
Total cash and cash equivalents |
19,856 |
F-166
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
The cash and cash equivalent balances are maintained in the following currencies:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
US dollar |
6,312 | |||
Chinese renminbi |
9,382 | |||
Mexican peso |
804 | |||
Canadian dollar |
1,732 | |||
Euro |
1,596 | |||
British pound |
30 | |||
Total cash and cash equivalents |
19,856 |
The cash and cash equivalent balances are located in the following countries;
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Canada |
3,271 | |||
China |
14,020 | |||
Mexico |
890 | |||
The Netherlands |
49 | |||
United Kingdom |
1,626 | |||
Total cash and cash equivalents |
19,856 |
Substantially all of the cash and cash equivalents are held in banks with credit rating (Moody ratings) of AA or above and where such ratings are not available, with banks of substantial scale and reputation in their local markets. The credit quality of cash financial assets has been considered in the preparation of these financial statements and no adjustments have been required.
11. Trade and other payables
Note | 30 September 2014 | |||||||
000 | ||||||||
Trade payables |
17,604 | |||||||
Amounts due to related parties |
22 | 7,506 | ||||||
Amounts due to subsidiaries of the parent not included within the business |
22 | 4,349 | ||||||
Social security and other taxes |
1,718 | |||||||
Accrued expenses and other payables |
12,543 | |||||||
43,720 | ||||||||
Non-current accrued expenses and other payables |
72 | |||||||
Current portion |
43,648 |
The amounts owed to related parties are unsecured. The balance of amounts due to related parties are non-interest bearing.
F-167
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
12. Other borrowings
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Non-current |
||||
Finance lease |
517 | |||
Total non-current |
517 | |||
Current |
||||
Invoice discount facility |
7 | |||
Finance lease |
885 | |||
Total current debt |
892 | |||
Total other borrowings |
1,409 |
The fair value of current and non-current borrowings equals their carrying amount, as the impact of discounting is not significant.
Invoice discounting facility
Shorewood Packaging Corporation of Canada is a participating member of the parents invoice discounting facility. The company joined the arrangement in March 2014. The facility is secured on certain trade receivables and inventory of a group of subsidiary companies of the parent. The borrowings are repayable in 16 months time and have variable interest rates; for Canadian Dollar borrowing CDOR + 3.0% and US Dollar borrowing LIBOR + 3.0%.
The parent and almost all other country divisions of the parent, including the carve-out entities, guarantee the entire arrangement.
The banking arrangements require the parent to meet certain minimum borrowing availability limits based upon eligible receivable and inventory balances. If these levels fall below the minimum level, certain covenant tests are required. This did not occur in the period. The covenants relate to minimum levels of EBITDA, maximum levels of capital expenditure and a minimum fixed charge ratio.
At 30 September 2014 there was 7,000 of invoice discounting facility utilized in respect to Shorewood Packaging Corporation of Canada, and 1,876,000 in total of the parents facility utilized.
The Business has the following undrawn borrowing facilities under the discounting facility:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Expiring beyond one year |
9,864 |
F-168
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Finance Leases
Future minimum payments under finance leases are as follows:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Finance leases which expire |
885 | |||
No later than one year |
517 | |||
Later than one year and no later than five years |
1,402 |
The impact of discounting on the finance lease future minimum lease payments is not material.
13. Deferred tax
The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:
September 30, 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||
Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months |
7,271 | |||
Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months |
1,953 | |||
Total deferred tax assets |
9,224 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||
Deferred tax liability after more than 12 months |
(2,505 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liability within 12 months |
| |||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(2,505 | ) | ||
Deferred tax assets (net) |
6,719 | |||
The gross movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows: |
||||
At 1 January |
6,407 | |||
Exchange differences |
620 | |||
Income statement charge to income tax expense |
(249 | ) | ||
Transfer to assets held for sale |
(59 | ) | ||
At 30 September |
6,719 |
Deferred tax assets |
Retirement
benefit obligations |
Property,
plant and equipment temporary differences |
Tax
losses |
Other
provisions |
Total | |||||||||||||||
000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | ||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2013 |
837 | 5,461 | 452 | 2,227 | 8,977 | |||||||||||||||
Credited / (charged) to income statement |
52 | (584 | ) | 627 | (426 | ) | (331 | ) | ||||||||||||
Transfer to assets held for sale |
| (89 | ) | | | (89 | ) | |||||||||||||
Exchange differences |
36 | 358 | 121 | 152 | 667 | |||||||||||||||
At 30 September 2014 |
925 | 5,146 | 1,200 | 1,953 | 9,224 |
F-169
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Deferred tax liabilities |
Property,
plant and equipment temporary differences |
Customer
relationships |
Other | Total | ||||||||||||
000 | 000 | 000 | 000 | |||||||||||||
At 31 December 2013 |
508 | 699 | 1,363 | 2,570 | ||||||||||||
Credited / (charged) to income statement |
127 | (166 | ) | (43 | ) | (82 | ) | |||||||||
Transfer to assets held for sale |
| (30 | ) | | (30 | ) | ||||||||||
Exchange differences |
47 | | | 47 | ||||||||||||
At 30 September 2014 |
682 | 503 | 1,320 | 2,505 |
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that the realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable. The group did not recognize deferred income tax assets of 1,131,000 in respect of losses amounting to 4,526,000 that can be carried forward against future taxable income, and deferred income tax assets of 383,000 in respect of tax depreciation.
Deferred income tax liabilities of 1,320,000 have been recognized for the withholding tax and other taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain subsidiaries.
14. Provisions for other liabilities and charges
Movement | ||||
000 | ||||
At 31 December 2013 |
483 | |||
Provisions utilized in the year |
(483 | ) | ||
At 30 September 2014 |
|
During 2013 AGI Shorewood de Mexico S. de R.L. C.V. announced a facilities restructuring amounting to 483,000 which has been fully utilised in 2014.
All provisions relate to restructuring provisions.
15. Employee benefit expense
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Wages and salaries, including restructuring costs, other termination benefits |
21,227 | |||
Social security costs |
2,184 | |||
Pension costsdefined contribution plans |
346 | |||
Other wage and salary costs and post-retirement benefits |
1,840 | |||
25,597 | ||||
Less; employee benefit expense of discontinued operations |
(3,202 | ) | ||
22,395 |
F-170
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
16. Average number of people employed
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Average number of employees |
996 | |||
Less: average number of employees of discontinued operations |
(41 | ) | ||
955 |
17. Finance income and costs
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Interest expense |
||||
Bank borrowings |
17 | |||
Related party borrowings |
597 | |||
Post-retirement benefits |
119 | |||
Finance costs |
733 | |||
Interest income on short-term bank deposits |
(119 | ) | ||
Finance income |
(119 | ) | ||
Net finance expense |
614 |
18. Income tax expense
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Current tax: |
||||
Current tax on profits for the period |
1,049 | |||
Adjustments for prior period |
(194 | ) | ||
Total current tax |
855 | |||
Deferred tax: |
||||
Origination and reversal of temporary differences |
(710 | ) | ||
Deferred tax (credit)/charge for future repatriation of unremitted earnings |
(22 | ) | ||
Adjustments related to prior periods |
981 | |||
Total deferred tax |
249 | |||
Income tax expense |
1,104 |
F-171
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
The tax on the groups profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the combined entities as follows:
The statutory tax rates for the period in the Netherlands, UK, China, Canada and Mexico were 25%, 21.5%, 25%, 25% and 30%. The weighted average applicable tax rate for the period was 10.4%.
19. Post-retirement benefits
A subsidiary of the business, Shorewood Packaging Corporation of Canada Limited operates a post-retirement medical plan which is unfunded. Net periodic cost for the plan for the period ended 30 September 2014 is as follows:
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Service cost |
28 | |||
Past service credit |
| |||
Interest cost |
119 | |||
Cost / (credit) included in the income statement |
147 | |||
Re-measurements (recognized in other comprehensive income) |
234 | |||
Total cost recognized in statement of comprehensive income |
381 |
The defined benefit cost for the fiscal period ending 30 September 2014 includes a credit due to special events (curtailment) of nil in relation to past service costs.
F-172
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
As at 30 September 2014, the movement in the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets over the period is as follows:
Change in benefit obligation |
30 September
2014 |
|||
000 | ||||
At 1 January |
3,348 | |||
Service cost |
28 | |||
Past service cost |
| |||
Interest expense |
119 | |||
Benefits paid |
(138 | ) | ||
Effect of changes in demographic assumptions |
(72 | ) | ||
Effect of changes in financial assumptions |
303 | |||
Effect of experience adjustment |
| |||
Reclassification of liabilities to assets held for sale |
(120 | ) | ||
Exchange rate changes |
146 | |||
At 30 September 2014 |
3,614 |
Change in plan assets |
30 September
2014 |
|||
000 | ||||
At 1 January |
| |||
Employer direct benefit payment |
138 | |||
Benefit payment from employer |
(138 | ) | ||
At 30 September 2014 |
|
The amounts recognized in the carve-out combined statement of comprehensive income are determined as follows:
30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Present value of unfunded obligations |
3,614 | |||
Fair value of plan assets |
| |||
Deficit of unfunded plans |
3,614 | |||
Effect of asset ceiling/onerous liability |
| |||
Liability in the carve-out combined statements of financial position |
3,614 |
Assumptions were selected based on the movements of key economic indicators in the region.
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Discount rate |
4.0 | % |
F-173
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the period ended 30 September 2014 are as follows:
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Discount rate |
4.8 | % |
At 30 September 2014 the expected employer contributions for the next fiscal year is 196,000. The estimated future benefit payments are as follows:
30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Year 1 |
196 | |||
Year 2 |
211 | |||
Year 3 |
225 | |||
Year 4 |
247 | |||
Year 5 |
274 | |||
Next 5 Years |
1,978 |
20. Cash (used) / generated from operations
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Profit / (loss) before income tax including discontinued operations |
379 | |||
Adjustments for: |
||||
Depreciation |
1,583 | |||
Amortization |
803 | |||
Loss on disposal of fixed assets |
156 | |||
Post retirement benefits |
386 | |||
Provision for restructuring cost |
(404 | ) | ||
Finance costsnet |
495 | |||
Foreign exchange (gains) on operating activities |
(1,082 | ) | ||
Changes in working capital (excluding the effects of exchange differences on consolidation): |
||||
Inventories |
(1,324 | ) | ||
Trade and other receivables |
(7,834 | ) | ||
Trade and other payables |
(3,105 | ) | ||
Cash (used) / from operations |
(9,947 | ) |
F-174
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
21. Commitments under operating leases
The business leases various offices and warehouses under non-cancellable operating lease agreements. The lease terms are between five and ten years, and the majority of lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period at market rate.
The business also leases various plant and machinery under non-cancellable operating lease agreements.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Operating leases which expire: |
||||
No later than one year |
655 | |||
Later than one year and no later than five years |
3,282 | |||
Later than five years |
120 | |||
4,057 |
The amount charged to the income statement in respect of operating lease charges for the period ended 30 September 2014 was 1,231,000.
22. Related parties
The following transactions were carried out with related parties:
(a) Sales of goods and services
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Sales of goods |
||||
Atlas AGI Holdings LLC |
8,621 | |||
International Paper Company |
168 | |||
|
|
|||
8,789 |
F-175
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
(b) Purchases of goods and services
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Purchases of goods: |
||||
International Paper Company |
9,575 | |||
Atlas AGI Holdings LLC |
1,109 | |||
|
|
|||
10,684 | ||||
Purchases of services: |
||||
Subsidiaries of parent not included within the business |
179 | |||
Atlas AGI Holdings LLC |
6,927 | |||
Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V. |
20 | |||
|
|
|||
7,126 |
(c) Other Income
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Other Income |
||||
Subsidiaries of the parent not included within the business |
203 |
Other Income relates to revenue generated from the leasing operation started in 2014.
(d) Period end balances arising from sales / purchases of goods / services
30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Receivables: |
||||
Amounts due from subsidiaries of the parent not included within the business |
4,101 | |||
Amounts due from related parties: |
||||
Atlas AGI Holdings LLC |
8,529 | |||
|
|
|||
Total other related party receivable balances |
8,529 | |||
Payables: |
||||
Amounts due to subsidiaries of the parent not included within the business |
4,349 | |||
Amounts due to related parties: |
||||
Atlas AGI Holdings LLC |
4,975 | |||
International Paper Company |
2,516 | |||
Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V. |
15 | |||
|
|
|||
Total other related party payable balances |
7,506 |
F-176
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
(e) Related party borrowing
From International Paper Investments (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.
Movement | ||||
000 | ||||
Subordinated loans from related party |
||||
At 31 December 2013 |
19,146 | |||
Interest paid during year |
| |||
Interest charged during year |
597 | |||
Foreign exchange movement |
1,671 | |||
|
|
|||
At 30 September 2014 |
21,414 |
This loan is not repayable until April 2019. Interest will accrue daily and compound quarterly at a rate of 4% per annum.
(f) Key management compensation
Key management of the parent includes the compensation paid to the members of the Executive Management team. On 1 April 2014 the position of Chairman was created with the previous position of Chief Executive Officer being eliminated. With this structure change, an increased level of autonomy was given to each of the regions making up the Parent; Europe, Americas and Asia. Prior to 1 April 2014, key management included the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer only, and did not include the newly created positions of Chairman and Executive Officers. The compensation paid or payable for certain Executive Management team members for employee services is allocated via the allocation agreement between the Parent and Atlas AGI Holdings LLC. The total amount included for key management compensation within the carved-out business is shown below:
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits |
325 | |||
Post-employment benefits |
5 | |||
|
|
|||
330 |
F-177
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
23. Assets held for sale
During 2014, the Parents management determined that the Canadian operation in Smith Falls would be transferred out of the carve-out combination to be held by a different subsidiary of the Parent within 12 months of 30 September 2014. The analysis below shows the income statement for this operation over the period.
Discontinued operations income statement
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Revenue |
2,974 | |||
Raw materials |
(1,852 | ) | ||
Employee benefit expense |
(3,202 | ) | ||
Depreciation and amortisation |
(223 | ) | ||
Other operating expense |
(714 | ) | ||
Total expenses and other income |
(5,991 | ) | ||
Operating loss before tax |
(3,017 | ) | ||
Tax credit |
785 | |||
Loss after tax of discontinued operations |
(2,232 | ) |
The major assets and liabilities of the Smith Falls operation classified as held for sale at 30 September 2014 were as follows:
30 September
2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale |
||||
Property, plant and equipment |
1,619 | |||
Intangible assets |
92 | |||
Inventories |
711 | |||
Trade and other receivables |
1,356 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
67 | |||
Total assets |
3,845 | |||
Liabilities of disposal group classified as held for sale |
||||
Trade and other payables |
119 | |||
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
691 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities |
23 | |||
Retirement benefit obligations |
120 | |||
Provisions |
79 | |||
Total liabilities |
1,032 |
F-178
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
The cash flows of the Smith Falls operation were as follows:
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Operating cash flows |
(3,925 | ) | ||
Investing cash flows |
| |||
Financing cash flows |
3,925 | |||
Total cash flows |
|
24. Reconciliation between IFRS and US generally accepted accounting principles for the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
Accounting principles
The carve-out combined financial statements of the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. have been prepared in accordance with IFRS which differs from US GAAP in certain respects. The application of the latter pursuant to Item 18 of Form 20-F would have affected the determination of profit for the nine months ended 30 September 2014 and the determination of parents net investment at 30 September 2014 is set out in the tables below:
1. Adjustments to net profit
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||||||
Note | 000 | |||||||
Profit for the period in accordance with IFRS |
60 | |||||||
US GAAP adjustments: |
||||||||
Capitalised software |
(a | ) | 54 | |||||
Post Retirement Benefit |
(b | ) | 103 | |||||
Tax impact of above differences |
(34 | ) | ||||||
Profit for the period in accordance with US GAAP |
183 |
2 Adjustments to Parents Net Investment in the Business
30 September
2014 |
||||||||
Notes | 000 | |||||||
Parents Net Investment in the Business in accordance with IFRS |
56,140 | |||||||
US GAAP adjustments: |
||||||||
Capitalised software |
(a | ) | (106 | ) | ||||
Tax impact of above difference |
16 | |||||||
Parents Net Investment in the Business in accordance with US GAAP |
56,050 |
F-179
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
a) | Amortisation on Computer Software |
IFRS permits the capitalisation of internally developed software expenditure if specific criteria are met. However US GAAP does not permit such expenditure to be capitalised and instead it should be expensed as and when it occurs. The amounts to be reversed in the income statement for amortisation charged is 54,000 in 2014.
b) | Post Retirement Benefit Scheme |
Under US GAAP, certain costs relating to prior periods and actuarial gains are recognised in the income statement over a period of years, rather than taken to other comprehensive income (OCI) within reserves immediately as they are under IFRS. The adjustment of 103,000 for the period ended 30 September 2014 relates to the impact on the income statement of the reversal of such amounts in OCI within reserves in equity. In addition, the impact above includes the creation of the accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCI) reserve within parents net investment in the business and the net change each year in this balance. As there are no differences between US GAAP and IFRS in the parents net investment in the business, there is no adjustment required to be made in the statement of financial position.
3 Intangible Assets
The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years, and thereafter, is as follows:
Fiscal Year |
000 | |||
Remainder of 2014 |
257 | |||
2015 |
1,026 | |||
2016 |
943 | |||
2017 |
77 | |||
2018 |
77 | |||
Thereafter |
1,682 |
4. Deferred Taxes
The analysis of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as presented in accordance with IFRS would be presented according to US GAAP disclosure requirements as follows:
30 September 2014 | ||||
000 | ||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||
Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months |
8,785 | |||
Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months |
1,953 | |||
Total deferred tax assets |
10,738 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||
Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than 12 months |
(2,505 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months |
| |||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(2,505 | ) | ||
Valuation allowance |
(1,514 | ) | ||
Deferred tax assets (net) |
6,719 |
F-180
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
5. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss financial instruments include cash, trade receivables, trade payables and long term debt. The carrying amounts of cash, trade receivables and trade payables approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. The Parents debt obligations are not actively traded, and as a result no published fair value is available. The Parent estimated the fair value of long-term debt (Level 2) to be consistent with the aggregated carrying values at 30 September 2014.
6 Cash flow statement for the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
The carve-out combined cash flow statement has been prepared under IFRS and presents substantially the same information as required under US GAAP. There are certain differences with regard to classification of items within the cash flow statement namely interest received. The following table presents cash flows as classified under US GAAP.
Period ended
30 September 2014 |
||||
000 | ||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
(10,851 | ) | ||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(9,881 | ) | ||
Net cash used in financing activities |
12,866 | |||
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(7,866 | ) | ||
Exchange rate movements |
1,260 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
26,462 | |||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
19,856 |
New accounting pronouncements under US GAAP
On 10 April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08 (ASU-2014-08), Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity, which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entitys operations and financial results, a business that upon acquisition qualifies as held for sale will also be a discontinued operation, and activities are no longer precluded from being presented as a discontinued operation if (i) there are operations and cash flows of the component that have not been eliminated from the reporting entitys ongoing operations, or (ii) there is significant continuing involvement with a component after its disposal. ASU 2014-08 also introduces several new disclosures, including, but not limited to, a requirement to present in the statement of cash flows or disclose in a note either (i) total operating and investing cash flows for discontinued operations, or (ii) depreciation, amortisation, capital expenditures, and significant operating and investing noncash items related to discontinued operations, additional disclosures when an entity retains significant continuing involvement with a discontinued operation after its disposal, including the amount of cash flows to and from a discontinued operation, and for disposals of individually significant components that do not qualify as discontinued operations,
F-181
NON-EUROPEAN FOLDING CARTON AND LITHOGRAPHIC PRINTING BUSINESS
AGI GLOBAL HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.
NOTES TO THE CARVE-OUT COMBINED STATEMENTS
For the nine month period ended 30 September 2014
a disclosure of pre-tax earnings of the disposed component. ASU 2014-08 also requires an entity to reclassify the assets and liabilities of a discontinued operation that is classified as held for sale or disposed of in the current period for the comparative periods presented in the statement of financial position.
The guidance in ASU 2014-08 applies prospectively to new disposals and new classifications of disposal groups as held for sale after the effective date and is required to be adopted by public business entities in annual periods beginning on or after 15 December 2014, and interim periods within those annual periods. It is effective for all other entities, including non-public entities, in annual periods beginning on or after 15 December 2015, and interim periods beginning on or after 15 December 2015, with early adoption permitted.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)(ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 is a new comprehensive standard for revenue recognition that is based on the core principle that revenue be recognized in a manner that depicts the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Under the new standard, a good or service is transferred to the customer when (or as) the customer obtains control of the good or service, which differs from the risk and rewards approach under current guidance. The new standard provides guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, including service revenue and contract modifications, eliminates industry-specific revenue recognition guidance, including that for software, and requires enhanced disclosures about revenue. ASU 2014-09 affects any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts to transfer nonfinancial assets outside of the entitys ordinary activities except for certain contracts within the scope of other standards (such as leases). Areas of potential change include, but are not limited to, units of accounting, the determination of the transaction price, the allocation of the transaction price to multiple goods and services, transfer of control, software licenses, and capitalization of contract costs. The Business is evaluating the effect this ASU will have on its financial statements.
In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial StatementsGoing Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entitys Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, which is intended to define managements responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organizations ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures as well as increasing consistency in the timing and content of footnote disclosures when the organization identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt . The amendments in this Update are effective for the annual period ending after 15 December 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted.
Implementation of these recent accounting pronouncements are not expected to have a material effect on the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Businesss special purpose carve-out financial statements.
25. Subsequent events
Subsequent to 30 September 2014 the Parent, AGI Global I B.V. and AGI-Shorewood Group US Holdings, LLC entered into a definitive agreement on 2 November 2014 for the sale of the Non-European and US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business to Multi Packaging Solutions (MPS). These financial statements have been prepared and are being presented as at the close of business on 30 September 2014 prior to the expected acquisition by MPS upon the closing of the transaction.
F-182
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES INTRODUCTION TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the year ended June 30, 2015, which have been prepared to illustrate the effects of the following acquisitions (collectively, the Acquisitions) as if they had occurred on July 1, 2014:
| the acquisition of, the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Coöperatief U.A. and the U.S. Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC (collectively, ASG) on November 21, 2014, and |
| Armstrong Packaging Limited (Armstrong) acquired July 8, 2014, and |
| Presentation Products Group (Presentation Products) acquired on February 28, 2015. |
The pro forma adjustments and the assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations.
The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma combined financial data is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma combined financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been had the Acquisitions occurred on the date indicated, nor does it purport to project our results of operations for any future period. The unaudited pro forma combined financial data should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsKey Transactions, SummarySummary Historical Audited Consolidated and Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data give effect to adjustments that are (i) directly attributable to the Acquisitions, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact or are recurring. The Acquisitions have been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting.
The historical statements of operations information of MPS have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (US GAAP) and derived from the audited financial statements of the MPS Successor for the year ended June 30, 2015, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
The historical statement of operations information of ASG was obtained from the unaudited financial information and reflects adjustments from International Financial Accounting Standards to US GAAP as well as currency conversion from Euros to US Dollars for the international entity only and have been converted from a December 31 reporting period to a fiscal year commencing July 1 on the basis of managements adjustments utilizing books and records.
The historical statements of operations information of Presentation Products was obtained from the unaudited financial information which reflects adjustments from UK GAAP to US GAAP. Presentation Products was converted from a fiscal year ending February 28, to a fiscal year commencing July 1.
The unaudited pro forma combined financial information presented for the Acquisitions is based on preliminary estimates, available information and assumptions and will be revised as additional information becomes available. The actual adjustments to our consolidated financial statements will depend on a number of factors. Therefore, the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and the difference may be material. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information also does not project or forecast the Companys consolidated results of operations for any future period. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not reflect the use of proceeds from the offering.
F-183
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2015
(in thousands, except per share data)
MPS |
ASG for the period
July 1, 2014 November 21, 2014 |
Presentation Products for
the period July 1, 2014 February 28, 2015 |
Pro Forma
Adjustments |
Notes |
Total Pro
Forma |
|||||||||||||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 1,617,640 | $ | 161,354 | $ | 28,519 | $ | | $ | 1,807,513 | ||||||||||||||
Cost of goods sold |
1,285,673 | 137,601 | 23,764 | 749 | a | 1,447,787 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Gross margin |
331,967 | 23,753 | 4,755 | (749 | ) | 359,726 | ||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Selling, general and administrative |
247,360 | 21,534 | 1,901 | 578 | b | 271,373 | ||||||||||||||||||
Management fees and expenses |
| 236 | | | 236 | |||||||||||||||||||
Transaction related expenses |
13,630 | 106 | | (11,533 | ) | c | 2,203 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total selling, general and administrative expenses |
260,990 | 21,786 | 2,854 | (10,955 | ) | 273,812 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Operating income |
70,977 | 1,877 | 2,349 | 10,206 | 85,914 | |||||||||||||||||||
Other income (expense) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other income |
10,625 | 3,973 | 14 | | 14,612 | |||||||||||||||||||
Debt extinguishment charges |
(1,019 | ) | | | | (1,019 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(75,437 | ) | (525 | ) | (146 | ) | (1,828 | ) | d | 77,936 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total other expense, net |
(65,831 | ) | 3,448 | (132 | ) | (1,828 | ) | 64,343 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Income before income taxes |
5,146 | 5,325 | 2,722 | 8,378 | 21,571 | |||||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
1,880 | (788 | ) | (855 | ) | (7,636 | ) | e | (7,399 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 7,026 | $ | 4,537 | $ | 1,867 | $ | 742 | $ | 14,172 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Earnings Per Common Share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.22 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
61,939,432 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
61,939,432 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
F-184
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2015
(in thousands)
(a) | Cost of goods sold adjustments Depreciation expense |
Adjustment | ||||
Presentation Products |
$ | 46 | ||
ASG |
703 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 749 | ||
|
|
To record additional depreciation on fixed asset step-up.
(b) | Selling, general and administrative expenses |
Adjustment | ||||
Presentation Products |
$ | 578 | ||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 578 | ||
|
|
To record depreciation and amortization expense on fair value adjustments on fixed assets and intangible asset step-ups.
(c) | Transaction costs |
Adjustment | ||||
MPS |
$ | 579 | ||
ChesapeakePredecessor |
5,138 | |||
Jet |
428 | |||
IPS |
69 | |||
Presentation Products |
257 | |||
Armstrong |
202 | |||
ASG |
4,860 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 11,533 | ||
|
|
To eliminate transaction costs paid by MPS directly attributable to the Acquisitions.
(d) | Interest expense |
Adjustment | ||||
ASG |
$ | 1,828 | ||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 1,828 | ||
|
|
To record the incremental interest expense related to debt directly attributable to the Acquisitions.
F-185
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2015(Continued)
(in thousands)
(e) | Income taxes at effective rate |
Adjustment | ||||
MPS |
$ | (7,636 | ) | |
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | (7,636 | ) | |
|
|
To record the income tax impact of the pro forma adjustments and to adjust the tax rate to 34.3%, the historical effective rate of MPS.
F-186
Through and including , 2015 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
18,750,000 Shares
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
Common Shares
PROSPECTUS
BofA Merrill Lynch | Barclays |
Citigroup
Credit Suisse | Goldman, Sachs & Co. | UBS Investment Bank |
Baird |
BMO Capital Markets |
, 2015
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The actual and estimated expenses in connection with this offering, all of which will be borne by us, are as follows:
SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 38,463 | ||
FINRA Filing Fee |
55,485 | |||
Printing and Engraving Expense |
700,000 | |||
Legal Fees |
3,200,000 | |||
Accounting Fees |
1,900,000 | |||
Blue Sky Fees |
| |||
NYSE Listing Fees |
125,000 | |||
Transfer Agent Fee |
6,000 | |||
Miscellaneous |
176,602 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 6,200,000 | ||
|
|
* | To be filed by amendment. |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.
We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the companys directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such directors or officers duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors and officers liability policy for such a purpose.
In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, the registrant, members of the registrants Board of Directors, officers and persons who control the registrant within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities. See Item 17. Undertakings for a description of the Commissions position regarding such indemnification provisions.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
None.
II-1
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
A list of exhibits required to be filed under this item is set forth on the Exhibit Index of this registration statement and is incorporated in this Item 16(a) by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule I
Parent Company only Financial Statements required to be filed under this item are set forth in Item 8 of this registration statement and is incorporated in this Item 16(b) by reference.
Item 17. Undertakings.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of us in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
We hereby undertake that:
(i) | for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
(ii) | for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-2
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of New York, state of New York, on October 9, 2015.
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited |
||
By: |
/s/ Marc Shore |
|
Marc Shore Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
/s/ Marc Shore Marc Shore |
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | October 9, 2015 | ||
/s/ William H. Hogan William H. Hogan |
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Authorized Representative in the United States (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
October 9, 2015 | ||
* Eric Kump |
Director | October 9, 2015 | ||
* Thomas S. Souleles |
Director | October 9, 2015 |
*By: |
/s/ William H. Hogan |
|||
Name: | William H. Hogan | |||
Title: |
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer |
II-3
EXHIBIT INDEX
E XHIBIT N O . |
D ESCRIPTION OF E XHIBIT |
|
1.1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement | |
3.1 | Form of Memorandum of Association of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited | |
3.2 | Form of Amended and Restated Bye-laws of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited | |
4.1** | Indenture governing the 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021, dated August 15, 2013 (the Indenture), among Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. (successor by merger to Mustang Merger Corp.) as Issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee | |
4.2** | Form of 8.500% Senior Note due 2021 (included in Exhibit 4.1) | |
4.3 | Second Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of December 12, 2013, by and among Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. (successor by merger to Mustang Merger Corp.), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee | |
4.4 | Specimen Common Share Certificate | |
5.1 | Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Pte. Ltd. | |
10.1** | Second Amendment and Waiver to the Credit Agreement and First Amendment to the Security Agreement, dated as of December 24, 2013, by and among Chesapeake/MPS Merger Limited (f/k/a Chesapeake Services Limited, f/k/a Chase BidCo Limited), Chesapeake US Holdings Inc. (f/k/a Chase US Holdco Inc.), Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited (f/k/a Chase MidCo 2 Limited), each Lender party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, initial Dollar Tranche A Lender and initial Dollar Tranche B Lender, and the Lenders under the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility party thereto | |
10.2** | Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Marc Shore, Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. and Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited, dated February 14, 2014 | |
10.3** | Employment Agreement between Rick Smith and Chesapeake Limited, dated September 30, 2014 | |
10.4** | Letter Agreement between Rick Smith and Multi Packaging Solutions UK Limited, executed December 11, 2014 | |
10.5** | Letter Agreement between Rick Smith and Multi Packaging Solutions UK Limited, dated November 25, 2014 | |
10.6 | 2014/2015 Manager Incentive Plan | |
10.7 | 2015 Incentive Award Plan | |
10.8** | Separation Agreement between Mike Cheetham, Multi Packaging Solutions UK Limited, Chesapeake Holdings Limited and CEP III Chase S.à r.l., dated October 8, 2014 | |
10.9 | Written Statement of Terms and Conditions of Employment between Rick Smith and Chesapeake, effective February 1, 2010 | |
10.10 | Employment Contract Amendment Letter between Rick Smith and the Paperboard Group, executed September 30, 2013 | |
10.11 | Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan | |
10.12 | Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan | |
10.13 | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2015 Incentive Award Plan |
II-4
E XHIBIT N O . |
D ESCRIPTION OF E XHIBIT |
|
10.14 | Form of Indemnification Agreement | |
10.15 | Form of Shareholders Agreement | |
21.1** | List of Subsidiaries of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited | |
23.1 | Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Pte. Ltd. (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
23.2 | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP | |
23.3 | Consent of Deloitte LLP | |
23.4 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP | |
23.5 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP | |
23.6** | Consent of Director Nominee (Zeina Bain) | |
23.7** | Consent of Director Nominee (Richard H. Copans) | |
23.8** | Consent of Director Nominee (George Bayly) | |
23.9** | Consent of Director Nominee (Gary McGann) | |
24.1** | Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this registration statement) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
** | Previously filed. |
II-5
Exhibit 3.1
FORM NO. 2
BERMUDA
THE COMPANIES ACT 1981
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
(Section 7(1) and (2))
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(hereinafter referred to as the Company)
1. | The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them. |
2. | We, the undersigned, namely, |
NAME | ADDRESS |
BERMUDIAN STATUS (Yes/No) |
NATIONALITY |
NUMBER OF SHARES SUBSCRIBED |
||||
Dawn Griffiths |
Clarendon House 2 Church Street Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda |
Yes | British | One | ||||
Julie McLean | | Yes | British | One | ||||
Michael Ashford | | Yes | British | One |
do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.
3. | The Company is to be an exempted company as defined by the Companies Act 1981 (the Act). |
4. | The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding in all, including the following parcels:- N/A |
5. | The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,000.00 divided into shares of US$1.00 each. |
6. | The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted. |
7. | The following are provisions regarding the powers of the Company |
Subject to paragraph 6, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and -
(i) | pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed; |
(ii) | pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and |
(iii) | pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares. |
Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof
/s/ Dawn Griffiths |
/s/ illegible |
|||
/s/ Julie McLean |
/s/ illegible |
|||
/s/ Michael Ashford |
/s/ illegible |
|||
|
|
|||
(Subscribers) | (Witnesses) |
SUBSCRIBED this 18 th day of June, 2015.
FORM NO. 6 | Registration No. 50386 |
BERMUDA
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 1981 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 19 th day of June 2015
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company.
|
Given under my hand and the Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 19 th day of June 2015
/s/ Jeremie M. Hayward Jeremie M. Hayward for Registrar of Companies |
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYE-LAWS
OF
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTERPRETATION | 1 | |||||
1. |
Definitions |
1 | ||||
SHARES | 3 | |||||
2. |
Power to Issue Shares |
3 | ||||
3. |
Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares |
3 | ||||
4. |
Rights Attaching to Shares |
4 | ||||
5. |
Calls on Shares |
6 | ||||
6. |
Forfeiture of Shares |
6 | ||||
7. |
Share Certificates |
7 | ||||
8. |
Fractional Shares |
8 | ||||
REGISTRATION OF SHARES | 8 | |||||
9. |
Register of Members |
8 | ||||
10. |
Registered Holder Absolute Owner |
8 | ||||
11. |
Transfer of Registered Shares |
8 | ||||
12. |
Transmission of Registered Shares |
9 | ||||
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL | 10 | |||||
13. |
Power to Alter Capital |
10 | ||||
14. |
Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares |
10 | ||||
DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION | 10 | |||||
15. |
Dividends |
10 | ||||
16. |
Power to Set Aside Profits |
11 | ||||
17. |
Method of Payment |
11 | ||||
18. |
Capitalisation |
12 | ||||
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS | 12 | |||||
19. |
Annual General Meetings |
12 | ||||
20. |
Special General Meetings |
12 | ||||
21. |
Requisitioned General Meetings and Other Business |
12 | ||||
22. |
Notice |
14 | ||||
23. |
Giving Notice and Access |
15 | ||||
24. |
Postponement of General Meeting |
16 | ||||
25. |
Electronic Participation in Meetings |
16 | ||||
26. |
Quorum at General Meetings |
16 | ||||
27. |
Chairman to Preside at General Meetings |
17 | ||||
28. |
Voting on Resolutions |
17 |
AUDITS | 32 | |||||
67. |
Annual Audit |
32 | ||||
68. |
Appointment of Auditor |
32 | ||||
69. |
Remuneration of Auditor |
32 | ||||
70. |
Duties of Auditor |
33 | ||||
71. |
Access to Records |
33 | ||||
72. |
Financial Statements and the Auditors Report |
33 | ||||
73. |
Vacancy in the Office of Auditor |
33 | ||||
VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION | 33 | |||||
74. |
Winding-Up |
33 | ||||
CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION | 34 | |||||
75. |
Changes to Bye-laws |
34 | ||||
76. |
Changes to the Memorandum of Association |
34 | ||||
77. |
Discontinuance |
34 |
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
INTERPRETATION
1. | Definitions |
1.1 | In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively: |
Act | the Companies Act 1981; | |
Auditor | includes an individual or partnership; | |
Board | the board of directors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a sole director) appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws; | |
Carlyle Funds | has the meaning set out in Bye-law 34.7(b); | |
Company | Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited; | |
Director | a director of the Company; | |
Exchange | the New York Stock Exchange for so long as the shares of the Company are listed or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, or such other stock exchange which is an appointed stock exchange for the purposes of the Act in respect of which the shares of the Company are listed or quoted and where such appointed stock exchange deems such listing or quotation to be the primary listing or quotation of the shares of the Company; | |
Madison Dearborn Funds | has the meaning set out in Bye-law 34.7(b); | |
Member | the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in |
1
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires; | ||
notice | written notice as further provided in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated; | |
Officer | any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company; | |
Register of Directors
and Officers |
the Register of Directors and Officers referred to in these Bye-laws; | |
Register of
Members |
the register of Members referred to in these Bye-laws; | |
Resident
Representative |
any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative; | |
Secretary | the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary; | |
Sponsor Entity | any Carlyle Fund, Madison Dearborn Partner Fund or any of their respective affiliates, other than the Company; | |
Treasury Share | a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled. |
1.2 | In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context: |
(a) | words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa ; |
2
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(b) | words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders; |
(c) | words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not; |
(d) | the words: |
(i) | may shall be construed as permissive; and |
(ii) | shall shall be construed as mandatory; |
(e) | a reference to statutory provision shall be deemed to include any amendment or re-enactment thereof; |
(f) | the word corporation means a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act; and |
(g) | unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws. |
1.3 | In these Bye-laws expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form. |
1.4 | Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof. |
SHARES
2. | Power to Issue Shares |
2.1 | Subject to these Bye-laws, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine from time to time. |
2.2 | Without limitation to the provisions of Bye-law 4, subject to the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board (before the issue or conversion of such shares). |
3. | Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares |
3.1 | The Company may from time to time purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit. |
3.2 | The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act. |
3
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
4. | Rights Attaching to Shares |
4.1 | At the date these Bye-laws are adopted, the share capital of the Company is divided into two classes: (i) common shares (the Common Shares) and (ii) preference shares (the Preference Shares). |
4.2 | The holders of Common Shares shall, subject to these Bye-laws (including, without limitation, the rights attaching to any Preference Shares): |
(a) | be entitled to one vote per share; |
(b) | be entitled to such dividends and other distributions as the Board may from time to time declare; |
(c) | in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and |
(d) | generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares. |
4.3 | The Board is authorised to provide for the issuance of the Preference Shares in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to allot and re-designate such portion of the unissued share capital to such series as it shall determine to be appropriate and to fix the terms, including designation, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each such series (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such matters and the issuance of such Preference Shares shall not be deemed to vary the rights attached to the Common Shares or, subject to the terms of any other series of Preference Shares, to vary the rights attached to any other series of Preference Shares). The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: |
(a) | the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series; |
(b) | the dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of the payment of dividends on shares of that series; |
(c) | whether the series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights; |
(d) | whether the series shall have conversion or exchange privileges (including, without limitation, conversion into Common Shares) and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board shall determine; |
4
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(e) | whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable or repurchaseable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption or repurchase, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption or repurchase if less than all shares are to be redeemed or repurchased, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption or repurchase, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption or repurchase dates; |
(f) | whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or repurchase of shares of that series and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund; |
(g) | the right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any issued shares of the Company; |
(h) | the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment in respect of shares of that series; and |
(i) | any other relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series. |
4.4 | Any Preference Shares of any series which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of any other class or classes shall have the status of authorised and unissued Preference Shares of the same series and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of Preference Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board or as part of any other series of Preference Shares, all subject to the conditions and the restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issue of any series of Preference Shares. |
4.5 | At the discretion of the Board, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any shares or other securities of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Board including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any person or persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the person or persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations. |
5
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
4.6 | All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company. |
5. | Calls on Shares |
5.1 | The Board may make such calls as it deems fit upon the Members in respect of any monies (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls. |
5.2 | Any amount which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, cost and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call. |
5.3 | The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in respect thereof. |
5.4 | The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up. |
6. | Forfeiture of Shares |
6.1 | If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in such form as may be approved by the Board, requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. |
6
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
6.2 | If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Bye-laws and the Act. |
6.3 | A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith. |
6.4 | The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited. |
7. | Share Certificates |
7.1 | Subject to Bye-law 7.4, every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal (or a facsimile thereof) of the Company or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or the Secretary or a person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means. |
7.2 | The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted. |
7.3 | If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit. |
7.4 | Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws: |
(a) | the Board shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its absolute discretion, deem fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form; and |
(b) | unless otherwise determined by the Board and as permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument. |
7
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
8. | Fractional Shares |
The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.
REGISTRATION OF SHARES
9. | Register of Members |
9.1 | The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act. |
9.2 | The Register of Members shall be open to inspection without charge at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year. |
10. | Registered Holder Absolute Owner |
The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.
11. | Transfer of Registered Shares |
11.1 | Shares may be transferred without a written instrument if transferred by an appointed agent or otherwise in accordance with the Act. |
11.2 | An instrument of transfer for shares which may not be transferred pursuant to either Bye-law 11.1 or Bye-law 11.7 shall be in writing in such form as the Board may accept. |
11.3 | Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by (or, in the case of a party that is a corporation, on behalf of) the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members. |
11.4 | The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require showing the right of the transferor to make the transfer. |
8
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
11.5 | The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member. |
11.6 | The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share, which is not fully paid up. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained. The Board shall have the authority to request any Member, and such Member shall provide, such information as the Board may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether the transfer of any share requires such consent, authorization or permission and whether the same has been obtained. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal. |
11.7 | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bye-laws, shares that are listed or admitted to trading on an appointed stock exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange. |
12. | Transmission of Registered Shares |
12.1 | In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member. |
12.2 | Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case, unless the shares may be transferred pursuant to either Bye-law 11.1 or Bye-law 11.7, the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in such form as the Board may approve. |
12.3 | On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Members death or bankruptcy, as the case may be. |
9
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
12.4 | Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders. |
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
13. | Power to Alter Capital |
13.1 | The Company may if authorised by resolution of the Members increase, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act. |
13.2 | The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares or subdivide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount in any manner permitted by the Act or the Bye-laws. |
13.3 | Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit. |
14. | Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares |
If, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION
15. | Dividends |
15.1 | The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to such shares. |
15.2 | The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend. |
10
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
15.3 | The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others. |
15.4 | The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to such share. |
16. | Power to Set Aside Profits |
The Board may, before declaring a dividend or distribution, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies, for equalising dividends, securing equality of distribution or for any other purpose.
17. | Method of Payment |
17.1 | Any dividend, interest, or other monies payable in cash may be paid in such manner as the Board shall determine, including by wire transfer, or by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Members address in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder may in writing direct. Every such cheque or draft shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to such person as the Member may direct, and payment of the cheque or draft shall be good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque or draft shall be sent at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby. |
17.2 | In the case of joint holders of shares, any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the joint holders may in writing direct at least 30 days prior to such payment or for such other time period as the Board shall determine. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares. |
17.3 | The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise. |
17.4 | Any dividend, distribution and/or other monies payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for a period of six years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend, distribution or other monies payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Companys own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof. |
17.5 |
The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and drafts by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the |
11
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
Members new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or draft. |
18. | Capitalisation |
18.1 | The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Companys share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares of one class to shares of another class) to the Members. |
18.2 | The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full, partly or nil paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution. |
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
19. | Annual General Meetings |
An annual general meeting shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place as the Board shall appoint.
20. | Special General Meetings |
The President or the Chairman (if any) or a majority of the Directors may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.
21. | Requisitioned General Meetings and Other Business |
21.1 | The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Act shall apply. |
21.2 | In addition to any rights of Members under the Act or these Bye-laws, business may be brought before any annual general meeting or any special general meeting by any person who: (i) is a Member of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Bye-law 21, on the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of and vote at such meeting and on the date of such meeting; and (ii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bye-law 21. |
21.3 | In addition to any other applicable requirements, for other business to be proposed by a Member pursuant to Bye-law 21.2, such Member must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary. |
12
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
21.4 | To be timely, a notice given to the Secretary pursuant to Bye-law 21.3 must be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company as set forth in the Companys filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is greater than 30 days before or after such anniversary, the notice must be so delivered or mailed and received not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made; and (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, not later than 7 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made. |
21.5 |
To be in proper written form, a notice given to the Secretary pursuant to Bye-law 21.3 must set forth as to each matter such Member proposed to bring before the general meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the general meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bye-laws of the Company, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the general meeting; (ii) the name and record address of such Member and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Member and such beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Member or such beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Member or such beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of shares of the Company; (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (or ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the Company, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or beneficial owner, or which provides, direct or indirectly, such Member or beneficial owner with the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of shares of the Company; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Member or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Member and any material interest of such Member or such beneficial owner in such business; and (vii) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to bring such business before the general meeting. Any Member giving notice to the Secretary of its intent to propose business at a general meeting pursuant to Bye-law 21.3 shall update and supplement its notice to the Company, if necessary, so that the information |
13
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Bye-law 21.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of such meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company as set forth in the Companys filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of such meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). |
21.6 | Once business has been properly brought before the general meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bye-law 21 and the Member proposing such business is present in person or by proxy at the general meeting, nothing in this Bye-law shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any Member of such business. If the chairman of a general meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Bye-law 21, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted. |
21.7 | In addition to the requirements of this Bye-law 21 with respect to any business proposed by a Member to be brought before a general meeting, each such Member shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the Exchange Act) with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Bye-law 21 shall be deemed to affect the rights of Members to request inclusion of proposals in the Companys proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. |
21.8 | No business may be transacted at a general meeting, other than business that is either (i) properly brought before the general meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorised committee thereof); or (ii) properly brought before the general meeting by any Member or Members in accordance with the Act or these Bye-laws. |
22. | Notice |
22.1 | At least fourteen days notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, and as far as practicable, the business to be conducted at the meeting. |
14
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
22.2 | At least ten days notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting. |
22.3 | The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting. |
22.4 | A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting. |
22.5 | The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting. |
23. | Giving Notice and Access |
23.1 | A notice may be given by the Company to a Member: |
(a) | by delivering it to such Member in person, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served upon such delivery; or |
(b) | by sending it by post to such Members address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served five days after the date on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the mail; or |
(c) | by sending it by courier to such Members address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served two days after the date on which it is deposited, with courier fees paid, with the courier service; or |
(d) | by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time that it would in the ordinary course be transmitted; or |
(e) | by delivering it in accordance with the provisions of the Act pertaining to delivery of electronic records by publication on a website, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the requirements of the Act in that regard have been met. |
23.2 | Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares. |
15
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
23.3 | In proving service under paragraphs 23.1(b), (c) and (d), it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted or sent by courier, and the time when it was posted, deposited with the courier, or transmitted by electronic means. |
24. | Postponement of General Meeting |
The Secretary may, and on the instructions of the Chairman the Secretary shall, postpone any general meeting called in accordance with these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement is given to the Members before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with these Bye-laws.
25. | Electronic Participation in Meetings |
25.1 | The Board may, but shall not be required to, make arrangements permitting members to participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. |
25.2 | The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may, make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction the Board or such chairman considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with such arrangements, requirements or restrictions. |
26. | Quorum at General Meetings |
26.1 | Subject to the rules of the Exchange, at any general meeting two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company at the commencement of the meeting shall form a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting held during such time. |
26.2 | If within such time as the chairman of the meeting may determine after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present in accordance with Bye-law 26.1, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Board or the Secretary may determine. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws. |
16
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
27. | Chairman to Preside at General Meetings |
Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not the President, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all general meetings at which such person is present. In their absence a chairman of the meeting shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting and in their absence, by a majority of those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.
28. | Voting on Resolutions |
28.1 | Subject to the Act, these Bye-laws and the rules of the Exchange, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail. |
28.2 | No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member. |
28.3 | At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject to these Bye-laws, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his hand. |
28.4 | In the event that a Member participates in a general meeting by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means permitted by the Board pursuant to Bye-law 25.1, the chairman of the meeting shall direct the manner in which such Member may cast his vote in the form of an electronic record or otherwise on a show of hands. |
28.5 | At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. |
28.6 | At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact. |
17
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
29. | Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll |
29.1 | Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons: |
(a) | the chairman of such meeting; or |
(b) | at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or |
(c) | any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or |
(d) | any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total amount paid up on all such shares conferring such right. |
29.2 | Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting including persons present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, electronic or other communication facilities or means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way. |
29.3 | A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be conducted pending the taking of the poll. |
29.4 | Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote, including each person present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities, shall record his vote in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken. Each ballot shall be marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by one or more inspectors of votes or a committee appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose. The result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting. |
30. | Voting by Joint Holders of Shares |
In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.
18
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
31. | Instrument of Proxy |
31.1 | A Member may appoint a proxy by: |
(a) | such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Board from time to time; or |
(b) | an instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing in such form as the Board may determine from time to time |
31.2 | The instrument appointing a proxy must be received by the Company at the registered office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the person named in the instrument appointing a proxy proposes to vote, and an instrument appointing a proxy which is not received in the manner so prescribed shall be invalid. |
31.3 | A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares. |
31.4 | Subject to Bye-law 31.5, the decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final. |
31.5 | Any Member may irrevocably appoint a proxy and in such case: (i) such appointment shall be irrevocable in accordance with the terms of the instrument of appointment; (ii) the Company shall be given notice of the appointment, such notice to include the name, address, telephone number and electronic mail address of the proxy, and the Company shall give to such proxy notice of all meetings of shareholders of the Company; (iii) such proxy shall be the only person entitled to vote the relevant Shares at any meeting at which such proxy is present; and (iv) the Company shall be obliged to recognise the proxy until such time as such proxy shall notify the Company in writing that the appointment of such proxy is no longer in force. |
32. | Representation of Corporate Member |
32.1 | A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives. |
19
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
32.2 | Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member. |
33. | Adjournment of General Meeting |
33.1 | The chairman of a general meeting may adjourn a meeting to another time and place without the consent or direction of the Members if the chairman determines that it is appropriate to adjourn the meeting. |
33.2 | Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws. |
34. | Written Resolutions |
34.1 | Subject to these Bye-laws, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may be done without a meeting by written resolution in accordance with this Bye-law. |
34.2 | Notice of a written resolution shall be given, and a copy of the resolution shall be circulated to all Members who would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote thereon. The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of a notice by, any Member does not invalidate the passing of a resolution. |
34.3 | A written resolution is passed when it is signed by (or in the case of a Member that is a corporation, on behalf of) the Members who at the date that the notice is given represent such majority of votes as would be required if the resolution was voted on at a meeting of Members at which all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat were present and voting. |
34.4 | A resolution in writing may be signed in any number of counterparts. |
34.5 | A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly. |
34.6 | A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act. |
34.7 | This Bye-law shall not apply to: |
(a) | a resolution passed to remove an Auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or |
20
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(b) | a resolution proposed at any time that investment funds affiliated with The Carlyle Group (Carlyle Funds) or Madison Dearborn Partners (Madison Dearborn Funds), together, own in aggregate less than 50% of the Common Shares in issue. |
34.8 | For the purposes of this Bye-law, the effective date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by (or in the case of a Member that is a corporation, on behalf of) the last Member whose signature results in the necessary voting majority being achieved and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date. |
35. | Directors Attendance at General Meetings |
The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
36. | Election of Directors |
36.1 | Only persons who are proposed or nominated in accordance with this Bye-law shall be eligible for election as Directors. The Board may propose any person for election as Director. In addition, any Member holding not less than 10% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (Relevant Member) may propose one person for election as Director at a general meeting. Where any person, other than a Director retiring at the meeting or a person proposed for re-election or election as a Director by the Board, is to be proposed for election as a Director at a general meeting of the Company, notice must be given to the Secretary of the intention to propose him and of his willingness to serve as a Director, as set out in this Bye-law. Where any such person is to be elected: |
(a) | at an annual general meeting, such notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is greater than 30 days before or after such anniversary, the notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made; |
(b) | at a special general meeting, such notice must be given not later than 7days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made; |
21
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(c) |
in the case of an election at any general meeting, such notice must set forth: (i) as to the person whom the Relevant Member proposes to nominate for election as a Director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of the Company owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to applicable laws or regulations or that the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the eligibility of such person to serve as a Director of the Company; (ii) the name and record address of the Relevant Member and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is proposed; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Relevant Member and such beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Relevant Member or such beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Relevant Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Relevant Member or such beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of shares of the Company; (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships engaged in directly or indirectly, by such Relevant Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (or ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the Company, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Relevant Member or beneficial owner, or which provides, directly or indirectly, such Relevant Member or beneficial owner with the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of shares of the Company; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Relevant Member or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposed nomination by such Relevant Member and any material relationship between such Relevant Member or such beneficial owner and the person proposed to be nominated for election; and (vii) a representation that such Relevant Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to propose such nomination; provided that the Relevant Member shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Bye-Law 36.1(c) shall be true and correct as of the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of such meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company as set forth in the Companys filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of such meeting (in the case of the update and supplement |
22
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof); and |
(d) | in the case of an election at any general meeting, such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of the person whom the Relevant Member proposes to nominate for election as a Director to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected. |
36.2 | Where persons are validly proposed for re-election or election as a Director, the persons receiving the most votes (up to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors, and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall not be a prerequisite to the election of such Directors. |
36.3 | The Board may fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting or otherwise. |
37. | Number of Directors |
The Board shall consist of such number of Directors as the Board may determine from time to time. The Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill any vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of any increase in the size of the Board, such Director to serve, subject to Bye-law 39, in the class specified by the Board at the time of such increase in the size of the Board.
38. | Classes of Directors |
From the time of adoption of these Bye-laws, the Directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one third of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board.
39. | Term of Office of Directors |
At the first annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire and the Class I Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At the second annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and the Class II Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At the third annual general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and the Class III Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three year term. If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any Director of any class elected to fill a
23
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other Directors of that class but in no case shall a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any Director then in office. A Director shall hold office until the annual general meeting for the year in which his term expires, subject to his office being vacated pursuant to Bye-law 42.
40. | Alternate Directors |
40.1 | The election or appointment of a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to any one or more Directors shall not be permitted. |
41. | Removal of Directors |
41.1 | Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members entitled to vote for the election of Directors may: |
(a) | during any time that the Carlyle Funds and Madison Dearborn Funds, together, own more than 50% of the Common Shares in issue, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Directors removal; and |
(b) | at such time after the Carlyle Funds and Madison Dearborn Funds, together, cease to own more than 50% of the Common Shares in issue, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director only with cause, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do including details of cause, and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Directors removal. |
41.2 | If a Director is removed from the Board under this Bye-law, the Board may fill the vacancy resulting therefrom. |
41.3 |
For the purpose of this Bye-law 41, cause shall mean (i) conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony, indictable offense or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company of any of its subsidiaries; or (iii) failure to meet the requirements for service as a director as set forth in the rules and regulates promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the Exchange; (iv) the Boards determination that Director failed to substantially perform the Directors duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Directors disability); (v) the Boards determination that the Director failed to carry out, or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board; or (vi) the Directors |
24
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the premises of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or while performing the Directors duties and responsibilities. |
42. | Vacancy in the Office of Director |
42.1 | The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director: |
(a) | is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law; |
(b) | is or becomes an undischarged bankrupt, or has an order made against him pursuant to Section 94 of the Act; |
(c) | is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; |
(d) | resigns his office by notice to the Company; or |
(e) | is delivered a request in writing signed by all the other Directors to resign and he does not do so within 30 days of the date of such request pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Bye-law. |
42.2 | The Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director. |
43. | Remuneration of Directors |
Directors may receive compensation for their services as Director, including, without limitation, compensation for service on any committee appointed by the Board and any additional fees for committee chairs, in amounts, and on such basis, as shall be established from time to time by the Board. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them (or in the case of a director that is a corporation, by its representative or representatives) in attending and returning from Board meetings, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.
44. | Defect in Appointment |
All acts done in good faith by the Board, any Director, a member of a committee appointed by the Board, any person to whom the Board may have delegated any of its powers, or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were, disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.
45. | Directors to Manage Business |
The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Members.
25
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
46. | Powers of the Board of Directors |
46.1 | The Board may: |
(a) | appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, Secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties; |
(b) | exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party; |
(c) | appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company; |
(d) | appoint a person to act as manager of the Companys day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business; |
(e) | by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney; |
(f) | procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company; |
(g) | delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board; |
(h) | delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit; |
26
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
(i) | present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company; |
(j) | in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law; and |
(k) | authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company. |
47. | Register of Directors and Officers |
The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.
48. | Appointment of Officers |
The Board may appoint such Officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit.
49. | Appointment of Secretary |
The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board from time to time for such term as the Board deems fit.
50. | Duties of Officers |
The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time, provided always that the execution of those powers and the performance of those duties remain subject to the general oversight of the Board.
51. | Remuneration of Officers |
The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.
52. | Conflicts of Interest |
52.1 | Any Director, or any Directors firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company on such terms, including with respect to remuneration, as may be agreed between the parties. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or a Directors firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company. |
52.2 | A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company (an Interested Director) shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act. |
27
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
52.3 | Following a declaration of interest being made pursuant to Bye-law 52.2, the Interested Director shall not be disqualified from participating in the discussion or voting on the matter unless the chairman of the meeting determines that such Interested Director shall be disqualified as such. In the event the chairman of the meeting is the Interested Director making a declaration under Bye-law 52.2, the determination as to whether or not he should be disqualified may be made by a majority of the votes cast by the Directors not having such interest. In addition, an Interested Director may, but shall not be required to, recuse himself from the discussion or voting on any particular matter because of a possible conflict or for any other reason disclosed to the other Directors. Any Interested Director that is so disqualified or that elects to be recused shall nevertheless be counted toward a quorum for the meeting. |
In the event that one or more Interested Directors are disqualified or elect to be recused from voting on a matter, or one or more Directors are later found to have an interest or conflict that should have been declared, the matter shall be approved or stand approved if it is or was approved by a majority of the votes cast by the Directors that do not have any interest or conflict in the matter, even if less than a quorum.
53. | Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers |
53.1 | The Directors, Resident Representative, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for the time being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators (each of which an indemnified party), shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any monies or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any monies of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to any of the indemnified parties. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to such Director or Officer. |
28
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
53.2 | The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof. |
53.3 | The Company may advance monies to a Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Director or Officer in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against him. |
53.4 |
The Company hereby acknowledges that an indemnified party may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more persons with whom or which such indemnified party may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity). The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any proceeding, expense, liability or matter that is the subject of the indemnity set forth in Bye-law 53.1, (ii) the Company shall be primarily liable for any indemnification afforded to an indemnified party in respect of any proceeding, expense, liability or matter that is the subject of the indemnity set forth in Bye-law 53.1, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents (including Bye-law 53.1), contract or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other persons with whom or which any indemnified party may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) to indemnify such indemnified party and/or advance expenses to such indemnified party in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company under these Bye-laws, (iv) the Company shall be required to indemnify each indemnified party and advance expenses to each indemnified party under these Bye-laws to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights such indemnified party may have against any other person with whom or which such indemnified party may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) or insurer of any such person and (v) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (1) any other person with whom or which an indemnified party may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entity) from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind, in respect of amounts paid by the Company under these Bye-laws; and (2) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of an indemnified party against any Sponsor Entity, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Sponsor Entity, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right. In the event any other person with whom or which an indemnified party may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor |
29
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
Entity) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of the indemnity set forth in Bye-law 53.1 or payable under any insurance policy described in Bye-law 53.2, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurer(s) for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurer(s) under these Bye-laws. |
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
54. | Board Meetings |
The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. A resolution put to the vote at a Board meeting shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.
55. | Notice of Board Meetings |
The Chairman may, and the Secretary on the requisition of the Chairman shall, at any time summon a Board meeting on not less than 48 hours notice. Notice shall be deemed to have been given in accordance with this Bye-law, notwithstanding it is held on less than 48 hours notice, if all Directors attend the meeting in respect of which such notice is given. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at such Directors last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.
56. | Electronic Participation in Meetings |
Directors may participate in any meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
57. | Quorum at Board Meetings |
The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a Board meeting shall be a majority of the Directors, provided that if there is only one Director for the time being in office the quorum shall be one.
58. | Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy |
The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at Board meetings, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.
30
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
59. | Chairman to Preside |
Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not, the President, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all Board meetings at which such person is present. In their absence, a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting, unless otherwise determined in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.
60. | Written Resolutions |
A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a Board meeting duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the resolution is signed by the last Director.
61. | Validity of Prior Acts of the Board |
No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.
CORPORATE RECORDS
62. | Minutes |
The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:
(a) | of all elections and appointments of Officers; |
(b) | of the names of the Directors present at each Board meeting and of any committee appointed by the Board; and |
(c) | of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, Board meetings, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board. |
63. | Place Where Corporate Records Kept |
Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.
64. | Form and Use of Seal |
64.1 | The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda. |
64.2 | A seal may, but need not, be affixed to any deed, instrument or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of (i) any Director, or (ii) any Officer, or (iii) the Secretary, or (iv) any person authorised by the Board for that purpose. |
31
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
64.3 | A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents. |
ACCOUNTS
65. | Records of Account |
65.1 | The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to: |
(a) | all amounts of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates; |
(b) | all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and |
(c) | all assets and liabilities of the Company. |
65.2 | Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours. |
65.3 | Such records of account shall be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. |
66. | Financial Year End |
The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 30th June in each year.
AUDITS
67. | Annual Audit |
Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.
68. | Appointment of Auditor |
68.1 | Subject to the Act, the appointment of an auditor to the Company for each such fiscal year shall be submitted to the Members for their approval at each annual general meeting. |
68.2 | The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company. |
69. | Remuneration of Auditor |
69.1 | The remuneration of an Auditor shall be fixed by the Members or by the Board (or a committee appointed by the Board), if it is authorised to do so by the Members, save that the remuneration of an Auditor appointed by the Board to fill a casual vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws shall be fixed by the Board. |
32
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
70. | Duties of Auditor |
70.1 | The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. |
70.2 | The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or those of a country or a jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted accounting standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted accounting standards used. |
71. | Access to Records |
The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.
72. | Financial Statements and the Auditors Report |
72.1 | Subject to the following Bye-law, the financial statements and/or the auditors report as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members at the annual general meeting. |
72.2 | If all Members and Directors shall agree, either in writing or at a meeting, that in respect of a particular interval no financial statements and/or auditors report thereon need be made available to the Members, and/or that no auditor shall be appointed then there shall be no obligation on the Company to do so. |
73. | Vacancy in the Office of Auditor |
The Board may fill any casual vacancy in the office of the auditor.
VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION
74. | Winding-Up |
If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.
33
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION
75. | Changes to Bye-laws |
No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made save in accordance with the Act and until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.
76. | Changes to the Memorandum of Association |
No alteration or amendment to the Memorandum of Association may be made save in accordance with the Act and until same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.
77. | Discontinuance |
The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.
34
Exhibit 4.3
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of December 12, 2013 (this Supplemental Indenture ), among Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., as successor to Mustang Merger Corp., as the issuer (the Issuer ), certain affiliates of the Issuer, as guarantors (collectively, the Guarantors ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee ), in each case under the Indenture referred to below.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee are party to that certain Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (as such Indenture has been supplemented by the Closing Supplemental Indenture referred to below, the Indenture ), providing for the issuance of the Issuers 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021 (the Notes ), as such Indenture has been supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture (the Closing Supplemental Indenture ), dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer party thereto, as Guarantors, and the Trustee;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes outstanding as of the date hereof (as determined pursuant to Sections 2.08 and 2.09 of the Indenture) voting as a single class, amend or supplement the Indenture;
WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Guarantors propose to amend the Indenture as contemplated by this Supplemental Indenture (the Amendments ) pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture;
WHEREAS, each party hereto has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and has done all things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement in accordance with its terms;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.02 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, in order to effect the Amendments, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Defined Terms
Section 1.01. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
Section 1.02. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture:
1. Consent Payment shall mean the payment which will be payable by or on behalf of the Issuer on or promptly after the date of the consummation of the Combination in consideration for and in respect of the Amendments becoming operative.
2. Combination shall mean the business combination of the Issuer and Chesapeake Services Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales, pursuant to the Combination Agreement, dated November 19, 2013, by and among Mustang Parent Corp. a Delaware corporation and Chesapeake Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales.
ARTICLE 2
Amendments to Indenture
Section 2.01. Amendments to Indenture. The terms and provisions of the Indenture are proposed to be amended as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto such that all of the newly inserted and underscored provisions and any formatting changes reflected therein shall be deemed inserted or made, as applicable, and all of the stricken provisions shall be deemed to be deleted therefrom, which Indenture shall immediately and automatically become operative in accordance with Section 2.02 below.
Section 2.02. Effectiveness of Amendments. The proposed amendments set forth in Section 2.01 above shall become operative upon the payment of the Consent Payment to D.F. King & Co., Inc.
ARTICLE 3
Miscellaneous
Section 3.01. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 3.02. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
Section 3.03. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
Section 3.04. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Issuer and the Guarantors.
Section 3.05. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Guarantor in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
Section 3.06. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.
Section 3.07. Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 3.08. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture; Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.
[ Signature pages follow ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
ISSUER | ||
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS, INC. | ||
By: | /s/ Marc P. Shore | |
Name: | Marc P. Shore | |
Title: | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
( Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture )
GUARANTORS | ||
JOHN HENRY HOLDINGS, INC. CARTONDRUCK, USA, INC. CD CARTONDRUCK, LLC INNOVATIVE FOLDING CARTON COMPANY, LLC DIGITAL IMAGING GROUP, INC. JOHN HENRY PACKAGING MIDWEST, INC. THE JOHN HENRY COMPANY JH CORPORATE, INC. PHARMALABEL, LLC JOHN HENRY PACKAGING SOUTHWEST, INC. MPS OF KENTUCKY, LLC STEKETEE-VAN HUIS, INC. THE PRINTERY, INC. NATIONAL GRAPHICS, INC. GREAT WESTERN INDUSTRIES, INC. MPS/IH, LLC |
||
By: | /s/ Marc P. Shore | |
Name: | Marc P. Shore | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
( Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture )
TRUSTEE | ||
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association | ||
By: | /s/ Gregory S. Clarke | |
Name: | Gregory S. Clarke | |
Title: | Vice President |
( Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture )
EXHIBIT A
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE
See attached.
Reflecting Supplement No. 1 to Consent Solicitation Statement dated December 4, 2013
INDENTURE
dated as of August 15, 2013
between
Mustang Merger Corp., to be merged with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.,
and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,
as Trustee
8.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE I | ||||||
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE | ||||||
SECTION 1.01. |
Definitions | 1 | ||||
SECTION 1.02. |
Other Definitions | 40 | ||||
SECTION 1.03. |
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act | 41 | ||||
SECTION 1.04. |
Rules of Construction | 42 | ||||
SECTION 1.05. |
Acts of Holders | 43 | ||||
ARTICLE II | ||||||
THE NOTES | ||||||
SECTION 2.01. |
Form and Dating; Terms | 44 | ||||
SECTION 2.02. |
Execution and Authentication | 45 | ||||
SECTION 2.03. |
Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent | 45 | ||||
SECTION 2.04. |
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust | 46 | ||||
SECTION 2.05. |
Holder Lists | 46 | ||||
SECTION 2.06. |
Transfer and Exchange | 46 | ||||
SECTION 2.07. |
Replacement Notes | 56 | ||||
SECTION 2.08. |
Outstanding Notes | 56 | ||||
SECTION 2.09. |
Treasury Notes | 56 | ||||
SECTION 2.10. |
Temporary Notes | 56 | ||||
SECTION 2.11. |
Cancellation | 57 | ||||
SECTION 2.12. |
Defaulted Interest | 57 | ||||
SECTION 2.13. |
CUSIP/ISIN Numbers | 57 | ||||
ARTICLE III | ||||||
REDEMPTION | ||||||
SECTION 3.01. |
Notices to Trustee | 57 | ||||
SECTION 3.02. |
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed | 57 | ||||
SECTION 3.03. |
Notice of Redemption | 58 | ||||
SECTION 3.04. |
Effect of Notice of Redemption | 59 | ||||
SECTION 3.05. |
Deposit of Redemption Price | 59 | ||||
SECTION 3.06. |
Notes Redeemed in Part | 59 | ||||
SECTION 3.07. |
Optional Redemption | 59 | ||||
SECTION 3.08. |
Mandatory Redemption | 60 | ||||
SECTION 3.09. |
Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds | 60 | ||||
ARTICLE IV | ||||||
COVENANTS | ||||||
SECTION 4.01. |
Payment of Notes | 62 | ||||
SECTION 4.02. |
Maintenance of Office or Agency | 62 | ||||
SECTION 4.03. |
Reports and Other Information | 63 | ||||
SECTION 4.04. |
Compliance Certificate | 64 | ||||
SECTION 4.05. |
Taxes | 65 |
-i-
Page | ||||||
SECTION 4.06. |
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws | 65 | ||||
SECTION 4.07. |
Limitation on Restricted Payments | 65 | ||||
SECTION 4.08. |
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries | 73 | ||||
SECTION 4.09. |
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock | 75 | ||||
SECTION 4.10. |
Asset Sales | 81 | ||||
SECTION 4.11. |
Transactions with Affiliates | 83 | ||||
SECTION 4.12. |
Liens | 86 | ||||
SECTION 4.13. |
Issuer Existence | 86 | ||||
SECTION 4.14. |
Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control | 87 | ||||
SECTION 4.15. |
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries | 88 | ||||
SECTION 4.16. |
Suspension of Covenants | 89 | ||||
ARTICLE V | ||||||
SUCCESSORS | ||||||
SECTION 5.01. |
Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets | 90 | ||||
SECTION 5.02. |
Successor Person Substituted | 92 | ||||
ARTICLE VI | ||||||
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES | ||||||
SECTION 6.01. |
Events of Default | 92 | ||||
SECTION 6.02. |
Acceleration | 94 | ||||
SECTION 6.03. |
Other Remedies | 95 | ||||
SECTION 6.04. |
Waiver of Past Defaults | 95 | ||||
SECTION 6.05. |
Control by Majority | 95 | ||||
SECTION 6.06. |
Limitation on Suits | 95 | ||||
SECTION 6.07. |
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6.08. |
Collection Suit by Trustee | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6.09. |
Restoration of Rights and Remedies | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6.10. |
Rights and Remedies Cumulative | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6.11. |
Delay or Omission Not Waiver | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6.12. |
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim | 96 | ||||
SECTION 6.13. |
Priorities | 97 | ||||
SECTION 6.14. |
Undertaking for Costs | 97 | ||||
ARTICLE VII | ||||||
TRUSTEE | ||||||
SECTION 7.01. |
Duties of Trustee | 97 | ||||
SECTION 7.02. |
Rights of Trustee | 98 | ||||
SECTION 7.03. |
Individual Rights of Trustee | 99 | ||||
SECTION 7.04. |
Trustees Disclaimer | 99 | ||||
SECTION 7.05. |
Notice of Defaults | 100 | ||||
SECTION 7.06. |
Reports by Trustee to Holders | 100 | ||||
SECTION 7.07. |
Compensation and Indemnity | 100 | ||||
SECTION 7.08. |
Replacement of Trustee | 101 | ||||
SECTION 7.09. |
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc | 101 | ||||
SECTION 7.10. |
Eligibility; Disqualification | 101 |
-ii-
Page | ||||||
ARTICLE VIII | ||||||
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE | ||||||
SECTION 8.01. |
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance | 102 | ||||
SECTION 8.02. |
Legal Defeasance and Discharge | 102 | ||||
SECTION 8.03. |
Covenant Defeasance | 102 | ||||
SECTION 8.04. |
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance | 103 | ||||
SECTION 8.05. |
Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions | 104 | ||||
SECTION 8.06. |
Repayment to Issuer | 104 | ||||
SECTION 8.07. |
Reinstatement | 104 | ||||
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER |
|
|||||
SECTION 9.01. |
Without Consent of Holders | 105 | ||||
SECTION 9.02. |
With Consent of Holders | 106 | ||||
SECTION 9.03. |
[Reserved] | 107 | ||||
SECTION 9.04. |
Revocation and Effect of Consents | 107 | ||||
SECTION 9.05. |
Notation on or Exchange of Notes | 108 | ||||
SECTION 9.06. |
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc | 108 | ||||
ARTICLE X | ||||||
GUARANTEES | ||||||
SECTION 10.01. |
Guarantee | 108 | ||||
SECTION 10.02. |
Limitation on Guarantor Liability | 109 | ||||
SECTION 10.03. |
Execution and Delivery | 109 | ||||
SECTION 10.04. |
Subrogation | 110 | ||||
SECTION 10.05. |
Benefits Acknowledged | 110 | ||||
SECTION 10.06. |
Release of Guarantees | 110 | ||||
ARTICLE XI | ||||||
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE | ||||||
SECTION 11.01. |
Satisfaction and Discharge | 111 | ||||
SECTION 11.02. |
Application of Trust Money | 111 | ||||
ARTICLE XII | ||||||
MISCELLANEOUS | ||||||
SECTION 12.01. |
Notices | 112 | ||||
SECTION 12.02. |
Communication by Holders with Other Holders | 113 | ||||
SECTION 12.03. |
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent | 113 | ||||
SECTION 12.04. |
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion | 113 | ||||
SECTION 12.05. |
Rules by Trustee and Agents | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.06. |
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.07. |
Governing Law | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.08. |
Waiver of Jury Trial | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.09. |
Force Majeure | 114 |
-iii-
Page | ||||||
SECTION 12.10. |
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.11. |
Successors | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.12. |
Severability | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.13. |
Counterpart Originals | 114 | ||||
SECTION 12.14. |
Table of Contents, Headings, etc | 115 | ||||
SECTION 12.15. |
[Reserved] | 115 | ||||
SECTION 12.16. |
USA PATRIOT Act |
115 |
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A | Form of Note | |
Exhibit B | Form of Certificate of Transfer | |
Exhibit C | Form of Certificate of Exchange | |
Exhibit D | Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. and the Initial Guarantors | |
Exhibit E-1 | Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors | |
Exhibit E-2 | Form of Chase Supplemental Indenture | |
Exhibit F | Form of Transferee Letter of Representation |
-iv-
INDENTURE, dated as of August 15, 2013, between Mustang Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation that shall be merged with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee.
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuer (as defined herein) has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers 8.500% senior notes due 2021 (the Notes );
WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture (as defined herein);
WHEREAS, the Initial Notes were issued to fund, together with other financing, the purchase price of the acquisition by the Issuer of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., and pay related fees and expenses;
WHEREAS, on the Issue Date, Mustang Merger Corp. merged with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., with Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation; and
WHEREAS, on the Issue Date, Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., the guarantors listed on the signature pages to the Closing Supplemental Indenture (as defined herein), as the Initial Guarantors (as defined herein), and the Trustee entered into a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (the Closing Supplemental Indenture ) under which Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. and the Initial Guarantors became party to this Indenture.
WHEREAS, on the Combination Date (as defined herein), Chesapeake Services Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 8568993 (the Company ) and the Trustee shall enter into a Supplemental Indenture (the Chase Supplemental Indenture ) under which the Company will become party to this Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein).
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. Definitions .
144A Global Note means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
Acquired Indebtedness means, with respect to any specified Person,
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or became a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, amalgamating or consolidating with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
Additional Notes means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.
Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, control (including, with correlative meanings, the terms controlling , controlled by and under common control with ), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
Agent means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at August 15, 2016 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(d) hereof), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through August 15, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided , that such calculation shall not be the duty or obligation of the Trustee.
Applicable Procedures means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a disposition ); or
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
(a) any disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) obsolete, damaged or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business and (iii) dispositions to landlords of improvements made to leased real property pursuant to customary terms of leases entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof or any Permitted Investment;
(d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $10.0 million;
-2-
(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;
(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
(g)(i) the lease, assignment, sublease, license or sublicense (including the provision of software under an open source license) of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business and (ii) the exercise of termination rights with respect to any lease, sublease, license or sublicense or other agreement;
(h) any issuance, disposition or sale of Equity Interests in, or assets, Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(i) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation or any similar action with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;
(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;
(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
(l) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the collection or compromise thereof, or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;
(m) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;
(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
(o) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
(p) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(q) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business or which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole and the abandonment of intellectual property rights which are no longer economically practicable or commercially reasonable to maintain;
(r) the granting of a Lien that is permitted under Section 4.12 hereof;
(s) the issuance of directors qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law; and
(t) sales of non-core assets acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition or Investment permitted by this Indenture; provided that the aggregate amount of such sales shall not exceed 25.0% of the fair market value of the acquired entity or business.
-3-
Attributable Indebtedness means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
Bankruptcy Law means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
Board of Directors means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided, Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Business Day means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
Capitalized Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Capitalized Leases means all leases that have been or are required to be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.
Capitalized Software Expenditures means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Captive Insurance Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).
Cash Equivalents means:
(1)(a) United States Dollars, Pounds Sterling, Canadian Dollars or Euros or any national currency of any Participating Member State of the EMU; and
(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any jurisdiction in which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries conducts business, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business and not for speculation;
-4-
(2) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of three years or less from the date of acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of three years or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers acceptances with maturities not exceeding three years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks (any such bank in the foregoing, an Approved Bank );
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above or clauses (6) and (7) below entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation (other than structured investment vehicles and other than corporations used in structured financing transactions) rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company), in each case with average maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition thereof;
(6) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);
(7) securities with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed (i) by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by (ii) any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having an Investment Grade Rating from either S&P or Moodys (or the equivalent thereof) (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);
(8) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);
(9) securities with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by an Approved Bank or any financial institution or recognized securities dealer otherwise meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(10) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (9) above denominated in euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(11) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in money market investment programs which are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least
-5-
$250.0 million, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such Investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (1) through (9) of this definition; and
(12) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (11) above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
Cash Management Services means any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including in respect of treasury, depository, overdraft, credit card, debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and/or automated clearinghouse transfer services and any similar services and other cash management arrangements.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following after the Combination Date:
(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation or amalgamation) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more Permitted Holders; or
(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by (A) any Person (other than any Permitted Holder) or (B) Persons (other than any Permitted Holders) that are together a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date)), including any such group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of 50.0% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company directly or indirectly through any of its direct or indirect parent holding companies, unless , and so long as, the Permitted Holders have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or any direct parent company of the Company that owns 100% of the Equity Interests of the Company.
The Combination Transactions shall not be considered a Change of Control.
Chase Acquisition means the acquisition of Chesapeake UK Holdings Limited, Chesapeake Packaging B.V., Chesapeake Packaging GmbH, Chesapeake Packaging US, Inc. and Chesapeake Packaging Asia Limited by Chesapeake Services Limited (formerly Chase Bidco Limited) pursuant to the Chase Merger Agreement.
Chase Acquisition Date means September 30, 2013.
Chase Credit Agreement means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2013 among Chesapeake Services Limited (formerly Chase Bidco Limited), Chesapeake US Holdings Inc. (formerly Chase US Holdco Inc.), Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited (formerly Chase Midco 2 Limited), Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and L/C Issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents and parties named therein, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, date September 27, 2013 and as further modified by that certain Waiver Letter, dated October 22, 2013 and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Combination Date.
-6-
Chase Merger Agreement means the agreement between Chesapeake Holding Sarl and Chesapeake Services Limited (formerly Chase Bidco Limited) dated July 3, 2013.
Chase Reorganization Transaction means those certain transactions undertaken for tax planning and reorganization purposes of the Company and its Subsidiaries as set forth in the memorandum prepared by KPMG LLP and delivered to the agent under the Chase Credit Agreement in respect of the tax structuring relating to the Chase Acquisition.
Chase Supplemental Indenture has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Indenture.
Chase Transactions means (a) the Chase Acquisition, the transactions contemplated by the Chase Merger Agreement, the repayment and refinancing of certain Indebtedness of the Company, the borrowings under the Chase Credit Agreement, the payment of transaction fees and expenses and other transactions in connection with or incidental to any of the forgoing, in each case consummated on or around the Chase Acquisition Date and (b) the Chase Reorganization Transaction.
Chase Transaction Expenses means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by any Investor, any direct or indirect parent of the Company, the Company or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Chase Transactions (including (a) payments to officers, employees or directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options and/or restricted stock units in connection with the Chase Transactions, (b) costs and transition expenses incurred as a direct result of the transition of the Companys business to an independent operating company in connection with the Chase Transactions) and (c) costs and expenses incurred as a direct result of the Chase Reorganization Transaction.
Clearstream means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme and its successors.
Closing Supplemental Indenture has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Indenture.
Co-Investor means (a) any Person (other than any Investor) who becomes a holder of Equity Interests in the Company (or any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company) on the Combination Date in connection with the Combination Transactions, (b) a Person, if any, that acquires, within 90 days of the Combination Date, any Equity Interests in the Company (or any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Company) held by any Investor as of the Combination Date, and (c) in each of clauses (a) and (b), an Affiliate of any such Person.
Combination means the business combination of the Issuer and the Company pursuant to the Combination Agreement.
Combination Agreement means the Combination Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2013, by and among Mustang Parent Corp, a Delaware corporation and Chesapeake Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time.
Combination Date means the date the Combination is consummated on the terms set forth in the Combination Agreement.
Combination Transactions means the Combination, the transactions contemplated by the Combination Agreement, any combination of the repayment, rollover or amendment of the Prior Credit Agreement, the dividend and other distributions contemplated by the Combination Agreement in an amount not to exceed £65.0 million (including, without limitation, the direct or indirect repayment of the shareholder loan entered into in connection with the Chase Transactions) the payment of transaction fees and expenses and other transactions in connection with or incidental to any of the forgoing.
-7-
Combination Transaction Expenses means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by any Investor, any direct or indirect parent of the Company, the Company or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Combination Transactions (including, but not limited to, payments to officers, employees or directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses, charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options and/or restricted stock units in connection with the Combination Transactions and any transaction fees payable to The Carlyle Group in connection with the Combination Transactions).
Consent Signing Date means the date when consent is obtained from a majority of the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Consent Solicitation Statement and the Consent Date Supplemental Indenture is executed by the Issuer and the Trustee.
Consent Solicitation Statement means the Consent Solicitation Statement dated November 21, 2013, relating to the solicitation for consent to certain amendments of the Indenture in connection with the Combination.
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:
(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (q) any prepayment premium or penalty, (r) annual agency fees paid to any administrative agent and collateral agent under any Credit Facilities, (s) costs associated with obtaining Hedging Obligations and breakage costs in respect of Hedging Obligations related to interest rates, (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions, the Combination Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition (or purchase of assets), (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any additional interest or liquidated damages with respect to other securities for failure to comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (x) any amortization or expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Transactions, the Chase Transactions, the Combination Transactions or Permitted Acquisitions or any other acquisitions (or purchases of assets), (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Facility and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities (other than Indebtedness except to the extent arising from the application of purchase accounting); plus
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
(3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
-8-
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,
(1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, charges or expenses (including all fees and expenses related thereto), losses, charges or expenses relating to any strategic initiatives (including any multi-year strategic initiatives), Transaction Expenses, Chase Transaction Expenses, Combination Transaction Expenses, the Reorganization Transactions, restructuring costs and reserves, duplicative running costs, relocation costs, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, facility consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses (including deferred compensation), one-time compensation charges, costs related to pre-opening, opening, closing and consolidation costs for facilities, signing, upfront, retention or completion bonuses, recruiting and retention costs, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, costs incurred in connection with non-ordinary course products and intellectual property development, integration costs (whether in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, other acquisitions or otherwise), business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs, and new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs (including information technology systems) and implementation costs and project start-up costs), signing bonuses and start-up costs in connection with new customer engagements, operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives, consulting fees and curtailments and modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, in all cases above for such period, shall be excluded;
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period (including, notwithstanding that Consolidated Net Income is determined in accordance with GAAP, the effect of any material changes due to the transition from accounting under the United Kingdom formulation of GAAP to accounting under the United States formulation of GAAP, as in effect immediately prior to the Combination Date) whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded (or included, as applicable, in the case of the parenthetical immediately above);
(3) any net after-tax effect of any fees (including finders fees, brokers fees, rating agency fees or any other fees), expenses or charges incurred during such period (including, without limitation, any premiums, make-whole or penalty payments), or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition (other than any such other acquisition in the ordinary course of business) permitted under this Indenture, disposition (other than in the ordinary course of business), or other transfer (other than any such transfer in the ordinary course of business), incurrence or repayment of indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering and issuance of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and the syndication and incurrence of any securities or credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests, recapitalization, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes and other securities, any credit facilities or any other debt instrument) and including, in each case, any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 805, Business Combinations), shall be excluded;
(4) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after (a) the Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions, (b) the Chase Acquisition Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Chase Transactions (or the date of completion of the Chase Reorganization Transaction if as a result of the Chase Reorganization Transaction) or (c) the Combination Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Combination Transactions (or within 12 months after the closing of any Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition (other than any such other acquisition in the ordinary course of business) that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of such Permitted Acquisition or such other acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded;
-9-
(5) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal, abandonment (including asset retirement costs) or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, as applicable, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by such Person shall be excluded;
(6) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person, in each case, other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by such Person, shall be excluded;
(7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, and the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent subsequently converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;
(8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(A) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Note Party) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released); provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), or, without duplication, the amount that could have been paid in cash without violating any such restriction or requiring any such approval, to such Person in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;
(9) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Persons consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions, the Chase Transactions, the Combination Transactions or any consummated Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition (other than any such other acquisition in the ordinary course of business) or Investments permitted under this Indenture consummated prior to or after the Issue Date or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof pursuant to GAAP, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
(10) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
(11) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down (other than write-offs, write-downs or impairments with respect to accounts receivable in the normal course or inventory), including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation or in connection with any disposition of assets, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;
(12) any equity-based or non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration, or payout of, Equity Interests by management of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person or by other direct or indirect equity holders of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., the Issuer or the Company, in each case, in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions or the Combination Transactions, as applicable, shall be excluded;
-10-
(13) other non-cash expenses, charges and losses during such period shall be excluded, in each case other than (A) any non-cash expense, charge or loss charge either (i) expressly excluded from Consolidated Net Income pursuant to another clause of this definition or (ii) expressly added back to EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof or (B) any non-cash charge representing amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid and not expensed in a prior period; provided that if any non-cash charges or expenses referred to in this clause (13) represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any future period, (i) such Person may elect not to exclude such non-cash charge or expense in the current period and (ii) to the extent such Person elects to exclude such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in such future period to such extent paid;
(14) other non-cash gains during such period shall be excluded other than (x) to the extent expressly excluded from Consolidated Net Income pursuant to another clause of this definition, (y) to the extent expressly deducted from EBITDA pursuant to the definition thereof or (z) any non-cash gains that represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for any anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than any such accrual or reserve that has been, or, had this Indenture been in effect at such time, would be, excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income in accordance with this definition); provided that in the case of any non-cash gain, the cash receipt in such future period in respect of any non-cash gain which was excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to this clause (14) shall be added to Consolidated Net Income in such future period to such extent received;
(15) any expenses, charges, losses, lost profits or write-offs to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a deduction to be applied to Consolidated Net Income in the applicable future period for any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), shall be excluded;
(16) any net pension or other post-employment benefit costs representing amortization of unrecognized prior service costs, actuarial losses, including amortization of such amounts arising in prior periods, amortization of the unrecognized net obligation (and loss or cost) existing at the date of initial application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Nos. 87, 106 and 112, and any other items of a similar nature, shall be excluded;
(17) any non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, CompensationStock Compensation or Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, shall be excluded; and
(18) the following items shall be excluded:
(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging ;
(b) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency transaction or translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from (A) Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk and (B) resulting from intercompany indebtedness and balance sheet items) and any other foreign currency transaction or translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items;
(c) any non-cash adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees, or any comparable regulation;
-11-
(d) research and development expenses and charges for in process products acquired in Permitted Acquisitions after the Issue Date, to the extent included in Net Income;
(e) earn-out obligations and other contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments; and
(f) the Net Income of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person or is merged into or consolidated with the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries or such Persons assets are acquired by the referent Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded (except to the extent required for any calculation of EBITDA on a pro forma basis as set forth in the definitions of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person in any period and so long as the expenses, charges and losses with respect to which such amounts relate have not been excluded from Consolidated Net Income of such Person in any period, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Permitted Acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than Section 4.07(a)(3)(D) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted Investments by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(3)(D) hereof.
Consolidated Total Indebtedness means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions, the Combination Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition permitted under this Indenture), consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money and Capitalized Lease Obligations, plus, without duplication, the aggregate undrawn amount of Designated Revolving Commitments in effect on such date; provided that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit, except to the extent of obligations in respect of drawn standby letters of credit which have not been reimbursed within three (3) Business Days, (ii) Hedging Obligations and (iii) any Indebtedness issued under a Qualified Securitization Facility. The U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.
Contingent Obligations means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness ( primary obligations ) of any other Person (the primary obligor ) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;
-12-
(2) to advance or supply funds,
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or
(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or
(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
Controlled Investment Affiliate means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Company and/or other companies.
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee means the office of the Trustee at which any time its corporate trust business in respect of the Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is 230 West Monroe Street, Suite 2900, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attn: Corporate Trust Services, and after August 23, 2013 will be 10 South Wacker Drive, 13th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attn: Corporate Trust Services, and with respect to Agent services such office shall also mean the office or agency of the Trustee located at 608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121, Minneapolis, MN 55479, Attn: Corporate Trust Operations, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).
Credit Agreement means that certain Restated Credit Agreement, restated in connection with the Combination, among the Company, Chesapeake US Holdings Inc (f/k/a Chase US Holdco Inc.), the Issuer, Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited (f/k/a Chase Midco 2 Limited), Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and L/C Issuer, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the other agents and parties named therein, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Prior Credit Agreement if not terminated on the Combination Date and any other credit facilities entered into in connection with the Combination Transactions.
Credit Facilities means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof, in whole or in part, and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities (including any accordion facilities) or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding, supplemental or refinancing facility, arrangement or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings or issuances is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or other holders.
Custodian means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes, each in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
Debt Fund Affiliate means any Affiliate of the Investors (other than a natural person) that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds, debt securities and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and (a) whose managers have fiduciary duties to the third-party investors in such fund or investment vehicle independent of their duties to the Investors and (b) with respect to which the Investors do not, directly or indirectly, possess the
-13-
power to direct or cause the direction of the investments or investment policies of such entity. For the avoidance of doubt, each of (i) Symphony Asset Management, LLC, (ii) Nuveen Investments, Inc., (iii) credit alternatives investments funds or any other investment fund associated or affiliated with The Carlyle Group, the primary purpose of which is to invest in debt securities and (iv) any similar fund managed, associated or affiliated with Symphony Asset Management, LLC, Nuveen Investments, Inc. or the funds described in clause (iii) above shall be deemed to be a Debt Fund Affiliate as of the Consent Signing Date.
Default means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
Definitive Note means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto.
Depositary means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
Designated Preferred Stock means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers Certificate on or promptly after the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof.
Designated Revolving Commitments means any commitments to make loans or extend credit on a revolving basis to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that have been designated in an Officers Certificate delivered to the Trustee as Designated Revolving Commitments until such time as the Issuer subsequently delivers an Officers Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that such commitments shall no longer constitute Designated Revolving Commitments.
Disqualified Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an affiliate by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any co-invest agreement, equity subscription or shareholders agreement, any management, shareholder, director or employee equity plan, any stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employees, directors, officers, member of managements or consultants termination of employment or service, as applicable, death or disability.
-14-
EBITDA means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than in the case of clauses (vii) and (ix) below) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period with respect to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(i) total interest expense determined in accordance with GAAP (including, to the extent deducted and not added back in computing Consolidated Net Income, (A) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (B) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (C) non-cash interest payments, (D) the interest component of Capitalized Leases, (E) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including commitment, letter of credit and administrative fees and charges with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities and with respect to other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder, (F) the interest component of any pension or other post-employment benefit expense and (G) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees (including related interest expenses) related to any Qualified Securitization Facility or any receivables facility) and to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or other derivative instruments, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (whether amortized or immediately expensed); plus
(ii) provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, local, franchise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes and any state single business unitary or similar tax (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes, any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations) paid or accrued during such period and in respect of repatriated funds; plus
(iii) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense for such period; plus
(iv) the amount of any non-controlling interest or minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly-owned Subsidiaries; plus
(v) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, advisory and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under a Management Fee Agreement or other arrangement or otherwise in connection with management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory services provided by the Permitted Holders (or other Persons with a similar interest) to such Person and its Subsidiaries (including with respect to any transaction fee payable in connection with the Merger, the Chase Acquisition and the Combination) to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 4.11 hereof; plus
(vi) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock or unit option plan or any other management, director or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock or unit subscription or stockholders or similar agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock) solely, in each case, to the extent that such cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in under Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof and shall not be, and have not been, designated an Excluded Contribution; plus
(vii) the amount of run-rate cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions (other than any of the foregoing related to Specified Transactions) projected by such Person in good faith to result from actions taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substan-
-15-
tial steps have been taken or are expected in good faith to be taken no later than eighteen (18) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period for which EBITDA is being determined and if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided , that such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Company; provided , further , it is understood and agreed that run-rate means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken; provided , further , the aggregate amount of adjustments to EBITDA consisting of addbacks and pro forma adjustments for cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed 20% of EBITDA for such period (giving pro forma effect to the relevant Specified Transaction to the extent required or permitted pursuant to the definitions of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable) determined prior to giving effect to any adjustments pursuant to this clause (vii); provided, further, that such 20% cap shall not apply to, and shall be determined after giving effect to, any such adjustments resulting from actions taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or were expected to be taken prior to the Issue Date (notwithstanding that such actions may actually be taken after the Issue Date, but only to the extent taken within two years following the Issue Date) to the extent relating to items identified to the Initial Purchasers prior to the Issue Date or cost savings assumed in any forecasts, projections or model delivered to the Initial Purchasers prior to the Closing Date; plus
(viii) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations or product lines; plus
(ix) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus
(x) the amount of loss on sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to any Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Facility; plus
(xi) any non-cash increase in expenses resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or other inventory adjustments; plus
(xii) compensation and reimbursement of expenses of non-management members of the board of directors of such Person (other than employees of an Investor); plus
(xiii) net realized losses relating to amounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FASB ASC 830 (including net realized losses from exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany balances and balance sheet items, net of realized gains from related Hedging Obligations) (entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice); plus
(xiv) costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity, directors compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, directors and officers insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees, in each case to the extent arising solely by virtue of the initial listing of such Persons equity securities on a national securities exchange; plus
-16-
(xv) any loss relating to Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice); and
(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period unless such cash did not increase, or was otherwise not included in, EBITDA in any prior period; plus
(ii) any non-cash decrease in expenses resulting from the revaluation of inventory (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy methods including changes in capitalization of variances) or other inventory adjustments; plus
(iii) any net income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations; plus
(iv) net realized gains relating to amounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FASB ASC 830 (including net realized gains from exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany balances and balance sheet items, net of realized losses from related Hedging Obligations) (entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice); plus
(v) any gain related to Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice).
Any calculation of EBITDA for periods prior to the Combination Date with respect to Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (as in existence immediately prior to the Combination Date) shall be adjusted to reflect the transition from the United Kingdom formulation of GAAP to the United States version of GAAP for material items.
EMU Legislation means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.
Equity Offering means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent company of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
(1) public offerings with respect to the Companys or any direct or indirect parent companys common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;
(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
Euroclear means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and its successors.
Euros means the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
-17-
Excluded Contribution means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:
(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company;
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers Certificate on or promptly after the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, and which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof.
fair market value means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.
Financial Officer means the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or other individual serving in the capacity of a financial officer of the applicable company, as appropriate. Unless otherwise provided, Financial Officer means a Financial Officer of the Company.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires, discharges or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or establishes or eliminates any Designated Revolving Commitments, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement, discharge or extinguishment of Indebtedness or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period (and (i) for the purposes of the numerator of the Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period and (ii) for all purposes, as if Indebtedness in the full amount of any undrawn Designated Revolving Commitments had been incurred thereunder throughout such period).
For purposes of making the computation referred to above (and the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio and Total Net Leverage Ratio), any Specified Transaction that has been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during any Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in EBITDA) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.
For purposes of this definition (and the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio and Total Net Leverage Ratio), whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a Financial Officer and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of run-rate cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken no later than 18 months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized for the entirety of
-18-
such period); provided that such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Company. For the purposes of this Indenture, run-rate means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken, or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public targets compliance costs with public company requirements), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions.
If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Financial Officer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate.
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
(3) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
Foreign Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary, the primary assets of which are Equity Interests and/or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
GAAP means (1) generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which are in effect on the Issue Date or (2) after the Issue Date, if elected by the Issuer by written notice to the Trustee in connection with the delivery of financial statements and information, the accounting standards and interpretations (IFRS) adopted by the International Accounting Standard Board, as in effect on the first date of the period for which the Issuer is making such election; provided , that (a) any such election once made shall be irrevocable, (b) all financial statements and reports required to be provided after such election pursuant to this Indenture shall be prepared on the basis of IFRS, (c) from and after such election, all ratios, computations and other determinations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with IFRS, (d) in connection with the delivery of financial statements (x) for any of its first three financial quarters of any fiscal year, it shall restate its consolidated interim financial statements for such interim financial period and the comparable period in the prior year to the extent previously prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date and (y) for delivery of audited annual financial information, it shall provide consolidated historical financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS for the prior most recent fiscal year to the extent previously prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date. For purposes of this Indenture, the term consolidated with respect to any Person means such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and does not include any Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
Global Notes means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.
-19-
Government Securities means securities that are:
(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
Guarantee means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
Guarantor means the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Issuer), if any, that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and, at the discretion of the Issuer and the relevant direct or indirect parent company, each direct or indirect parent company that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. On the Combination Date, the Company, the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that guaranteed any Indebtedness of the Issuer under the Prior Credit Agreement will be a Guarantor.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, currency or commodity risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
Holder means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrars books.
IAI means an institutional accredited investor as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
IAI Global Note means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend, numbered IAI-1 and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee.
Immediate Family Members means with respect to any individual, such individuals child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
-20-
Indebtedness means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations, including deferred or other contingent purchase price obligations, until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and is not paid after becoming due and payable; or
(d) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than obligations in respect of letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness that is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or limited recourse (limited solely to such specified asset securing such Indebtedness) will be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination, and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) reimbursement obligations under commercial letters of credit (provided that unreimbursed amounts under letters of credit shall be counted as Indebtedness three (3) Business Days after such amount is drawn), (c) obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Facilities; provided , further , that Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness, (d) deferred or prepaid revenues, (e) in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business or (f) distributions and payments to dissenting stockholders of such Person pursuant to applicable law.
Indenture means this Indenture, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Independent Financial Advisor means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
-21-
Indirect Participant means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
Initial Notes means the first $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.
Initial Purchasers means, collectively, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC.
Interest Payment Date means February 15 and August 15 of each year to stated maturity, beginning February 15, 2014.
Investment Grade Rating means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moodys and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency selected by the Company.
Investment Grade Securities means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or debt instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers members of management and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person (excluding, in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany advances or indebtedness made in the ordinary course of business having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extensions of terms) made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice). For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and Section 4.07 hereof:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Companys Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the Companys Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Companys Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and
-22-
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment as reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount (including in respect of dispositions) received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment; provided that the aggregate amount of such dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount shall not exceed the original amount of such Investment.
Investors means, collectively, (a) Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, any of its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by it or any of its respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio company of any of the foregoing and (b) The Carlyle Group, any of its Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by it or any of its respective Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio company of any of the foregoing.
Issue Date means August 15, 2013.
Issuer means Mustang Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation, prior to the Merger and Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the surviving corporation after the Merger (and not any of their Subsidiaries) and its successors.
Issuers Order means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee; provided , that an Officer of the Company may be substituted for an Officer of the Issuer for all purposes herein.
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or at the place of payment. If a payment date is on a Legal Holiday, payment will be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday and no interest shall accrue in the intervening period.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Management Fee Agreement means a management services agreement or similar agreement among the Investors or certain of the management companies associated with the Investors or their advisors, if applicable, and the Issuer (and/or any of its direct or indirect parent companies).
Management Stockholders means the members of management (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any Subsidiary who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent companies of the Company.
Merger means the merger of Mustang Merger Corp. with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. pursuant to the Merger Agreement.
Merger Agreement means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 3, 2013, by and among Mustang Parent Corp., Mustang Merger Corp. and IPC/Packaging LLC, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
-23-
Net Income means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of (i) the costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, and brokerage and sales commissions, all dividends, distributions or other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of any such Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or paid or payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case in respect of such Asset Sale, (iii) any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (iv) other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, (v) in the case of any disposition by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Company or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (vi) taxes (or tax distributions made pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(14) hereof) paid or payable as a result thereof or any transactions occurring or deemed to occur to effectuate a payment under this Indenture, (vii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness or amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets and required (other than required by Section 4.10(b)(1) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and (viii) any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
Non-U.S. Person means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
Note Party means the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Notes has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
Obligations means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Offering Memorandum means the confidential offering memorandum, dated August 8, 2013, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.
Officer means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary or Corporate Secretary of a Person. Unless otherwise indicated, Officer shall refer to an Officer of the Issuer, provided , that an Officer of the Company may be substituted for an Officer of the Issuer for all purposes herein.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such Person that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture and provided to the Trustee. Unless otherwise indicated, Officer shall refer to an Officer of the Issuer; provided , that an Officer of the Company may be substituted for an Officer of the Issuer for all purposes herein.
-24-
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Company or the Trustee.
Participant means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
Participating Member State means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.
Permitted Acquisition means any Investment of the type described in clause (3) of the definition of Permitted Investments, any Investment or other acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or assets of, another Person, in each case to the extent constituting a Permitted Investment or permitted under Section 4.07 hereof.
Permitted Asset Swap means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets, cash and Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.
Permitted Holder means any of (i) the Investors, (ii) any Management Stockholders, (iii) any of the Co-Investors, (iv) any Permitted Transferee of any of the foregoing Persons and (v) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Persons specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, collectively, have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than 50.0% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities held by such group; provided , further , that the Investors and their Permitted Transferees, collectively, do not have beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a lesser percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent entities than any other Person that is a member of such group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture (or would result in a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
Permitted Investments means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) any Investment in assets that were cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities when such Investment was made;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person (including, to the extent constituting an Investment, in assets of a Person that represent substantially all of its assets or a division, business unit, line of business or product line of such Person) that is engaged (directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries) in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets (or such division, line of business, business unit or product line) to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
-25-
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, transfer, conveyance or liquidation;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10(a) hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing on the Consent Signing Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Consent Signing Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal or reinvestment of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Consent Signing Date; provided , that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased only (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Consent Signing Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or endorsements for collection or deposit held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer);
(b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons;
(c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or
(d) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates.
(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(10) hereof;
(8) any Investment in a Similar Business taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) not to exceed the greater of (a) $70.0 million and (b) 3.75% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the amount of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but subject to adjustment as set forth in the definition of Investment);
(9) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees;
(10) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof or constitute an Excluded Contribution;
(11) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, performance guarantees and Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and the creation of liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof;
(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (6), (10), (11), (16) and (23) of such Section);
-26-
(13) Investments consisting of purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, supplies, services, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to customary joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(14) Investments taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (a) $70.0 million and (b) 3.75% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the amount of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but subject to adjustment as set forth in the definition of Investment);
(15) Investments in or relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Facility or any repurchase obligation in connection therewith;
(16) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors, employees, members of management and consultants of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of $10.0 million in the aggregate (in each case, determined on the date such Investment is made, with the amount of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but subject to adjustment as set forth in the definition of Investment);
(17) loans and advances to (i) employees, directors, officers, members of management and consultants of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, entertainment expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses or payroll advances, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or (ii) to future, present and former employees, directors, officers, members of management and consultants of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and, in each of the cases in this clause (ii), their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members to fund such Persons purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof or to permit the payment of taxes with respect thereto; provided that, to the extent such loans or advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Company in cash as common equity; further provided any Investment in collateral securing such loan or advance shall be permitted;
(18) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(19) any intercompany advance or indebtedness among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;
(20) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business;
(21) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts;
(22) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;
(23) repurchases of Notes;
-27-
(24) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with industry practice;
(25) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Company in lieu of and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made in cash to such parent in accordance with clauses (4), (10) or (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, such Investment being treated for purposes of the applicable clause of such covenant, including any limitations, as if a Restricted Payment made pursuant to such clause;
(26) any Investment by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with its provision of insurance to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which Investment is made in the ordinary course of business of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary, or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable;
(27) Investments in any Person to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outsources operational activities or otherwise related to the outsourcing of operational activities in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2.5 million;
(28) Investments in deposit accounts, securities accounts and commodities accounts maintained by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(29) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any nonqualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; and
(30) guarantees by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Permitted Liens means, with respect to any Person:
(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmens compensation laws, unemployment insurance, health, disability or employee benefits, other social security laws or similar legislation or regulations or other insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;
(2) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords, sublandlords carriers, warehousemens, materialmens, construction, repairmens and mechanics Liens, or other customary Liens (other than in respect of Indebtedness) in each case (i) for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or, if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Liens or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction;
-28-
(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP or the equivalent accounting principles in the relevant local jurisdiction to the extent required by GAAP or such equivalent accounting principles;
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds, instruments or obligations or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;
(5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, covenants, conditions, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph, telephone and cable television lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness or which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and exceptions on title policies insuring liens granted on Mortgaged Properties (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities);
(6) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4), (12)(b), (13) or (23) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; provided , that (a) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (13) relate only to obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the same assets as the assets securing the Refinanced Debt (as defined in the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness), plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property, (b) Liens securing obligations relating to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (23) extend only to the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors, and (c) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof extend only to the assets so purchased, replaced, leased or improved and proceeds and products thereof;
(7) Liens existing on the Consent Signing Date;
(8) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property) that secured the obligations to which such Liens relate;
(9) Liens on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger, or consolidation; provided , further , that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after acquired-property) that secured the obligations to which such Liens relate;
(10) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof;
-29-
(11) Liens securing (x) Hedging Obligations and (y) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services;
(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Persons accounts payable or similar trade obligations or obligations in respect of bankers acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (or other agreement under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Companys or any Restricted Subsidiarys products, technologies or services, including the provision of software or the licensing of other intellectual property rights) and terminations thereof, in each case granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the customary rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, sublease, license, sublicense, grant or permit;
(14) (i) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (ii) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statements or similar public filings and (iii) any Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filed against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not authorized by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries;
(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to the clients of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(17) Liens on accounts receivable, Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Facility;
(18) Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive modification, refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property) that secured the original Lien ( plus improvements and accessions on such property) and proceeds and products thereof, and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) and premiums (including tender premiums and accrued and unpaid interest), related to such modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
(19) deposits made or other security provided in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers or self-insurance arrangements;
(20) Liens securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which does not exceed the greater of (a) $45.0 million and (b) 2.50% of Total Assets (in each case, determined as of the date of such incurrence);
(21) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;
-30-
(22) Liens (i) securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(5) hereof, (ii) arising out of judgments or awards against the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is then being pursued and (iii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been made;
(23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(24) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law or under general terms and conditions encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other deposit-taking institutions and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(28) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements, tag, drag, right of first refusal and similar rights) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;
(29) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(30) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted by this Indenture;
(31) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(32) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(33) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(34) Liens on the assets of non-guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such Subsidiaries that were permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
-31-
(35) Liens on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment, Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition permitted under this Indenture, in each case, to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition;
(36) any interest or title (and all encumbrances and other matters affecting such interest or title) of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessors, sublessors, licensors or sublicensors interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(37) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the performance of the Companys or such Subsidiarys obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;
(38) Liens securing obligations in respect of the Notes and the related Guarantees;
(39) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under any Credit Facility, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof;
(40) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing obligations in respect of any such Indebtedness, at the time of incurrence (or, in the case of Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are established after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness thereunder, in which case such committed amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with Section 4.12 hereof) and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding the incurrence of such Lien would be no greater than 4.25 to 1.00;
(41) Liens on property subject to any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction permitted hereunder and general intangibles related thereto;
(42) Liens arising by operation of law in the United States under Article 2 of the UCC in favor of a reclaiming seller of goods or buyer of goods;
(43) Liens on the escrow account and cash or Cash Equivalents deposited on or before the Issue Date pursuant to the Series B Preferred Escrow; and
(44) Liens in connection with pension liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not to exceed £30.0 million; provided that (i) in no event shall Liens pursuant to this clause (44) be granted on or prior to the Chase Acquisition Date, and (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be permitted to grant any Liens in support of pension liabilities under any other clause of this definition of Permitted Liens.
For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. If any Lien meets the criteria of both clauses (20) and (40) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, may classify and may subsequently reclassify such Liens as between such clauses.
Permitted Transferees means (a) in the case of the Investors, (i) any Affiliate of the Investors, (ii) any managing director, general partner, limited partner, director, officer or employee of any of the Investors or any of their Affiliates (collectively, the Sponsor Associates ), (iii) the heirs, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of any Sponsor Associate and (iv) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the stockholders or partners of which, include only a Sponsor Associate, his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children and stepchildren) and/or direct
-32-
lineal descendants; and (b) in the case of any Management Stockholder, (i) his or her executor, administrator, testamentary trustee, legatee or beneficiaries, (ii) his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children and stepchildren) and/or direct lineal descendants or (iii) a trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the stockholders or partners of which, include only a Management Stockholder and his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children) and/or direct lineal descendants.
Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Stock means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
Prior Credit Agreement means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Mustang Merger Corp. Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., Mustang Intermediate LLC, the other Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto from time to time, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the lenders and other Persons party thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the Combination Date.
Private Placement Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
QIB means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
Qualified Proceeds means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.
Qualified Securitization Facility means any Securitization Facility (1) constituting a securitization financing facility that meets the following conditions: (a) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Facility (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the applicable Restricted Subsidiary or Securitization Subsidiary and (b) all sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related assets to the applicable Person or Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) or (2) constituting a receivables financing facility or factoring facility.
Rating Agencies means Moodys and S&P or if Moodys or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company in good faith which shall be substituted for Moodys or S&P or both, as the case may be.
Record Date for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the February 1 and August 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.
Refinancing Indebtedness means (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (z) Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary which, in each case, serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including Refinancing Indebtedness, so long as:
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness, the amount of such new Preferred Stock or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Indebtedness, the amount of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Preferred Stock or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the Refinanced Debt ), plus an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized under
-33-
such Refinanced Debt, plus the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such Refinanced Debt and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such Refinanced Debt;
(2) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased;
(3) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock being so extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (or, if earlier, the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes); and
(4) solely for the purposes of Section 4.07(b)(3) hereof, to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases (i) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness assumed or acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or any other acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof), such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes of the Issuer or the Guarantee of the Notes by the Guarantors at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively.
Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:
(a) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Note Party that refinances Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company;
(b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Note Party that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Note Party; or
(c) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
and, provided , further , that clauses (2) and (3) of this definition will not apply to any extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness incurred under clauses (2) and (3) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness assumed or acquired in an acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
Regulation S means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Global Note means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
Regulation S Permanent Global Note means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the applicable Restricted Period.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
-34-
Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.
Related Business Assets means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided , that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person is or would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
Reorganization Transactions means those certain transactions undertaken for tax planning and reorganization purposes of the Company and its Subsidiaries following the consummation of the Combination.
Responsible Officer means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any director, vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Persons knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Restricted Definitive Note means a Definitive Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Global Note means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Period means, in respect of any Note issued pursuant to Regulation S, the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S applicable to such Note.
Restricted Subsidiary means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including the Issuer and any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144 means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 903 means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 904 means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
S&P means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
-35-
Secured Indebtedness means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Securitization Assets means (a) the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue streams and other rights to payment and other assets related thereto subject to a Qualified Securitization Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) contract rights, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in a securitization financing or factoring facility.
Securitization Facility means any of one or more receivables, securitization financing or factoring facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for (i) customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities or (ii) up to $10.0 million of such Obligations) to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or grants a security interest in its accounts receivable or Securitization Assets or assets related thereto to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that (1) in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) grants a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Securitization Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) paid to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Facility.
Securitization Subsidiary means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Qualified Securitization Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
Senior Credit Facilities means, collectively, the senior secured term loan facility and the senior secured revolving facility under the Credit Agreement, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, accordion facilities, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.
Senior Indebtedness means:
(1) all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and the related guarantees and Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;
(2) all (x) Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) and (y) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services (and guarantees thereof) owing to a lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of such lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligations or relating to such Cash Management Services was entered into); provided that such Hedging Obligations and obligations in respect of Cash Management Services, as the case may be, are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;
-36-
(3) any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes of the Issuer or any related Guarantee of the Notes; and
(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);
provided , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
(a) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;
(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;
(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or
(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.
Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of
(a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor which is not secured by any assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor) outstanding on the last day of such Test Period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate undrawn amount of Designated Revolving Commitments) that is secured by a Lien on any property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured thereby) minus an aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of such date, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents which are listed as Restricted on such balance sheet, to
(b) EBITDA of the Company for such Test Period, in each case on a pro forma basis with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a significant subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. For purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred with respect to a Significant Subsidiary, the latest consolidated financials statements of the Company made available to Holders shall be calculated on a pro forma basis until a balance sheet giving effect to the Combination has been made available to the Holders as required under Section 4.03 hereunder.
Similar Business means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Consent Signing Date and any reasonable extension thereof and (2) any business or other activities reasonably related, complementary, similar, incidental or ancillary thereto (including related, complementary, similar, incidental or ancillary technologies) or reasonable extensions, developments or expansions thereof.
Specified Foreign Facilities means certain debt facilities of the Issuers Foreign Subsidiaries outstanding as of the Issue Date and described in the Offering Memorandum under Description of Other Indebtedness
-37-
Rollover Foreign Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $33.0 million, which is the U.S. dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness, including all drawn and undrawn commitments thereunder, as of June 30, 2013 (it being understood that any fluctuation in such principal amount as of the Issue Date expressed as U.S. dollars shall be a permitted incurrence of Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b)(27) hereof.)
Specified Transaction means (a) solely for the purposes of determining the applicable cash balance, any contribution of capital, including as a result of an Equity Offering, to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) any designation of operations or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (c) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (d) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (e) any Permitted Acquisition, (f) any asset sale that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company or any asset sale of a business unit, line of business or division of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise, (g) the Transactions, (h) the Chase Transactions, or (i) the Combination Transactions.
Subordinated Indebtedness means, with respect to the Notes,
(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and
(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes by such Guarantor.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, members of management or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
(a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.
Subsidiary Guarantor means any Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Company.
Supplemental Indenture has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Indenture.
Test Period in effect at any time means the Companys most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (as determined in good faith by the Company).
Total Assets means the total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company or such other Person as may be expressly stated (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).
-38-
Total Net Leverage Ratio means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness outstanding on the last day of such Test Period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate undrawn amount of Designated Revolving Commitments) minus an aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of such date, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents which are listed as Restricted on such balance sheet, to (b) EBITDA of the Company for such Test Period, in each case on a pro forma basis with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
Transaction Expenses means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by any Investor, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, the Issuer or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including payments to officers, employees or directors of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as change of control payments, severance payments, payments in connection with the Series B Preferred Escrow, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options and/or restricted stock units in connection with the Transactions).
Transactions means the Merger, the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the repayment and refinancing of certain Indebtedness of the Issuer, the issuance of the Notes and the borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities, the payment of transaction fees and expenses and other transactions in connection with or incidental to any of the forgoing, in each case to be consummated on or around the Issue Date.
Treasury Rate means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to, August 15, 2016; provided that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).
Trustee means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
Uniform Commercial Code means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or another applicable jurisdiction.
Unrestricted Definitive Note means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
Unrestricted Global Note means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:
-39-
(1) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and
(2) each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:
(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or
(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Company immediately prior to such designation, in each case, on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.
Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not designate the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
U.S. Person means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor means a Subsidiary Guarantor organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by
(2) the sum of all such payments;
provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness that is being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (the Applicable Indebtedness ), the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance shall be disregarded.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
-40-
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions .
Term |
Defined in
Section |
|
Acceptable Commitment |
4.10 | |
Affiliate Transaction |
4.11 | |
Applicable Premium Deficit |
8.04 | |
Asset Sale Offer |
4.10 | |
Authentication Order |
2.02 | |
Change of Control Offer |
4.14 | |
Change of Control Payment |
4.14 | |
Change of Control Payment Date |
4.14 | |
Corporate Taxpayers |
4.07 | |
Covenant Defeasance |
8.03 | |
Covenant Suspension Event |
4.16 | |
DTC |
2.03 | |
Event of Default |
6.01 | |
Excess Proceeds |
4.10 | |
Fixed Charge Coverage Test |
4.07 | |
incur and incurrence |
4.09 | |
Legal Defeasance |
8.02 | |
Market Maker |
4.03 | |
Note Register |
2.03 | |
Offer Amount |
3.09 | |
Offer Period |
3.09 | |
Pari Passu Indebtedness |
4.10 | |
Paying Agent |
2.03 | |
Prospective Investor |
4.03 | |
Purchase Date |
3.09 | |
Redemption Date |
3.01 | |
Refunding Capital Stock |
4.07 | |
Registrar |
2.03 | |
Restricted Payments |
4.07 | |
Reversion Date |
4.16 | |
Second Commitment |
4.10 | |
Secured System |
4.03 | |
Security Analyst |
4.03 | |
Series B Preferred Escrow |
4.07 | |
Successor Company |
5.01 | |
Successor Issuer |
5.01 | |
Successor Person |
5.01 | |
Suspended Covenants |
4.16 | |
Suspension Date |
4.16 | |
Suspension Period |
4.16 | |
Tax Group |
4.07 | |
Transfer Agent |
2.03 | |
Treasury Capital Stock |
4.07 |
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
The following Trust Indenture Act terms, if used in this Indenture, have the following meanings:
indenture securities means the Notes and the Guarantees;
indenture security Holder means a Holder of a Note;
-41-
indenture to be qualified means this Indenture;
indenture trustee or institutional trustee means the Trustee; and obligor on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall not be required to qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(c) or is not exclusive;
(d) the words including, includes and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by without limitation;
(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
(f) will shall be interpreted to express a command;
(g) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(h) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;
(i) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an Article, Section or clause refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;
(j) the words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;
(k) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater;
(l) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
(m) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word from means from and including; the words to and until each mean to but excluding; and the word through means to and including; and
(n) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
-42-
SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders .
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
(e) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.
(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is a Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person, that is a Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositarys standing instructions and customary practices.
(h) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such Depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
-43-
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms .
(a) General . The Notes and the Trustees certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued initially in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
(b) Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.
(c) Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.
Following (i) the termination of the applicable Restricted Period and (ii) the receipt by the Trustee of (A) a certification or other evidence in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof) and (B) an Officers Certificate from the Issuer, the Trustee shall remove the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend from the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, following which temporary beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall automatically become beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.
The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
(d) Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
-44-
The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article III hereof.
Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status or otherwise as the Initial Notes, subject to the next paragraph; provided that the Issuers ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
The Issuer may designate the maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to each series of Additional Notes, which may differ from the maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to the Initial Notes, subject to the applicable provisions of the first paragraph of Section 9.02. Additional Notes that differ with respect to maturity date, interest rate or optional redemption provisions from the Notes issued on the Issue Date will constitute a different series of Notes from such Initial Notes. Additional Notes that have the same maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions as the Initial Notes will be treated as the same series as such Initial Notes unless otherwise designated by the Issuer. The Issuer similarly may vary the application of related other provisions (including the issue price and any applicable original issue discount legend) to any series of Additional Notes.
(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Applicable Procedures . The provisions of the Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking and Customer Handbook of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream and this Indenture shall not govern such transfers.
SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication . At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic (in .pdf format) signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers Order (an Authentication Order ), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount or amounts specified in such Authentication Order. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued or increased hereunder.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
SECTION 2.03. Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration ( Registrar ) (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for transfer or for exchange ( Transfer Agent ) and (iii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ( Paying Agent ). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes ( Note Register ) and of their transfer and exchange. The registered Holder will be treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes. Only registered Holders will have rights under this Indenture and the Notes. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term Registrar includes any co-
-45-
registrar, the term Transfer Agent includes any co-transfer agent and the term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agents. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.
The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ( DTC ) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.
The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
If any Notes are listed on an exchange, for so long as the Notes are so listed and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of any paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.
SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Holders. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Holders. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary or the Trustee) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists . The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. Only to the extent necessary to comply with the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable, if the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.
SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .
(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days, (B) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes and any Participant requests a Definitive Note in accordance with the Applicable Procedures (although Regulation S Temporary Global Notes at the Issuers election pursuant to this clause may not be exchanged for Definitive Notes prior to (1) the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period and (2) the receipt of any certificate required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B)) or (C) upon the request of a Holder if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (A), (B) or (C) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Sections 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be au-
-46-
thenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in (A), (B) or (C) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person other than pursuant to Rule 144A or another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).
(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period therefor and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B). Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
-47-
(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, and the transferee must furnish to the Registrar a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F .
(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (5) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (iv), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this clause (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this clause (iv).
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .
(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
-48-
(D) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, and the transferee must furnish to the Registrar a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F ;
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(a) thereof;
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(b) thereof; or
(G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) (except transfers pursuant to clause (G) above) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in clause (A) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or
(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (5) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (iii), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
-49-
(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, and the transferee must furnish to the Registrar a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F ;
(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(a) thereof;
(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(b) thereof; or
(G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note and, in the case of clause (D) above, the applicable IAI Global Note.
-50-
(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (5) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this clause (ii), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holders compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):
(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
-51-
(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof, and the transferee must furnish to the Registrar a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F ; or
(D) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (4) thereof, if applicable.
(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (5) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this clause (ii), if the Registrar or the Issuer so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(f) [Reserved] .
(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:
(i) Private Placement Legend .
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT ), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE ) THAT IS [ IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGI-
-52-
NAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [ IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ( RULE 144A ), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SECURITIES OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEES RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]
BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ( ERISA ), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE CODE ), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE ( SIMILAR LAWS ), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT UNDER ERISA OR ANY SIMILAR LAW, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
-53-
(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with appropriate changes in the last sentence if DTC is not the Depositary):
THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) ( DTC ) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT ), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
-54-
(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrars request.
(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).
(iii) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of the Notes to be redeemed under Section 3.03 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.
(iv) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(v) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer shall deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.
(viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuer pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of
-55-
interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(xi) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.
SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes . If either (x) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer or (y) if the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, then the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes . The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes . In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or a Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgees right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or a Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor.
SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes . Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.
-56-
SECTION 2.11. Cancellation . The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the cancellation of all surrendered Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer at the Issuers written request. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest . If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or otherwise deliver in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
SECTION 2.13. CUSIP/ISIN Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.
ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee . If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least two Business Days (unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period) before notice of redemption is required to be delivered to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, an Officers Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the date of redemption (the Redemption Date ), (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed . If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on an exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such exchange or (b) if the Notes are not listed on an exchange, on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.
-57-
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption . Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall deliver electronically, mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holders registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be delivered or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XI hereof.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
(a) the Redemption Date;
(b) the redemption price;
(c) if any Definitive Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;
(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
(h) the CUSIP and ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP and ISIN number that is listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
(i) any condition to such redemption.
At the Issuers request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered, mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Such notice of redemption, and the related redemption, may, at the Issuers discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of a related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice of redemption shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuers discretion, the redemption date may be
-58-
delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuer in its sole discretion) by the redemption date as stated in such notice, or by the redemption date as so delayed. The Issuer may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption . Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, subject to satisfaction of any conditions precedent relating thereto specified in the applicable notice of redemption, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. The notice, if delivered, mailed or caused to be mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to deliver such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .
(a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that Redemption Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
(b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part . Upon surrender of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officers Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption .
(a) At any time prior to August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium as of the Redemption Date plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
(b) At any time prior to August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus (ii) a premium equal to the stated interest rate per annum on the Notes, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
-59-
Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds received by the Company from one or more Equity Offerings or a contribution to the Companys common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering; provided that (a) at least 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
(c) Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) and (e) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers option prior to August 15, 2016.
(d) On and after August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:
Year |
Percentage | |||
2016 |
106.375 | % | ||
2017 |
104.250 | % | ||
2018 |
102.125 | % | ||
2019 and thereafter |
100.000 | % |
(e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon prior notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.
(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
(g) In addition to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07, the Issuer or its Affiliates may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise.
SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption . The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
SECTION 3.09. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .
(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.
(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the Offer Period ). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the Purchase Date ), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the Offer Amount ) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.
(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.
-60-
(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall deliver electronically or send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:
(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;
(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;
(iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date;
(v) that any Holder electing to have less than all of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in an amount not less than $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;
(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date;
(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;
(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in accordance with Section 3.02 and the Issuer shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased; provided that as between the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness, such purchases will be made on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination; and
(ix) that Holders whose certificated Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.
(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis as described in clause (d)(viii) of this Section 3.09, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
(f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and
-61-
accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officers Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
(g) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be purchased on that purchase date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof, and references therein to redeem, redemption, Redemption Date and similar words shall be deemed to refer to purchase, repurchase, Purchase Date and similar words, as applicable.
SECTION 3.10. Payments on Behalf of the Issuer . For the avoidance of doubt, any payments to be made by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture may be made on the Issuers behalf by the Company or any other Person designated at the Issuers option.
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes . The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor, holds as of 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) required under Section 2.03 hereof where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies as required by Section 2.03 hereof for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
-62-
The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
SECTION 4.03. Reports and Other Information .
(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish without cost to the Trustee and the Holders:
(1) commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year (or 145 days for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014), annual reports of the Company containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act;
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or 60 days for the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Combination Date), quarterly reports of the Company containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act;
(3) within 15 days of the date on which an event would have been required to be reported on a Form 8-K or any successor or comparable form, a current report relating to such event on Form 8-K or any successor or comparable form; provided, however, that no such report or information will be required to be so furnished if the Company determines in good faith that such event is not material to the Holders or the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and
(4) within 145 days after the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 (i) the audited financials of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter and (ii) a report of the Issuer (prior to giving effect to the Combination) for such quarter containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form (except as described above or below and subject, in the case of required financial information, to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed within the times specified above); provided that such reports required pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) above (a) shall not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or related Items 307, 308 and 308T of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein), (b) shall not be required to comply with Items 402, 403, 406 and 407 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, (c) shall not be required to comply with Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, except that summary guarantor/non-guarantor information consistent with the disclosure in the Offering Memorandum will be provided, (d) shall not be required to include any segment or business unit level financial information except to the extent included in the Offering Memorandum, (e) shall not be required to include any exhibits that would have been required to be filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, (f) prior to the completion of the first full fiscal year following the Issue Date, shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such report, (g) prior to the completion of the first full fiscal year following the Chase Acquisition Date, shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Chase Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such report, (h) prior to the completion of the first full fiscal year following the Combination Date, shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Combination Transactions to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such report, (i) prior to the completion of the first full fiscal year following the Combination Date, shall not be required to include comparative data against prior periods.
The requirement to furnish any of the reports required pursuant to clauses (a)(1), (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Section may be satisfied by the posting of such reports within the time periods specified above on Intralinks or any comparable password protected online data system requiring user identification and a confidentiality acknowledge-
-63-
ment (the Secured System ). If the Issuer uses the Secured System to satisfy such requirements, it shall make readily and promptly available any password or other login information relating to the Secured System to Holders, prospective investors (each a Prospective Investor ), security analysts who have certified to the Issuer that they are reputable security analysts employed by a reputable financial institution who regularly cover or intend to cover the Issuer and the Notes (each, a Security Analyst ) and market makers who have certified to the Issuer that they are reputable market makers who regularly make or intend to make a market in the Notes (each, a Market Maker ), and shall make readily and promptly available on an Investor Relations page on its external website contact information for being provided access to the Secured System to any Holders, Prospective Investors, Security Analysts or Market Makers and promptly comply with any such requests for access to the Secured System.
The Issuer shall furnish to Holders and Prospective Investors, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, it being understood that the financial statements of the Company shall be delivered to satisfy any such requirement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders if it has filed (or, in the case of an Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 Form 8-K, furnished) such reports with the SEC and such reports are publicly available.
With respect to all of the foregoing, the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether such information, documents or reports have been so posted or filed.
(b) The Issuer may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, failure by the Issuer to comply with any of its obligations under this Section 4.03 for purposes of Section 6.01(3) hereof will not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01(3) until 90 days after the receipt of the written notice delivered thereunder.
(d) To the extent any information is not provided within the time periods specified in this Section 4.03 and such information is subsequently provided, the Issuer will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured.
(e) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with its judgment as to what is prudent at the time, to participate in quarterly conference calls to discuss operating results and related matters. The Issuer shall issue a press release which will provide the date and time of any such call and will direct Holders, Prospective Investors and Securities Analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Issuer to obtain access to the conference call.
SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate .
(a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the Combination Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
-64-
(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than ten (10) Business Days after becoming aware of such Default) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officers Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 4.05. Taxes . The Company shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws . The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments .
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Companys or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests (in each case, solely in such Persons capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend, payment or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:
(A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (and in the case that the Company receives Equity Interests of any of its direct or indirect parent company as a result of a realization on collateral securing loans or advances as described in clause (17) of the definition of Permitted Investments, any dividends or distributions of such Equity Interests); or
(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:
(A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7), (8) and (9) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or
-65-
(B) the payment, redemption, defeasance, purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, defeasance, purchase, repurchase, acquisition or retirement; or
(IV) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as Restricted Payments ), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof (the Fixed Charge Coverage Test ); and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (including the fair market value of any non-cash amount) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Combination Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (6)(C) and (8) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof (and for the avoidance of doubt, all other Permitted Investments)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
(A) 50.0% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period and including the predecessor) beginning the first day of the fiscal quarter containing the Combination Date to the end of the most recently ended Test Period preceding such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.0% of such deficit; plus
(B) 100.0% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company since the Combination Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(a) hereof) from the issue or sale of:
(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
(x) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company or any of the Companys Subsidiaries after the Combination Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof; and
(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
(B) to the extent such net proceeds or other property are actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof); or
-66-
(ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
provided , that this clause (3)(B) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) applied in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(2) hereof, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into or exchanged for Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
(C) 100.0% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company following the Combination Date other than (W) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(a) hereof, (X) by a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) any Excluded Contributions and (Z) net cash proceeds that constitute net cash proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock; plus
(D) 100.0% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:
(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Combination Date (in each case, other than Restricted Investments made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (10) or (17) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or
(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (10), (17) or (18) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment, but including such cash or fair market value to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment) in each case, after the Combination Date; plus
(E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Combination Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clauses (10), (17) or (18) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment, but, to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment, including such excess amounts of cash or fair market value; provided that, in the case of this clause (E), if the fair market value of any such marketable securities or other property (other than cash) contributed or received, or such Investment, as applicable, to be included in this clause (E), shall exceed $15.0 million in any one transaction or series of related transactions, such fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary.
-67-
(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon ( Treasury Capital Stock ), or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) ( Refunding Capital Stock ), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if, immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clauses (A) or (B) of Section 4.07(b)(6), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement under clauses (A) or (B) of Section 4.07(b)(6) hereof;
(3) the principal payment on, defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor, (ii) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, (iii) Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), is Refinancing Indebtedness incurred or issued, as applicable, in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof and (iv) any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock which constitutes Acquired Indebtedness;
(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any shareholder, employee, manager or director equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any equity subscription, co-investor agreement or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition, including any arrangement including Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or by other direct or indirect equity holders of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.); provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed in any calendar year $15.0 million (which shall increase to $30.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $60.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company)); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year under this clause may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
-68-
(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Combination Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof or designated an Excluded Contribution; plus
(B) the amount of any cash bonus otherwise payable to employees, officers, members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with the Transactions, Chase Transactions or Combination Transactions, in each case that are foregone in exchange for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof pursuant to any deferred compensation plan of such company; plus
(C) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or by any direct or indirect parent company to the extent contributed to the Company) after the Issue Date; less
(D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4);
and provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of the Company (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), any of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;
(6)(A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;
(B) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by such parent company after the Issue Date; provided , that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
(C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(2);
-69-
provided , in the case of each of (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended Test Period preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
(7) payments made or expected to be made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable by or with respect to any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and any repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise, vesting, or settlement, as applicable, of stock options, warrants or similar rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants or similar rights or required withholding or similar taxes;
(8) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Companys common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to fund a payment of dividends on such companys common stock), following the first public offering of the Companys common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Companys common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
(9) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
(10) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (10) (in the case of Restricted Investments, at the time outstanding) not to exceed the greater of (a) $55.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Total Assets at such time;
(11) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees;
(12) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions or the Combination Transactions (including any escrow arrangement for the benefit of, or release from escrow payable to, the holders of certain vested and unvested interests in Series B Preferred Equity Interests of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. outstanding immediately prior to the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3.0 million, plus any accrued interest, if any (the Series B Preferred Escrow )) and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case with respect to any Restricted Payment made or owed to an Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof including any payments to holders of Equity Interests of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. (prior to the consummation of the Transactions), payments to holders of Equity Interests of the Company (prior to the consummation of the Chase Transactions) or payments to holders of Equity Interest of the Company (prior to the consummation of the Combination Transactions), in each case, in connection with, or as a result of, their exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect thereto;
(13) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided , that the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, to purchase the Notes on the terms provided in this Indenture applicable to Change of Control Offers or Asset Sale Offers, respectively, and all Notes validly tendered by Holders in such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;
(14) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of their respective direct or indirect parent companies in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company to pay, in each case without duplication,
-70-
(A) franchise, excise and similar taxes, and other fees and expenses required to maintain their corporate or other legal existence;
(B) either (i) for any taxable period for which the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated income tax or VAT tax group for U.S federal, state, local or foreign income or similar tax purposes of which such direct or indirect parent company is the common parent (a Tax Group ), the portion of the relevant federal, state, local or foreign income or similar taxes (as applicable) or VAT of such Tax Group for such taxable period that is attributable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are members of such group and, to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions actually received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, that is attributable to such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments with respect to any taxable period does not exceed the amount that the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent permitted above, any applicable Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would have been required to pay in respect of such relevant federal, state, local or foreign taxes for such taxable period if, for all taxable years ending after the Issue Date, the Company, such Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) had paid such taxes as a separate consolidated, combined or unitary group separately from any such parent company (or, if there are no such Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the Company on a separate company basis) (assuming for purposes of this proviso that the Company, Restricted Subsidiaries and/or Unrestricted Subsidiaries that are partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or (ii) for any taxable period ending on or before June 30, 2014 in which a parent company of the Company is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is owned directly or indirectly by one or more parent companies that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes ( Corporate Taxpayers ), federal, state and local income or similar taxes (not to exceed $50,000) of each such Corporate Taxpayer attributable to distributions made by the Company to any of its parent companies;;
(C) customary salary, bonus, severance, expense reimbursement and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and, in each case, any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof, to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(D) general corporate operating, administrative, compliance and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
(E)(i) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Company related to any equity or debt offering of such parent company (whether or not successful) and (ii) to pay listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company which are reasonable and customary;
(F) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, amounts that would be permitted to be paid directly by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under Section 4.11 (other than clause (b)(2) of the exceptions thereto); and
(G) to finance Permitted Investments and other Investments, Permitted Acquisitions or other acquisitions otherwise not prohibited to be made pursuant to this Section 4.07 if made by the Company; provided , that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment, Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or sale of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not pro-
-71-
hibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment, Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Company shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof or be designated an Excluded Contribution and (E) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment shall be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of Permitted Investments (other than clause (10) thereof);
(15) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
(16) cash payments or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to make payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company;
(17) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Company may make additional Restricted Payments so long as immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the Test Period immediately preceding such Restricted Payment would be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00;
(18) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities (until such proceeds are converted to cash or Cash Equivalents), not to exceed the greater of (a) $45.0 million and (b) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the amount of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(19) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Indenture or any other transaction that complies with the terms of this Indenture; and
(20) the payment of dividends, other distributions and other amounts by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent of the Company in the amount required for such parent to, if applicable, pay amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal (with respect to the payment of principal in the case of Indebtedness that constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, within one year of final maturity thereof) (including AHYDO catch-up payments) on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; provided that the proceeds contributed to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(4) or Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof or be designated an Excluded Contribution; provided further that the aggregate amount of such dividends, distributions or other amounts shall not exceed the amount of cash actually contributed to the Company for the incurrence of such Indebtedness;
provided , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10), (15), (17) and (20) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
-72-
(c) As of the Combination Date, all of the Companys Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the penultimate sentence of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof or if an Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, pursuant to the definition of Permitted Investments, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.
(d) For purposes of determining whether an Investment is a Permitted Investment or is otherwise a Restricted Investment permitted to be made pursuant to an exception to this Section 4.07, in the event that an Investment (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of making of such Investment or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Investments described in clauses (1) through (30) of the definition of Permitted Investments or any other provision set forth in this Section 4.07, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify and may subsequently reclassify such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any one or more of the types of Investments described in clauses (1) through (30) of the definition of Permitted Investments or any other applicable clause in this Section 4.07 and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Investment in such of the clauses in the definition of Permitted Investments or clauses set forth in this Section 4.07 as determined by the Company at such time.
(e) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.07 shall not restrict the making of any AHYDO catch-up payment with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a Note Party to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction ( provided , that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Capital Stock, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction) on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Party on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Party;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Party; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor.
(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Consent Signing Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and the related documentation;
(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the guarantees thereof;
-73-
(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and capital lease obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) hereof on the property so acquired;
(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with and into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges, amalgamates or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so acquired;
(6) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or arising in connection with any Permitted Liens;
(9) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Note Parties permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;
(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (including stockholder agreements) relating solely to such joint venture or entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, Equity Interests or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(12) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;
(13) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary;
(14) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement;
(15) restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12 hereof;
(16) any agreement or instrument governing any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09 entered into after the Consent Signing Date that contains encumbrances and other restrictions that either (x) are no more restrictive in any material respect taken as a whole with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary than (i) the restrictions contained in
-74-
this Indenture as of the Consent Signing Date or (ii) those encumbrances and other restrictions that are in effect on the Consent Signing Date with respect to that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Consent Signing Date, (y) are not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings for similarly situated issuers or (z) will not otherwise materially impair the Issuers ability to make payments on the Notes when due, in each case in the good faith judgment of the Issuer;
(17) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (16) of this Section 4.08(b); provided, that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;
(18) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect such Qualified Securitization Facility; and
(19) customary restrictions and conditions contained in the document relating to any Lien so long as such Lien is a Permitted Lien and such restrictions or conditions relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien.
SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, incur and collectively, an incurrence ) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Companys most recently ended Test Period preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued (or, in the case of Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are established after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness thereunder, in which case such committed amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with this proviso) would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period; provided , that Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Note Parties may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this paragraph then outstanding would exceed the greater of (x) $70.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets at such time.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to any Credit Facilities by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the sum of (x) $530.3 million, (y) the dollar
-75-
equivalent of £195.0 million as of the Combination Date and (z) the dollar equivalent of 173.0 million as of the Combination Date (which, for the avoidance of doubt, would equal $1.085 billion based on the closing exchange rates as reported in the Wall Street Journal on December 3, 2013); plus, in the event of any extension, replacement, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any such Credit Facility, an amount equal to the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Credit Facility and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such Credit Facility;
(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any guarantee thereof but excluding any Additional Notes);
(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Consent Signing Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2) and (27) of this Section 4.09(b));
(4)(i) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock incurred or issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other assets, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock incurred or issued and outstanding under this clause (4)(i) at such time, not to exceed the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Total Assets (in each case, determined at the date of incurrence or issuance), so long as such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is incurred or issued at the date of such purchase, lease, replacement or improvement or no later than 270 days thereafter and (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction permitted under this Indenture and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, unemployment insurance or other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance, self-insurance, unemployment insurance or other social security laws or similar legislation or regulation (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto); provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 Business Days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , that if such Indebtedness is reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)), such Indebtedness is paid after becoming due and payable;
(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided ; that any such Indebtedness so long as owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party is expressly subordinated in right of payment the Guarantee of the Notes by the Company; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
-76-
be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (7);
(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that if a Note Party incurs such Indebtedness to, and so long as owing to, a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes of the Issuer or the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (8);
(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any pledge of such Capital Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock (to the extent such Preferred Stock is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (9);
(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;
(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Consent Signing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions, proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(B) and (3)(C) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) or (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 5.50% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date of such incurrence) plus , in the event of any extension, replacement, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, an amount equal to the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred, issued or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred or issued for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred or issued such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b);
-77-
(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or the incurrence or issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any Indebtedness (including any Designated Revolving Commitments), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clauses (14) and (27) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred or issued to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness;
(14)(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case incurred or issued to finance a Permitted Acquisition (or other purchase of assets) or that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or other acquisition or (b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided , that in the case of clauses (a) and (b), after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, acquisition, amalgamation, consolidation or merger, either: (x) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test set forth under Section 4.09(a) or (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition, acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided , that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;
(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantees issued pursuant to any Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;
(17)(a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided , that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with, if applicable, Section 4.15 hereof;
(18) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued or incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or its Restricted Subsidiaries (and their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests or other equity-based awards of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(4) hereof;
(19) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, customer deposits and advance payments (including progress payments) received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business;
(20)(a) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Services;
-78-
(21) Indebtedness incurred by the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business on arms length commercial terms;
(22) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;
(23) Indebtedness incurred by, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by, Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Note Parties in an amount outstanding under this clause (23) not to exceed together with any other Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to and outstanding under this clause (23) the greater of (a) $80.0 million and (b) 4.50% of Total Assets (in each case, determined on the date of such incurrence or issuance); it being understood that any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock deemed incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (23) shall cease to be deemed incurred, issued or outstanding for purposes of this clause (23) but shall be deemed incurred or issued for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such Indebtedness or issued such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (23);
(24) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business;
(25) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or similar arrangements to future, present or former employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) in the ordinary course of business;
(26) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions, the Combination Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions, any Investment or any other acquisition permitted under this Indenture; and
(27) Indebtedness under the Specified Foreign Facilities, including the maximum commitment amount of such Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date.
(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of incurrence or issuance or upon the application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (27) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify and may subsequently reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b) or under Section 4.09(a) hereof as determined by the Company at such time; provided, that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Combination Date will, at all times, be treated as incurred on the Combination Date under Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof; and
-79-
(2) the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b) hereof, subject to the proviso to Section 4.09(c)(1) hereof.
Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same class, accretion or amortization of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will, in each case, not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, denominated in a foreign currency, and such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, of such refinancing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock does not exceed (x) the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, being extended replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased plus (y) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing.
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock issued to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Note Party to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Note Party, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantors Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Note Party, as the case may be.
For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it is issued or guaranteed by other obligors or (3) secured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority lien with respect to the same collateral.
-80-
SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales .
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75.0% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents; provided , that the amount of:
(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Companys or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes (or any Guarantors Guarantee of the Notes), that (i) are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or (ii) are otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and, in the case of clause (i), for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing;
(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 3.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and
(D) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such asset disposition (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries), to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale,
shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this clause (2) and for no other purpose.
(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:
(1) to permanently reduce:
(A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
(B) Obligations under Secured Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, which is secured by a Lien that is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;
(C) Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100.0% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes to be repurchased, to the date of repurchase; or
-81-
(D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;
(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures, (c) acquisitions of other properties or (d) acquisitions of other assets, in the case of each of (a), (b), (c) and (d), used or useful in a Similar Business; or
(3) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) acquisitions of other properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided , that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) of Section 4.10(b) hereof, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an Acceptable Commitment ) and, in the event that any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a Second Commitment ) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination (or, if later, 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds); provided , further , that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined below).
(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an offer to repurchase Notes, as described in Section 4.10(b)(1)(C) hereof, will be deemed to have been so applied whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute Excess Proceeds . When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders and, at the option of the Issuer, to any holders of Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes ( Pari Passu Indebtedness and such offer, an Asset Sale Offer ), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is in an amount equal to at least $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within fifteen Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing or electronically delivering the notice required pursuant to Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. The Issuer may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365 days (or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $20.0 million or less.
To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner pursuant to Section 3.02 hereof and the Issuer shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased;
-82-
provided that, as between the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness, such purchases will be made on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer shall be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds upon such completion).
(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility, including under the Senior Credit Facilities, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
(e) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
(f) The Issuers obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10 may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates .
(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction ) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arms-length basis; and
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).
(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction, and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company and any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided that such merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;
(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and any other Investments constituting Permitted Investments;
-83-
(3) the payment of management and monitoring fees pursuant to a Management Fee Agreement or other arrangement in a maximum amount not to exceed 2.00% of EBITDA of the Company in any fiscal year, and transaction fees not to exceed in the aggregate 1.00% of the applicable gross transaction value and indemnities and other expenses pursuant to a Management Fee Agreement or other arrangement (including any transaction fee payable in connection with the Merger), plus, to the extent otherwise permitted by this clause (3), any unpaid management, monitoring, transaction fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year, plus any transaction fees in an amount no more than £3.5 million payable in connection with the Combination;
(4)(i) the payment or fulfillment of obligations under, any employment, consulting and severance arrangements between the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Company) and their respective officers, directors, employees, members of management and consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) transactions pursuant to any shareholder, employee or director equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any equity subscription, co-invest agreement or shareholder agreement, including any arrangement including Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or by other direct or indirect equity holders of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. or the Company, in each case, in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions or the Combination Transactions;
(5) the payment of customary fees, compensation and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of or for the benefit of directors and officers (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries);
(6) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arms-length basis;
(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any agreement as in effect as of the Consent Signing Date, or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof (so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Consent Signing Date);
(8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it (or any parent company of the Company) is a party as of the Consent Signing Date and any similar agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter, including in connection with the Combination; provided , that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or arrangement or under any similar agreement or arrangement entered into after the Consent Signing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement or arrangement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole (as compared to the original agreement or arrangement in effect on the Consent Signing Date);
(9)(i) the Transactions and the payment of all costs, fees and expenses related to the Transactions, including Transaction Expenses, (ii) the Chase Transactions and the payment of all costs, fees and expense related to the Chase Transactions, (iii) the Combination Transactions and the payment of all costs, fees and expenses related to the Combination Transactions, including Combination Transaction Expenses, and (iv) the issuance of Equity Interests or equity-based awards to any future, present or former officer, director, employee, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company in connection with the Transactions, the Chase Transactions and the Combination Transactions;
-84-
(10) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors or joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(11) the issuance and transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof to any Person or any contribution to the capital of the Company and any transactions with Affiliates where the only consideration paid is Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;
(12) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets or related assets and any other transaction effected in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility or any related transaction effected in order to consummate a financing contemplated by a Qualified Securitization Facility;
(13) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors;
(14) payments and Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant of the Company (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, pursuant to any employee, shareholder or director equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any equity subscription, co-invest agreement or shareholder agreement that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith; and any employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;
(15)(i) investments by Permitted Holders in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Permitted Holders in connection therewith) so long as (x) the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (y) the investment constitutes less than 15.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities ( provided that any investments in debt securities by any Debt Fund Affiliates shall not be subject to the limitation in this clause (y)), and (ii) payments to Permitted Holders in respect of securities or loans of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing clause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans;
(16) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry norms (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto);
(17) payments by the Company (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Company (and any such parent company) and its Subsidiaries, to the extent such payments are permitted under Section 4.07(b)(14)(B);
-85-
(18) any lease entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Company, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors in good faith;
(19) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;
(20) the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to registration rights and indemnities provided to stockholders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent thereof pursuant to the stockholders agreement or the registration rights agreement entered into on or after the Issue Date in connection therewith or similar equityholders agreements or limited liability company agreements;
(21) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01 solely for the purpose of (a) reorganizing to facilitate any initial public offering of securities of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company (b) forming a holding company, or (c) reincorporating the Company in a new jurisdiction;
(22) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a Financial Officer of the Issuer in an Officers Certificate) for the purposes of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture; and
(23) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person.
SECTION 4.12. Liens . The Company will not, and will not permit the Note Parties to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee of Indebtedness, on any asset or property of the Company and the Note Parties, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:
(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and
(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.
Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.12.
The expansion of Liens by virtue of accretion or amortization of original issue discount (excluding accretion or amortization that is expressly provided for in the agreement providing for the applicable Indebtedness that is a zero coupon or similar discount yield instrument), the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Liens for purposes of this Section 4.12.
SECTION 4.13. Company Existence . Subject to Article V hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its company existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve the corporate, partnership or other existence of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
-86-
SECTION 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
(a) If a Change of Control occurs after the Combination Date, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently electronically delivered or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the Change of Control Offer ) at a price in cash (the Change of Control Payment ) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date prior to such repurchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder to the address of such Holder appearing in the Note Register or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures with the following information:
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered (the Change of Control Payment Date );
(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect Purchase on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided , that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;
(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.
The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue thereof.
-87-
(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law:
(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer and, at the Issuers option, the Notes so accepted for cancellation.
(c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.
(e) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof, and references therein to redeem, redemption, Redemption Date and similar words shall be deemed to refer to purchase, repurchase, Change of Control Payment Date and similar words, as applicable.
(f) The Issuers obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.14 may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee or act as co-borrowers under other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Guarantor in a principal amount greater than $150.0 million), other than the Issuer, a Foreign Subsidiary (other than Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries if such Foreign Subsidiaries guarantee or act as co-borrowers under other capital markets debt securities or syndicated credit facilities of the Issuer or any Guarantor in a principal amount greater than $150.0 million) a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of, or be co-borrowers under, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Note Party unless:
(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days after the guarantee of such Indebtedness (and in the case of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that guarantee the payment of, or are co-borrowers under, the Credit Agreement as of the Combination Date, within 30 days of the Combination Date) executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E-1 hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Note Party, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees of the Company and the Note Parties, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee; and
-88-
(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other applicable rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;
provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable (i) to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (except with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary on the Combination Date) or (ii) if any such Guarantee is prohibited by law. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause or allow, as the case may be, any Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary or parent company shall not be required to comply with the 30 day period described in clause (1) of this Section 4.15.
SECTION 4.16. Suspension of Covenants .
(a) During any period of time that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a Covenant Suspension Event and the date thereof being referred to as the Suspension Date ) then, Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.15 and Section 5.01(d)(4) hereof shall not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the Suspended Covenants ).
(b) During a Suspension Period (as defined below), the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary.
(c) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the Reversion Date ) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the Suspension Period . The Guarantees of the Guarantors (other than the Guarantee of the Company) will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or events occurring prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided , that (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments will be calculated as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3) hereof; provided , that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Reversion Date under the Senior Credit Facilities shall be deemed incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof (up to the maximum amount of such Indebtedness that would be permitted to be incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date); (iii) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(7) hereof; (iv) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Party to take any action described in clauses (1) through (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1) hereof; and (v) no Subsidiary of the Company shall be required to comply with Section 4.15 hereof after such reinstatement with respect to any guarantee entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period.
-89-
(e) On and after each Reversion Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate the transactions contemplated by any contract entered into during the Suspension Period, so long as such contract and such consummation would have been permitted during such Suspension Period.
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSORS
SECTION 5.01. Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .
(a) The Issuer may not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)(A) the Issuer is the surviving Person;
(B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof; provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; or
(C) a Subsidiary of the Company is formed (or is already in existence) under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof to (or is able to) assume all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments (such Person under clause (B) or (C) or this clause (1), as the case may be, being herein called the Successor Issuer );
(2) the Successor Issuer, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
(4) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(a)(2) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Persons obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and
(5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
(b) The foregoing clauses (3), (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a) hereof shall not apply to the Transactions, the Chase Transactions or the Combination Transactions. Notwithstanding clause (3) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,
(1) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into or sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer, and
(2) the Issuer may consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into, or wind up into an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
-90-
(c) Subject to Section 10.06 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)(A) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of (x) the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, (y) if such Subsidiary Guarantor is not a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, any jurisdiction where such Person would be required to be a guarantor under one or more of the Senior Credit Facilities (including, after the termination thereof, as in effect immediately prior to such termination) or (z) the laws of the United Kingdom or the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be and in each case, being herein called the Successor Person );
(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantors related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and,
(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture;
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with, if applicable, Section 4.10(a); or
(3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries.
(d) Subject to Section 10.06 hereof, the Company will not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1)(A) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Company or such Person, as the case may be and in each case, being herein called the Successor Company );
(B) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Companys related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and,
(D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture;
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with, if applicable, Section 4.10(a);
-91-
(3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period,
(A) the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or
(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction;
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (1) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into, wind up into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor (x) in the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor , (y) if such Subsidiary Guarantor is not a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, in any jurisdiction where such Subsidiary Guarantor would be required to be a guarantor under one or more of the Senior Credit Facilities (including, after the termination thereof, as in effect immediately prior to such termination) or (z) under the laws of the United Kingdom or the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or such Guarantor or (4) solely with respect to any Guarantor, liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Company determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders.
(f) In the event of any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Issuer, after which the Issuer is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary made in compliance with Section 5.01(a)(1)(C), (2), (3), (4) and (5) herein, the Issuer shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its Obligations under this Indenture.
SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted . Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or any winding up, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into or with which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such wind up, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall refer instead to the Successor Issuer, Successor Person or Successor Company, as applicable, and not to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the same effect as if such Successor Issuer, Successor Person or Successor Company, as applicable, had been named as the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, herein, and, in the case of a predecessor Issuer shall be automatically released from its obligations thereunder; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in the case of any lease.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer and the Company can be the same entity in connection with transactions otherwise consummated in accordance with this Article V.
-92-
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . An Event of Default , wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;
(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to the Issuer (with a copy of such notice to the Trustee if provided by such requisite Holders) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 6.01) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
(A) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
(B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $25.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
(5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders as required under Section 4.03 hereof) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged, unwaived and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(6) the Company, the Issuer or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders as required under Section 4.03 hereof), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;
-93-
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(i) is for relief against the Company, the Issuer or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in a proceeding in which the Company, the Issuer or any such Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company, the Issuer or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company, the Issuer or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or
(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company, the Issuer or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
(8) the Guarantee of the Company or any of the Companys Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or any responsible officer of the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in the Holders interest. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if the Trustee in its best judgment determines that acceleration is not in the best interests of the Holders.
-94-
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company or the Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction and if all existing Events of Default (except non-payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.
In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;
(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured or is no longer continuing.
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . Subject to Section 6.02 hereof, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
-95-
(2) Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such written request within such 60-day period.
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
SECTION 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
SECTION 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to
-96-
participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
SECTION 6.13. Priorities . If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
(i) to the Trustee, such Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or such Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
(ii) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and
(iii) to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.
SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs . In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee .
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture on behalf of the Holders, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such persons own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
-97-
(ii) in the absence of willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee .
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both (except as limited pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
-98-
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer.
(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.
(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
(j) [Reserved].
(k) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustees receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers Certificates).
(l) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take certain actions under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.
(m) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
(o) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
SECTION 7.04. Trustees Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuers direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
-99-
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders . Within 60 days after each June 15, beginning with the June 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustees agents and counsel.
The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any other Person or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder) (but excluding taxes imposed on such persons in connection with compensation for such administration or performance). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustees own willful misconduct or negligence. Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.
To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except for money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
-100-
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee . A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustees acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
(A) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 310;
(B) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(C) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(D) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
The resigning Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any action or inaction of a successor Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc . If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).
-101-
ARTICLE VIII
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.
SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied ( Legal Defeasance ). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof, to have cured all then existing Events of Default and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(A) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, penalty, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;
(B) the Issuers obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers obligations in connection therewith; and
(D) this Section 8.02.
Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clause (5) of Section 5.01(a), and Sections 5.01(c), 5.01(d) and 5.01(e) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied ( Covenant Defeasance ), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and the Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries) and 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
-102-
SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance . In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, investment bank or appraisal firm to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; provided , that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the Applicable Premium Deficit ) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officers Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions
(A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(B) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;
-103-
(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding paragraph with respect to Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer.
SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the Trustee ) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuer . Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers and the Guarantors obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
-104-
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders . Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers or any Guarantors obligations to the Holders;
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(8) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof;
(10) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
(11) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
(12) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Notes section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such Description of Notes section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes, as provided to the Trustee in an Officers Certificate;
(13) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes; or
(14) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture required under local law in connection with the providing of a guarantee hereunder by a Foreign Subsidiary; provided , that the contents of such amendment shall be substantially identical to any corresponding language reflected in the applicable Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such guarantee pursuant to Section 4.15 and be effected through a Supplemental Indenture that simultaneously adds such Foreign Subsidiary as a Guarantor.
-105-
Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall have the right, but not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers Certificate shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit E-1 and Exhibit E-2 hereto, provided that the execution thereof shall be deemed a representation by such Guarantor(s) that all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, relating to the execution of such supplemental indenture have been satisfied and the supplemental indenture is enforceable in accordance with its terms subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally and (ii) general principles of equity.
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders . Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class, other than the Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes); Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be outstanding for the purposes of this Section 9.02; provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding under this Indenture, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such adversely affected series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) shall be required.
Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustees own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall deliver to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.
-106-
Without the consent of each affected Holder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Notes held by Affiliates of the Issuer), an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of such Notes on any date (other than the provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof); provided , that any amendment to the minimum notice requirement may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes;
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;
(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults;
(7) make any change in this Article IX that is materially adverse to the Holders;
(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of or interest on such Holders Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders Notes;
(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, in any manner materially adverse to the Holders.
SECTION 9.03. [Reserved].
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holders Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.
-107-
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors of the Issuer approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in relying conclusively upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.03 hereof, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an Opinion of Counsel nor an Officers Certificate will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture, nor will an Officers Certificate be required for the Trustee to execute the Supplemental Indenture.
ARTICLE X
GUARANTEES
SECTION 10.01. Guarantee . Subject to this Article X, each of the Guarantors, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on an unsecured senior basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that (a) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, including for expenses, indemnification or otherwise, shall be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same promptly. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuer hereunder and under the Notes). Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by full payment of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.
-108-
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, then any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
Until terminated in accordance with Section 10.06, each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any nonpaying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.
Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.
Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability . Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the Notes, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee in its jurisdiction of formation. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantors pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery . To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Supplemental Indenture (or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D , Exhibit E-1 or Exhibit E-2 , as applicable) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its authorized Officers.
-109-
Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article X, to the extent applicable.
SECTION 10.04. Subrogation . Subject to the fifth paragraph of Section 10.01 and Section 10.02, each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.
SECTION 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged . Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
SECTION 10.06. Release of Guarantees . Each Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged and shall thereupon terminate and be of no further force and effect, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantors Guarantee, upon:
(1)(A) any sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (other than the Company), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor (other than the Company), in each case if such sale, exchange, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor (other than the Company) of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, or the release or discharge of such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee (other than the Guarantee by the Company), except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof);
(C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(D) the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII hereof or the discharge of the Issuers obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or
(E) the Issuer providing written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers election to have such Guarantee (other than the Guarantee of the Company) released and discharged; provided that if a Guarantor would be required to provide such Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer may not elect to release and discharge such Guarantee pursuant to this clause (E); and
-110-
(2) the Issuer delivering to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
ARTICLE XI
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
SECTION 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:
(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(2)(A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officers Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption;
(B) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
(C) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Such Opinion of Counsel may rely on such Officers Certificate as to matters of fact, including clauses 2(A), (B) and (C) above.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
SECTION 11.02. Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers and any Guarantors
-111-
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01. Notices . Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile, electronic mail (in .pdf format) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address: If to the Issuer prior to the Issue Date:
Mustang Merger Corp.
c/o Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC
Three First National Plaza, Suite 4600
70 West Madison Street
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Attention: Thomas S. Souleles
Mark B. Tresnowski
Facsimile: (312) 8995-1001
If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor on or after the Issue Date:
Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.
150 E 52nd St, 28th Floor
New York, New York, 10022
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (646) 885-0149
Facsimile: (866) 540-0110
in each case, with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
1211 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Alexander Zeltser
Telephone: (212) 596-9037
Facsimile: (646) 728-2973
If to the Trustee:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
10 South Wacker Drive, 13th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Fax: (312) 726-2158
The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
-112-
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; on the first date on which publication is made or electronic delivery made; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be electronically delivered, mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register kept by the Registrar.
Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
If the Issuer delivers or mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall deliver or mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
SECTION 12.02. Communication by Holders with Other Holders . Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event or any other communication (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depository or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices at the Depository.
SECTION 12.03. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.06 and with respect to clause (B) below, in connection with the initial issuance of Notes on the Issue Date), the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
(A) An Officers Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(B) An Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.04 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
SECTION 12.04. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion . Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof) shall include:
(A) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(B) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
-113-
(C) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers Certificate as to matters of fact); and
(D) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided , however , that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers Certificate or certificates of public officials.
SECTION 12.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
SECTION 12.06. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or their subsidiaries (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture or any other supplemental indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 12.07. Governing Law . THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 12.08. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
SECTION 12.09. Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
SECTION 12.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements . This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 12.11. Successors . All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.
SECTION 12.12. Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
SECTION 12.13. Counterpart Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
-114-
SECTION 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc . The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
SECTION 12.15. [Reserved].
SECTION 12.16. USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003, Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The parties hereto agree that they will provide the Trustee with name, address, tax identification number, if applicable, and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship, and will further provide the Trustee with formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents.
[Signatures on following page]
-115-
MUSTANG MERGER CORP. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Signature Page to Indenture
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Signature Page to Indenture
EXHIBIT A
CUSIP:
ISIN:
[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI] GLOBAL NOTE
8.500% Senior Notes due 2021
No. | [Up to] US$[ ] |
MUSTANG MERGER CORP.
promises to pay to or registered assigns,
the principal sum of [the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Exchange of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [DOLLARS] on August 15, 2021.
Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, beginning February 15, 2014
Record Dates: February 1 and August 1
A-1
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
MUSTANG MERGER CORP. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Signature Page to Note
A-2
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: WELLS0 FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Trustee |
||
By: | ||
Authorized Signatory |
Dated:
Signature Page to Note
A-3
[Back of Note] 1
8.500% Senior Note due 2021
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
1. INTEREST. Mustang Merger Corp., which was merged with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. (the Issuer ), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 8.500% from August 15, 2013 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning February 15, 2014 or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an Interest Payment Date ). The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Note on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1 (each, a Record Date ). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 15, 2014. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register, provided that (a) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes represented by Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a payment date is on a Legal Holiday, payment will be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. For the avoidance of doubt, any payments to be made by the Issuer pursuant to this Note may be made on the Issuers behalf by Chesapeake Services Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 8568993 (the Company ), or any other Person designated at the Issuers option.
3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (the Indenture ), between Mustang Merger Corp. and the Trustee. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture, and such Additional Notes which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
1 | NTD: Existing Global Notes held with DTC that were issued on the Issue Date will be left in place. |
A-4
5. | OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. |
(a) At any time prior to August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option and on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the sum of 100.0% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of the Redemption Date, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Notice of any redemption, whether in connection with an Equity Offering or otherwise, may be given prior to such redemption, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, if in connection with an Equity Offering, the completion of such Equity Offering.
(b) At any time prior to August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to the sum of (a) 100.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus (b) a premium equal to the stated interest rate per annum on the Notes, plus (c) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds received by the Company from one or more Equity Offerings or a contribution to the Companys common equity capital made with the net cash proceeds of a concurrent Equity Offering; provided , that (a) at least 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
(c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers option prior to August 15, 2016.
(d) On and after August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:
Year |
Percentage | |||
2016 |
106.375 | % | ||
2017 |
104.250 | % | ||
2018 |
102.125 | % | ||
2019 and thereafter |
100.000 | % |
(e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer will have the right, upon prior notice given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to such Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.
(f) Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION; OFFERS TO PURCHASE AND OPEN MARKET PURCHASES. The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture.
A-5
7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver electronically, mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed at such Holders registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be mailed or delivered more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article VIII or Article XI of the Indenture.
8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Sales, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture.
9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes shall be registered and Notes may only be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Notes during the period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between a Record Date with respect to such Note and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note.
10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder.
11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or the Issuer, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. The Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required within ten (10) Business Days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.
13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
14. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
15. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
A-6
The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address:
Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.
150 E 52nd St, 28th Floor
New York, New York, 10022
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (646) 885-0149
Facsimile: (866) 540-0110
A-7
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: | ||
(Insert assignees legal name) |
(Insert assignees soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:
Your Signature: | ||
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) |
Signature Guarantee*:
* | Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). |
A-8
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
¨ Section 4.10 ¨ Section 4.14
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$
Date:
Your Signature: |
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) |
Tax Identification No.: |
Signature Guarantee*:
* | Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). |
A-9
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $ . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
Date of Exchange |
Amount of
decrease in Principal Amount of this Global Note |
Amount of
increase in Principal Amount of this Global Note |
Principal
Amount of this Global Note following such decrease or increase |
Signature of
authorized signatory of Trustee or Custodian |
* | This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. |
A-10
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.
150 E 52nd St, 28th Floor
New York, New York, 10022
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (646) 885-0149
Facsimile: (866) 540-0110
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee and Registrar DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Re: 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (the Indenture ), between Mustang Merger Corp., to be merged with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
(the Transferor ) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the Transfer ), to (the Transferee ), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
B-1
3. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT IAI GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 501. The Transfer is being effected to an institutional accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit F of the Indenture, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky laws of any state of the United States.
4. ¨ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or
(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
5. ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
(a) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c) ¨ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
B-2
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
[Insert Name of Transferor] | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Dated: |
B-3
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a) | ¨ a beneficial interest in the: |
(i) ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP: ]), or
(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP: ]), or
(iii) ¨ IAI Global Note ([CUSIP: ]), or
(b) | ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note. |
2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
[CHECK ONE]
(a) | ¨ a beneficial interest in the: |
(i) ¨ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP: ]), or
(ii) ¨ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP: ]), or
(iii) ¨ IAI Global Note ([CUSIP: ]), or
(iv) ¨ Unrestricted Global Note ( ¨ ¨ ), or
(b) | ¨ a Restricted Definitive Note; or |
(c) | ¨ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. |
B-4
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.
150 E 52nd St, 28th Floor
New York, New York, 10022
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (646) 885-0149
Facsimile: (866) 540-0110
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee and Registrar DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Re: 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (the Indenture ), between Mustang Merger Corp., to be merged with and into Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc. and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
(the Owner ) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the Exchange ). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES
a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
C-1
c) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
d) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES
a) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
b) ¨ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]:
¨ 144A Global Note,
¨ Regulation S Global Note, or
¨ IAI Global Note,
in each case of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and are dated .
C-2
[Insert Name of Transferor] | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
C-3
EXHIBIT D
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS, INC. AND THE GUARANTORS
Supplemental Indenture (this Supplemental Indenture ), dated as of August 15, 2013, among Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the Trustee ).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, Mustang Merger Corp. ( Mustang ) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the Indenture ), dated as of August 15, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021 (the Notes );
WHEREAS, the Notes are being issued and sold in connection with the merger of Mustang with and into the Issuer (the Merger ), whereby, upon consummation of the Merger, the Issuer will continue as the surviving corporation.
WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger, and simultaneously with the execution of the Indenture, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee will have entered into this Supplemental Indenture, under which the Issuer and the Guarantors will have become party to the Indenture.
WHEREAS, pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture the Issuer will succeed to all of the rights and obligations of Mustang thereunder, and the Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee all of Mustangs Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the Guarantee ).
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
(2) Agreement . The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agree as follows:
(a) Each of the Guarantors and the Issuer acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, pursuant to the Indenture; and
(b) Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Trustee that it has all the requisite corporate, limited liability company or other power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly authorized.
(3) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
D-1
(4) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
(5) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
(6) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Issuer and the Guarantors.
(7) Benefits Acknowledged . Upon consummation of the Merger and execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture the Issuer and the Guarantors will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the obligations of each as a result of this Supplemental Indenture are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
(8) Successors . All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
D-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS, INC. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
[GUARANTORS] | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture
D-3
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture
D-4
EXHIBIT E-1
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
Supplemental Indenture (this Supplemental Indenture ), dated as of [ ], among [ ] (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary ), a subsidiary of Chesapeake Services Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 8568993 (the Company ), which is the parent of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the Trustee ).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, Mustang Merger Corp. ( Mustang ) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the Indenture ), dated as of August 15, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021 (the Notes );
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the Guarantee ); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including, but not limited to, Article X thereof.
(3) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or their subsidiaries (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture, or this Supplemental Indenture or any other supplemental indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
(4) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(5) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
E-1
(6) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
(7) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.
(8) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
E-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY] | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture
E-3
EXHIBIT E-2
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY CHESAPEAKE SERVICES LIMITED
Supplemental Indenture (this Supplemental Indenture ), dated as of [ ], among Chesapeake Services Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with company number 8568993 ( Chesapeake ), an indirect parent company of Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Issuer ), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the Trustee ).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, Mustang Merger Corp. ( Mustang ) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the Indenture ), dated as of August 15, 2013, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021 (the Notes );
WHEREAS, Chesapeake is executing and delivering to the Trustee this supplemental indenture pursuant to which Chesapeake shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the Guarantee ); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
(2) Agreement to Guarantee . Chesapeake hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture including, but not limited to, Article X thereof.
(3) Assumption of the Obligations of the Company . Effective as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture, Chesapeake shall be the Company under the Indenture and assume all of the rights and obligations of the Company under the Indenture.
(4) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or their subsidiaries (other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture, or this Supplemental Indenture or any other supplemental indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
(5) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(6) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
E-2-1
(7) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
(8) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Chesapeake.
(9) Successors . All agreements of Chesapeake in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.
E-2-2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
CHESAPEAKE SERVICES LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
||
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
E-2-3
EXHIBIT F
FORM OF
TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION
Multi Packaging Solutions, Inc.
150 E 52nd St, 28th Floor
New York, New York, 10022
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: (646) 885-0149
Facsimile: (866) 540-0110
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
as Trustee and Registrar DAPS Reorg.
MAC N9303-121
608 2nd Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605
Fax No.: (866) 969-1290
Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[ ] principal amount of the 8.500% Senior Notes due 2021 (the Notes ) of Mustang Merger Corp. (the Issuer ).
Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
Name:
Address:
Taxpayer ID Number:
The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:
1. We are an institutional accredited investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act )), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the Resale Restriction Termination Date ) only (a) to the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act ( Rule 144A ), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a QIB ) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside
F-1
the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.
TRANSFEREE: |
By: |
F-2
Exhibit 4.4
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited MPSX COMMON SHARES INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF BERMUDA CUSIP G6331W 10 9 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS THIS CERTIFIES THAT IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF SPECIMEN Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, $1.00 PAR VALUE, OF transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signature of its duly authorized officer. Dated: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER TRUST& COMPANY, LLC (Brooklyn, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian TEN ENT as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) JT TEN as joint tenants with right of under Uniform Gifts to Minors survivorship and not as tenants Act in common (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Common Shares represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated X X NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. Signature(s) Guaranteed By SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A FIRM WHICH IS A MEMBER OF A REGISTERED NATIONAL STOCK EXCHANGE, OR BY A BANK (OTHER THAN A SAVINGS BANK) OR A TRUST COMPANY. THE GUARANTEEING FIRM MUST BE A MEMBER OF THE MEDALLION GUARANTEE PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
Exhibit 5.1
[CONYERS, DILL & PEARMAN PTE. LTD. LETTERHEAD]
October 9, 2015
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited
Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton, HM11
Bermuda
Dear Sirs,
Re: Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited (the Company)
We have acted as special Bermuda legal counsel to the Company in connection with a registration statement on form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on June 26, 2015 (the Registration Statement, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the Securities Act) of an aggregate of 21,562,500 common shares, par value US$1.00 each of which (a) 12,500,000 are being offered by the Company (the New Shares); and (b) 6,250,000 are being offered by certain selling shareholders of the Company named in the Registration Statement (the Selling Shareholders) together with an additional 2,812,500 common shares, par value US$1.00 each subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by certain Selling Shareholders (together, the Issued Shares).
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company, each certified by the Secretary of the Company on October 8, 2015, a copy of resolutions approved a meeting of its directors held on June 25, 2015, as certified by the assistant secretary of the Company on October 8, 2015, written resolutions of its directors dated October 8, 2015 (the Resolutions), the register of members of the Company dated October 8, 2015 (the Register of Members) and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.
We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention,
Page 1 of 2
(c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings, or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended, (e) that the Register of Members has not been rescinded or amended, (f) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, and (g) that upon issue of the New Shares, the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof, which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof.
The opinion in 3. below is based solely on our review of the Register of Members.
We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the offering of the New Shares by the Company and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:
1. | The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda government authority or to pay any Bermuda government fees or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda). |
2. | When issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the New Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares). |
3. | The Issued Shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. |
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption LEGAL MATTERS in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman Pte. Ltd.
Conyers Dill & Pearman Pte. Ltd.
Page 2 of 2
Exhibit 10.6
Multi Packaging Solutions
2014/2015
Manager Incentive Plan
Design
The objective of the plan is to reward both strong personal performance and improved financial performance. The financial components are focused on improving the quantity and quality of earnings.
This plan will be applicable to all managers that are eligible for a bonus.
Components
The Incentive components are:
Individual Performance: |
20 | % | ||
EBITDA Performance: |
60 | % | ||
Leading Sustainable Growth: |
20 | % |
Individual Performance
Awards for individual performance will be based on the achievement of annual goals and objectives, based on the guideline of 100% of the target amount for an effective performance in terms of both effort and achievement of goals, and taking into account unexpected circumstances during the year, using the following guideline:
INDIVIDUAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL |
RATING | PAYOUT AS A % OF TARGET | ||||||
Truly outstanding performance |
5 | 120 | % | |||||
Exceeded most objectives |
4 | 110 | % | |||||
Exceeded some objectives |
3.5 | 105 | % | |||||
Met all objectives |
3 | 100 | % | |||||
Met most objectives |
2.5 | 80 | % | |||||
Met some objectives |
2 | 50 | % | |||||
Met few or no objectives |
1 | 0 | % |
EBITDA Growth and Quality
This element of the plan rewards both improvements in the value of EBITDA and improvements in the quality of EBITDA (measured as a percentage of EBITDA: Sales).
EBITDA will be calculated before Special Items and based on US GAAP. Special Items include goodwill impairments, gains or losses on the extinguishment of debt, gains or losses on divestitures, restructuring expenses, asset impairments and other exit costs. All financials for the 2014 and 2015 accounting years will be translated into a common currency at constant exchange rates for both periods to eliminate the impact of any rate movements between the years. In addition, the EBITDA achievement will be adjusted downwards for any unbudgeted non-operating expenses, unless an agreement was reached with the CEO to waive the adjustment related to the project.
1/2
The financial performance targets and payouts based on certain levels of attainment are as follows:
EBITDA for Incentive Plan purposes will be determined following the annual audit of the Companys accounts. The final calculation may be adjusted without limit for profits/losses of an exceptional nature where inclusion would significantly distort the true trading performance of the relevant business unit (e.g. exceptional profit/losses on asset sales, insurance gains/losses). Such adjustments are at the sole discretion of, and ultimate approval of the calculations rests with the CEO. [To ensure affordability the payout for this element will be limited to a maximum 20% of the overall EBITDA improvement achieved]. Part year acquisitions / disposals will be included using reasonable benchmark performance as determined by the CEO.
Leading Sustainable Growth
Measures for the final component will include a review with your manager on the behaviours demonstrated both individually and by your team against the MPS Corporate Values (when completed, in the interim this will be measured against MPS Core processes and the Chesapeake Way).
Administration
Awards will be paid after the Companys financial and quality performance for 2014/2015 has been verified. Payment of any award is contingent upon the participant remaining an active employee up to the payment date of the award. Eligible employees commencing employment part way through the year will be entitled to a time proportionally reduced incentive bonus.
Main Business unit definition
The main business unit is deemed to be the relevant entity for the calculation of EBITDA performance. If you are unsure which the relevant business unit is for you then please discuss with your manager. In case of a dispute on the relevant business unit, the ultimate decision will be with the CEO.
2/2
Exhibit 10.7
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
2015 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
ARTICLE I.
PURPOSE
The Plans purpose is to enhance the Companys ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.
ARTICLE II.
ELIGIBILITY
Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.
ARTICLE III.
ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION
3.1 Administration . The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrators determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.
3.2 Appointment of Committees . To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.
ARTICLE IV.
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS
4.1 Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.
4.2 Share Recycling . If all or any part of an Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award will, as
applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.
4.3 Substitute Awards . In connection with an entitys amalgamation, merger or consolidation with the Company or the Companys acquisition of an entitys property or stock, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common shares of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination
4.4 Non-Employee Director Compensation . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time, provided that the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed U.S. $500,000, increased to U.S. $750,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as a non-employee Director.
ARTICLE V.
STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
5.1 General . The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock
2
Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.
5.2 Exercise Price . The Administrator will establish each Options and Stock Appreciation Rights exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on the last day of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right the Fair Market Value of one Share exceeds the applicable exercise or base price per Share, the Participant has not exercised the Option or Stock Appreciation Right and remains employed by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right has not expired, the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such day with payment made by withholding Shares otherwise issuable in connection with its exercise. In such event, the Company shall deliver to the Participant the number of Shares for which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right was deemed exercised, less the number of Shares required to be withheld for the payment of the total purchase price and required withholding taxes; provided, however, any fractional Share shall be settled in cash.
5.3 Duration of Options . Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Stock Option) (i) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, or (ii) Shares may not be purchased or sold by the applicable current or former Service Provider due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a lock-up agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be extended for a period of thirty (30) days following the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company; provided, however, in no event shall the extension last beyond the ten year term of the applicable Option or Stock Appreciation Right unless the exercise would violate an Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, shall terminate immediately upon such violation. In addition, if, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant is given notice by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the termination of his or her employment or other relationship by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, and the effective date of such employment or other termination is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participants employment or other relationship shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship (in which case the right to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship).
3
5.4 Exercise . Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
5.5 Payment Upon Exercise . Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:
(a) cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company; provided, that, the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing exercise methods if one or more of the exercise methods below is permitted;
(b) if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participants delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;
(c) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value;
(d) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Options exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;
(e) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or
(f) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.
ARTICLE VI.
RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
6.1 General . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to forfeiture or the Companys right to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Stock Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.
4
6.2 Restricted Stock .
(a) Dividends . Participants holding shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise and subject to the provisions of this Section 6.2(a) below, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, dividends with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting shall either (i) not be paid or credited or (ii) be accumulated and subject to vesting to the same extent as the related shares of Restricted Stock. All such dividends shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the time the applicable Restricted Stock vests and becomes non-forfeitable or such later time as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.
(b) Share Certificates . The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any share certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, together with a share power endorsed in blank.
6.3 Restricted Stock Units.
(a) Settlement . The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participants election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.
(b) Shareholder Rights . A Participant will have no rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.
(c) Dividend Equivalents . If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units with performance-based vesting shall either (i) not be paid or credited or (ii) be accumulated and subject to vesting to the same extent as the related Restricted Stock Units. All such Dividend Equivalents shall be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the time the applicable Restricted Stock Unit vests and becomes non-forfeitable or such later time as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.
ARTICLE VII.
OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS
Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions
5
of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII.
ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK
AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS
8.1 Equity Restructuring . In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Awards exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.
8.2 Corporate Transactions . In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participants request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:
(a) To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participants rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participants rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;
(b) To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;
6
(c) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation or company, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock or shares of the successor or survivor corporation or company, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;
(d) To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;
(e) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or
(f) To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.
8.3 Administrative Stand Still . In the event of any pending share dividend, share split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such transaction.
8.4 General . Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrators action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 above or the Administrators action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Awards grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Companys right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Companys capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX.
GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
9.1 Transferability . Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrators consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participants authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.
7
9.2 Documentation . Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.
9.3 Discretion . Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.
9.4 Termination of Status . The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participants Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participants legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.
9.5 Withholding . Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participants Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the minimum statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company ; provided, that, the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing methods if one or more of the exercise methods below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence by the Companys retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participants behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participants acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participants authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.
9.6 Amendment of Award; Prohibition on Repricing . The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participants consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participants rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Other than pursuant to Sections 8.1 and 8.2, the Administrator shall not without the approval of the Companys
8
shareholders (a) lower the exercise price per Share of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right after it is granted, (b) cancel an Option or Stock Appreciation Right when the exercise price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of one Share in exchange for cash or another Award, or (c) take any other action with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that the Company determines would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the principal U.S. national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed.
9.7 Conditions on Delivery of Shares . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Companys satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Companys inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.
9.8 Acceleration . The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.
9.9 Timing of Forfeiture . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of an Award, the portion of an Award that is unvested on the date of a Participants Termination of Service shall automatically expire thirty (30) days following such Termination of Service, or, in the event of a Participants Termination of Service for Cause, immediately upon such Termination of Service.
9.10 Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options . The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Shareholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Options grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
9
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 No Right to Employment or Other Status . No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement.
10.2 No Rights as Shareholder; Certificates . Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or share plan administrator). The Company may place legends on share certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.
10.3 Effective Date and Term of Plan . Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date and will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (ii) the date the Companys shareholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Companys shareholders, (i) it will not become effective, and (ii) no Awards shall be granted thereunder. No Common Stock shall be issued under the Plan prior to the Public Trading Date.
10.4 Amendment of Plan . The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participants consent. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.
10.5 Provisions for Foreign Participants . The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.
10.6 Section 409A .
(a) General . The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participants consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Awards grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Awards tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with
10
respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant nonqualified deferred compensation subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.
(b) Separation from Service . If an Award constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participants Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participants separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such separation from service occurs upon or after the termination of the Participants Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a termination, termination of employment or like terms means a separation from service.
(c) Payments to Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of nonqualified deferred compensation required to be made under an Award to a specified employee (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her separation from service will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such separation from service (or, if earlier, until the specified employees death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation under such Award payable more than six months following the Participants separation from service will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.
10.7 Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plans administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrators approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such persons own fraud or bad faith.
10.8 Lock-Up Period . The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities, whether subject to outstanding Awards or otherwise, during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter (the Lock-Up Period ). The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Shares subject to the foregoing prohibitions until the end of the Lock-Up Period and these restrictions will be binding on the applicable Participant. Further, each Participant shall, if so requested by any underwriter representative, execute a customary lock-up agreement which shall provide such terms as such underwriter representative may in its discretion request, including, without limitation the prohibition on sale and transfer during the Lock-Up Period described in this Section 10.8.
11
10.9 Data Privacy . As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participants participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participants name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the Data ). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participants participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participants country, or elsewhere, and the Participants country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participants participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participants participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participants ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrators discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.
10.10 Severability . If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.
10.11 Governing Documents . If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply.
10.12 Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any states choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdictions laws other than the State of Delaware.
10.13 Claw-back Provisions . All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to any Company claw-back policy, including any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.
12
10.14 Titles and Headings . The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plans text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.
10.15 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.
10.16 Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.
10.17 Broker-Assisted Sales . In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all brokers fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participants applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participants obligation.
10.18 Section 162(m) Limitations .
(a) Individual Award Limitations . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8, (i) the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any one person during any fiscal year of the Company shall be 1,000,000; (ii) the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code ( Performance-Based Compensation ) and are denominated in Shares that may be granted to any one person during any fiscal year of the Company shall be 1,000,000; and (iii) the maximum amount of cash that may be paid in cash to any one person during any fiscal year of the Company with respect to one or more Awards payable in cash and not denominated in Shares shall be U.S. $5,000,000; provided , however , that in no event will more than the Overall Share Limit be granted to any one person during any fiscal year of the Company with respect to one or more Award denominated in Shares; provided , further , that the foregoing limitations shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (as determined by the Administrator); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the first meeting of shareholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (d) such other date, if any, on which the reliance
13
period described under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.162-27(f)(2) expires pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Awards which are canceled shall continue to be counted against the award limits above. Each of the limitations in this Section, other than the Overall Share Limit, shall be multiplied by two (2) with respect to Awards denominated in Shares granted to a Participant and Awards paid in cash to a Participant during the first fiscal year in which the Participant commences employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries.
(b) Committee Composition . To the extent an Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Administrator shall be a Committee and it is intended that each member of such Committee will be an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
(c) Performance-Based Compensation . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine at the time an Award is granted or at any time thereafter whether such Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall require the Administrator to structure any Awards in a manner intended to constitute Performance-Based Compensation and the Administrator shall be free, in its sole discretion, to grant Awards that are not intended to be Performance-Based Compensation. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements. In addition, Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock or Cash Based Awards that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to the following provisions, which shall control over any conflicting provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement:
(i) To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, no later than 90 days following the commencement of any performance period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate the Participant to receive such Award (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the performance period, which Performance Criteria shall be limited to the specific performance goals set forth in the definition of Performance Criteria, (c) establish the performance goals (and any exclusions), and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such performance period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the performance goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Participant for such performance period.
(ii) Following the completion of each performance period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable performance goals have been achieved for such performance period. In determining the amount earned under such Awards, the Administrator shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the performance period.
(iii) Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Participant shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards. For this purpose, Applicable Accounting Standards means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, International Financial Reporting Standards or other accounting principles or standards applicable to the Companys financial statements under U.S. federal securities laws.
14
(iv) No adjustment or action described in Section 8 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, unless the Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify.
ARTICLE XI.
DEFINITIONS
As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:
11.1 Administrator means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Boards powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.
11.2 A pplicable Laws means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under Bermuda law, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.
11.3 Award means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.
11.4 Award Agreement means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
11.5 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
11.6 Cause means (i) if Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an Award Agreement in which the term cause is defined (a Relevant Agreement ), cause as defined in the Relevant Agreement, and (ii) if no Relevant Agreement exists, (A) the Administrators determination that Participant failed to substantially perform Participants duties (other than a failure resulting from Participants Disability); (B) the Administrators determination that Participant failed to carry out, or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board or Participants immediate supervisor; (C) the occurrence of any act or omission by Participant that could reasonably be expected to result in (or has resulted in) conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or indictable offense or crime involving moral turpitude; (D) Participants unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the premises of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or while performing Participants duties and responsibilities for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (E) Participants commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
11.7 Change in Control means and includes each of the following:
(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of
15
subsection (c) below) whereby any person or related group of persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a person that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Companys securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or
(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or
(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Companys assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:
(i) which results in the Companys voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Companys assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the Successor Entity )) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entitys outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and
(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided , however , that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) no transaction, event or occurrence shall constitute a Change in Control if, immediately following such transaction, event or occurrence, any investment fund controlled by Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC or any of its affiliates, any investment fund controlled by The Carlyle Group or any of its affiliates and/or any of their affiliates own, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Company or the Successor Entity, as applicable, and (y) if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a change in control event, as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
16
The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a change in control event as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.
11.8 Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.
11.9 Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee members failure to qualify as a non-employee director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.
11.10 Common Stock means the common shares of the Company.
11.11 Company means Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited, or any successor.
11.12 Consultant means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Companys securities; and (iii) is a natural person.
11.13 Designated Beneficiary means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participants rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participants effective designation, Designated Beneficiary will mean the Participants estate.
11.14 Director means a Board member.
11.15 Disability means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as amended.
11.16 Dividend Equivalents means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.
11.17 Employee means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
11.18 Equity Restructuring means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its shareholders, such as a share dividend, share split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other Company securities) or the share price of Common Stock (or other Company securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.
11.19 Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
17
11.20 Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.
11.21 Greater Than 10% Shareholder means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all share classes of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.
11.22 Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
11.23 Non-Qualified Stock Option means an Option not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.
11.24 Option means an option to purchase Shares.
11.25 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property.
11.26 Overall Share Limit means 9,000,000 Shares.
11.27 Participant means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.
11.28 Performance Criteria 1 mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on shareholders equity; total shareholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and
1 |
Ensure that the list is exhaustive and covers every possible metric the Company may ever contemplate in the future. |
18
other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Companys performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. The Administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j), unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Common Stock, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.
11.29 Plan means this 2015 Incentive Award Plan.
11.30 Public Trading Date means the first date upon which the Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a publicly held corporation for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).
11.31 Restricted Stock means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.
11.32 Restricted Stock Unit means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.
11.33 Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
11.34 Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.
11.35 Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
11.36 Service Provider means an Employee, Consultant or Director.
11.37 Shares means shares of Common Stock.
11.38 Stock Appreciation Right means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.
19
11.39 Subsidiary means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.
11.40 Substitute Awards shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.
11.41 Termination of Service means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.
* * * * *
20
Exhibit 10.9
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment | |
December 2009 Senior Management Grade 3 |
WRITTEN STATEMENT OF TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT
This Statement sets out some of your terms and conditions of employment and incorporates the written particulars required by the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended). This document, your offer letter, job description, and those elements of the staff information pack and any rules and procedures published by Chesapeake that are identified as having contractual effect constitute the Contract of Employment.
This Statement dated 21 st January 2010 sets out certain particulars of the terms and conditions on which Chesapeake, known hereafter as the Company employs Rick Smith of 4 Skegby Hall Gardens, Skegby, Sutton-in-Ashfield, Nottinghamshire.
The terms of this Statement will commence from 1 st February 2010.
For statutory purposes, you have been continuously employed since 15 th December 1997.
1. | PLACE OF WORK |
Your normal place of work is Nottingham or such other location within a reasonable distance of Nottingham. You may be required to travel throughout the UK and outside it as part of your job duties as directed by management from time to time. For the purposes of Part 1 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, it is not expected that you will be required to work outside the UK for more than one month at a time.
2. | JOB TITLE |
Your job title is Group Chief Financial Officer & Divisional Finance Director, Pharmaceutical & Healthcare and you will be required to undertake all the duties that are appropriate to your job title and grade. This position is a Grade 3 job in the Companys current management grade structure.
3. | JOB DUTIES AND JOB DESCRIPTION |
Your job description is attached to this Statement (Schedule A) and forms part of your terms and conditions of employment.
Due to the evolving nature and changing demands of the Companys business, your job description is only a guide to examples of the kind of job duties you are expected to undertake. Your duties may vary from time to time and you will be given advance warning (where practicable) of any such changes.
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
4. | HOURS OF WORK |
Your normal hours of work are 9:00 am to 5:00 pm, Monday to Friday, with 1 hour for lunch. However, you may be required to work whatever additional hours the needs of the business may from time to time demand without additional payment.
5. | SALARY |
Your salary is £120,000 per annum. You will be paid monthly on or around the 21 st of each month by direct bank transfer. Salaries are usually reviewed annually on 1 st April. Your next review will be 1 st April 2011. There is no contractual entitlement to any increase in your salary but you will be notified in writing in any case when there is any change to your salary.
6. | DEDUCTIONS |
For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, you authorise the Company at any time during the continuance of this agreement or following its termination (whether or not that termination is lawful) and in any event on termination of your employment, to deduct from your remuneration (which for this purpose includes salary, pay in lieu of notice, bonus, holiday and/or sick pay) all debts owed by you to the Company including but without limitation the balance of any loans outstanding (plus interest) advanced by the Company to you, the cost of repairing any damage or loss to the Companys property caused by you , any overpayment of holiday and any loss suffered by the Company as a result of any neglect or breach of duty by you.
7. | MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE SCHEME |
The Company has a discretionary Management Incentive Scheme (bonus scheme). The Company reserves the right to amend or withdraw the benefits of the bonus scheme at any time and reserves the right to terminate any employees participation in the bonus scheme at any time. Detail of the bonus scheme is set out in the Staff Information Pack.
8. | CAR RELATED CASH BENEFIT SCHEME |
The Company operates a Car Related Cash Benefit Scheme and you have an eligibility level of 3 within the scheme and detail of the scheme is set out in the Staff Information Pack. The option of taking a car under the Scheme is available to those employees where there is a continued requirement for them to travel at least 10,000 miles a year on company business. You must comply with the provisions of the scheme and where a car is provided; take good care of the car and ensure that you comply with the terms of any insurance policy affecting the car. The car may not be taken outside the U K without our written consent.
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
The Company reserves the right to alter the terms of the scheme and/or the procedures at any time.
You must promptly notify the Company of any accident in which you are involved whilst driving a car on Company business or in which your Company car is involved, any cautions or charges against you by the Police including drink driving offences and of any endorsements imposed. You must comply at all times with the Road Traffic Acts, other relevant legislation and the Highway Code.
9. | MOBILE PHONE |
Job Duties may require you to have the facilities of a mobile phone (or similar device e.g. BlackBerry Wireless Handheld). In such circumstances you agree to indemnify the Company in respect of any transmissions made by you on the equipment that are of a personal nature. If you incur any debt or liability to the Company in respect of personal transmissions then the Company may deduct from any salary or other payment due to you such amount or amounts as is necessary until the debt is repaid and the liability met.
You will at all times abide by any Company policies, currently in place and/or as amended from time to time, that relate to the use of above equipment.
10. | MEDICAL/HEALTHCARE BENEFITS |
a) | Medical Insurance Scheme |
You will remain a member of the private medical insurance scheme provided by the Company. Details of the current scheme can be provided by the Benefits Department on request.
b) | Health Screening |
You will remain eligible for health screening medicals every 3 years up to age 45 and thereafter every 2 years. We currently use Nuffield Hospitals to provide this service.
c) | Personal Accident and Travel Insurance Scheme |
You will remain eligible for cover under a Personal Accident and Travel Insurance Scheme policy. Details of the scheme will be provided by the Benefits Department on request.
d) | Sick Pay Scheme |
Full details on the scheme including the period of entitlement based on length of service and absence procedure are contained in the staff information pack.
You are not entitled to receive sick pay if you are unable to work due to your health during any period in which you may be subject to disciplinary investigation or disciplinary proceedings. Any payment of sick pay made by us in those circumstances is discretionary.
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
If the Company asks, you will undergo a medical examination performed by a doctor and paid for by the Company. You authorise the Company to have access to any reports or reports produced as a result of that examination.
The Company reserves the right to vary the terms of (or change the insurer of) any of the above benefits or to withdraw any insurance related benefits if cover is not available for you and/or your partners and/or your children at reasonable rates
11. | HOLIDAYS |
You are entitled to 26 days holiday each holiday year (accruing pro-rata) plus statutory holidays. In your first year of employment you will receive the amount of holiday actually accrued in the year.
The holiday year runs from January to to December. Holidays not taken in the year of entitlement will, unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, be lost. You will be subject to all the rules of the Holiday Policy which is set out in the staff information pack. Holiday dates must be approved in writing beforehand.
On termination of your employment any accrued but un-taken holiday will be paid on a pro-rata basis in proportion to each complete month of service in the holiday year prior to such termination.
We may decide whether or not any holiday that you have taken forms part of your entitlement under the Working Time Regulations. Unless we decide otherwise, it is assumed that holidays accruing under those Regulations are taken first.
12. | RETIREMENT & PENSION SCHEME |
The Companys retirement age is 65 for male and female employees and your employment will terminate automatically and without notice on the last day of the month in which your 65 th birthday falls.
You will remain a member of your current pension provision.
The company reserves the right to revise or withdraw pension provision under the Plan and/or to substitute the Plan by a replacement arrangement.
13. | PROFESSIONAL BODIES |
The Company will pay the annual membership fee for one relevant professional body.
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
14. | TERMINATION & NOTICE |
In the event of your leaving the Company you are required to give the Company 6 months notice whilst the Company is required to give you 12 months notice.
The Company reserves the right to dismiss you without notice or payment in lieu of notice if it has reasonable grounds to believe you are guilty of gross misconduct or gross negligence or other substantial grounds justifying your immediate dismissal including any significant breach of your contractual obligations and having particular regard to the Companys policies and procedures, including the disciplinary procedure.
The Company reserves the right to suspend you on full pay in situations of alleged acts of indiscipline whilst investigations are carried out.
15. | STAFF INFORMATION PACK |
The staff information pack contains details of other terms and conditions together with copies of core Company Policies and Procedures. The Company reserves the right to revise or replace its policies and procedures from time to time. Where there is a conflict between this Statement and any other terms and conditions this Statement shall prevail. You must comply with all of our rules, policies and procedures contained in the information pack therefore it is very important that you read and fully understand everything in the information pack. Should you have any queries you should ask the Personnel Department for clarification and guidance.
16. | SAFETY/HYGIENE POLICY |
You will undertake to comply with the Company policy on all health/hygiene, safety and environmental matters. A copy of the policy is contained in the staff information pack.
17. | DISCIPLINARY RULES AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE |
You are subject to the Companys Disciplinary Rules and Procedures and Grievance and Disputes Procedure. Copies of the respective policies are contained in the staff information pack. In cases of gross misconduct the Company reserves the right to dismiss you without notice or pay in lieu. You have the right to appeal against any disciplinary decision and details of this are set out in the procedure. In all other cases should you be dissatisfied with any other matter affecting your employment you have the right to raise the issue with your immediate Manager as part of the companys grievance procedure. The Companys Disciplinary Rules and Procedures and Grievance and Disputes Procedure do not form part of your Contract of Employment and do not give rise to any contractual rights as between you and the Company.
18. | DUTY OF CONFIDENTIALITY |
You shall not either during the period of employment with the Company, or thereafter, discuss with or divulge to any person, firm, company, partnership or organisation or otherwise use any information of a secret or confidential nature relating to the Company, or the Group of which it is a part, or those with whom they deal or acquired during your
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
period of employment. Confidential information includes (but is not limited to) details about the Companys clients, customers, suppliers, employees, actual, potential or past and all details relating to information on any of its databases as well as other information which is identified as confidential or by its nature is confidential. The restrictions contained in this clause shall cease to apply to information which becomes publicly known or where disclosure or use is legitimate in the course of the employment.
19. | ALL PROPERTIES TO BE RETURNED ON TERMINATION |
You are required to return to the Company, before the end of your employment, or immediately after should your employment terminate without notice or at any other time at the reasonable request of the Company, all property belonging to the Company or the Group of which it forms a part, or relating to its/their business including all papers, documents, keys, credit cards, computer media and cars. This obligation extends to all notes, extracts, summaries or copies of any documents howsoever stored. You will be required to sign an undertaking that all such property has been duly returned.
20. | REPRESENTING THE COMPANY |
You are not permitted to represent yourself as an authorised agent for the Company except where specifically authorised to do so. On termination of your employment you must not hold yourself out as being an employee of the Company. Should there be any misrepresentation or intention to deceive in this respect, or any attempt to interfere with the relationships between the Company and its existing or potential clients, suppliers or agents, the Company may take proceedings against you to prevent such action and to recover any loss incurred as a result.
21. | NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-COMPETITION |
a) | In order to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company you agree that you will not, without the prior written consent of the Company for a period of 3 months after the termination of your employment howsoever caused and whether on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person firm or company- |
i) | engage or be concerned whether directly or indirectly in any business which competes in any way whatsoever (whether directly or indirectly) with such part or parts of the Companys business with which you were concerned to a material extent during the final year of your employment with The Company. |
ii) | solicit, accept the custom or business of or deal with in competition with the Company, the custom or business of any person who during the period of 12 months immediately preceding the termination of your employment was a customer or supplier of the Company and with whom you had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company and in relation to such part or parts of the Companys business with which you were concerned to a material extent during the final year of your employment with the Company. |
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
iii) | approach or solicit any person who, during the final year of your employment was a senior employee or officer of the Company with whom you had a working relationship with a view to recruiting that person to a business venture which competes (or which will, once operational, compete) with such part or parts of the Companys business with which you were concerned to a material extent during the final year of your employment with The Company. |
b) | The restrictions contained in this clause are considered necessary and reasonable by the parties. In the event that the restrictions are found to be void unless some part of it were deleted or the period of application reduced then such restriction shall apply with such modifications as may be necessary to make it valid or effective. |
22. | GARDEN LEAVE AND PAYMENT IN LIEU OF NOTICE |
a) | The Company reserves the right where either you or the Company gives notice to terminate the employment or otherwise purports to terminate the employment, to exclude you from all or any of the Companys places of business, and to require you to remain at home during all or part of the contractual notice period and/or to perform other tasks outside the normal scope of your duties. |
b) | The Company may require you not to have any contact with any of its customers, suppliers or its other business contacts and, where appropriate, its employees during any such period. |
c) | Where the Company requires you to stay at home or perform other duties under this clause, the Company is relieved from any obligation whatsoever to provide you with work to do, and your normal duties of work as described in this Statement will be suspended for the duration of the notice period. For the avoidance of doubt your employment continues during this period, including your obligations of confidentiality, fidelity and not to have other business interests. The Company will continue to pay your salary and provide all other contractual benefits to which you are entitled for the notice period (provided that it may instead provide you with the cash equivalent of all or any of such benefits). |
d) | The Company may require you to take or not to take all or part of any outstanding holiday during your notice period. |
e) | The Company at its absolute discretion reserves the right to terminate your employment with immediate effect and pay you in lieu of any notice of termination or any part therefore outstanding (irrespective of whether you have served notice or the Company has served notice). Bonus and incentive payments will be excluded from the calculation of payment to be made in lieu of notice. |
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
23. | OTHER BUSINESS INTERESTS |
You shall not, whilst in the employment of the Company or any other division within the or any other division of the Company, including affiliated companies being part of Chesapeake, be engaged in any other business or employment whatsoever without the previous consent, in writing, of the Company, and you shall devote the whole of your working time, attention and abilities exclusively to the business of the Company and in all respects obey and conform to the orders and regulations from time to time issued by the Company, and shall at all times well and faithfully serve the Company.
24. | INVENTIONS AND DISCOVERIES |
Every invention, improvement or discovery made or discovered by you during the period of your employment with the Company and arising out of, or in consequence of, such employment shall be deemed to have been made by and on behalf of the Company and shall belong to the Company exclusively and you shall forthwith provide to the Company full particulars of each such invention, improvement and discovery. You shall at the request and cost of the Company both whilst in such employment and thereafter take such steps as the Company may direct to procure the granting of Letters of Patent in the U.K. and similar protection abroad in respect of every invention, improvement and discovery and shall execute all assignments, licences and other documents required by the Company to deal with the said Letters of Patent, other intellectual property rights and/or similar protection in such a manner as the Company may think fit.
25. | SHARE DEALING RULES |
You agree to comply with the terms of any share dealing rules that may be issued by the company from time to time.
26. | DATA COLLECTION |
As part of your terms and conditions of employment, you give the Company permission to collect, retain and process information about you, including your age, sex, ethnic origin and attendance at work. This information will be used so that we can monitor our compliance with the law and best practice in terms of employment relations equal opportunity and non-discrimination and exercise, administer or perform any right or obligation in connection with your employment. The information which we hold will be checked with you from time to time to ensure that it remains up to date. You agree to keep us informed of any changes to your personal data and to comply with the Data Protection Act 1998.
Rick Smith | Terms & Conditions of Employment |
27. | OTHER AGREEMENTS |
You acknowledge that there are no other agreements or arrangements whether written, oral or implied between you and the Company relating to your employment other than those expressly set out or referred to in this Statement. In particular, you acknowledge that these terms and conditions are in substitution for all other terms and conditions entered into between you and the Company and that you have no claim whatsoever against the Company in respect of a waiver of your rights under any former terms and conditions of employment.
There are no collective agreements that directly affect the terms and conditions of your employment.
28. | SEVERABILITY |
If any part or term or provision of this Agreement, not being of a fundamental nature, is held to be illegal or unenforceable the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected.
29. | CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999 |
This agreement does not confer any rights on your spouse or dependents or on any other third party under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.
30. | PROPER LAW |
This Agreement shall be governed, construed and take effect in all respects in accordance with English Law and the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction regarding any dispute under it.
/s/ Jerry Kerins |
||
Signed on behalf of the Company - Jerry Kerins | ||
Date: |
|
I have read, understood and accept the Terms and Conditions of Employment as stated and referred to above and those contained in my offer letter and set out in the staff information pack, which are relevant to my employment with the Company.
/s/ Rick Smith |
||
Signed (Rick Smith) | ||
Date: |
|
Exhibit 10.10
Rick Smith | ||
4 Skegby Hall Gardens | ||
Skegby | ||
Sutton In Ashfield | Millennium Way West | |
Nottinghamshire | Phoenix Centre | |
NG17 3FX | Nottingham | |
NG8 6AW | ||
Tel: (0115) 979 6300 | ||
Fax: (0115) 979 50600 | ||
www.chesapeakecorp.com |
Dear Rick
Re. the Paperboard Group Update to your Terms and Conditions of Employment
Reference is made to an investment agreement dated on or around the date hereof among you, the Managers (as defined therein), CEP III Chase SARL, Chase Manco, L.P., CEP III Chase Finance SARL, Chase Midco 1 Limited and Chase Topco Limited (the Investment Agreement ). Capitalised terms used herein, but not otherwise defined, shall have the meaning given to them in the Investment Agreement.
As you are aware, pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, the Paperboard Group (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), comprising: (i) Chesapeake Packaging Asia Limited; (ii) Chesapeake Packaging B.V.; (iii) Chesapeake Packaging GmbH; (iv) Chesapeake UK Holdings Limited; and (v) Chesapeake US Inc., and each of their subsidiaries, was sold to Chase Bidco Limited.
As a condition to closing of the transactions contemplated by the Investment Agreement, you, as a senior manager employed by a Paperboard Group entity, are required to enter into this amendment letter (the Employment Contract Amendment Letter ), amending the terms of your existing employment contract (the Employment Contract ) with your Paperboard Group employing entity (the Employer ) as follows:
(i) | In addition to any existing termination provisions in the Employment Contract, the Employer shall be entitled, but not bound, to terminate your employment with your Employer with immediate effect without notice or payment in lieu of notice if you commit a material breach of: |
a. | Clauses 7.2 (Conduct of Business), 8.2 (Provision of Information) or 19.3, 19.5, 19.6, 19.7 and 19.9 (Exit & Refinancing) of the Investment Agreement; or |
b. | Articles 52.2 (Share Transfers: General), |
c. | the Warranties (as defined in the Investment Agreement), provided that such breach gives rise to a successful claim under the Subscription Letter |
provided that if the breach is capable of remedy, such breach is not remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Majority Investors (as defined in the Investment Agreement) within 10 Business Days of receipt of notice in writing of such breach by you.
Registered Number: 2586987, England and Wales
Registered office: Millennium Way West, Phoenix Centre, Nottingham NG8 6AW
(ii) | The Employer reserves the right in its absolute discretion to terminate your employment with the Paperboard Group immediately by giving you notice of termination in writing either instead of or at any time after prior notice of termination is given by either party to the Employment Contract. In these circumstances, subject to any terms of the Employment Contract permitting the Employer to terminate your employment summarily, within 14 days the Employer will make a payment to you in lieu of the unexpired notice period of an amount equal to basic salary you would have earned and the cost to the Employer of providing your contractual benefits during the unexpired notice period, as reasonably determined by the Employer. The payments will not include any bonus, commission, share of profits and any other benefits, for example benefits derived from any share incentives, and will be paid less any deductions for tax and social security contributions, anywhere in the world arising. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that your employment with the Paperboard Group is terminated after the end of a bonus year but before the date that a bonus is due to be paid, you will be entitled to a payment in respect of the bonus accrued, if any, for that prior bonus year, calculated in accordance with and paid at the same time as, bonuses for those other senior managers who remain in employment on the applicable bonus payment date. |
To the extent any term or terms of your Employment Contract conflict with the terms of this letter, the terms of this letter shall prevail. All other terms and conditions of your employment with the Paperboard Group shall remain the same.
For your reference, we attach extracts of the clauses of the Investment Agreement and Articles referred to above. These are for illustration only and reference must at all times be made to the versions of the Investment Agreement and Articles in force at the applicable time.
Please sign and return a copy of this letter to confirm you have read and understood it and agree to its terms.
Yours sincerely |
/s/ Mike Cheetham |
Mike Cheetham |
CEO, Chesapeake |
For and on behalf of the Paperboard Group |
Registered Number: 2586987, England and Wales
Registered office: Millennium Way West, Phoenix Centre, Nottingham NG8 6AW
I, [ Name Rick Smith], confirm that I have read and understood the terms of this Employment Contract Amendment Letter sent to me on [30/9/13] by the Paperboard Group amending certain provisions of my Employment Contract and I agree to its terms.
Signed: | /s/ Rick Smith | |
|
Registered Number: 2586987, England and Wales
Registered office: Millennium Way West, Phoenix Centre, Nottingham NG8 6AW
Extract from Investment Agreement
Clause 7.2
Each Manager undertake[s] to the Investors that he shall (to the extent that he (as applicable) is reasonably and legally able to do so) procure that the Company performs its obligations as set out in Schedule 3.
Clause 8.2
Each Manager undertake[s] to the Investors that he shall (to the extent that he (as applicable) is reasonably and legally able to do so) procure that the Company performs its obligations as set out in Schedule 4.
Clause 19.3
If the Majority Investors propose an Exit, Asset Sale or a Refinancing, . the Managers shall take such steps (as a shareholder, director, employee or otherwise), execute such documents, pass such resolutions or otherwise give such cooperation and assistance to implement the Exit, Asset Sale or Refinancing as is reasonably required by the Majority Investors which, in the case of the Managers, shall include the preparation of an information memorandum, the giving of presentations to potential purchasers, investors, financiers and their advisers and the provision of assistance in any syndication process or the voting of any shares or giving of any class consents in accordance with the Majority Investors reasonable requirements as is necessary or desirable to facilitate the Exit, Asset Sale or Refinancing.
Clause 19.5
Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that immediately prior to, but conditional upon, an Exit the share capital of the relevant Group Company shall be reorganised as may be reasonably determined by the Majority Investors for the purpose of enabling or assisting an Exit to occur (a Pre-Exit Reorganisation ) provided always that. the economic rights of the A Ordinary Shares will not be affected without the economic rights of the B Ordinary Shares being proportionately affected and the proceeds that would have been received by the holders of A Ordinary Shares on such Exit but for the Pre-Exit Reorganisation and the proceeds that will be received by the holders of A Ordinary Shares on such Exit following the Pre-Exit Reorganisation will remain the same in all material respects.
Clause 19.6
The Managers acknowledge that, in view of the opportunity afforded to them by the terms of their subscriptions for Shares, Loan Notes, Manco Interests or shares in any Group Company or a New Holding Company that is the subject of the Exit as a result of a Pre-Exit Reorganisation, in the event of an Exit:
(a) | they will give such warranties, indemnities and restrictive covenants as are customarily given in the context of such an Exit and which are negotiated between the Managers and the purchaser or sponsor as the case may be; |
(b) | they will each reveal to the Investors the full details of any agreements, arrangements or understandings pursuant to which they (or any person connected with them) will or may receive any consideration in respect of the Exit; and |
(c) | in the event such Exit is an IPO, they will agree such reasonable restrictions on the disposal of their Shares (or those held by their Family Trusts) for a reasonable period after the IPO as is recommended by the sponsor on such IPO, subject to customary limitations. |
Clause 19.7
Promptly following an Asset Sale the Managers shall, at the request of the Majority Investors, take such steps (in so far as each has the power to do so) as are necessary to achieve a Winding-Up and to distribute the surplus assets of the Group in accordance with the Articles as soon as reasonably practicable following completion of such Asset Sale.
Clause 19.9
. each of the Managers agree that:
(a) | they will promptly notify the Majority Investors and the Investor Directors of any serious approach from a third party who is potentially interested in acquiring shares or other securities (including debt securities) in the Group or acquiring a substantial part of the business or assets of the Group (a Prospective Buyer ) about which it or they become actually aware; and |
(b) | without the prior consent in writing of the Majority Investors, they will not (and will procure that no other shareholder, director, adviser, agent or employee of the Group does not) directly or indirectly: |
(i) | enter into or be involved in any negotiation with any Prospective Buyer; or |
(ii) | make available any information relating to the Group to any Prospective Buyer. |
2
SCHEDULE 3
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS
1. | CONDUCT OF BUSINESS |
1.1 | Except as otherwise expressly required or permitted under this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Majority Investors, the Company shall at all times: |
(a) | procure that each Group Company properly manages its business, makes no change in the nature of its business, complies with all Laws applicable to it in respect of the conduct of its business, carries on its business only in the ordinary course, takes all reasonable steps to preserve and protect its assets and goodwill, including its relationships with customers and suppliers and obtains and maintains in full force and effect all licences, consents and authorisations required for the conduct of the whole or any part of its business and ensure that any expansion, development or evolution of the business of the Group, as carried on today, is effected only through the Group Companies; |
(b) | procure that each Group Company complies with all Anti-Corruption Laws; |
(c) | seek to develop its business in accordance with the Annual Budget; |
(d) | insure and keep insured at all times with reputable insurers the insurable assets and undertakings of the Group to the extent, in the amounts and against the risks which its insurance brokers advise that it would be good practice to keep (such insurance to include cover against any liability of the directors of any Group Companies and their respective alternates in the lawful performance of their respective duties) and procure that the insurances maintained by the Group are reviewed by the Companys insurance brokers at least once in each calendar year and that all reasonable recommendations made by such insurance brokers in relation to such insurances are complied with and not do anything or, as far as practicable suffer anything to be done whereby any such insurance policies shall become void or voidable or an increased premium thereon shall become payable; |
(e) | comply with the Disclosure and Transparency Guidelines, to the extent applicable, including vis-à-vis its reporting, communication and disclosure obligations thereunder and as required by the Majority Investors; |
(f) | implement and maintain systems and policies to ensure compliance with, and comply with, any CRC Measures that apply to any Group Company and take all steps required by an Investor (or any of its Affiliate) for them to comply with their obligations in relation to CRC Measures, on a timely basis including: (i) the payment of all relevant costs for which any member of the Group is liable in relation to CRC Measures; and (ii) the reimbursement of all relevant costs in relation to the Groups compliance with CRC Measures for which any of the Investors (or their Affiliates) become liable; |
(g) | procure that each Group Company complies with its obligations under this Agreement, the Share Purchase Agreement, the Loan Note Instrument, its constitutional documents and the Finance Documents and, at the request of an Investor Director, enforces all of its rights thereunder and shall not, without the consent of the Majority Investors, release, compound or compromise any liability to any Group Company by any party thereto or give time or indulgence to any such party and shall not apply for any waiver or consent thereunder or make any amendment thereunder which may reasonably be considered to be prejudicial to the interests of the Investors; |
(h) | take such action as is necessary under the terms of the Finance Documents to enable all payments due to be paid under the terms of the Articles and the Loan Notes to be paid when due (or as soon thereafter as the terms of the Finance Documents permit); |
(i) | maintain effective and appropriate control systems in relation to the financial, accounting, tax and record keeping functions of the Group and conduct such internal audits into its operations and management as the Board directs, to be led by an internal controller in conjunction with the Companys auditors at the time; |
3
(j) | take reasonable steps to protect any Confidential Information; and |
(k) | procure that each Group Company shall enforce to the fullest extent practicable the obligations of its employees, directors, officers, consultants and exclusive contractors under their respective employment contracts, service agreements, agreements for the provision of services and consultancy agreements insofar as those obligations: |
(i) | apply following termination of the employment, consultancy or contractorship; |
(ii) | relate to the disclosure of confidential information; |
(iii) | relate to the disclosure of or the ownership of Intellectual Property or the procedures for vesting and/or perfecting such ownership or rights to Intellectual Property in the relevant Group Company; or |
(iv) | relate to any interest such employee, consultant or exclusive contractor may have in any business, company, partnership or other undertaking or in any contract or other arrangement which is or may be or become harmful to any Group Company. |
2. | RESERVED MATTERS |
2.1 | Except as otherwise expressly required or permitted under this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Majority Investors, the Company shall at all times procure that no Group Company: |
Constitutional Arrangements
(a) | other than as permitted under this Agreement, creates, allots, issues, redeems or repurchases any share, loan capital or other security or grants any options over, or any other right in respect of, any share, loan capital or other security; |
(b) | makes any alteration to its constitutional documents; |
(c) | makes any change to its name; |
(d) | takes any steps to: |
(i) | wind itself up; |
(ii) | obtain an administration order in respect; |
(iii) | invite any person to appoint a receiver or receiver and manager of the whole or any party of its business; |
(iv) | make a proposal for a voluntary arrangement under section 1 of the Insolvency Act 1986; |
(v) | obtain a compromise or arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006; or |
(vi) | do anything similar or analogous to those things in paragraphs (A) to (E) above, in any other jurisdiction; |
(e) | makes any material changes to the accounting procedures or principles by reference to which its accounts are prepared or the basis of their application or its accounting reference date (save as may be necessary to comply with changes in statements of standard accounting practice); |
(f) | changes its auditors unless they shall at their own insistence resign or not seek re appointment (in which event no new appointment shall be made without the written consent of the Majority Investors); |
4
Distributions
(g) | (other than as required by the Articles in respect of the Shares) declares, makes or pays a dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, stock or in kind) or makes any reduction of its paid-up share capital; |
Encumbrances
(h) | creates, grants, issues or varies any Encumbrance over its shares, assets or undertaking (otherwise than in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the Finance Documents or any document to be entered into pursuant to the Finance Documents or any security created pursuant to them); |
Transaction Documents
(i) | amends, takes any action under, or waives any right or claim under this Agreement, the Articles, the Loan Note Instrument, the Share Purchase Agreement or any agreement or arrangement entered into in connection therewith; |
(j) | takes any action or makes any omission which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; |
On-going Operations
(k) | enters into any transaction of any nature other than on arms length terms; |
(l) | makes any material alteration to the nature of its business; |
(m) | makes any explanation of non-compliance with the requirements of the Disclosure and Transparency Guidelines; |
(n) | makes any change to the Annual Budget; |
(o) | fail to settle in accordance with the payment procedures and timescales normally observed by the Group any debts incurred in the normal course of trading; |
(p) | enters into any discussions or negotiations with potential purchaser of the Group or any material part thereof; |
(q) | enters into any lease, lease hire or hire purchase agreement or agreement for payment on deferred terms having an annual value exceeding £250,000; |
(r) | implements any new risk management, health and safety or environmental policy; |
(s) | factors any of its book debts or enters into any invoice discounting or similar arrangements; |
(t) | makes any political donations; |
(u) | makes charitable donations in excess of £75,000 in aggregate per annum; |
Material Contracts
(v) | enters into, makes any material modification to or terminates any contract which either: (i) is incapable of being performed in accordance with its terms within 3 years and has an annual net impact on the EBITDA of the Group of £2.0 million or more; or (ii) results in, or is reasonably likely to result in, revenues of, or expenditure by, the Group in excess of £10.0 million per annum; |
(w) | enters into any agreement which: |
(i) | restricts its freedom to do business, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business of the Group as carried on in the twelve months prior to Completion; or |
(ii) | restricts its freedom to do business in a material respect; |
5
Capital Expenditure
(x) | incurs any capital expenditure in excess of £500,000 on any individual project unless (and to the extent that) such capital expenditure has been forecast in the Annual Budget in respect of the applicable Financial Year; |
Borrowing
(y) | borrows any money (other than pursuant to, or as permitted by, the Finance Documents) or enters into any foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps or other derivative instruments; |
(z) | grants or modifies the terms of any loans or other financial facilities (except to Employees in amounts not exceeding £2,000 per Employee, or in the normal course of trading, or to a wholly-owned subsidiary for use in the normal course of trading) or any guarantees or indemnities for the benefit of any person; |
Acquisitions, Disposals and Joint Ventures
(aa) | enters into any agreement or arrangement or permits any action whereby another company becomes its subsidiary undertaking where the enterprise value of such subsidiary is greater than £500,000 or where a current Group Company ceases to be a Group Company; |
(bb) | enters into any joint venture, partnership or agreement or arrangement for the sharing of profits or assets; |
(cc) | acquires (whether by one transaction of by a series of transactions) the whole, or a substantial or material part of the business, undertaking or assets of any other person where the value of such acquisition is in excess of £500,000; |
(dd) | disposes of (whether by one transaction or by a series of transactions) the whole or any substantial or material part of its business, undertaking or any other of its assets where the value of such disposal is in excess of £500,000; |
Insurance
(ee) | materially modifies the terms of any insurance policies of the Group; |
Exit
(ff) | appoints any advisers on an Asset Sale, Exit or Refinancing or on any other matter material to the Group as a whole; |
Litigation
(gg) | institutes, engages in or settles any material legal proceedings (except in respect of debt collection in the ordinary course of business); |
Officers and Employees
(hh) | appoints or removes from the board of any Group Company or terminates the employment of: (A) any director, officer or company secretary; or (B) any Employee: (x) whose aggregate annual salary and emoluments (including bonus) is in excess of £100,000; or (y) who is a Manager; |
(ii) | enters into, terminates or varies any contract or arrangement between any member of the Group and a Manager (or a connected person of a Manager) or in which the Manager is otherwise interested; |
6
(jj) | enters into any material correspondence or discussions with the trustees of any pension scheme of any Group Company or enters into any correspondence or discussions with the Pensions Regulator; |
(kk) | makes any material changes (other than those required by Law) to the terms and conditions of employment (including the provision of any contractual or non-contractual benefits) of directors, officers or employees (including granting any new options or other entitlements under existing schemes or benefits); |
(ll) | makes any amendment, other than solely to comply with legislative requirements, to any agreements or arrangements for the payment of pensions or other benefits on retirement to present or former directors, officers or employees of any of the Group Companies or any of their dependants; or |
Agreement
(mm) | enters into any agreement or arrangement (whether in writing or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing or allow or permit any of the foregoing. |
7
SCHEDULE 4
INFORMATION OBLIGATIONS
1. | FINANCIAL INFORMATION |
1.1 | The Company undertakes to the Investors that it will prepare and deliver to each of the Investors, at the Companys cost: |
(a) | not later than 20 Business Days before the beginning of each Financial Year, a detailed draft operating budget of the Group in respect of such Financial Year (including a cash flow and capital expenditure forecast for the Group in respect of such Financial Year broken down by month and a specific list of transactions proposed in such Financial Year for which the consent of the Majority Investors is required) in the form reasonably required by the Investors, and once the Investors have been consulted as to form and content and the written consent of the Majority Investors has been given such budget shall be adopted as the annual budget (the Annual Budget ); |
(b) | within four months after the commencement of any Financial Year and within one month of the end of each three month period thereafter, an updated Annual Budget for the remainder of such Financial Year (which shall not constitute the Annual Budget unless and until the written consent of the Majority Investors is given) and a comparison against the original Annual Budget; |
(c) | within 10 Business Days of the end of and in respect of each month, consolidated monthly management accounts of the Group in the form reasonably required by the Majority Investors including a profit and loss account or equivalent financial statement required to be prepared by International Accounting Standards and a balance sheet, cash flow statement and forecast in each case with a comparison against the Annual Budget together with a report by the managing director of the Group on the trading and prospects of the Group; and |
(d) | promptly upon the same becoming available and in any event not later than four months after the end of each Financial Year, the audited (consolidated, where appropriate) financial statements for such Financial Year in relation to the Group and the audited financial statements for such Financial Year in relation to each Group Company, including in each case all additional information and related notes and the directors report and auditors report. |
2. | OTHER INFORMATION |
2.1 | The Company undertakes to the Investors that it will: |
(a) | keep the Investor Directors and the Investor promptly informed as soon as reasonably practicable of all material matters relating to the business of the Group to such extent and in such form as the Investor Directors and the Majority Investors may from time to time reasonably require; |
(b) | procure that the Investors are given such information and such access to the officers, employees and premises of the Group as the Majority Investors may reasonably require; |
(c) | deliver to the Investors information regarding any offer or approach (formal or informal) which might lead to any sale or disposal of any Shares or of any part of the business or assets of the Group (otherwise than in the ordinary and normal course of trading) as soon as reasonably practicable upon the Company or any member of the Board becoming actually aware of it; |
(d) | deliver to each Investor a copy of the draft minutes of each meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board, as soon as reasonably practicable following, and in any event, no later than the earlier of the same time the minutes are made available to the relevant directors of the board(s) and the Business Day before the next meeting of the relevant board or committee; or within two weeks of such meeting; |
8
(e) | as soon as practicable upon any Group Company or any member of the Board becoming aware of them, deliver to the Investors written details of any circumstances which will or might be reasonably likely to: |
(i) | cause any actual or prospective material adverse change in the financial position, prospects, assets or business of the Group; or |
(ii) | adversely affect any Group Companys ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Finance Documents or enforceability of any security thereunder, or its obligations under any material contract to which it is a party; |
(f) | deliver to the Investors written notification as soon as practicable and in any event within 24 hours if it becomes aware of any violation by any Group Company of any Law, statute, regulation or ordinance of any government entity, applicable to any Group Company which could in any respect materially and adversely affect the business or reputation of the Group or of any Investor; |
(g) | deliver to the Investors written details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or claim which might by itself, or together with any other proceedings or claim, either have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Group (or affect adversely its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement) as soon as the proceedings or claim is issued or threatened in writing; and |
(h) | deliver to the Investors as soon as practicable following publication any reports or studies commissioned by or on behalf of any Group Company and any interim drafts obtained by any Group Company in connection with the same. |
9
Extract from Articles
Article 52.2
No share or shares may be transferred to any person at any time, except:
(a) | as permitted. with the prior written consent of an Investor Director; |
(b) | as required pursuant to Article 54 [(compulsory transfers]); |
(c) | where such transfer is required pursuant to a Drag Along Notice; |
(d) | where such transfer is made pursuant to the acceptance of an offer made in accordance with Article 56.1 [(Tag along right)]. |
10
Exhibit 10.11
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
2015 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the Grant Notice ) have the meanings given to them in the 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the Plan ) of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited (the Company ).
The Company hereby grants to the participant listed below ( Participant ) the stock option described in this Grant Notice (the Option ), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Agreement ), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.
Participant: | ||
Grant Date: | ||
Exercise Price per Share: | ||
Shares Subject to the Option: | ||
Final Expiration Date: | ||
Vesting Commencement Date: | ||
Vesting Schedule: | [To be specified in individual award agreements] | |
Type of Option | Non-Qualified Stock Option |
By Participants signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED |
PARTICIPANT | |||||||
By: |
|
By: |
|
|||||
Print Name: |
|
Print Name: |
|
|||||
Title: |
|
Exhibit A
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
1.1 Grant of Option . Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Participant the Option effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the Grant Date ).
1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.
ARTICLE II.
PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY
2.1 Commencement of Exercisability . The Option will vest and become exercisable according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the Vesting Schedule ) except that any fraction of a Share as to which the Option would be vested or exercisable will be accumulated and will vest and become exercisable only when a whole Share has accumulated. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, the Option will immediately expire and be forfeited as to any portion that is not vested and exercisable as of Participants Termination of Service for any reason.
2.2 Duration of Exercisability . The Vesting Schedule is cumulative. Any portion of the Option which vests and becomes exercisable will remain vested and exercisable until the Option expires. The Option will be forfeited immediately upon its expiration.
2.3 Expiration of Option . The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after, and will expire on, the first of the following to occur:
(a) The final expiration date in the Grant Notice;
(b) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participants Termination of Service, unless Participants Termination of Service is for Cause or by reason of Participants death or Disability;
(c) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participants Termination of Service by reason of Participants death or Disability; and
(d) Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, Participants Termination of Service for Cause.
ARTICLE III.
EXERCISE OF OPTION
3.1 Person Eligible to Exercise . During Participants lifetime, only Participant may exercise the Option. After Participants death, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time the Option expires, be exercised by Participants Designated Beneficiary as provided in the Plan.
3.2 Partial Exercise . Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised, in whole or in part, according to the procedures in the Plan at any time prior to the time the Option or portion thereof expires, except that the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.
3.3 Tax Withholding .
(a) The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participants failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Option as Participants election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Option.
(b) Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participants tax liability.
ARTICLE IV.
OTHER PROVISIONS
4.1 Adjustments . Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.
4.2 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Companys Secretary at the Companys principal office or the Secretarys then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant (or, if Participant is then deceased, to the person entitled to exercise the Option) at Participants last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Companys personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.
4.3 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
4.4 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.
A-2
4.5 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
4.6 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Option will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
4.7 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
4.8 Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.
4.9 Limitation on Participants Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.
4.10 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.
4.11 Counterparts . The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.
* * * * *
A-3
Exhibit 10.12
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
2015 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT NOTICE
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Restricted Stock Grant Notice (the Grant Notice ) have the meanings given to them in the 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the Plan ) of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited (the Company ).
The Company has granted to the participant listed below ( Participant ) the shares of Restricted Stock described in this Grant Notice (the Restricted Shares ), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the Agreement ), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.
Participant: | ||
Grant Date: | ||
Number of Restricted Shares: | ||
Vesting Commencement Date: | ||
Vesting Schedule: | [To be specified in individual award agreements] |
By Participants signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED |
PARTICIPANT | |||||
By: |
|
|
||||
Name: |
|
[Participant Name] | ||||
Title: |
|
Exhibit A
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
1.1 Issuance of Restricted Shares . The Company will issue the Restricted Shares to the Participant effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice and will cause (a) a share certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares to be registered in Participants name or (b) the Restricted Shares to be held in book-entry form. If a share certificate is issued, the certificate will be delivered to, and held in accordance with this Agreement by, the Company or its authorized representatives and will bear the restrictive legends required by this Agreement. If the Restricted Shares are held in book-entry form, then the book-entry will indicate that the Restricted Shares are subject to the restrictions of this Agreement.
1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . The Restricted Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.
ARTICLE II.
VESTING, FORFEITURE AND ESCROW
2.1 Vesting . The Restricted Shares will become vested Shares (the Vested Shares ) according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice except that any fraction of a Share that would otherwise become a Vested Share will be accumulated and will become a Vested Share only when a whole Vested Share has accumulated.
2.2 Forfeiture . In the event of Participants Termination of Service for any reason, Participant will immediately and automatically forfeit to the Company any Shares that are not Vested Shares (the Unvested Shares ) at the time of Participants Termination of Service, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided in a binding written agreement between Participant and the Company. Upon forfeiture of Unvested Shares, the Company will become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares and all related interests and Participant will have no further rights with respect to the Unvested Shares.
2.3 Escrow .
(a) Unvested Shares will be held by the Company or its authorized representatives until (i) they are forfeited, (ii) they become Vested Shares or (iii) this Agreement is no longer in effect. By accepting this Award, Participant appoints the Company and its authorized representatives as Participants attorney(s)-in-fact to take all actions necessary to effect any transfer of forfeited Unvested Shares (and Retained Distributions (as defined below), if any, paid on such forfeited Unvested Shares) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement and to execute such representations or other documents or assurances as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer. The Company, or its authorized representative, will not be liable for any good faith act or omission with respect to the holding in escrow or transfer of the Restricted Shares.
(b) All cash dividends and other distributions made or declared with respect to Unvested Shares ( Retained Distributions ) will be held by the Company until the time (if ever) when the Unvested Shares to which such Retained Distributions relate become Vested Shares. The Company will establish a separate Retained Distribution bookkeeping account ( Retained Distribution Account ) for each Unvested Share with respect to which Retained Distributions have been made or declared in cash and credit the Retained Distribution Account (without interest) on the date of payment with the amount of such cash made or declared with respect to the Unvested Share. Retained Distributions (including any Retained Distribution Account balance) will immediately and automatically be forfeited upon forfeiture of the Unvested Share with respect to which the Retained Distributions were paid or declared.
(c) As soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which an Unvested Share becomes a Vested Share, the Company will (i) cause the certificate (or a new certificate without the legend required by this Agreement, if Participant so requests) representing the Share to be delivered to Participant or, if the Share is held in book-entry form, cause the notations indicating the Share is subject to the restrictions of this Agreement to be removed and (ii) pay to Participant the Retained Distributions relating to the Share.
2.4 Rights as Shareholder . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, upon issuance of the Restricted Shares by the Company, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote the Restricted Shares and to receive dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Restricted Shares.
ARTICLE III.
TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING
3.1 Representation . Participant represents to the Company that Participant has reviewed with Participants own tax advisors the tax consequences of the Restricted Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.
3.2 Section 83(b) Election . If Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Restricted Shares, Participant will deliver a copy of the election to the Company promptly after filing the election with the Internal Revenue Service.
3.3 Tax Withholding .
(a) The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participants failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Restricted Shares as Participants election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise deliverable under the Award.
(b) Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Restricted Shares, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Restricted Shares. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the Restricted Shares or the subsequent sale of the Restricted Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure this Award to reduce or eliminate Participants tax liability.
A-2
ARTICLE IV.
RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND TRANSFERABILITY
4.1 Legends . Any certificate representing a Restricted Share will bear the following legend until the Restricted Share becomes a Vested Share:
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE
SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND
MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON
FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
4.2 Transferability . The Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions are subject to the restrictions on transfer in the Plan and may not be sold, assigned or transferred in any manner unless and until they become Vested Shares. Any attempted transfer or disposition of Unvested Shares or related Retained Distributions prior to the time the Unvested Shares become Vested Shares will be null and void. The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Restricted Share that has been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of this Agreement or (b) treat as owner of such Restricted Share or accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Restricted Share has been so transferred. The Company may issue appropriate stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent, if any, or make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.
ARTICLE V.
OTHER PROVISIONS
5.1 Adjustments . Participant acknowledges that the Restricted Shares are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.
5.2 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Companys Secretary at the Companys principal office or the Secretarys then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant at Participants last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Companys personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.
5.3 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
5.4 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.
5.5 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement or the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
A-3
5.6 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Restricted Shares will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
5.7 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
5.8 Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.
5.9 Limitation on Participants Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Award.
5.10 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.
5.11 Counterparts . The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.
* * * * *
A-4
Exhibit 10.13
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
2015 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the Grant Notice ) have the meanings given to them in the 2015 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the Plan ) of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited (the Company ).
The Company has granted to the participant listed below ( Participant ) the Restricted Stock Units described in this Grant Notice (the RSUs ), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the Agreement ), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.
Participant: | ||
Grant Date: | ||
Number of RSUs: | ||
Vesting Commencement Date: | ||
Vesting Schedule: | [To be specified in individual award agreements] |
By Participants signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED | PARTICIPANT | |||||
By: |
|
|
||||
Name: |
|
[Participant Name] | ||||
Title: |
|
Exhibit A
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.
ARTICLE I.
GENERAL
1.1 Award of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents .
(a) The Company has granted the RSUs to Participant effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the Grant Date ). Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share or, at the option of the Company, an amount of cash, in either case, as set forth in this Agreement. Participant will have no right to the distribution of any Shares or payment of any cash until the time (if ever) the RSUs have vested.
(b) The Company hereby grants to Participant, with respect to each RSU, a Dividend Equivalent for ordinary cash dividends paid to substantially all holders of outstanding Shares with a record date after the Grant Date and prior to the date the applicable RSU is settled, forfeited or otherwise expires. Each Dividend Equivalent entitles Participant to receive the equivalent value of any such ordinary cash dividends paid on a single Share. The Company will establish a separate Dividend Equivalent bookkeeping account (a Dividend Equivalent Account ) for each Dividend Equivalent and credit the Dividend Equivalent Account (without interest) on the applicable dividend payment date with the amount of any such cash paid.
1.2 Incorporation of Terms of Plan . The RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.
1.3 Unsecured Promise . The RSUs and Dividend Equivalents will at all times prior to settlement represent an unsecured Company obligation payable only from the Companys general assets.
ARTICLE II.
VESTING; FORFEITURE AND SETTLEMENT
2.1 Vesting; Forfeiture . The RSUs will vest according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice except that any fraction of an RSU that would otherwise be vested will be accumulated and will vest only when a whole RSU has accumulated. In the event of Participants Termination of Service for any reason, all unvested RSUs will immediately and automatically be cancelled and forfeited, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided in a binding written agreement between Participant and the Company. Dividend Equivalents (including any Dividend Equivalent Account balance) will vest or be forfeited, as applicable, upon the vesting or forfeiture of the RSU with respect to which the Dividend Equivalent (including the Dividend Equivalent Account) relates.
2.2 Settlement .
(a) RSUs and Dividend Equivalents (including any Dividend Equivalent Account balance) will be paid in Shares or cash at the Companys option as soon as administratively practicable after the vesting of the applicable RSU, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the RSUs vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any payment under this Agreement that the Company reasonably determines would violate Applicable Law until the earliest date the Company
reasonably determines the making of the payment will not cause such a violation (in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii)), provided the Company reasonably believes the delay will not result in the imposition of excise taxes under Section 409A.
(b) If an RSU is paid in cash, the amount of cash paid with respect to the RSU will equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day immediately preceding the payment date. If a Dividend Equivalent is paid in Shares, the number of Shares paid with respect to the Dividend Equivalent will equal the quotient, rounded down to the nearest whole Share, of the Dividend Equivalent Account balance divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day immediately preceding the payment date.
ARTICLE III.
TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING
3.1 Representation . Participant represents to the Company that Participant has reviewed with Participants own tax advisors the tax consequences of this Award and the transactions contemplated by the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.
3.2 Tax Withholding .
(a) The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participants failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents as Participants election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Award.
(b) Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the RSUs and the Dividend Equivalents, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the RSUs or the Dividend Equivalents or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents to reduce or eliminate Participants tax liability.
ARTICLE IV.
OTHER PROVISIONS
4.1 Adjustments . Participant acknowledges that the RSUs, the Shares subject to the RSUs and the Dividend Equivalents are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.
4.2 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Companys Secretary at the Companys principal office or the Secretarys then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant at Participants last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Companys personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.
A-2
4.3 Titles . Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.
4.4 Conformity to Securities Laws . Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.
4.5 Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
4.6 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the RSUs and the Dividend Equivalents will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.
4.7 Entire Agreement . The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.
4.8 Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.
4.9 Limitation on Participants Rights . Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents, and rights no greater than the right to receive cash or the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents, as and when settled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
4.10 Not a Contract of Employment . Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.
4.11 Counterparts . The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.
* * * * *
A-3
Exhibit 10.14
Dated this [date]
B E T W E E N :
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
and
[PARTY]
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 |
INTERPRETATION | 3 | ||||
2 |
AGREEMENT TO SERVE | 5 | ||||
3 |
INDEMNITY OF DIRECTOR/OFFICER | 5 | ||||
4 |
INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSE OF A WITNESS | 6 | ||||
5 |
DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION | 6 | ||||
6 |
ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES | 7 | ||||
7 |
REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE IN CASES OF DETERMINATION NOT TO INDEMNIFY OR TO ADVANCE EXPENSES |
8 | ||||
8 |
OTHER RIGHTS TO INDEMNIFICATION | 8 | ||||
9 |
ATTORNEYS FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES TO ENFORCE AGREEMENT | 9 | ||||
10 |
LIMITATION OF INDEMNIFICATION | 9 | ||||
11 |
LIABILITY INSURANCE | 9 | ||||
12 |
DURATION OF AGREEMENT | 9 | ||||
13 |
NOTICE OF PROCEEDINGS BY INDEMNITEE | 10 | ||||
14 |
MISCELLANEOUS | 10 | ||||
15 |
NOTICES | 11 | ||||
16 |
HEADINGS | 13 | ||||
17 |
COUNTERPARTS | 13 | ||||
18 |
GOVERNING LAW | 13 |
1
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made the [DATE]
BETWEEN:
Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with its registered office located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton 11, Bermuda (the Company); and
[NAME] of [ADDRESS] (the Indemnitee)
WHEREAS the Indemnitee is a director of the Company,
WHEREAS highly skilled and competent persons are becoming more reluctant to serve public companies as directors or officers unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such companies,
WHEREAS uncertainties relating to indemnification increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons,
WHEREAS the Board has determined that an inability to attract and retain such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future,
WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law so that the Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that the Indemnitee will not be so indemnified,
WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that the Indemnitee be so indemnified,
2
IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
1 | INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings: |
this Agreement | means this Indemnification Agreement; | |
the Board | means the board of directors of the Company; | |
Business Day | means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in New York, New York, USA and the City of London, UK are open for ordinary banking business; | |
the Companies Act | means the Companies Act 1981; | |
Corporate Status | means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of the Company or any other Group Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other company, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity or enterprise; | |
the Court | means the Supreme Court of Bermuda; | |
Disinterested Director | means a director of the Company who is not or was not a party to a Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by the Indemnitee; |
3
Group Companies | means the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (wherever incorporated or organized); | |
Independent Counsel | means a law firm or a member of a law firm that neither is presently nor in the past five years has been retained to represent: (i) the Company or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitees right to indemnification under this Agreement; | |
the Parties | means the parties to this Agreement collectively, and Party means any one of them; and | |
Proceeding | means any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal; |
1.2 | In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires: |
(a) | references to statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended or re-enacted or as their application is modified by other provisions from time to time and shall include references to any provisions of which they are re-enactments (whether with or without modification); |
(b) | references to clauses and schedules are references to clauses hereof and schedules hereto; references to sub-clauses or paragraphs are, unless otherwise stated, references to sub-clauses of the clause or paragraphs of the schedule in which the reference appears; |
4
(c) | references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and references to the masculine shall include the feminine and/or neuter and vice versa; and |
(d) | references to persons shall include companies, partnerships, associations and bodies of persons, whether incorporated or unincorporated. |
2 | AGREEMENT TO SERVE |
The Indemnitee agrees to continue to serve as a director/officer of the Company. This Agreement does not create or otherwise establish any right on the part of the Indemnitee to be and continue to be elected or appointed a director/officer of the Company or any other Group Company and does not create an employment contract between the Company and the Indemnitee.
3 | INDEMNITY OF DIRECTOR/OFFICER |
3.1 | Subject to clause 10, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, including a Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company, by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of any other company, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity or enterprise or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity. Subject to clause 10, pursuant to this sub-clause 3.1 the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (including, but not limited to, the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal thereof). |
3.2 | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement other than clause 10, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitees behalf in defending any Proceedings referred to in clause 3.1 in which judgement is given in his favour, in which he is acquitted, or in respect of which relief is granted to him by the Court under section 281 of the Companies Act. |
5
3.3 | Subject to clause 10, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for such portion of the expenses (including attorneys fees), witness fees, damages, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and any other amounts that the Indemnitee becomes legally obligated to pay in connection with any Proceeding referred to in clause 3.1 in respect of which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, even if the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder for the total amount thereof. |
3.4 | Without limiting the scope of the indemnity provided under any other provision of this Agreement, if the Indemnitee has reason to apprehend that any claim will or might be made against him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, he may apply to the Court for relief pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act and, to the extent that the Court relieves him, either wholly or partly, from his liability in accordance with section 281 of the Companies Act, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against any liability incurred by him in defending any Proceedings in accordance with paragraph 98(2)(b) of the Companies Act. |
4 | INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSE OF A WITNESS |
Subject to clause 10, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitees Corporate Status, a witness in any proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitees behalf in connection therewith.
5 | DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION |
5.1 | The Indemnitee shall request indemnification pursuant to this Agreement by notice in writing to the secretary of the Company. The secretary shall, promptly upon receipt of the Indemnitees request for indemnification, advise in writing the Board or such other person or persons empowered to make the determination as provided in sub-clause 5.2 that the Indemnitee has made such request for indemnification. Subject to clause 10, upon making such request for indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Company shall have the burden of proof in the making of any determination contrary to such presumption. |
5.2 | Upon written request by the Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to sub-clause 3.1, the entitlement of the Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by the following person or persons who shall be empowered to make such determination: |
(a) | the Board, by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors; or |
6
(b) | if such vote is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if such Disinterested Directors so direct by majority vote, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee; or |
(c) | by a majority vote of the shareholders. |
5.3 | For purposes of sub-clause 5.2, Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board and approved by the Indemnitee. Upon failure of the Board to so select such Independent Counsel or upon failure of the Indemnitee to so approve, such Independent Counsel shall be selected by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be made not later than 60 days after receipt by the Company of a written request for indemnification. Such request shall include documentation or information which is necessary for such determination and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee. Subject to clause 10, any expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the Indemnitees request for indemnification hereunder shall be borne by the Company irrespective of the outcome of the determination of the Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification. If the person or persons making such determination shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification as to part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, such persons may reasonably prorate such partial indemnification among such claims, issues or matters in respect of which indemnification is requested. |
6 | ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES |
All reasonable expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (including attorneys fees, retainers and advances of disbursements required of the Indemnitee) shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of any Proceeding at the request of the Indemnitee as promptly as possible, and in any event within twenty days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time. The Indemnitees entitlement to such expenses shall include those incurred in connection with any Proceeding by the Indemnitee seeking an adjudication or award in arbitration pursuant to this Agreement. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith and shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be otherwise. Subject to clause 10, the Company shall have the burden of proof in any determination under this clause 6. No amounts advances hereunder shall be deemed an extension of credit by the Company to the Indemnitee.
7
7 | REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE IN CASES OF DETERMINATION NOT TO INDEMNIFY OR TO ADVANCE EXPENSES |
7.1 | In the event that: (a) a determination is made that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder; (b) payment has not been timely made following a determination of entitlement to indemnification pursuant to clause 5; or (c) expenses are not advanced pursuant to clause 6, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to apply to the Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction for a determination of the Indemnitees entitlement to such indemnification or advance. |
7.2 | Alternatively to sub-clause 7.1, the Indemnitee, at the Indemnitees option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association, such award to be made within sixty days following the filing of the demand for arbitration. The Company shall not oppose the Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration or any other claim. |
7.3 | A judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this clause 7 shall be made de novo and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of a determination otherwise made hereunder (if so made) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification. Subject to clause 10 if a determination is made pursuant to the terms of clause 5 that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination and is precluded from asserting that such determination has not been made or that the procedure by which such determination was made is not valid, binding and enforceable. If the court or arbitrator shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification hereunder, the Company shall pay all reasonable expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication or award in arbitration (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings). |
8 | OTHER RIGHTS TO INDEMNIFICATION |
The indemnification and advancement of expenses (including attorneys fees) provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which the Indemnitee may now or in the future be entitled under any provision of the Companys bye-laws, any agreement, vote of shareholders, the Board or Disinterested Directors, provision of law, or otherwise; provided, however, that: (a) this Agreement supersedes any other agreement that has been entered into by the Company with the Indemnitee which has as its principal purpose the indemnification of the Indemnitee and (b) where the Company may indemnify the Indemnitee pursuant to either this Agreement or the bye-laws of the Company, the Company may indemnify the Indemnitee under either this
8
Agreement or the bye-laws but the Indemnitee shall, in no case, be indemnified by the Company in respect of any expense, liability or cost of any type for which payment is or has been actually made to the Indemnitee under any insurance policy, indemnity clause, bye-law or agreement, except in respect of any excess beyond such payment.
9 | ATTORNEYS FEES AND OTHER EXPENSES TO ENFORCE AGREEMENT |
In the event that the Indemnitee is subject to or intervenes in any Proceeding in which the validity or enforceability of this Agreement is at issue or seeks an adjudication or award in arbitration to enforce the Indemnitees rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement the Indemnitee, if the Indemnitee prevails in whole or in part in such action, shall be entitled to recover from the Company and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any actual expenses for attorneys fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, provided that in bringing such action, the Indemnitee acted in good faith.
10 | LIMITATION OF INDEMNIFICATION |
Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, nothing herein shall indemnify the Indemnitee against, or exempt the Indemnitee from, any liability in respect of the Indemnitees fraud or dishonesty.
11 | LIABILITY INSURANCE |
To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies directors and officers liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer.
12 | DURATION OF AGREEMENT |
This Agreement shall apply with respect to the Indemnitees occupation of any of the position(s) described in sub-clause 3.1 of this Agreement prior to the date of this Agreement and with respect to all periods of such service after the date of this Agreement, even though the Indemnitee may have ceased to occupy such position(s).
9
13 | NOTICE OF PROCEEDINGS BY INDEMNITEE |
13.1 | The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding which may be subject to indemnification hereunder, provided, however, that the failure to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability it may have to the Indemnitee except to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the Companys ability to defend such claim. With respect to any such Proceeding as to which the Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof: |
(a) | the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense; and |
(b) | except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the Company jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ the Indemnitees own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee and not subject to indemnification hereunder unless (a) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company; (b) in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnitee there is or may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding; or (c) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases, subject to clause 10, the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. |
13.2 | Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee shall settle any claim without the prior written consent of the other (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). |
14 | MISCELLANEOUS |
14.1 | Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising, such expiration or termination shall not operate to affect such of the provisions hereof as are expressed or intended to remain in full force and effect. |
10
14.2 | If any of the clauses, conditions, covenants or restrictions of this Agreement or any deed or document emanating from it shall be found to be void but would be valid if some part thereof were deleted or modified, then such clause, condition, covenant or restriction shall apply with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and effective so as to give effect as nearly as possible to the intent manifested by such clause, condition, covenant or restriction. |
14.3 | This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns (including any transferee of all or substantially all of its assets and any successor or resulting company by merger, amalgamation or operation of law) and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee and the Indemnitees spouse, assigns, heirs, estate, devises, executors, administrators or other legal representatives. |
14.4 | This Agreement contains the whole agreement between the Parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes and replaces any prior indemnification arrangement between the Company and the Indemnitee, and any prior written or oral agreements, representations or understandings between them relating to such subject matter. The Parties confirm that they have not entered into this Agreement on the basis of any representation that is not expressly incorporated in this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither party shall have any remedy in respect of any untrue statement made to him upon which he may have relied in entering into this Agreement, and a Partys only remedy is for breach of contract. However, nothing in this Agreement purports to exclude liability for any fraudulent statement or act. |
14.5 | No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing, signed by the Indemnitee and by a duly authorised officer of the Company. No waiver by either Party of any breach by the other Party of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other Party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Indemnitee or a duly authorised officer of the Company, as the case may be. |
15 | NOTICES |
15.1 | Any notice or other communication given under this Agreement or in connection with the matters contemplated herein shall, except where otherwise specifically provided, be in writing in the English language, addressed as provided in Clause 15.2 and served: |
(a) | by leaving it at the relevant address in which case it shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery to that address; |
11
(b) | by air courier, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given two Business Days after its delivery to a representative of the courier; |
(c) | by pre-paid airmail, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given five Business Days after the date of posting; or |
(d) | by e-mail, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given when despatched subject to confirmation of delivery by a delivery receipt, |
provided that in the case of sub-Clause (d) above any notice despatched other than between the hours of 9:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. on a Business Day (Working Hours) shall be deemed given at the start of the next period of Working Hours.
15.2 | Notices under this Agreement shall be sent for the attention of the person and to the address or e-mail address, subject to Clause 15.3, as follows: |
(a) | for the Company: |
Name: | Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited | |
For the attention of: | The Directors | |
Address: | Millennium Way West, Phoenix Centre, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire NG8 6AW | |
with copies to: | ||
Name: | Ropes & Gray LLP | |
For the attention of: | Matthew J. Richards | |
Address: | 191 North Wacker Drive, 32nd Floor, Chicago, IL 60606 | |
E-mail address: | matthew.richards@ropesgray.com and: | |
and to: | ||
Name: | Latham & Watkins (London) LLP | |
For the attention of: | David Walker | |
Address: | 99 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3XF | |
E-mail address: | david.walker@lw.com |
12
(b) | For the Indemnitee: |
Name: | [ ] | |
Address: | [ ] | |
E-mail address: | [ ] |
15.3 | Any party to this Agreement may notify the other parties of any change to its address or other details specified in Clause 15.2, provided that such notification shall only be effective on the date specified in such notice or five Business Days after the notice is given, whichever is later. |
16 | HEADINGS |
The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.
17 | COUNTERPARTS |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart signature page by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission of an Adobe Portable Format file (or similar electronic record) shall be effective as delivery of an executed counterpart signature page.
18 | GOVERNING LAW |
The terms and conditions of this Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Islands of Bermuda. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably agree that the courts of Bermuda shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any dispute, suit, action, arbitration or proceedings (Agreement Proceedings) which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and waive any objection to Agreement Proceedings in the courts of Bermuda on the grounds of venue or on the basis that the Agreement Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum.
13
AGREED by the Parties through their authorised signatories on the date first written above:
COMPANY | ||
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
INDEMNITEE | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: |
14
Exhibit 10.15
[ ● ], 2015
MUSTANG INVESTMENT HOLDINGS L.P.
CEP III CHASE S.À R.L.
and
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT
related to
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Clause | Page | |||||
1. |
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION | 1 | ||||
2. |
WARRANTIES | 5 | ||||
3. |
BOARD OF DIRECTORS | 6 | ||||
4. |
REGISTRATION RIGHTS | 8 | ||||
5. |
PROVISION OF INFORMATION | 19 | ||||
6. |
INDIRECT CHANGES OF CONTROL | 19 | ||||
7. |
FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES | 19 | ||||
8. |
FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES | 20 | ||||
9. |
TAG-ALONG RIGHTS | 20 | ||||
10. |
INVESTORS AND AFFILIATES | 22 | ||||
11. |
CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS | 22 | ||||
12. |
ASSIGNMENT | 23 | ||||
13. |
TERMINATION | 23 | ||||
14. |
ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND REMEDIES | 24 | ||||
15. |
FURTHER ASSURANCE | 24 | ||||
16. |
WAIVER AND VARIATION | 24 | ||||
17. |
INVALIDITY | 25 | ||||
18. |
NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY | 25 | ||||
19. |
NOTICES | 25 | ||||
20. |
COUNTERPARTS | 27 | ||||
21. |
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION | 27 | ||||
22. |
RECAPITALIZATIONS, EXCHANGES, ETC., AFFECTING THE SHARES; NEW ISSUANCES | 28 |
EXHIBIT A Joinder Agreement
THIS AGREEMENT is made on [ ● ] 2015
BETWEEN
(1) | MUSTANG INVESTMENT HOLDINGS L.P. , an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, having its registered office at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 ( MDP ); |
(2) | CEP III CHASE S.À R.L. , a société à responsibilité limitée incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, avenue Charles de Gaulle, 4th floor, L-1653 Luxembourg, Grand-duché de Luxembourg ( Carlyle ); and |
(3) | MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED , an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on June 19, 2015, registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 50386 and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (the Company ). |
WHEREAS
(A) | The Company is an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on June 19, 2015. |
(B) | The parties wish to enter into this Agreement to establish certain terms and conditions upon which the Shares will be held and to regulate certain affairs of the Company. |
IT IS AGREED THAT
1. | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1 | In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: |
Affiliate shall mean (a), with respect to an Investor, (i) any Investment Fund of which that Investors (or any group undertaking of that Investors) general partner, trustee, nominee, manager or adviser, is a general partner, trustee, nominee, manager or adviser; (ii) any group undertaking of that Investor or of that Investors general partner, trustee, nominee, manager or adviser (excluding any portfolio company thereof); (iii) any general partner, trustee, nominee, operator, arranger, manager of or adviser to or in that Investor or of, to or in any Investment Fund referred to in the foregoing subclause (i) or of, to or in any group undertaking referred to in the foregoing subclause (ii) above; or (iv) any Co-Investment Scheme of that Investor (or of any group undertaking of that Investor) or of any person referred to in the foregoing subclauses (i), (ii) or (iii); provided that, for purposes of the foregoing, the term group undertaking shall be interpreted in accordance with laws of England and Wales; and (b) with respect to any person other than an Investor, any other person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person;
Board means the board of directors of the Company from time to time;
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in New York, New York, USA and the City of London, UK are open for ordinary banking business;
Bye-laws means the bye-laws of the Company in effect as of the Effective Date and, as amended thereafter from time to time;
1
Carlyle has the meaning given in the Recitals;
Carlyle Directors has the meaning given in Clause 3.2;
Carlyle Shareholders means Carlyle and any of its Affiliates (other than the Group) that hereafter acquire any Shares;
Charter shall mean the Companys memorandum of association in effect as of the Effective Date and, as amended thereafter from time to time;
Chesapeake Management Shareholders means those persons who are party to a Lock-Up Agreement with the Company, together with any transferee of Shares transferred by any such person, which transferee enters into a similar agreement with the Company; provided, that each such person is listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which shall be updated from time to time as necessary in connection with any such transfer;
Co-Investment Scheme means a scheme under which certain officers, employees or partners of the relevant entity are entitled or required (as individuals or through any other person) directly or indirectly to acquire interests in shares in the Company;
Common Shares shall mean the common shares, par value $1.00 per share, of the Company.
Company has the meaning given in the Recitals;
Confidential Information has the meaning given in Clause 11;
control means, as to any person, the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
Controlled Company means a company that is a controlled company within the meaning of such term under the New York Stock Exchange rules or the rules of such other national securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed for trading;
Director shall mean a member of the Board;
Disposing Shareholder has the meaning given in Clause 9.1;
Effective Date shall mean the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Initial Public Offering;
Exchange Act shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute then in effect, and a reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the comparable section, if any, of such similar federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder;
Group means the Company and each of its subsidiaries from time to time;
Group Company means any member of the Group;
Independent Director shall mean an individual who is independent under Rule 10A-3(b) of the Exchange Act and Section 303A.2 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual;
2
Investment Fund means any person, trust, or fund holding shares for investment purposes (other than for an employee);
Investor Director has the meaning given in Clause 3.2;
Investors means Carlyle, MDP and each of their respective Affiliates (other than the Group) that becomes a party to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with Clause 9.4(a), and an Investor shall be construed accordingly;
Initial Public Offering shall mean the first Public Offering;
Joinder Agreement shall mean a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
Laws means all applicable legislation, statutes, directives, regulations, judgments, decisions, decrees, orders, instruments, by-laws, and other legislative measures or decisions having the force of law, treaties, conventions and other agreements between states, or between states and the European Union or other supranational bodies, rules of common law, customary law and equity and all civil or other codes and all other laws of, or having effect in, any jurisdiction from time to time;
MDP has the meaning given in the Recitals;
MDP Directors has the meaning given in Clause 3.2;
MDP Shareholders means MDP and any of its Affiliates (other than the Group) that hereafter acquire any Shares;
Necessary Action shall mean, with respect to a specified result, all reasonable actions (to the extent such actions are permitted by Law and, in the case of any action by the Company that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board, to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties that the Directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to the Shares, (ii) causing the adoption of shareholders resolutions and amendments to the constitutional documents of the Company, (iii) executing agreements and instruments, and (iv) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result;
Prior Agreement means that certain Shareholders Agreement related to Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited, dated 14 February 2014;
Proposed Purchaser has the meaning given in Clause 9.2;
Prospectus means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus;
Public Offering shall mean an underwritten public offering and sale of equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form), including any bought deal or block sale to a financial institution conducted as an underwritten Public Offering;
3
Purchase Offer has the meaning given in Clause 9.2;
Registration Statement shall mean any registration statement of the Company filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement other than a registration statement (and related Prospectus) filed on Form S-8 or any successor form thereto;
Representatives has the meaning given in Clause 11.3;
SEC shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;
Securities Act shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute then in effect, and in reference to a particular section thereof shall include a reference to the comparable section, if any, of any such similar federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder;
Share means any share in the capital of the Company from time to time;
Shareholder means any of the Carlyle Shareholders or the MDP Shareholders;
Tag-Along Securities has the meaning given in Clause 9.1;
Tag-Along Shareholders has the meaning given in Clause 9.1;
transfer shall mean any direct or indirect, whether by operation of law or otherwise, transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance or other disposition of all or any portion of a security or any interest or rights therein;
WKSI means a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in the SECs Rule 405; and
Working Hours has the meaning given in Clause 19.1.
1.2 | In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires: |
(a) | every reference to a particular Law shall be construed also as a reference to all other Laws made under the Law referred to and to all such Laws as amended, re-enacted, consolidated or replaced or as their application or interpretation is affected by other Laws from time to time and whether before or after the date of this Agreement; |
(b) | references to Clauses and Exhibits are references to clauses of and exhibits to this Agreement; |
(c) | references to the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and references to one gender include any other gender; |
(d) | references to a party means a party to this Agreement and includes its successors in title, personal representatives and permitted assigns; |
(e) | references to a person includes any individual, partnership, body corporate, corporation sole or aggregate, state or agency of a state, and any unincorporated association or organisation, in each case whether or not having separate legal personality; |
4
(f) | references to a company includes any company, corporation or other body corporate wherever and however incorporated or established; |
(g) | references to dollars or $ are references to the lawful currency from time to time of the United States of America; |
(h) | references to times of the day are to New York time unless otherwise stated; |
(i) | references to writing shall include any modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form; |
(j) | words introduced by the word other shall not be given a restrictive meaning because they are preceded by words referring to a particular class of acts, matters or things; |
(k) | general words shall not be given a restrictive meaning because they are followed by words which are particular examples of the acts, matters or things covered by the general words and the words includes and including shall be construed without limitation; and |
(l) | words and expressions defined in the Charter or Bye-laws and not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Agreement. |
1.3 | The headings and sub-headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement. |
1.4 | References to this Agreement include this Agreement as amended or varied in accordance with its terms. |
1.5 | All warranties, representations, indemnities, covenants, agreements and obligations given or entered into by more than one party under this Agreement are, unless otherwise stated, given or entered into severally and not jointly and severally and accordingly the liability of each party in respect of any breach of any such obligation, undertaking or liability shall extend only to any loss or damage arising from its own breach. |
2. | WARRANTIES |
2.1 | Each party warrants to each of the other parties as at the date of this Agreement that: |
(a) | it has taken all necessary action and has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement in accordance with its terms; |
(b) | this Agreement constitutes (or shall constitute when executed) valid, legal and binding obligations on such party in accordance with its terms; |
(c) | the execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party and the performance of and compliance with its terms and provisions will not conflict with or result in a breach of, or constitute a default under, the constitutional documents of such party, any agreement or instrument by which such party is bound, or any Law, order or judgment that applies to or binds such party or any of its property; and |
(d) | no consent, action, approval or authorisation of, and no registration, declaration, notification or filing with or to, any competent governmental, administrative or supervisory authority is required to be obtained, or made, by such party to authorise the execution or performance of this Agreement by such party. |
5
3. | BOARD OF DIRECTORS |
3.1 | Until the Company ceases to be a Controlled Company, the Board shall consist of seven (7) members; provided that, within one (1) year of the Effective Date, the Board shall be expanded to add an additional Independent Director and the Company and the Investors shall take all Necessary Actions within their control to increase the size of the Board to add such additional Independent Director. |
3.2 | The Company and the Investors shall take all Necessary Actions within their control to cause the Board to consist of Directors designated as follows: |
(a) | two (2) individuals designated by the MDP Shareholders (the MDP Directors ), which MDP Directors initially shall be Thomas S. Souleles and Richard H. Copans (it being understood that the right, if any, to designate the MDP Directors pursuant to this Clause 3.2(a) shall be exercised by MDP or its designee so long as such entity holds Shares); provided, however, that (i) the number of MDP Directors shall be reduced to one (1) Director at such time as the MDP Shareholders in the aggregate hold less than ten percent (10%) of the then-outstanding Shares and (ii) the MDP Shareholders shall have no right to designate any Directors pursuant to this Clause 3.2(a) at such time as the MDP Shareholders in the aggregate hold less than two and one half percent (2.5%) of the then-outstanding Shares; |
(b) | two (2) individuals designated by the Carlyle Shareholders (the Carlyle Directors and, together with the MDP Directors, the Investor Directors ), which Carlyle Directors initially shall be Eric Kump and Zeina Bain (it being understood that the right, if any, to designate the Carlyle Directors pursuant to this Clause 3.2(b) shall be exercised by Carlyle or its designee so long as such entity holds Shares); provided, however, that (i) the number of Carlyle Directors shall be reduced to one (1) Director at such time as the Carlyle Shareholders and the Chesapeake Management Shareholders in the aggregate hold less than ten percent (10%) of the then-outstanding Shares and (ii) the Carlyle Shareholders shall have no right to designate any Directors pursuant to this Clause 3.2(b) at such time as the Carlyle Shareholders and the Chesapeake Management Shareholders in the aggregate hold less than two and one half percent (2.5%) of the then-outstanding Shares; |
(c) | two (2) individuals nominated by the Board who qualify as Independent Directors, which Outside Directors initially shall be George Bayly and Gary McGann; |
(d) | the chief executive officer of the Group, who shall serve as chairman of the Board, and who initially, and for so long as he is the Groups chief executive officer, shall be Marc Shore; |
(e) | following the date on which the Board determines to expand the Board to add an additional Independent Director as contemplated by Clause 3.1, the Board shall be authorised to fill such vacancy in accordance with the Bye-laws with one (1) individual who qualifies as an Independent Director; and |
(f) | at such time as the Company ceases to be a Controlled Company, such additional number of Directors as is determined by the Board, which additional Directors shall be nominated and elected as provided in the Bye-laws. |
6
The Company hereby agrees to call an annual general meeting (and when circumstances so require, a special general meeting) of shareholders of the Company and each Investor hereby agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by such Investor at any such meeting and at any other annual general or special general meeting of shareholders in favor of, or take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as may be necessary to cause, the election as Directors of those individuals designated in accordance with this Clause 3.2 and to otherwise effect the intent of this Clause 3.
The Company shall take all Necessary Action within its control to cause the individuals designated in accordance with this Clause 3.2 to be nominated for election to the Board, shall solicit proxies in favor thereof, and at each meeting of the shareholders of the Company at which Directors are to be elected, shall recommend that the shareholders of the Company elect to the Board each such individual nominated for election at such meeting.
3.3 | Any person or group of persons entitled to designate a Director may request the removal of such designee by sending a written notice to the Company stating the name of the designee to be removed from the Board and, upon and only upon receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company shall call a special general meeting of stockholders (or seek a written consent of stockholders, if applicable) as promptly as reasonably practicable to consider the removal of such designee, and each Investor hereby agrees to vote, at any annual general or special general meeting, by written consent, or otherwise, all of its Shares and will take all Necessary Actions within such Investors control, to effect such removal. |
3.4 | If at any time any Director ceases to serve on the Board (whether due to death, disability, resignation, removal or otherwise), subject to Clause 3.5, the person or persons that designated or nominated such Director pursuant to Clause 3.2 shall designate or nominate a successor to fill the vacancy created thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions of Clause 3.2. Each Investor hereby agrees to vote, at any annual general or special general meeting, by written consent, or otherwise, all of its Shares, and will take all Necessary Actions within such Investors control, and the Company will take all Necessary Actions within its control, to cause the designated or nominated successor to be elected to fill such vacancy. In the event that the Carlyle Shareholders or MDP Shareholders, as applicable, do not, pursuant to Clause 3.2, have the right to designate an individual to fill such vacancy, then such vacancy shall be filled as provided in the Bye-laws. |
3.5 | In the event that an Investor ceases to have the right to designate an individual to serve as a Director pursuant to Clause 3.2, (a) that number of Directors for which such Investor ceases to have the right to designate to serve as a Director shall, if requested in writing by the Board, resign within six (6) months of such request or, if earlier, such time as such Directors successor is appointed or elected (provided that such Investor shall have the authority to select which such particular Director or Directors will resign) or, in the event the Board makes such a request and any such individual does not resign by such time as is required by the foregoing, each Investor shall thereafter vote, at any annual general or special general meeting, by written consent, or otherwise, all of its Shares, and take all Necessary Actions within its control, to cause the removal of such individual, including voting all Shares in favor of such removal, and (b) the vacancy created by such resignation or removal shall be filled as provided in the Bye-laws. |
3.6 | Each Investor and the Company agrees and acknowledges that each Investor Director may share confidential, non-public information about the Group with the Investor(s) that designated such Investor Director, and its (their) Affiliates, as he or she thinks fit, subject to applicable Law. |
7
3.7 | The Company shall not alter, in any manner adverse to the Investor Directors, any rights to indemnification and exculpation from liabilities currently afforded to Directors pursuant to the Bye-laws or any deed of indemnity, in each case, as in effect as of the Effective Date. If the Company or any of its respective successors or assigns (a) shall consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into any other company or entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving company or entity of such consolidation, amalgamation or merger or (b) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any company or other entity, then, and in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company shall covenant to afford to each of the Investor Directors such rights to indemnification and exculpation from liabilities. The Company shall continue to maintain in effect directors and officers liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance with benefits, terms, conditions, retentions and levels of coverage that are at least as favorable, in the aggregate, to the insureds as provided in the Companys existing policies as of the Effective Date. The Company hereby acknowledges that any director, officer or other indemnified person covered by any such indemnification and exculpation from liabilities (any such Person, an Indemnitee) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by an Investor or its Affiliates other than the Group (collectively, the Fund Indemnitors). The Company hereby (i) agrees that the the Group shall be the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to an Indemnitee shall be primary and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnitee shall be secondary) and the obligation of the Group to indemnify and advance expenses to an Indemnitee shall be joint and several, and (ii) irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of an Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which such Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Group shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Indemnitee against the Group. |
3.8 | Notwithstanding the foregoing, Clause 3.2 confers upon the Shareholders the right, but not the obligation, to designate Directors, and any Shareholder may, at its option, elect not to exercise any such right to designate a Director or Directors; provided that no election by any Shareholder to refrain from exercising any such right shall in any way affect such Shareholders obligations under this Agreement. |
3.9 | No Investor shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to its Shares nor shall any Investor enter into any other agreements or arrangements of any kind with any person with respect to its Shares on terms which conflict with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such proxy, voting trust, agreements or arrangements are with other Investors, shareholders of the Company that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise). |
4. | REGISTRATION RIGHTS |
4.1 | Demand and Piggyback Rights. |
(a) |
Right to Demand a Non-Shelf Registered Offering . Upon the demand of an Investor at any time and from time to time, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, file a non-shelf Registration Statement and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be promptly declared effective under the Securities Act. A demand by an Investor for anon-shelf Public Offering that will result in the imposition of |
8
a lockup on the Company and the other Investors may not be made unless the Common Shares requested to be sold by the demanding Investor in such offering have an aggregate market value (based on the most recent closing price of the Common Shares at the time of the demand on the U.S. securities exchange on which Common Shares of the Company are then so qualified or listed) of at least $50 million or such lesser amount if all Common Shares held by the demanding Investors are requested to be sold. |
(b) | Right to Piggyback on a Non-Shelf Registered Offering . If the Company at any time proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act or to conduct a Public Offering with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form to such forms or (ii) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees or directors of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement), the Investors may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such offering such number of Common Shares held by them as they may request, subject to the other limitations and restrictions contained in this Clause 4. The Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement any such non-shelf registered offering. |
(c) | Right to Demand and be Included in a Shelf Registration . Upon the demand of an Investor, made at any time and from time to time when the Company is eligible to utilize Form S-3 or any successor form to sell Common Shares in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415, the Company will shall, as promptly as practicable, file a shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of all or any portion of the Common Shares held by them from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Investors, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be promptly declared effective under the Securities Act. Any shelf registration filed by the Company covering Common Shares (whether pursuant to an Investor demand or at the initiative of the Company) will cover such number of Common Shares requested by each of the Investors. If at the time of such request the Company is a WKSI, such shelf registration would, at the request of such Investors, cover an unspecified number of Common Shares to be sold by the Company and the Investors. |
(d) | Demand and Piggyback Rights for Shelf Takedowns . Upon the demand of an Investor made at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a takedown of Common Shares off of an effective shelf registration statement. In connection with any underwritten shelf takedown (whether pursuant to the exercise of such demand rights or at the initiative of the Company), subject to Clause 4.2, the Investors may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such takedown Common Shares held by them that are registered on such shelf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investors may not demand a shelf takedown for an offering that will result in the imposition of a lockup on the Company and the other Investors unless the Common Shares requested to be sold by the demanding Investors in such takedown are being sold in an underwritten Public Offering and have an aggregate market value (based on the most recent closing price of the Common Shares at the time of the demand on the U.S. securities exchange on which Common Shares of the Company are then so qualified or listed) of at least $50 million or such lesser amount if all Common Shares held by the demanding Investors are requested to be sold. |
9
(e) | Limitations on Demand and Piggyback Rights . |
(i) | Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Investors will not have piggyback or other registration rights with respect to registered primary offerings by the Company (i) covered by a Form S-4 registration statement or a successor form or a Form S-8 registration statement or a successor form applicable to employee benefit-related offers and sales or (ii) where the Common Shares are not being sold for cash. |
(ii) | The Company may postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement for a reasonable blackout period not in excess of 90 days if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that such registration or offering could materially interfere with a bona fide business or financing transaction of the Company or is reasonably likely to require premature disclosure of information, the premature disclosure of which could materially and adversely affect the Company; provided that the Company shall not postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement pursuant to this Clause 4.1(f)(ii) more than once in any 360 day period. The blackout period will end upon the earlier to occur of, (i) in the case of a bona fide business or financing transaction, a date not later than 90 days from the date such deferral commenced, and (ii) in the case of disclosure of other non-public information, the earlier to occur of (x) the filing by the Company of its next succeeding Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, or (y) the date upon which such information is otherwise disclosed. |
(f) | After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make registrations on Form S-3 or any similar or successor short form available for the sale of Common Shares pursuant to a demand by an Investor. |
4.2 | Notices, Cutbacks and Other Matters. |
(a) | Notifications Regarding Registration Statements . In order for an Investor to exercise its right to demand that a registration statement be filed, it must so notify the Company in writing indicating the number of Common Shares sought to be registered and the proposed plan of distribution. Subject to applicable Law, the Company will keep the Investors contemporaneously apprised of all pertinent aspects of its pursuit of any registration, whether pursuant to an Investor demand or otherwise, with respect to which a piggyback opportunity is available. In addition, in connection with any demand registration by an Investor, such Investor shall provide contemporaneous notice to all other Investors of such demand. Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain the confidentiality of these discussions. |
(b) | Notifications Regarding Registration Piggyback Rights . Any Investor wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to a non-shelf Registration Statement must notify the Company and the other Investors of the number of Common Shares it seeks to have included in such registration statement. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) business days following delivery of notice from the Company or an Investor pursuant to Clause 4.2(a). |
10
(c) | Notifications Regarding Demanded Underwritten Takedowns . |
(i) | Promptly upon receipt of a shelf takedown request (but in no event more than two (2) business days thereafter (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten block trade)) for any shelf takedown that is an underwritten Public Offering (an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), the Company shall deliver a notice (a Shelf Takedown Notice ) to each other Investor with Common Shares covered by the applicable Registration Statement, or to all other Investors if such Registration Statement is undesignated (each a Potential Takedown Participant ). The Shelf Takedown Notice shall offer each such Potential Takedown Participant the opportunity to include in any such Underwritten Shelf Takedown such number of Common Shares as each such Potential Takedown Participant may request in writing. Subject to the provisions of Clause 4.2(e), the Company shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown all such Common Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within two (2) business days (or such shorter period as may be reasonably requested in connection with an underwritten block trade) after the date that the Shelf Takedown Notice has been delivered. Any Potential Takedown Participants request to participate in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall be binding on the Potential Takedown Participant; provided that each such Potential Takedown Participant that elects to participate may condition its participation on the Underwritten Shelf Takedown being completed within ten (10) business days of its acceptance at a price per share (after giving effect to any underwriters discounts or commissions) to such Potential Takedown Participant of not less than ninety percent (90%) (or such lesser percentage specified by such Potential Takedown Participant) of the closing price for the shares on their principal trading market on the business day immediately prior to such Potential Takedown Participants election to participate (the Participation Conditions ). Notwithstanding the delivery of any Shelf Takedown Notice, but subject to the Participation Conditions (to the extent applicable), all determinations as to whether to complete any Underwritten Shelf Takedown and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Underwritten Shelf Takedown contemplated by this Clause 4.2(c) shall be determined by the Investors proposing to sell a majority of the Common Shares. |
(ii) | Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain appropriate confidentiality of their discussions regarding a prospective underwritten takedown. |
(d) | Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel . If a majority of the Common Shares proposed to be sold in an underwritten offering through a non-shelf registration statement or through a shelf takedown are being sold by the Company for its own account, the Company will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters for such offering provided that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Investors holding a majority of the Common Shares requested to be included in such Public Offering. Otherwise, the Investors holding a majority of the Common Shares requested to be included in such offering will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters, and such majority will also be entitled to select counsel for the selling Investors (which may be the same as counsel for the Company). In the case of a shelf registration statement, the plan of distribution will provide as much flexibility as is reasonably possible. |
11
(e) | Cutbacks . If the managing underwriters advise the Company and the selling Investors that, in their opinion, the number of Common Shares requested to be included in an underwritten offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Common Shares being offered, such offering will include only the number of Common Shares that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering. |
(i) | In the case of a registered offering upon the demand of one or more Investors, the selling Investors (including those Investors exercising piggyback rights pursuant to Clause 4.1(b) or Clause 4.1(d)) collectively will have first priority and will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Common Shares held by each such selling Investor at the time of the demand (up to the number of Common Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering). To the extent of any remaining capacity, all other stockholders having similar registration rights will have second priority and will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Common Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering. Except as contemplated by the immediately preceding two sentences, other selling stockholders will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Investors holding a majority of the Common Shares being sold in such offering. |
(ii) | In the case of a registered offering upon the initiative of the Company, the Company will have first priority. To the extent of any remaining capacity, the selling Investors will have second priority and will be subject to cutback pro rata, based on the number of Common Shares held by each such selling Investor at the time the Company notice is issued (up to the number of Common Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering). To the extent of any remaining capacity, all other stockholders having similar registration rights will have third priority priority and will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Common Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering. Except as contemplated by the immediately preceding three sentences, other selling stockholders will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Investors holding a majority of the Common Shares being sold in such offering. |
(f) | Withdrawals . Except as provided by Clause 4.2(c), even if Common Shares held by an Investor have been part of a registered underwritten offering, such Investor may, no later than the time at which the public offering price and underwriters discount are determined with the managing underwriter, decline to sell all or any portion of the Common Shares being offered for its account. |
(g) | Lockups . In connection with any Public Offering of Common Shares, the Company and each Investor will agree (in the case of Investors, with respect to Common Shares respectively held by them), to be bound by the underwriting agreements lockup restrictions (which must apply, and continue to apply, in like manner to all of them for a period not to exceed 90 days) that are agreed to (a) by the Company, if a majority of the Common Shares being sold in such offering are being sold for its account, or (b) by Investors holding a majority of Common Shares being sold by all Investors, if a majority of the Common Shares being sold in such offering are being sold by Investors, as applicable. |
12
(h) | Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with any registration statement, registered offering or private placement including Common Shares held by Investors, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel (including the fees and disbursements of outside counsel for the Investors and, with respect to reasonable expenses customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, outside counsel for the underwriters, if any) and of the independent certified public accountants, and the expense of qualifying such Common Shares under state blue sky laws, will be borne by the Company. However, underwriters, brokers and dealers discounts and commissions applicable to Common Shares sold for the account of an Investor will be borne by such Investor. |
4.3 | Facilitating Registrations and Offerings. |
(a) | General . If the Company becomes obligated under this Agreement to facilitate a registration and offering of Common Shares on behalf of Investors, the Company will do so with the same degree of care and dispatch as would reasonably be expected in the case of a registration and offering by the Company of Common Shares for its own account. Without limiting this general obligation, the Company will fulfill its specific obligations as described in this Clause 4.3. |
(b) | Registration Statements . In connection with each registration statement that is demanded by Investors or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will, among other things: |
(i) | (1) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement covering the applicable Common Shares, (2) file amendments thereto as warranted, (3) seek the effectiveness thereof, and (4) file with the SEC prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may be required, all in consultation with the Investors and as reasonably necessary in order to permit the offer and sale of the such Common Shares in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution; |
(ii) | (1) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any registration statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a registration statement, amendment or supplement to a prospectus or any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such documents, without charge, to the selling Investors and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering, if applicable, and to their respective counsel; fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the Investors or the underwriter or the underwriters may request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Investors or any underwriter available for discussion of such documents; |
(2) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a registration statement or a prospectus, provide copies of such document, without charge, to counsel for the Investors and underwriters; fairly consider such reasonable changes in such document prior to or after the filing thereof as counsel for such Investors or such underwriter shall request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel available for discussion of such document;
13
(iii) | cause each registration statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such registration statement, amendment or supplement and during the distribution of the registered Common Shares (x) to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC and (y) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; |
(iv) | notify each Investor promptly, and, if requested by such Investor, confirm such advice in writing, (i) when a registration statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective if such registration statement or post-effective amendment is not automatically effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 or any successor rule thereto, (ii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if, between the effective date of a registration statement and the closing of any sale of securities covered thereby pursuant to any agreement to which the Company is a party, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in such agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Common Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, and (iv) of the happening of any event during the period a registration statement is effective as a result of which such registration statement or the related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; |
(v) | to the extent the Company is eligible under the relevant provisions of Rule 430B under the Securities Act, if the Company files any shelf registration statement (pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act), the Company shall include in such shelf registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Shareholders) in order to ensure that the Investors may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment; |
(vi) | furnish to counsel for each underwriter, if any, and for the Investors, without charge, copies of any correspondence with the SEC or any state securities authority relating to the registration statement or prospectus; |
(vii) | otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including making available to its security holders an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar provision then in force); |
(viii) | use all reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time; |
14
(c) | Non-Shelf Registered Offerings and Shelf Takedowns . In connection with any non-shelf registered offering or shelf takedown that is demanded by Investors or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will, among other things: |
(i) | cooperate with the selling Investors and the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering of Common Shares, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Common Shares to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Common Shares to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as the selling Investors or the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering of Common Shares, if any, may reasonably request at least five days prior to any sale of such Common Shares; |
(ii) | furnish to each Investor and to each underwriter, if any, participating in the relevant offering, without charge, as many copies of the applicable prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Investor or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Common Shares; the Company hereby consents to the use of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, by each such Investor and underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Common Shares covered by the prospectus or the preliminary prospectus; |
(iii) | (i) use all reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Common Shares being offered and sold, no later than the time the applicable registration statement becomes effective, under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each underwriter, if any, or any Investor holding Common Shares covered by a registration statement, shall reasonably request; (ii) use all reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and (iii) do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such underwriter, if any, and Investor to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Common Shares owned by such Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to consent to be subject to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such registration or qualification or any sale of Shares in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction; |
(iv) | cause all Common Shares being sold to be qualified for inclusion in or listed on The New York Stock Exchange or any other U.S. securities exchange on which Shares of the Company are then so qualified or listed if so requested by the Investors, or if so requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Common Shares, if any; |
(v) | cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter in an underwritten offering; |
15
(vi) | take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; |
(vii) | use all reasonable best efforts to facilitate the distribution and sale of any Common Shares to be offered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation by making road show presentations, holding meetings with and making calls to potential investors and taking such other actions as shall be requested by the Investors or the lead managing underwriter of an underwritten offering; and |
(viii) | enter into customary agreements (including, in the case of an underwritten offering, underwriting agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form and consistent with the provisions relating to indemnification and contribution contained herein) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Common Shares and in connection therewith, including: |
(1) make such representations and warranties to the selling Investors and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings;
(2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the lead managing underwriter, if any) addressed to each selling Investor and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Investors and underwriters;
(3) obtain cold comfort letters and updates thereof from the Companys independent certified public accountants addressed to the selling Investors, if permissible, and the underwriters, if any, which letters shall be customary in form and shall cover matters of the type customarily covered in cold comfort letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;
(4) to the extent requested and customary for the relevant transaction, enter into a securities sales agreement with the Investors providing for, among other things, the appointment of such representative as agent for the selling Investors for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Common Shares, which agreement shall be customary in form, substance and scope and shall contain customary representations, warranties and covenants
The above shall be done at such times as customarily occur in similar registered offerings or shelf takedowns.
(d) | Due Diligence . In connection with each registration and offering of Common Shares to be sold by Investors, the Company will, in accordance with customary practice and subject to applicable Law, make available for inspection by representatives of the Investors and underwriters and any counsel or accountant retained by such Investors or underwriters all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause appropriate officers, managers and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with their due diligence exercise. |
16
(e) | Information from Shareholders . Each Investor that holds Common Shares covered by any registration statement will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself as is required to be included in the registration statement, the ownership of Common Shares by such Investor and the proposed distribution by such Investor of such Common Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. |
4.4 | Indemnification. |
(a) | Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration under the Securities Act by any registration statement pursuant to rights granted in this Agreement of Common Shares held by Investors, the Company will hold harmless Investors and each underwriter of such securities and each other person, if any, who controls any Investor or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (including legal fees and costs of court), joint or several, to which Investors or such underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or any actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (i) contained, on its effective date, in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) contained in any preliminary prospectus, if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement, or in the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the SEC any amendment or supplement to the final prospectus), or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission (if so used) to state a material fact required to be stated in such prospectus or necessary to make the statements in such prospectus not misleading; and will reimburse Investors and each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, or liability; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Investor, underwriter or controlling person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by such Investor or such underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof. |
(b) |
Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in Clause 4.4(a), the indemnified party will, if a resulting claim is to be made or may be made against and indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of the action. The failure of any indemnified party to give notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations in this Clause 4.4, except to the extent that the indemnifying party loses substantive legal rights by the failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume defense of the action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses incurred by the latter in connection with the actions defense. An indemnified party shall have the |
17
right to employ separate counsel in any action or proceeding and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at such indemnified partys expense unless (a) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, which authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense and employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within 30 days after notice of any such action or proceeding, or (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party), it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to all local counsel which is necessary, in the good faith opinion of both counsel for the indemnifying party and counsel for the indemnified party in order to adequately represent the indemnified parties) for the indemnified party and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred upon written request and presentation of invoices. Whether or not a defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent. No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (i) does not include as an unconditional term the giving by the claimant or plaintiff, to the indemnified party, of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, (ii) involves the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any non-financial obligations on the indemnified party or (iii) includes a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party. |
(c) |
Contribution . If the indemnification required by this Clause 4.4 from the indemnifying party is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any indemnifiable losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefit of the indemnifying and indemnified parties and (ii) if the allocation in clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefit referred to in clause (i) and also the relative fault of the indemnified and indemnifying parties, in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or parties, and the parties relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damage, liabilities, and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Company and Investors agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Clause 4.4(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not |
18
take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the prior provisions of this Clause 4.4(d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Clause 4.4(d), no indemnifying party shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the securities were offered to the public by the indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages which the indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of an untrue statement or omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Clause 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such a fraudulent misrepresentation. |
4.5 | Rule 144 . If the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act but is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Investor, make publicly available such information) and it will take such further action as any Investor may reasonably request, so as to enable such Investor to sell Common Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Investor, the Company will deliver to such Investor a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. |
5. | PROVISION OF INFORMATION |
5.1 | The Company undertakes to the Investors that, at any time the Company is not subject to, or not in compliance with, the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will ensure that the Investors are promptly given such information and such access to the officers, employees, premises, books and records and external accountants and other advisors of the Group as any Investor may reasonably require, subject to applicable Law. |
6. | INDIRECT CHANGES OF CONTROL |
6.1 | Subject to Clause 6.2: |
(a) | Carlyle hereby agrees that it shall at all times be controlled by CEP III Participations SARL SICAR (a société à responsibilitié limitée incorporated and existing in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg) and/or one or more of its Affiliates; and |
(b) | MDP hereby agrees that it shall at all times be controlled by MDCP VI-A Global Investments LP (an exempted limited partnership under the laws of the Cayman Islands) and/or one or more of its Affiliates. |
6.2 | Each of Carlyle and MDP agrees that it shall not allow (to the extent that it is legally able) any equityholder in Carlyle or MDP (respectively) to transfer any equity interests in such entities in such a manner as would circumvent the intent of the provisions of Clause 9. |
7. | FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES |
7.1 |
The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Carlyle Shareholders, the MDP Shareholders, each Carlyle Director who is an director, officer or employee of any Carlyle Shareholder or of an Affiliate of any Carlyle Shareholder (other than the Group), each MDP Director who is an director, officer or employee of any MDP Shareholder or of an Affiliate of any |
19
MDP Shareholder (other than the Group) and each of their respective Affiliates (other than the Group) shall have the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly, engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Group, including those deemed to be competing with the Group; and (ii) in the event that any Carlyle Shareholder, any MDP Shareholder, any such Carlyle Director, any such MDP Director or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Group) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Group and such Shareholder, Director, Affiliate or any other person, such Shareholder, Director or Affiliate, as applicable, shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such opportunity to the Group and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Group or the Companys shareholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Shareholder, Director or Affiliate, as applicable, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another person, or does not present such opportunity to the Group unless, in the case of any such person who is a Director, such opportunity is expressly offered to such Director in writing solely in his or her capacity as a Director. |
8. | FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES |
8.1 | The Company shall, or shall procure that another Group Company shall, reimburse the costs and expenses of each Investor in relation to the preparation, negotiation and completion of this Agreement. |
8.2 | The Company shall reimburse the Investor Directors, monthly in arrears, in respect of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (to the extent permitted by Law) in connection with the performance of their duties as directors of the Company, upon production of appropriate receipts. |
8.3 | The Company shall, or shall procure that another Group Company shall, reimburse the Investors promptly for the costs and expenses including those incurred for legal or other professional advice incurred by the Investors from time to time in connection with the exercise, preservation and enforcement of their rights under this Agreement. |
8.4 | The Company shall, or shall procure that another Group Company shall, for as long as either of them holds any Shares, reimburse each of MDP and Carlyle for all reasonable and documented expenses incurred by them in connection with maintaining their existence with their respective jurisdictions of formation, preparing and filing their respective tax returns (including preparing and distributing Schedule K-1s and other similar tax reports and informational documents), and taking such other action as is reasonably necessary to maintain their existence with their respective jurisdictions of formation. |
8.5 | The Company shall, or shall procure that another Group Company shall, reimburse each of MDP and Carlyle for all expenses required to be reimbursed to either of them pursuant to the Prior Agreement and incurred prior to the Effective Date. |
9. | TAG-ALONG RIGHTS |
9.1 | If an Investor proposes to transfer (each, a Disposing Shareholder ) (other than transfers permitted pursuant to Clause 9.4 or any transfer to be effected pursuant to a Public Offering or Rule 144 under the Securities Act) any of its Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Shares (the Tag-Along Securities ), such Disposing Shareholder shall refrain from effecting such transfer unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the other Investors and the Chesapeake Management Shareholders (the Tag-Along Shareholders ) shall have been afforded the opportunity to join in such transfer on a pro rata basis, as hereinafter provided. |
20
9.2 | Prior to consummation of any proposed transfer of Tag-Along Securities described in Clause 9.1, the Disposing Shareholder(s) shall cause the person or group of persons that proposes to acquire such Shares (the Proposed Purchaser ) to offer to purchase (the Purchase Offer ) in writing from each Tag-Along Shareholder a number of Shares equal to the product of (i) the total number of Shares then owned by such Tag-Along Shareholder multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Shares proposed to be purchased by the Proposed Purchaser from the Disposing Shareholder(s) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares then held by all Disposing Shareholder(s) (for purposes of this Clause 9.2, all securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Shares shall be deemed to have been so converted, exchanged or exercised, other than any such securities that have an exercise, exchange or conversion price per Share greater than the price per Share to be paid by the Proposed Purchaser). Such purchase shall be made at the same price per Share and on such other terms and conditions as the Proposed Purchaser has offered to purchase the Tag-Along Securities to be sold by the Disposing Shareholder(s). Each Tag-Along Shareholder shall have five (5) Business Days from the date of receipt of the Purchase Offer to accept such Purchase Offer, and the closing of such purchase shall occur simultaneously with the purchase of the Tag-Along Securities from the Disposing Shareholder(s). Unless the Proposed Purchaser agrees to purchase 100% of the Shares then held by all Investors and Chesapeake Management Shareholders, the number of Shares to be sold to the Proposed Purchaser by the Disposing Shareholder(s) and the Tag-Along Shareholder(s) shall be reduced on a pro rata basis consistent with the provisions of this Clause 9.2. |
9.3 | Any transfer of Shares by a Tag-Along Shareholder to the Proposed Purchaser pursuant to this Clause 9 shall be on the same terms and conditions (including price, time of payment and form of consideration) as the transfer of the Tag-Along Securities by the Disposing Shareholder(s) to the Proposed Purchaser; provided that, in order to be entitled to exercise its tag along right pursuant to this Clause 9, each Tag-Along Shareholder must agree to make to the Proposed Purchaser representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements the same mutatis mutandis as those made by the Disposing Shareholder(s) in connection with the relevant transaction and agree to the same conditions to the relevant transaction as the Disposing Shareholder(s) agrees. |
9.4 | The provisions of this Clause 9 shall not apply to any of the following transfers: (a) any transfer of Shares from an Investor to any of its Affiliates (other than the Group); provided that the transferee in question enters into a Joinder Agreement at the time of or prior to such transfer (which transferee shall have all rights and obligations under this Agreement as if such transferee were named in this Agreement as an Investor); or (b) any transfer of Shares by such Investor to its partners, members, or other equityholders (and any subsequent transfer by any such person that is not an Investment Fund affiliate of such Investor or any transferee of such person that is not an Investment Fund affiliate of such Investor) in the form of a distribution in kind in accordance with the terms of such Investors constitutional documents. |
9.5 | Each Affiliate of any Investor to which Shares are transferred without compliance with Clause 9.1 in reliance on Clause 9.4 shall, and such Investor shall cause such Affiliate to, transfer back to such Investor (or to another Affiliate of such Investor) any Shares it owns if such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate of such Investor. |
21
10. | INVESTORS AND AFFILIATES |
10.1 | The Investors and/or their respective Affiliates (other than the Group) shall have only those duties and responsibilities which are expressly specified in this Agreement, the Bye-laws and none of the Investors, their Affiliates (other than the Group) or any of their respective agents, representatives and professional advisers shall assume or be deemed to have assumed any obligations to, or fiduciary relationship with, any Group Company or any other shareholder other than those expressly specified in this Agreement. |
11. | CONFIDENTIALITY AND ANNOUNCEMENTS |
11.1 | Subject to Clause 11.5 , each Investor: |
(a) | shall treat as strictly confidential any confidential, non-public information received (i) from an Investor Director designated by or on behalf of such Investor (which information was received by such Investor Director in his or her capacity as such) or (ii) by such Investor pursuant to its information rights under Clause 5.1 (together, the Confidential Information ); and |
(b) | shall not, except with the prior written consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), make use of (save for the purposes of performing its obligations or enforcing its rights under this Agreement) or disclose to any person (other than its Representatives) any Confidential Information. |
11.2 | Each party undertakes to the Company and the Investors that it shall only disclose Confidential Information to Representatives where it is reasonably required for the purposes of performing its obligations or enforcing its rights under this Agreement and only where such recipients are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and the provisions of this Clause 11 and instructed to comply with this Clause 11 as if they were a party to it. |
11.3 | Each party may for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement disclose Confidential Information to the following persons ( Representatives ) or any of them: |
(a) | its professional advisers, auditors, bankers, lenders and insurers, acting as such; and |
(b) | its partners, directors, officers and senior employees. |
11.4 | Each party may disclose Confidential Information to the extent requested or required by Law, any stock exchange or competent governmental or regulatory authority or any order of any court of competent jurisdiction, provided that (to the extent permitted by Law) the party consults with the Company as to the contents of such disclosure and, in any event, discloses only the minimum amount necessary in order to satisfy such requirement. |
11.5 | Each Investor may disclose Confidential Information relating to the Group to: |
(a) | any of their Affiliates; |
(b) | their and their Affiliates agents, members, finance providers (including potential finance providers), partners, employees, directors and officers; |
(c) | any potential purchaser of Shares in, or assets of, any member of the Group, subject to such person having executed a confidentiality undertaking in favour of the Company; |
(d) | any potential finance provider, underwriter, sponsor, broker or other professional adviser, for the purposes of facilitating any Public Offering or other sale of Shares; |
22
(e) | any general partner, limited partner or other partner in, or trustee, nominee, custodian or manager of, or adviser to, that Investor or any of its Affiliates; |
(f) | any member of the same wholly-owned group of companies as any trustee, nominee, custodian or manager of, or adviser to, that Investor or any of its Affiliates; |
(g) | any person, company, trust, limited partnership or fund holding shares for investment purposes which has the same general partner, trustee, nominee, operator, manager or adviser as that Investor or any of its Affiliates or any such fund which is advised, or the assets of which (or some material part thereof) are managed (whether solely or jointly with others), by that Investor or any of its Affiliates; |
(h) | any securities exchange or governmental or regulatory body having jurisdiction over any of their Affiliates where requested or required by Law (to the extent that the request or requirement has the force of Law); and |
(i) | to any bona fide potential investor in any Investment Fund that is an Affiliate of an Investor, subject to: (x) such potential investor being subject to customary confidentiality obligations in connection with such Confidential Information; and (y) the Confidential Information disclosed being limited to the identity of the parties hereto, the size of the transaction and/or the general performance of the Group and/or the Investors investment in the Group. |
11.6 | Each Investor may disclose Confidential Information relating to the Group to any person on whose behalf it is investing in the Company (or with any of their professional advisers) to the extent necessary to enable such Investor to discharge its duties and obligations owed to any such underlying investor. |
12. | ASSIGNMENT |
12.1 | Neither this Agreement nor any right arising under this Agreement may be assigned by any party hereto except in connection with a transfer of Shares by an Investor to an Affiliate of such Investor (other than the Group) that becomes a party to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with Clause 9.4(a). Any attempted assignment in violation of this Clause 12.1 will be null and void. Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. There shall be no third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement other than (i) the persons entitled to indemnification pursuant to Clause 4.4(a) and (ii) Clause 9 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, the Chesapeake Management Shareholders. |
13. | TERMINATION |
13.1 |
This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect if the Initial Public Offering is not consummated or, if the Initial Public Offering is consummated, upon the first to occur of (i) the written agreement of the Company, MDP and Carlyle to terminate this Agreement or (ii) such date as no Investor holds any Shares; provided that (i) such termination shall not release any party of any liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to such termination, (ii) the provisions of this Clause 13, Clause 11 and Clauses 14 through 21 shall survive until the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the date of such termination and (iii) Clause 3.2 shall terminate (i) with respect to the MDP Shareholders at such time as the MDP Shareholders in the aggregate hold less than two and one half percent (2.5%) of the then-outstanding Shares and (ii) with respect to the |
23
Carlyle Shareholders at such time as the Carlyle Shareholders and the Chesapeake Management Shareholders in the aggregate hold less than two and one half percent (2.5%) of the then-outstanding Shares. |
14. | ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND REMEDIES |
14.1 | This Agreement together with the Charter, Bye-laws and any documents expressed to be entered into in connection with them sets out the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and, save to the extent expressly set out in this Agreement, supersedes and extinguishes any prior drafts, agreements, undertakings, representations, warranties, promises, assurances and arrangements of any nature whatsoever, whether or not in writing, relating thereto, including, but only to the extent the Initial Public Offering is consummated, the Prior Agreement (subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to Clause 8.5 hereof). This Clause shall not exclude any liability for or remedy in respect of fraudulent misrepresentation. |
14.2 | In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the Charter or the Bye-laws, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail on all the parties hereto (other than the Company) and the parties shall take all Necessary Actions within their control to procure that the terms of the Charter and the Bye-laws are amended so as to accord with the provisions of this Agreement. |
14.3 | The rights, powers, privileges and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by Law. |
14.4 | Save as expressly set out in this Agreement, none of the parties shall be entitled to rescind or terminate this Agreement in any circumstances whatsoever at any time, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, and the parties waive any rights of rescission or termination they may have other than as expressly set out in this Agreement. |
15. | FURTHER ASSURANCE |
The parties shall (and shall procure that their respective designees shall) promptly execute and deliver all such documents and do all such things and provide all such information and assistance, as may reasonably be required from time to time for the purpose of giving full effect to the provisions of this Agreement, the Charter and the Bye-laws.
16. | WAIVER AND VARIATION |
16.1 | A failure or delay by a party to exercise any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by Law, whether by conduct or otherwise, shall not constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, nor shall it preclude or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by Law, whether by conduct or otherwise, shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. |
16.2 | A waiver of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall only be effective if given in writing and shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default. A party that waives a right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by Law in relation to another party does not affect its rights in relation to any other party. |
24
16.3 | No variation or amendment of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of each Investor and the Company. Unless expressly agreed, no variation or amendment shall constitute a general waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor shall it affect any rights or obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement which have already accrued up to the date of variation or amendment and the rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect except and only to the extent that they are varied or amended. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Clause 9 (and any provision of this Agreement to the extent a variance, amendment, waiver or termination of such provision would modify the substance of Clause 9) may not be varied, amended, waived or terminated in a manner that is adverse to the Chesapeake Management Shareholders without the prior written consent of the Chesapeake Management Shareholders who hold at least a majority of the Shares held by all Chesapeake Management Shareholders. |
17. | INVALIDITY |
Where any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the Laws of any jurisdiction then such provision shall be deemed to be severed from this Agreement and, if possible, replaced with a lawful provision which, as closely as possible, gives effect to the intention of the parties under this Agreement and, where permissible, that shall not affect or impair the legality, validity or enforceability in that, or any other, jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement.
18. | NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY |
Nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be deemed to, establish any partnership or joint venture between any of the parties, constitute any party the agent of another party, or authorise any party to make or enter into any commitments for or on behalf of any other party. The Company hereby grants the Investors and their respective Affiliates permission to use the Groups name and logo in marketing materials.
19. | NOTICES |
19.1 | Any notice or other communication given under this Agreement or in connection with the matters contemplated herein shall, except where otherwise specifically provided, be in writing in the English language, addressed as provided in Clause 19.2 and served: |
(a) | by leaving it at the relevant address in which case it shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery to that address; |
(b) | by air courier, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given two Business Days after its delivery to a representative of the courier; |
(c) | by pre-paid airmail, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given five Business Days after the date of posting; or |
(d) | by e-mail, in which case it shall be deemed to have been given when despatched subject to confirmation of delivery by a delivery receipt, |
provided that in the case of sub-Clause (d) above any notice despatched other than between the hours of 9:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. on a Business Day ( Working Hours ) shall be deemed given at the start of the next period of Working Hours.
25
19.2 | Notices under this Agreement shall be sent for the attention of the person and to the address or e-mail address, subject to Clause 19.3, as follows: |
(a) | for Carlyle: |
Name: |
CEP III Chase S.à r.l. | |
For the attention of: |
The Directors | |
Address: |
c/o The Carlyle Group, 2, avenue Charles de Gaulle, 4th floor, L-1653 Luxembourg, Grand-duché de Luxembourg | |
E-mail address: |
eric.kump@carlyle.com | |
zeina.bain@carlyle.com | ||
with a copy to: |
||
Name: |
Latham & Watkins (London) LLP | |
For the attention of: |
David Walker | |
Address: |
99 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3XF | |
E-mail address: |
david.walker@lw.com |
(b) | for MDP: |
Name: |
Mustang Investment Holdings L.P. | |
For the attention of: |
Thomas S. Souleles and Mark B. Tresnowski | |
Address: |
c/o Madison Dearborn Partners, LLC, 3 First National Plaza, Suite 4600, Chicago, IL 60602 | |
E-mail address: |
tsouleles@mdcp.com | |
mtresnowski@mdcp.com | ||
with a copy to: |
||
Name: |
Ropes & Gray LLP | |
For the attention of: |
Matthew J. Richards | |
Address: |
191 North Wacker Drive, 32 nd Floor, Chicago, IL 60606 | |
E-mail address: |
matthew.richards@ropesgray.com |
(c) | for the Company: |
26
and to: |
||
Name: |
Latham & Watkins (London) LLP | |
For the attention of: |
David Walker | |
Address: |
99 Bishopsgate, London EC2M 3XF | |
E-mail address: |
david.walker@lw.com |
(d) | for a shareholder of the Company other than Carlyle and MDP, to the address of such shareholder set forth on such shareholders Joinder Agreement. |
19.3 | Any party to this Agreement may notify the other parties of any change to its address or other details specified in Clause 19.2, provided that such notification shall only be effective on the date specified in such notice or five Business Days after the notice is given, whichever is later. |
20. | COUNTERPARTS |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement but all the counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
21. | GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION |
21.1 | This Agreement is to be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. |
21.2 | Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Wilmington, Delaware to resolve all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other agreement executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, breach, validity, termination or performance hereof and thereof or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the federal or state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware. Each party further irrevocably waives any objection to proceeding in such courts based upon lack of personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue in such courts and further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to make a claim that such courts are an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given as provided in Clause 19. Each of the parties hereto agrees that its submission to jurisdiction and its consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of the other parties hereto. The choice of forum set forth in this Clause 21.1 shall not be deemed to preclude the enforcement of any judgment of a Delaware federal or state court, or the taking of any action under this Agreement to enforce such a judgment, in any other appropriate jurisdiction. |
21.3 | The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity. |
21.4 |
EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY OF THEM AGAINST THE OTHER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, |
27
OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS EXECUTED AND DELIVERED PURSUANT TO OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE NEGOTIATION, BREACH, VALIDITY, TERMINATION OR PERFORMANCE HEREOF AND THEREOF OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. FURTHER, (I) NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH ACTION AND (II) NO PARTY WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS CLAUSE 21.4. NO PARTY HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CLAUSE 21.4 WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES. |
22. | RECAPITALIZATIONS, EXCHANGES, ETC., AFFECTING THE SHARES; NEW ISSUANCES |
The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Shares and to any and all equity or debt securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) that may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of, the Shares and shall be appropriately adjusted for any share dividends, bonus issues, splits, reverse splits, combinations, subdivisions, reclassifications, recapitalizations, reorganizations and the like occurring after the Effective Date.
28
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been entered into as of the date first set forth above.
29
EXHIBIT A
Form of Joinder Agreement
By execution of this signature page, [ ] hereby agrees to become a party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of [ ● ], 2015, by and among MUSTANG INVESTMENT HOLDINGS L.P., an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, CEP III CHASE S.À R.L., a société à responsibilité limitée incorporated under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, and MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, and certain other parties named therein, as amended from time to time thereafter, as a [Carlyle Shareholder] [MDP Shareholder] thereunder.
[NAME] | ||
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
Notice Address: | ||
|
||
|
||
Date: |
|
Accepted:
MULTI PACKAGING SOLUTIONS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED.
By: |
|
|
Name: | ||
Title: |
30
SCHEDULE 1
Chesapeake Management Shareholders
(on file with the Company)
31
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report dated September 11, 2015, except for Note 21 and the effects of the common stock transfer and reverse stock split as described in Note 22, as to which the date is October 9, 2015 in Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-205278) and related Prospectus of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited for the registration of 18,750,000 shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Detroit, Michigan
October 9, 2015
Exhibit 23.3
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited on Form S-1 of our report dated June 18, 2015 related to the financial statements of Multi-Packaging Solutions Global Holdings Limited (formerly Chesapeake Finance 2 Limited) as of 29 December 2013 (Successor) and 30 December 2012 (Predecessor) and for the periods from 13 June 2013 (date of inception) through 29 December 2013 (Successor) and for the periods 31 December 2012 through 29 September 2013 and 2 January 2012 through 30 December 2012 (Predecessor), (which report expresses an unmodified opinion and includes an emphasis-of-matter paragraph relating to the differences between accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America), appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such prospectus.
/s/ Deloitte LLP
DELOITTE LLP
London, United Kingdom
9 OCTOBER 2015
Exhibit 23.4
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in this fourth amendment of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited of our report dated November 14, 2014 relating to the carve-out financial statements of the US Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of Atlas AGI Holdings LLC, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
October 9, 2015
Exhibit 23.5
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in this fourth amendment of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Multi Packaging Solutions International Limited of our report dated 13 November 2014 relating to the carve-out combined financial statements of the Non-European Folding Carton and Lithographic Printing Business of AGI Global Holdings Cooperatief U.A., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Southampton, United Kingdom
9 October 2015
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England with registered number OC303525. The registered office of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 1 Embankment Place, London WC2N 6RH. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority for designated investment business.